Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tiiis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026854871 
 

 3 1924 026 S 871 
 
 OLIN LIBRARY-CIRCULATION 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 m 
 
 -m^ 
 
 MfflF 
 
 -^^^^^^ 
 
 OEMCO 38-297 
 
AN 
 
 EGYPTIAN READING BOOK 
 
 FOR BEGINNERS 
 
AN 
 
 EGYPTIAN READING BOOK 
 
 FOR BEGINNERS 
 
 BEING 
 
 A SERIES OF HISTORICAL, FUNEREAL, MORAL, RELIGIOUS 
 
 AND MYTHOLOGICAL TEXTS PRINTED IN HIEROGLYPHIC 
 
 CHARACTERS TOGETHER WITH A TRANSLITERATION 
 
 AND A COMPLETE VOCABULARY 
 
 BY 
 
 E. A. WALL IS BUDGE, Litt. D. (Cantab.) 
 
 KEEPER OF THE EGYPTIAN AND ASSYRIAN ANTIQUITIES 
 IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
 
 LONDON 
 
 KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRUBNER & CO., Ltd. 
 
 PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD 
 1896. 
 
 [ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.] 
 
 G 
 

 
 Printed by Adolphus Holzhausenj Vienna. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Of the twenty Egyptian texts printed in the following pages, 
 nine are taken from monuments inscribed in the hieroglyphic 
 character, and eleven are transcripts into hieroglyphics from 
 hieratic texts ; the most ancient belongs to the period of the 
 Vlth dynasty, about B. C. 3500, and the most modern to the 
 Ptolemaic period, about B. C, 250. The "Inscription of Una" 
 is a fine example of the biographical texts of the Vlth dynasty; 
 the "Inscription of Khnemu-hetep" is a good type of a similar 
 document of the Xllth dynasty ; the inscriptions of Hatshepset 
 and Rameses II. are short but excellent specimens of the histor- 
 ical inscriptions of the XVIIIth and XlXth dynasties ; the ex- 
 tracts from the great Harris Papyrus illustrate the historical and 
 religious writings of the XXth dynasty ; the "Inscription of 
 Pi-ankhi-meri-Amen" is a fine piece of narrative of the XXIVth 
 dynasty ; and the Decree of Canopus illustrates the literary 
 composition of the Ptolemaic period. Thus we have good and 
 complete examples of the historical writings of the best periods 
 of Egyptian history. Religious texts are represented by the 
 "Hymn to Amen-Ra", a work belonging probably to the period 
 of the XXth or XXIInd dynasty ; and moral texts by the works 
 of Kaqemna and Ptah-hetep, both of which were written 
 before the Vlth dynasty ; and funereal texts by the Stelae of 
 Nekht-Amsu, of the XVIIIth dynasty, by the "Festival Songs 
 of Isis and Nephthys", by the "Litanies of Seker", and by 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 the "Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys"; legal literature is 
 illustrated by the account of the legal proceedings taken against 
 certain robbers of royal tombs by the Egyptian Government 
 in the time of the XXth dynasty ; and of works of fiction 
 better examples than the "Tale of the Two Brothers", and the 
 story of the "Possessed Princess of Bekhten", and the "Travels 
 of an Egyptian" could hardly be found. Each text is complete 
 in itself. 
 
 This series of texts was given in my Egyptian Reading Book, 
 which appeared in i888, and although they were printed without 
 transliterations, and without notes or explanations, they seemed 
 to fill a want. Several friends who used the book, however, 
 pointed out that its usefulness would have been greater if the 
 lines of Egyptian had been broken up into words, and if a 
 complete transliteration and vocabulary had been added. With 
 the view of making the work as useful as possible 1 recopied 
 the texts, dividing them into words, and I wrote transliterations 
 of them and made a complete vocabulary ; the result is the book 
 now before the reader. In dividing the words I have been guided 
 solely by the wish to make them easily distinguishable, and 
 in transliterating them 1 have followed the old system sanctioned 
 by Birch, Lepsius and others, for in spite of its defects it is, 
 in my opinion, as good as any which has been suggested. Where 
 possible, 1 have added a number of references to each word in the 
 Vocabulary, so that the student may compare their use in several 
 passages, for this, after all, is frequently the only way in which 
 the true meaning of a word can be ascertained. The exact 
 meanings of many of the words which occur in works like 
 the "Precepts of Ptah-hetep" can only be guessed at, and the 
 explanations of many of them given in the vocabulary must 
 be understood to be little more than suggestions as to their 
 
PREFACE. VII 
 
 meanings ; to illustrate the use of verb or noun I have erred 
 on the side of giving too many references rather than too few. 
 No pains have been spared to make the vocabulary complete. 
 With the view of helping the beginner English versions of a 
 few of the texts have been added, and it is hoped that these 
 may smooth his way and lead him to the perusal of the others 
 in the volume. 
 
 London, August 29th, 1896. 
 
 E. A. WALLIS BUDGE. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Preface. 
 I. English translations : — 
 
 1. The Tale of the Two Brothers .., 
 
 2. The Possessed Princess of Bekhten 
 
 3. The Litanies of Seker 
 
 4. Colophons 
 
 5. The Stelae of Nekht-Amsu ... 
 
 6. The Battle of Kadesh 
 
 7. The Annals of Rameses 111. 
 A^xB- A Hymn to Amen-Ra. 
 
 XVII 
 
 XXVIII 
 
 XXXll 
 
 XXXV 
 
 XXXVI 
 
 XL 
 
 XLIII 
 
 L 
 
 II. Hieroglyphic texts with transliterations : — 
 
 I. The. Tale of the Two Brothers 1—40 
 
 A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 of the D'Orbiney Papyrus, Brit. Mus. No. 10, i83. The 
 hieratic text has been published by Birch, Select Papyri, II, 
 plates IX — XIX ; by Moldenke, The Tale of the Two Brothers ; 
 and by Reinisch, Aegyptische Chresiomathie, Taff. 22 — 40. For 
 discussions on the text and translations see Revue ArcMologique, 
 tom. IX, p. 385 (ist Series) ; Atlantis, vol. IV, pp. 23 — 57 ; 
 Goodwin, Cambridge Essays, pp. 232 — 23g ; Brugsch, Ein 
 altdgyptisches Marchen, ' p. 7 ff. ; Revue ArchMogique, N. S., 
 t. XXXV, pp. 164 — 179; Records of the Past, Old Series, 
 vol. II, p. i33 ff. ; Groff, Etude sur le Papyrus d'Orbiney, 
 Paris, 1888 ; Maspero, Contes Egyptiens, pp. 5 — 42. 
 
 I. This work is bound up as tlie second part of Aus dem Orient, Berlin, 
 1864, but it is really a separate publication, and it has its own distinct pagination. 
 
x contents. 
 
 1. The Possessed Princess of Bekhten 40—49 
 
 For other copies of this text see Rosellini, Monumenti 
 Siorici, torn. II, tav. 48 ; Prisse, Monuments Egyptiens, pi. 24; 
 and for translations see de Rou^€, Journal Asiatique, c^" serie, 
 torn. VIII, pp. 201—248 ; torn. X, pp. 112— 168 ; torn. XI, 
 pp. 509 — 572; torn. XII, pp. 221 — 270; and Records of 
 the Past, O. S., vol. IV, pp. 53— 60. 
 
 3. f The Festival Songs of Isis and Nephthys ... 49—75 
 
 4. I Colophon 76 — 78 
 
 Transcripts into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text of a 
 Rhind Papyrus, Brit. Mus. No. 10, 188. Extracts from the 
 papyrus have been published by Pleyte, Recueil de Travaux, 
 tom. Ill, p. 57 ff. ; and the complete text, with transliteration 
 and translation, have been published by myself in Archaeo- 
 logia, vol. LII. 
 
 5. The Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys ... 78 — 87 
 
 A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 of the Berlin papyrus No. 1425, published by Dr. J. de 
 Horrack under the title Les Lamentations d'Isis et de Neph- 
 thys ; for an English translation see Records of the Past, O. 
 S., vol. II, pp. Ill — 120. 
 
 6. The Litanies of Seker 87 — 96 
 
 Transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text of 
 a Rhind Papyrus, Brit. Mus. No. 10188. The complete 
 text of the papyrus, with transliteration and translation, 
 has been published by myself in Archaeologia, vol. LII. 
 
 7. The Inscription of Una 96—107 
 
 For other copies of the text and translations see de Rouge, 
 Recherches sur les Six premieres dynasties, Paris, 1866 ; Er- 
 man, Aegyptische Zeitschrift, 1882, pp. i — 29 ; and Records 
 of the Past, O. S., vol. II, pp. 3—8. 
 
 8. The Inscription of Khnemu-hetep 107— 119 
 
 For other copies of the text and translations see Burton, 
 Excerpta Hieroglyphica , plates XXXIII— XXXIV ; Champol- 
 lion, Monuments, tom. II, pp. 418—422; Lepsius, Denk- 
 
CONTENTS. XI 
 
 tndler, II, Bll. 125, 126; Brugsch, Monuments Egyptiens, 
 plates 15 — 17; R^misda, Aegyptische Chrestomathie, I, Bll. i — 4; 
 Newberry, Beni Hasan, Part I, plates 25, 26 ; Brugsch, Ge- 
 schichte, pp. iSg — 148 ; Maspero, Recueil de Travaux, torn. I, 
 pp. 160 — 169; and Records of the Past, O. S., vol. XII, 
 pp. 67—76. 
 
 9. Inscriptions on the base of the Obelisk of Hst- 
 
 SHEPSET 119— 126 
 
 For other copies of the text see Prisse, Monuments, 
 pi. 18 ; and Lepsius, Denkmaler, III, BI. 22 ; and for trans- 
 lations see Melanges d' ArcMologie Egyptienne et Assyrienne, 
 torn. Ill, p. 90; and Records of the Past, O. S., vol. XII, 
 pp. i3i — 135. 
 
 10,11. Inscriptions of Nekht-Amsu 126 — 1.^4 
 
 For other copies of the text see Prisse, Monuments, 
 pi. 17 ; Sharpe, Egyptian Inscriptions, pi. 106 ; and Lepsius, 
 Denkmaler, III, Bl. 1142'. A part of one text was trans- 
 lated in the Deutsche Revue, Ed. VII, p. 73 ; and both 
 texts have been published with transliteration and trans- 
 lation by myself in Trans. Soc. Bibl. Arch., vol. VIII, pt. 3, 
 pp. 299 — 346. 
 
 12. The Battle of Kadesh 134— 141 
 
 For other copies of the text and translations see Cham- 
 pollion. Monuments, pll. XXVII — XXIX ; Lepsius, Denkmaler, 
 III, Bl. 187 ; Revue Archiologique, X"^ serie, 1858 ; and Revue Con- 
 temporaine, 1868. The text of this inscription here given is that 
 of Guieyesse {Recueil de Travaux, torn. VIII, pp. 126 — i3i). 
 
 13. ANNALS OF RAMESES III 142 — 184 
 
 A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 of the great Harris Papyrus, Brit. Mus. No. 9, 999, plates 
 I — 9, 20, and 75 — 79. The complete hieratic text was 
 published by Birch, Facsimile of an Egyptian Hieratic Papyrus 
 of Rameses III, and for translations see Chabas, Recherches 
 pour servir & I'histoire de la XIX Dynastie, pp. 75 — 79 ; Aegyp- 
 tische Zeitschrift, 1872, p. 119 ff.; 1873, pp. 9, 34, 65, 97, 
 
XII CONTENTS. 
 
 152, and pp. 49; 98, 154; 1874, pp. 23—25; and He- 
 cords of the Past, O. S., vol. VI, pp. 23—70, vol. VIII, 
 pp. 5—52. A glossary to the whole papyrus entitled 
 Dictionnaire du Papyrus Harris No. i was published by 
 Dr. Karl Piehl at Vienna in 1882. 
 
 14. The Stele of Pi-snkhi-meri-Amen 184 — 225 
 
 For other copies of the text and translations see Ma- 
 riette, Monuments Divers, pi. i — 6 ; de Rouge, Chres- 
 iomathie, fasc. IV; and Records of the Past, O. S., vol. II, 
 
 PP- 75—98- 
 
 15. The Decree of Canopus 225 — 240 
 
 The hieroglyphic and Greek texts of this decree have 
 been published by Lepsius, Das bilingue Decret von Kanopus, 
 1866 ; an English translation may be found in Records of 
 the Past, vol. VIII, pp. 83 — 90. 
 
 16. f The Precepts of Kaqemna 241—244 
 
 17. 1 The Precepts of Ptah-hetep 244 — 274 
 
 Transcripts into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text of 
 the Prisse Papyrus ; see Facsimile d'un papyrus igyptien en 
 caractires hiiratiques, Paris, 1847. For explanations and trans- 
 lations of these difficult texts see Chabas, Revue Archhlogique, 
 V^ serie, tom. XV, p. i if. ; Aegyptische Zeitschrift, 1870, pp. 81, 
 97 ; Lauth, Sitzungsberichte der Konigl. Bayer. Akad. der Wissen- 
 schaften zu Milnchen, 1869, 1870 ; and Virey, Etudes sur le 
 Papyrus Prisse, Paris, 1887. 
 
 18. The Travels of an Egyptian 275—294 
 
 A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 of Brit. Mus. No. 10247, PP- 18 — 28. For editions of the 
 text and translations see Birch, Select Papyri, plL 52 — 62 ; 
 Chabas, Voyage d'un Egyptien, Paris, 1866 ; Goodwin, Cam- 
 bridge Essays, pp. 267 — 269 ; and Records of the Past, O. S., 
 vol. II, pp. loi — no. 
 
 19. Hymn to Amen-Ra 294 305 
 
 ^■""'^ A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 
 of Bulak Papyrus, No. 17. For editions of the text, in 
 
CONTENTS. XIII 
 
 hieratic and hieroglyphics, and for translations, see Ma- 
 riette, Zes Papyrus Egyptiens du Musie de Boulaq, torn. II, 
 pU. II — 13 ; Grebaut, Hynne a Ammon-Ra ; Goodwin, Trans. 
 Soc. Bibl. Arch., vol. II, p. 250 ff. ; and Records of the Past, 
 O. S., vol. II, pp. 121 — i3o. 
 
 20. The Spoliation of the Tombs 3o6— 332 
 
 A transcript into hieroglyphics from the hieratic text 
 of the Abbott Papyrus, Brit. Mus. No. 10221. For editions 
 of the text and translations see Birch, Select Papyri, II, 
 pU. I — VIII ; Chabas, Milanges, 3'^ serie, torn. I, Paris, 1870, 
 pp. I — 172 ; Maspero, Une Enquete Judiciaire, Paris, 1871 ; 
 and Records of the Past, O. S., vol. XII, pp. io3 — 115. 
 
 IH. Vocabulary 337—592 
 
 Errata 59^ 
 
TRANSLATIONS 
 
The Tale of the Two Brothers. 
 
 (See pp. I — 40.) 
 
 ^4 !• Now there were once two brethren, [the children] of the 
 same father and mother ; Anpu was the name of the elder, and 
 Bata was the name of the yomiger. Now Anpu had a house 
 and a wife, and his young brother lived with him in the con- 
 dition of a menial, for it was he who made clothes for him, 
 and he used to follow and tend his cattle in the fields ; it was 
 he who did the ploughing, it was he who laboured, and it 
 was he who carried out all the works concerning the fields. 
 And behold, his young brother was a good farmer whose like 
 
 existed not in all the land of Egypt And for many 
 
 days afterwards, his young brother used to go out after his 
 cattle according to his daily wont, and he came back each 
 evening to his house laden with all kinds of vegetables of the 
 fields, which when he had returned from the meadows he 
 placed before his great brother, who was sitting with his wife ; 
 and when he had drunk and eaten he went to bed in the cow- 
 byre with his cattle. And at daybreak on the morrow after 
 the bread -cakes were baked he laid them before his elder 
 brother, and having provided himself with bread for [his need] 
 in the fields, he drove out his cattle to let them feed in the 
 fields. And as he tended his cattle they said to him, "In such 
 and such a place the herbage is good," and he hearkened unto 
 everything which they said, and he led them to the place 
 where II. the herbage which they loved grew abundantly ; 
 and the cattle which were before him grew exceedingly fine, 
 and they increased and multiplied exceedingly. 
 
 b 
 
XVIII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 And when the season for ploughing had come, then Anpu 
 said to Bata, "Come, let us take our teams and plough, for the 
 land hath again appeared, and it is in good condition for 
 ploughing ; do thou then go into the fields with the grain 
 [to-day], for we will begin to plough at daybreak to-morrow ;" 
 this was what he said to him, and his young brother did every- 
 thing even as his elder brother had commanded him. And it 
 came to pass at daybreak on the following day that they went 
 forth into the fields with their teams, and they ploughed, and 
 
 their heart was exceedingly glad by reason of their work 
 
 And some time afterwards while they were in the fields [work- 
 ing] the elder brother sent the younger, saying, "Run quickly 
 and bring wheat from the homestead ;" and the younger brother 
 found the wife of his elder brother sitting [doing] her hair, 
 and he said to her, "Rise up and give me wheat. III. that 
 I may run back to the fields, for in sending me my elder 
 brother [wished] that no delay should be caused." And she 
 said, "Go and open the granary, and do thou thyself carry 
 away that which thy heart desireth, lest [if I rise up] my hair 
 fall in going." Then the young man went into his byre and 
 brought out a large jar, for his desire was to carry away much 
 grain, and he filled it with wheat and barley, and as he was 
 coming out with them she said to him, "How much hast thou 
 on thy shoulder?" And he said to her, "Of barley three meas- 
 ures, and of wheat two ; in all, five measures ; that is what 
 I have on my shoulder;" that is what he said to her. Then 
 she spake unto him, saying, "There is great strength in thee, 
 for I have watched it daily ;" and her heart knew him with 
 the desire of love, and she rose up being filled with him, and 
 she said to him, "Prithee let us lie together for a season, and 
 if thou wilt consent verily I will make for thee fine raiment." 
 Then the young man became like a raging wild beast of th^ 
 south with fury by reason of the shameful words which she 
 had spoken to him ; and she feared exceedingly. And the 
 young man spake with her, saying, "Verily thou hast been in 
 my sight as a mother, and thy husband as a father, for he is 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. XIX 
 
 older than I, and he hath made me to live. How IV. shame- 
 ful are the words which thou hast spoken to me ! do not re- 
 peat them. I myself will not speak of them to any one, and 
 I will not allow them to escape from my mouth to any living 
 person ;" [and thus saying] he took up his load and went into 
 the fields, and he came to his elder brother, and they con- 
 tinued their toil unbrokenly. 
 
 And towards the evening the elder brother returned to his 
 house, and the younger brother [followed] after his cattle, and 
 he loaded himself with all the produce of the field, and drove 
 his cattle before him to put them to bed in their byres in the 
 homestead ; and behold the wife of the elder brother was afraid 
 by reason of the words which she had spoken, and she took 
 rancid (?) fat, and she made herself to appear like one who 
 hath been evilly entreated by a ravisher, wishing to say to her 
 husband when he should return according to his daily wont at 
 eventide, "It is thy young brother who hath treated me thus 
 violently." And when Anpu came into his house he found his 
 wife lying prostrate and ill like unto one on whom violence had 
 been committed ; she poured no water upon his hands, accord- 
 ing to her daily wont, she lit no fire before him, his house 
 was in darkness, and she was lying prostrate and sick and ill. 
 Her husband said to her, "Who hath had converse with thee ?" 
 and she said to him, "None hath had converse with me except 
 thy V. young brother. When he came to fetch corn for thee, 
 he found me sitting by myself, and he said to me, 'Prithee let 
 us lie together for a season ; tie up thy hair.' That was what 
 he said to me, but I did not hearken unto him. [And I said]. 
 Behold, am I not thy mother ? and is not thy elder brother in thy 
 sight as a father ? That was what I said to him. And he was 
 afraid, and he entreated me evilly that I might not tell thee of 
 it. If thou lettest him live, I shall die, and behold, moreover, 
 when he cometh home at eventide, inasmuch as I have told 
 thee of his shameful words, what he will do [to me] is manifest." 
 
 And the elder brother became like a raging wild animal of the 
 south, and having sharpened his dagger he took it in his hand, 
 
 b* 
 
XX TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 and stood behind the door of his byre to slay his young brother 
 when he came in there at eventide to put to bed his cattle in 
 their stalls. And at sunset the younger brother loaded himself 
 with field produce of all kinds according to his daily wont, and 
 when he had come home and the leader of the herd was going 
 into her byre, she said to her keeper, "Verily thy elder brother 
 is standing in front of thee with his dagger [in his hand] to 
 slay thee ; flee from before him." And having heard the speech 
 of the cow which went first, as VI. the second went into the 
 byre she spake unto him in like manner, and looking under the 
 door of his byre he saw the feet and legs of his elder brother 
 who stood behind the door with his dagger in his hand ; and 
 setting down his load upon the ground he betook himself to 
 flight with all speed, and his elder brother pursued him with 
 his dagger [in his hand]. And the younger brother appealed to 
 Ra-Harmachis, saying, "O my fair lord, it is thou who judgest 
 wrong from right ;" and Ra listened to all his words. And 
 Ra caused a great stream filled with crocodiles to come be- 
 tween the young man and his elder brother, and thus one stood 
 upon one side, and the other upon the other ; and the elder 
 brother smote his hand twice because he had not been able 
 to slay him. That was what he did. And the younger brother 
 called out to him from one side, saying, "Wait until daybreak, 
 and when Aten riseth VII. I will plead with thee before him, 
 for it is he that setteth the crooked straight. And as for me 
 I shall nevermore live with thee, and I shall nevermore abide 
 in any place wherein thou art ; and 1 shall go to the Valley 
 of the Cedar." 
 
 Now when it was daybreak on the morrow, and Ra-Har- 
 machis had risen, each one looked upon the other, and the 
 young man spake again to his elder brother, saying, "How 
 couldst thou pursue me to slay me basely without having heard 
 what my mouth had to say ? But I am indeed thy young 
 brother, and thou thyself hast been to me like a father, and 
 thy wife hath been to me as a mother. And behold, when 
 thou didst send me to bring wheat for us, did not thy wife 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. XXI 
 
 say to me, 'Prithee let us lie together awhile ?' but see, she 
 hath turned the matter into something quite different." Then 
 he made him to understand everything which had taken place 
 between his wife and himself, and he took an oath by Ra- 
 Harraachis, saying, "Verily thy lying in wait for me craftily in 
 secret behind the door (?) with thy dagger [in thy hand] was 
 a foul and abominable thing [to do] !" and taking a flint knife 
 he mutilated himself and threw the piece into the water where 
 a nar fish swallowed it ; and VIII. he became weak and fainted 
 from exhaustion. And the heart of the elder brother was smitten 
 with exceeding great grief, and he wept loudly because he did 
 not know how to cross over to where his young brother was 
 by reason of the crocodiles. Then his young brother cried out 
 to him, saying, "Behold, thou wouldst keep in remembrance 
 one evil act, and yet thou wouldst not keep in mind either 
 one good deed, or even one thing of all those which I have 
 done for thee. And now, go thou to thy house and tend thine 
 own cattle, because 1 will never abide in the place where thou 
 art ; 1 am going to the Valley of the Cedar. And as concern- 
 ing that which thou shalt do for me when thou comest to 
 minister unto me, give heed unto the account of the things 
 which shall happen unto me. I shall enchant my heart, and I 
 shall place it upon the top of the flower of the cedar. Now 
 the cedar will be cut down and my heart will fall to the 
 ground, and thou shalt come to seek for it, even though thou 
 pass seven years in seeking it, but when thou hast found it 
 pat it in a vase of cold water, and in very truth I shall live, 
 and make answer to him that would attack me. And thou 
 shalt know when these things have happened unto me [by this 
 sign] ; when one putteth a vessel of beer in thy hand, and it 
 frotheth over, tarry not when this hath actually happened to 
 thee." And he went to the Valley of the Cedar, and his elder 
 brother went to his house with his hand laid upon his head 
 which was covered with dust and ashes ; and when he had 
 come into his house he slew his wife and threw her to the 
 dogs, and he sat down in grief for his younger brother. 
 
XXII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 And it came to pass some time afterwards that the younger 
 brother was living in the Valley of the Cedar, and that no one 
 was with him, and he used to pass his time in hunting the 
 beasts of the mountain, and at eventide he came to sleep under 
 the cedar upon the top of the flowers of which was his heart. 
 And some time IX. afterwards he built himself with his own 
 hands, in the Valley of the Cedar, a house which was filled 
 with all kinds of beautiful things, for he wished to found a 
 house for himself. And it came to pass that as he came 
 out from his house he met the cycle of the gods who were 
 going forth to do their will in all the earth, and they spake 
 to one of their number who said to Bata, "O Bata, bull of the 
 cycle of the gods, dost thou dwell alone having fled from thy 
 native town before the wife of Anpu, thy elder brother? Behold, 
 he hath slain his wife, and thus hast thou returned answer to 
 him to all the attacks [which he made] upon thee ;" and their 
 hearts grieved for him exceedingly. Then Ra-Harmachis said 
 to the god Khnemu, "Do thou fashion a wife for Bata, that 
 thou mayest not dwell alone" ; and Khnemu fashioned a help- 
 meet to dwell with him. Now she was more beautiful in her 
 person than any other woman in all the earth, for every god 
 was contained in her. And the seven Hathors came to look 
 upon her, and they spake with one voice, saying, "Her death 
 will be caused by the knife ;" and Bata loved her with an ex- 
 ceeding great love, and she dwelt in his house while he passed 
 his time in X. hunting the beasts of the mountain and in 
 bringing them to lay before her. And he said to her, "Go not 
 forth from thy house lest the stream seize thee, and I know 
 not how to deliver thee therefrom because I myself am a woman 
 like unto thee ; for my heart is placed upon the top of the 
 flowers of the cedar, but if another man cometh I will do battle 
 with him therefor." And he revealed to her his whole and 
 entire mind. 
 
 And some days after when Bata had gone out to hunt ac- 
 cording to his daily wont, the young woman went out to walk 
 under the cedar tree which was near unto her house, and she 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. XXIII 
 
 saw the water of the stream pursuing her, and she fled from 
 before it into her own house ; and the stream cried to the cedar, 
 saying, "Verily I long for her." And the cedar brought [to it] 
 a lock of her hair, and the stream carried it to Egypt and laid it 
 upon the place of the washermen of Pharaoh, may he live, and 
 be strong and in good health ! Now the smell of the lock of hair 
 clung to the garments of Pharaoh, and there arose strife among 
 the washermen of Pharaoh [because] one said, "There is a 
 smell of scent in the garments of Pharaoh :" so there arose 
 strife among them daily, and XL they knew not what they 
 were doing, and the overseer of the washermen of Pharaoh 
 went to the stream's side with an exceedingly sore heart on 
 account of the strife which they made with him daily, and he 
 placed himself there. Now he stood on the bank opposite to 
 the lock of hair which was in the water, and he made a man 
 go down and bring it to him, and he found the smell exceed- 
 ingly pleasant, and he took it unto Pharaoh. Then the scribes 
 and learned men of Pharaoh were brought unto him, and they 
 said to him, "Verily this lock of hair belongeth to a daughter 
 of Ra-Harmachis, and the essence of every god is in her; . . 
 
 send envoys into every land to seek her, but 
 
 with the envoy who is going to the Valley of the Cedar thou 
 must send many men to bring her;" and his Majesty said, 
 "That which ye have spoken to us is exceedingly good," and 
 the king caused envoys to set out with all speed. 
 
 And it came to pass some time afterwards that the men who 
 had been sent into foreign lands came to report to His Majesty, 
 but those who had gone to the Valley of the Cedar came not 
 with them, for Bata had slain them all except one to tell the 
 tale to His Majesty. Then His Majesty caused men and picked 
 soldiers and cavalry likewise to fetch [the daughter of Ra- 
 Harmachis] and to bring her there, and there was XII. with 
 them a woman who gave into her hands all kinds of beautiful 
 trinkets for women, and this woman came to Egypt with [the 
 daughter of Ra-Harmachis]; and there were rejoicings for her 
 throughout the whole land. And His Majesty loved her ex- 
 
XXIV TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 ceedingly and made her the "Great Sacred Lady", and when 
 one spake with her to make her tell concerning the condition 
 of her husband, she said to His Majesty, "Prithee cut down 
 the cedar, and thou wilt slay him ;" and he caused men and 
 soldiers to go with their axes to cut down the cedar, and they 
 went forth to the cedar and cut off the flowers upon which 
 was the heart of Bata, and he fell down dead at that moment. 
 And it came to pass at daybreak on the morrow after the 
 cedar had been cut down, that Anpu the elder brother of Bata 
 went into his house and sat down, and when he had washed 
 his hands one put into them a vessel of beer which frothed 
 over, and one gave him another vessel of wine, and it also 
 was thick and clouded (?). Then he took his XIII. staff, and 
 his sandals, and garments, together with his tools for work, and 
 he betook himself straightway to the Valley of the Cedar, and 
 going into his brother's house he found his young brother lying 
 dead upon his bed. And as he looked upon his young brother 
 lying in death, he wept, and he went to search for the heart 
 of his young brother under the cedar where he used to lie in 
 the evening ; and he passed three years in seeking for it, but 
 he found it not, and when the fourth year came on his heart 
 desired to go to Egypt, and he said, "I will depart to-morrow." 
 That was what his heart said. And it came to pass at day- 
 break on the following day that he walked under the cedar 
 and passed his time in seeking it, and he returned in the even- 
 ing, and again he devoted time to seeking it ; and he found a 
 fruit, and having turned it over and sought beneath it, behold 
 the heart of his young brother. Then he brought a vessel of 
 cold water, and placed it therein, and he sat down according 
 to his daily wont. And it came to pass that when the night 
 was come XIV. the heart had absorbed the water, and Bata 
 trembled in all his members, and he looked at his elder brother, 
 and his heart was helpless. Then Anpu his elder brother took 
 the vessel of cold water in which was the heart of his young 
 brother, [and behold], it had drunk it up, and his heart was 
 in its proper place, and it had become to him as it had ever 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. XXV 
 
 been ; and each embraced the other, and each spake with his 
 fellow. And Bata said to his elder brother, "Behold, I am 
 going to turn into a great bull wholly [covered] with beautiful 
 hair, but whose methods (?) are unknown. Sit thou upon [my] 
 back when the Sun riseth, and when we are in the place where 
 my wife is, I will return [to her] an answer [to all the attacks 
 which she made upon me]. Then shalt thou take me where 
 the King is, for all manner of good things will be done for 
 thee, and thou shalt be laden with gold and silver because thou 
 hast brought me to Pharaoh, for I am going to become a very 
 marvellous thing, and there will be rejoicings on my account 
 throughout the whole earth ; then shalt thou return to thine 
 own city." 
 
 And it came to pass XV. on the morrow that Bata took 
 the form of which he had spoken to his elder brother. Then 
 Anpu his elder brother mounted on his back at daybreak, and he 
 came to the place where the king was, and one showed the bull 
 to His Majesty, and he looked upon him and rejoiced in him 
 exceedingly, and he celebrated a great festival in his honour, 
 saying, "This which has happened is a most marvellous thing ;" 
 and rejoicings were made for him throughout the whole earth. 
 And one loaded his elder brother with silver and gold, and he 
 dwelt in his own city, and one gave him many men and many 
 things, and Pharaoh loved him exceedingly, more than any one 
 else in all the earth. And it came to pass that some time after- 
 wards the bull went into the place of purification and stood 
 where the sacred lady [his wife] was, and he spake with her 
 saying, "Behold, I live in very truth ;" and she said to him, 
 "Who then art thou ?" and he said to her, "I am Bata. Thou 
 hast understood how to make Pharaoh cut down the cedar 
 together with my dwelling-place, and hast not even allowed 
 me to live, but behold XVI. I live in very truth in the form 
 of a bull ;" and the sacred lady feared exceedingly at the words 
 which her husband had spoken unto her. And when she had 
 come forth from the place of purification His Majesty sat with 
 her and passed a happy day with her, and she was at His 
 
XXVI TRA NSLA TIONS. 
 
 Majesty's table, and he was exceedingly gracious unto her. 
 And she spake unto His Majesty, saying, "Swear an oath to 
 me in God's name, saying, 'Whatsoever thou sayest, to that 
 will I listen';" and he listened unto everything which she spake, 
 saying, "Give me, I pray, the liver of this bull to eat, for he 
 will never be of any use ;" this was what she said to him. 
 And His Majesty grieved exceedingly at that which she had 
 said to him, -and the heart of Pharaoh was very sad indeed. 
 And it came to pass at the dawn of the morrow that the 
 [priests] proclaimed a great festival with offerings in honour 
 of the bull, and His Majesty caused one of his first royal work- 
 men to go and slay the bull ; and it fell out that, after one 
 had killed him, and he was [being carried] upon the shoulders 
 of the men, he shook his neck, and cast two drops of blood 
 near the two great portals of His Majesty, and one fell upon 
 one side of Pharaoh's door, and the other fell upon the other, 
 and they grew up into two great trees, XVII. each one of 
 which was very fine. And one went and told His Majesty, 
 saying, "Two mighty trees have grown up for His Majesty in 
 a most miraculous manner during the night near the great door 
 of His Majesty ;" and there were rejoicings for them throughout 
 the whole land, and His Majesty made offerings unto them. 
 
 And it came to pass some time after this that His Majesty 
 rose like the sun from the lapis-lazuli chamber, wearing wreaths 
 made of all kinds of flowers around his neck, and he [sat] in 
 his chariot of smu metal, and he came forth from the roval 
 palace to see the two trees, and the sacred lady came forth [in 
 a chiiriot drawn by] two horses by Pharaoh's side ; and His 
 Majesty sat under one of the trees, [and the sacred lady sat 
 under the other. And the tree under which she sat, that is to 
 say Bata], spake to his wife, saying, "Alas, thou faithless one ! 
 
 1 am Bata, and I am alive It is thou who hast known 
 
 how to make Pharaoh cut down the tree by which was my 
 dwelling; then I took the form of a bull, and thou didst 
 cause me to be slain." And it came to pass some time after- 
 wards that the sacred lady was at His Majesty's table, and he 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. XXVII 
 
 was exceedingly gracious unto her, and she spake unto him, 
 saying, "Swear an oath to me in God's name, saying, 'What- 
 soever the sacred lady shall say unto me, I will listen unto; 
 let her say on'." And he listened unto everything XVIII. 
 which she spake, saying, "I pray thee let these two trees be 
 cut down, and then they will make them into fine planks" ; 
 and His Majesty listened unto all that she spake. And some 
 time afterwards His Majesty caused skilful workmen to go and 
 to cut down Pharaoh's trees, and as the royal spouse, the sacred 
 lady herself stood looking on, a splinter flew off and went into 
 the sacred lady's mouth, and she swallowed it and conceived 
 
 and His Majesty did for her everything which 
 
 she desired. And it came to pass some time afterwards that 
 she gave birth to a man-child, and one went and told His 
 Majesty, saying, "A man-child is born unto thee;" and one 
 brought the child to him, and one gave him a nurse and ser- 
 vants of the bed-chamber. And His Majesty made rejoicings 
 throughout the whole land, and he sat down to pass a happy 
 day, and one began to call the child after His Majesty, who 
 loved him exceedingly, and homage was paid to him under the 
 title, "Royal, sacred son of Kush." XIX. And it came to pass 
 some time afterwards that His Majesty made him an Erpdt of 
 the whole country, and after some time, when he had for many 
 years ruled the whole country as Erpdt.^ His Majesty flew up 
 to heaven. And Bata said, "Let the chiefs and nobles of His 
 Majesty be brought to me that I may cause them to know all 
 the things which have happened to me," and one brought to 
 him his wife, and he entered into judgment with her before 
 them, and one carried out their decree. And one brought to 
 him his elder brother, and he made him Erpdl over all his 
 country, and when he had reigned over Egypt for twenty years 
 he departed this life, and his elder brother stood in his room 
 [until] the day of his death. 
 
 Here happily endeth this book which hath been written by 
 Qakabu the scribe of the treasury, of the treasury of Pharaoh, 
 the scribe Heru-a, and the scribe Mer-em-aptu. It was com- 
 
XXVIII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 posed by the scribe Annana, the master of books. Whosoever 
 readeth in this book, may Thoth make himself his guardian. 
 
 The Possessed Princess of Bekhten. 
 
 (See pp. 40—49.) 
 
 Horus, the mighty Bull, crowned with crowns, stablished in 
 royalty, like the god Temu, the golden Horus, who wieldeth the 
 sword with might, the subduer of the hostile tribes, the King 
 of the North and of the South, the lord of the double country, 
 TUser-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Ra , the son of the Sun, and offspring of 
 
 his body, fRameses-meri-Amen, beloved of Amen and Amen-Ra 
 the lord of all the thrones in the world, and of the entire com- 
 pany of the gods, the lords of Thebes. The beloved of the 
 beautiful god, the son of Amen, born of Horus, begotten by 
 Horus of the two horizons, the glorious offspring of the lord of 
 the universe, begotten by his mother's husband, the King of the 
 country of black mud (/. e., Egypt), the ruler of the ruddy deserts, 
 the Prince who hath led all hostile tribes captive. As a new- 
 born babe he set his forces in battle array and took command 
 thereof, and scarcely was he born before, like a valiant bull, he 
 drove [all] before him ; the King is a Bull, and like the god 
 Menthu doth he show himself on the day of battle, and he is 
 great, and mighty, and strong, like the son of Nut {i. e., Osiris). 
 Now, behold, according to his wont year by year, His Majesty 
 the King was in Mesopotamia, and the chiefs of all the lands 
 there came to pay homage unto him, and to entreat his good- 
 will and favour, and [the people of] the countries round about 
 brought unto him their offerings of gold, lapis-lazuli, turquoise, 
 and every kind of thing which that divine land produceth, upon 
 their backs, and each chief sought to outdo his fellow. And it 
 came to pass that when the Prince of the country of Bekhten 
 was bringing his offerings and tribute, he placed his eldest 
 daughter at the front thereof, to show his reverence for His 
 Majesty, and to gain favour before him. Now she was a very 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. XXIX 
 
 beautiful girl, and His Majesty thought her more beautiful than 
 any other girl he had ever seen before, and the title of "Royal 
 spouse, mighty lady, Ra-neferu," was straightway given to her, 
 and when His Majesty had arrived in Egypt she became in very 
 truth the "Royal spouse". 
 
 And lo ! it came to pass on the twenty-second day of the 
 second month of the summer of the fifteenth year of His Majesty, 
 that the King was in Thebes, the mighty city, the mistress of 
 [all other] cities, performing the ceremonies of father Amen, the 
 lord of the thrones of the world, during the beautiful festival 
 in the Southern Apt, the place which he hath loved from times 
 of old, when, behold, one came and told His Majesty, saying, 
 "An "ambassador of the Prince of Bekhten hath arrived, bringing 
 with him a multitude of gifts for the Royal spouse." 
 
 And when he had been led into the presence of His Majesty 
 together with his offerings, he spake words of fealty and homage 
 to him, saying, "Glory and praise be to thee, O thou Sun of the 
 Nations, grant that we may live before thee." And when he 
 had given utterance to his words of homage, at the same time 
 prostrating himself with his head down to the ground before 
 His Majesty, he spake again, and said before him, "I have come 
 unto thee, O my Sovereign and Lord, on behalf of the lady 
 Bent-reshet, the younger sister of the Royal spouse Ra-neferu, 
 for, behold, an evil disease hath laid hold on her body. I 
 beseech thy Majesty to send a physician to see her." 
 
 And His Majesty said, "Let the men who are learned in the 
 knowledge of books and the books of the learned ones be brought 
 to me." And when they had been led in before him. His Ma- 
 jesty straightway said, "I have caused you to be summoned in 
 order that ye may hear these words which I am about to say. 
 Let there be brought in to me from out of your company a man 
 wise of heart and cunning with his hands." And it came to 
 pass, when the Royal scribe Tehuti-em-Heb had come into the 
 presence of His Majesty, that he ordered him to set out on a 
 journey to the land of Bekhten, together with the ambassador 
 from that land. Now, when that physician had accomplished the 
 
XXX TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 journey into the land of Bekhten, he found the lady Bent-reshet 
 in the state of a woman of whom a demon had taken possession, 
 and he found himself utterly unable to contend against him 
 successfully. 
 
 And it came to pass that the Prince of Bekhten sent an am- 
 bassador a second time unto His Majesty, saying, "O my Sove- 
 reign and Lord, I beseech thy Majesty to command that a god 
 be brought [unto this country to heal my daughter]." 
 
 Now on the twenty-sixth day of the first month of the season 
 of inundation, during the time of the celebration of the festival 
 of Amen, His Majesty was in Thebes, and he went a second 
 time into the presence of the god Khonsu Nefer-hetep in Thebes, 
 and said, "O my fair Lord, I have come once again into thy 
 presence [to entreat] thee on behalf of the daughter of the Prince 
 of Bekhten." Then the god Khonsu Nefer-hetep in Thebes was 
 brought in to Khonsu, who performeth mighty things and wonder- 
 ful, the great god, the vanquisher of the hosts of darkness, and 
 His Majesty spake in the presence of Khonsu Nefer-hetep in 
 Thebes, saying, "O my fair Lord, turn then thy face upon 
 Khonsu, who performeth mighty things and wonderful, the great 
 god, the vanquisher of the hosts of darkness, and do thou most 
 graciously grant that he may go into the country of Bekhten." 
 And His Majesty spake yet again, saying, "Grant, then, that thy 
 saving power may go with him, and let me send his divine 
 Majesty unto Bekhten to deliver the daughter of the Prince of 
 that land from the power of the demon." 
 
 And behold the god Khonsu Nefer-hetep in Thebes granted 
 his request, and he bestowed upon Khonsu, who performeth 
 mighty things and wonderful in Thebes, his saving power in 
 a fourfold measure. 
 
 And His Majesty commanded them to send Khonsu, who per- 
 formeth mighty things and wonderful in Thebes, on his journey 
 in a boat, together with five other boats, and a multitude of 
 chariots and horses accompanied them on the right hand and 
 on the left; and the god arrived in Bekhten after travelling 
 one year and five months. 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. XXXI 
 
 And the Prince of Bekhten, together with his soldiers and his 
 nobles, came forth to meet Khonsu, who performeth mighty 
 things and wonderful in Thebes, and he threw himself upon his 
 face, saying, "Thy coming unto us at the sending of the King 
 of Northern and Southern Egypt, [User-Maat-Ra -setep-en-Ra], 
 is grateful unto us and welcome." And the god Khonsu went 
 to the place wherein was the lady Bent-reshet, and he bestowed 
 his saving power upon the daughter of the Prince of Bekhten, 
 and she was healed straightway. And the demon which had pos- 
 sessed her spake before Khonsu, who performeth mighty things 
 and wonderful in Thebes, "Grateful and welcome is thy com- 
 ing unto us, O great god, the vanquisher of the hosts of dark- 
 ness ; Bekhten is thy city, the inhabitants thereof are thy slaves, 
 and I am thy servant ; and I will depart unto the place whence 
 I came that I may gratify thee, for unto this end hast thou 
 come hither. And I beseech thy Majesty to command that 
 the Governor of Bekhten and myself may hold a festival to- 
 gether." 
 
 And the god Khonsu graciously granted this request, and 
 spake to his priest, saying, "Let the Prince of Bekhten make a 
 great festival in honour of the demon." Now, while the god 
 Khonsu, who performeth mighty things and wonderful in Thebes, 
 was arranging these things with the demon, the Prince of Bekhten 
 and his army stood by in exceedingly great fear. 
 
 The Prince of Bekhten made a great festival in honour of 
 Khonsu, who performeth mighty things and wonderful in Thebes, 
 and of the demon of the Prince of Bekhten, and they passed a 
 happy day together ; and by the command of Khonsu, who 
 performeth mighty things and wonderful in Thebes, that de- 
 mon departed in peace unto the place which he loved. 
 
 And the Prince of Bekhten and all those who were in that 
 country rejoiced exceedingly, and he conceived a design in his 
 heart, saying, "The god Khonsu shall be made to abide in the 
 country of Bekhten, and I will not allow him to depart into 
 Egypt," and the god Khonsu tarried in Bekhten for three years, 
 four months, and five days. 
 
XXXII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 And it came to pass on a day that the Prince of Bekhten 
 was sleeping upon his couch, and he saw in a dream the god 
 Khonsu come out from his shrine : now he was like unto a hawk 
 of gold, and he flew up into the air and departed to the land 
 of Egypt. And when he woke up, he was stupefied with terror, 
 and he spake unto the priest of Khonsu, who performeth mighty 
 things and wonderful in Thebes, saying, "The god hath departed 
 from us, and hath made his way into Egypt ; we must now 
 send his chariot back to Egypt." 
 
 And the Prince of Bekhten gave the command, and the god 
 set out for Egypt, and he gave unto him multitudes of offerings 
 and gifts of all kinds of precious things, and he went accom- 
 panied by many soldiers and horses. And when he had made 
 the journey to Thebes in peace, Khonsu, who performeth mighty 
 things and wonderful in Thebes, departed to the temple of Khonsu 
 Nefer-hetep in Thebes, and he laid before him all the offerings 
 and gifts of all kinds of precious things which the Prince of 
 Bekhten had given him, and he did not devote to his own 
 temple anything of it all. 
 
 And so Khonsu, who performeth mighty things and wonderful 
 in Thebes, returned to his own temple happily on the nineteenth 
 day of the second month of spring in the thirty-third year of 
 the Ki ng of Northern and Southern Egypt, (User-Maat-Ra-setep- 
 en-RaJ, the giver of life, like the Sun, for ever and ever. 
 
 The Litanies of Seker. 
 
 (See pp. 87—94.) 
 
 XVIII. (i) The Litanies of the bringing in of Seker ; to be 
 recited in addition to the mysteries already said. (2) Hail, prince, 
 who comest forth from the womb. (3) Hail, eldest son of prim- 
 eval matter. (4) Hail, lord of multitudes of aspects and evolu- 
 tions. (5) Hail, golden Disk in the temples. (6) Hail, lord of time 
 and bestower of years. (7) Hail, thou everlasting lord of life. 
 (8) Hail, lord of myriads and millions, (g) Hail, thou who shinest 
 in rising and in setting. (lo) Hail, thou who makest beings to 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. XXXIII 
 
 be joyful, (ii) Hail, thou lord of terror, thou fearful one. (12) 
 Hail, thou lord of multitudes of aspects and divinities. (i3) Hail, 
 thou who art crowned with the white crown ; thou master of 
 the urerer crown. (14) Hail, thou sacred babe of Horus, praise ! 
 (15) Hail, son of Ra, who sittest in the boat of millions of 
 years. (16) Hail, restful leader, come to thy hidden place. 
 (17) Hail, lord of terror self-produced. (18) Hail, Still-heart, 
 come to thy town. (19) Hail, thou who causest acclamation to 
 be made, come to thy town. (20) Hail, thou Darling of the gods 
 and goddesses. (21) Hail, thou who dippest thyself in the water, 
 come to thy temple. (22) Hail, thou who dwellest in the un- 
 derworld, come to thy offerings. (23) Hail, thou protector, come 
 to thy temple. (24) Hail, thou growing one. Moon god, illum- 
 ining the Disk. (25) Hail, sacred flower of the great temple. 
 
 (26) Hail, thou who bringest the sacred cordage of the sekti boat. 
 
 (27) Hail, thou lord of the hennu boat, thou becomest young in 
 the secret place. (28) Hail, thou perfect Soul who dwellest in 
 the underworld. (29) Hail, thou sacred Visitor of the North and 
 South. (3o) Hail, thou hidden one, unknown to mankind. 
 (3i) Hail, thou who givest light to him that is in the under- 
 world that he may see the Disk. XIX. (i) Hail, thou lord of 
 the atef crown, thou great one in Henensu (Heracleopolis). 
 
 (2) Hail, thou mighty one of terror in the town of trees (Nart). 
 
 (3) Hail, thou who art in Thebes, who flourishest for ever. 
 
 (4) Hail, Amen-Ra, thou king of the gods, who makest thy limbs 
 to grow in rising and setting. (5) Hail, [thou who receivest] 
 oblations and offerings in Re-stau (i. e., the passages of the tomb). 
 
 (6) Hail, thou who placest the crown upon the head of its lord. 
 
 (7) Hail, thou who stablishest the earth upon its foundations. 
 
 (8) Hail, thou who openest the mouth of the four great gods 
 who are in the underworld. (9) Hail, thou living soul of Osiris, 
 diademed of the Moon. (10) Hail, thou who hidest thy body 
 in the great coffin in Annu (Heliopolis). (11) Hail, mighty one, 
 thou hidden one, Osiris in the underworld. (12) Hail, thou who 
 unitest thy soul to heaven, thine enemy hath fallen. (i3) The 
 goddess Isis crying out saith. Hail from the river, (14) thou 
 
XXXIV TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 who separates: the abtu fish from the front (15) of the boat of 
 Ra, thou lord of the excretion which turneth into the rejoicing 
 gods, (16) thou egg which turneth into the Lake of Hen. She 
 cutteth off the heads (17) of the rebels in her name of "Lady of 
 Tep-ahet" (Aphroditopolis). (18) Lord of excretion, thou comest 
 in front of the heads in her name of (ig) "Hathor, lady of 
 emerald, lady of Thebes". (20) Thou comest in peace in her 
 name of "Hathor, lady of Thebes". (21) Thou comest in peace, 
 O Tait, in her name of "Lady (22) of peace". Thou comest 
 in front to overthrow her enemy (23) in her name of "Hathor, 
 lady of Henensu" (Heracleopolis). (24) O Golden one, thou 
 comest in peace in her name of "Hathor, (25) lady of Mem- 
 phis". Thou restest near Neb-er-tcher in her name of "Hathor, 
 lady of the Red Water". The Golden one riseth near her father 
 (26) in her name of "Bast", and advanceth over (27) the temples 
 near the great double house in her name of "Sati". (28) Thou 
 who makest the earth green, thou leadest the gods in her name 
 of "Uatchit". (29) Hathor gaineth the mastery over the fiends 
 in her name of "Sekhet". (3o) Uatchit gaineth the mastery over 
 the fire in her name of "Lady of Ammu" (3i) She hath per- 
 fume upon her head and hair in her name of "Neith". 
 
 XX. (i) Hail, ye gods, by reason of his virtues. (2) Hail, 
 Hathor, Lady of Thebes. (3) Hail, Hathor, Lady of Henensu. 
 (4) Hail, Lady of Tep-ahet. (5) Hail, Hathor, Lady of Nehau. 
 (6) Hail, Hathor, Lady of Rehsau. (7) Hail, Hathor, Lady of 
 Red Water. (8) Hail, Hathor, Lady of the turquoise land, (g) 
 Hail, Hathor, lady of Memphis. (10) Hail, Hathor, Lady of 
 Uaua. (11) Hail, Hathor, Lady of Ammu. (12) Hail, Hathor, 
 Lady of Amem. (i3) Hail, Hathor, Lady of the city of Sixteen 
 (Lycopolis). (14) Hail, ye nine smeri, come ye bearing your father 
 Osiris on your hands, (15) come ye with divine adorations (or 
 amulets) (say four times). (16) Hail, crown of the festival, (say 
 twice) thou prince. (17) Hail, thou rejoicest the nurses whom 
 thou lovcst. (18) Hail, thou livest, thou livest, for ever! (ig) Hail, 
 thou makest festival for ever. (20) Hail, thou adored one, thou 
 passest over the ways. (21) Hail, thou who art established in 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. XXXV 
 
 the celestial Tattu. (22) Hail, thou god, who hearest songs of 
 adoration (?), hail, thou who hearest songs of adoration (?) from 
 the mouth of the divine nomes. (aS) Hail, thou that comest 
 forth from thy two eyes, thou divine son, thou prophet. (24) 
 Hail, thou who art protected by amulets when thou speakest. 
 (25) Hail, protect me, O great one, to do thy pleasure. (26) 
 Hail, protect me, O great one, to do thy will. (27) Hail, 
 the one who resteth, that is to say Still-heart, cometh to thee. 
 (28) Hail, son of the prophet, the festal service is recited for 
 thee. (29) Hail, thou whose name is established in the celestial 
 Tattu. (3o) Hail, thou who art sweet of smell in the celestial 
 Tattu. (3i) Hail, thou who comest to destroy the fiends. (82) 
 Hail, thou who comest to praise the Babe. 
 
 XXI. (i) Hail, thou who strikest thy fear into the evil-hearted 
 
 ^(2) (3) Hail, thou rebel, who hatest the temple, death 
 
 is driven into thy throat. (4) Hail, the lord of the celestial Tattu 
 cometh, he hath repulsed the rebel. (5) To be recited by players 
 on tambourines sixteen times. 
 
 (6) Here endeth the book. 
 
 Colophon. May their names be established and be made per- 
 manent and never be destroyed before Osiris, Horus, Isis, Neph- 
 thys, and the gods and goddesses whose names are written in 
 this book, in the presence of the gods and goddesses, whosoever 
 they are, who are in the underworld and within the mighty 
 and secret pylons which are there. May these names be made to 
 come forth in the mighty underworld. Mayest thou be pro- 
 claimed by them in the boat of Ra ; mayest thou have given to 
 thee by them sepulchral meals upon the table of the great god 
 in the course of every day ; mayest thou have given to thee by 
 them fresh water and incense such as are given to the mighty 
 kings of the north and south who are in the underworld ; may 
 there be given to thee by them the power to come forth and to go 
 forward among the favoured ones of Osiris at the head of those 
 who are in the underworld ; and may they grant to thee that 
 the rays of the disk shall fall upon thy body daily. 
 
 V 
 
XXXVI TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 COLOPHON. 
 
 (See pp. 94—96-) 
 
 If any person from any foreign land whatsoever, whether he 
 be Negro, or Ethiopian, or Syrian, shall remove this book, or 
 any thief shall carry it off, may his body never come into the 
 Presence ; may he never be placed in the cool region ; may he 
 never breathe the breezes of the north wind; may neither son 
 nor daughter arise to him from his seed ; may his name never 
 be remembered on earth through his children ; and may he never 
 see the beams of the disk. But if any person shall look upon 
 this book and shall so act that my name and my double be 
 established among the favoured ones of Osiris, may this be done 
 likewise for him after his death in return for what he hath done 
 for me. 
 
 Stelae of Nekht-Amsu. 
 
 (See pp. 126—134.) 
 
 I. (i) The first day of the fourth month of shai (i. e., time of the 
 inundation) of the fourth year of the reign of the majesty of Horus 
 Ra, the mighty bull, the king diademed with saffron crowns, the 
 king of the North and South, the most mighty ruler, the conqueror 
 of the land of the Asiatics, the golden hawk, the just prince, the 
 sustainer of the two lands [of Egypt], (2) the king of the North and 
 South, the prince of the Nine bows (Ra-kheperu-ari-Maatj, the son 
 of the Sun, the offspring of his body, the lord of diadems, [Ai "the 
 divine father" and prince of Thebes , beloved of Osiris, the lord 
 
 of Abydos, the giver of life. (3) [May all the gods of the] north 
 and south and Anubis upon his hill give glory in heaven, and 
 power upon earth, and triumph in the underworld ! May they 
 allow me to go in and come forth from my tomb ; may my 
 majesty (4) refresh its shade ; may I drink water out of my 
 cistern daily ; may all my limbs germinate ; may the Nile give 
 me (5) bread and all manner of green things at its season ; may 
 [1] pass over the length of my land daily without ceasing ; may 
 
STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. XXXVII 
 
 my soul alight (6) upon the branches of the trees which I have 
 planted ; may I refresh myself under my sycamores ; may I eat 
 of the food which they give ; (7) may I have my mouth where- 
 with I may speak even like the followers of Horus ; may I 
 come forth from heaven ; and may I come down to earth. Let 
 me not he shut out upon (8) the way ; let there not be done 
 unto me that which my ka hateth ; and let not my soul be carried 
 away captive. Let me rise up among the favoured ones and 
 among the venerable ones ; (9) let me plough my homestead 
 in Sekhet-Aaru and let me attain to the "Fields of Peace" ; let 
 them come forth to me with vessels [of beer] and with cakes, (10) 
 the cakes of the lords of eternity ; let me receive my meat from 
 the basket of flesh which is upon the altar of the great god. 
 [Let these things be done] for the double of the first prophet 
 of Amsu, Nekht-Amsu, who saith, (11) "I have done what was 
 pleasing unto me and the will of the gods. For this reason I 
 have given bread to the hungry ; I have satisfied the needy with 
 food ; I have followed (i 2) the god in his house ; my mouth 
 hath not spoken haughtily against the noble ones ; there hath 
 been no undue extension in my stride, for 1 walked measuredly ; 
 I performed the right and truth which were beloved of the king ; 
 (i3) I observed what commands he gave and I watched in my 
 station ready to exalt his will ; I stood up to praise him daily ; 
 I gave my attention to what (14) he said without ever hesitat- 
 ing at what he determined with reference to myself; I made 
 myself master of uprightness and integrity, and I comprehended 
 concerning which things I ought to preserve silence; (15) and 
 my lord was gracious to me and favoured me for my good deeds, 
 because he saw that my hands were vigorous through my heart, 
 and he advanced my station greatly, and set me in [his] council 
 chamber." [These things he did] for the (16) person of the 
 overseer of the prophets of the lords of Apu (Panopolis), trium- 
 phant, who saith, "O [all] ye who live upon earth, who will 
 live for eternity and for ever and for aye, O ye priests and (17) 
 readers of Osiris, O every one learned in divine tradition, when 
 ye enter my tomb and pass through it, recite ye sacred words 
 
XXXVIII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 by the side of [this] my sepulchral tablet, and make ye mention 
 of my name, without fail, (i8) in the presence of the lords of 
 right and truth. And your God shall shew favour unto you, 
 and ye shall hand on your dignities to your children after ye 
 have lived to a ripe old age, provided that ye say:— (tg) May 
 Osiris grant a royal oblation to the overseer of works in the 
 Temple of Ai ; and may the tomb of Nekht-Amsu, the venerable 
 one, the prince, the first prophet of Amsu and Isis, abide for 
 ever in the abode of eternity." 
 
 II. (i) The first day of the fourth month of the season shai 
 of the fourth year of the reign of the majesty of Horus-Ra, the 
 mighty bull, the king diademed with saffron crowns, the king 
 of the North and South, the most mighty ruler, the conqueror 
 of the land of the Asiatics, the golden hawk, the just prince, the 
 sustainer of the two lands [of Egypt], (2) the king of the Nort h 
 and South, the prince of the Nine bows, [Ra-kheperu-ari-Maat^ ^ 
 the son of the Sun, the offspring of his body, his beloved one, 
 the lord of diadems (Ai, the "divine father" and prince of 
 Thebes', beloved of Osiris, the lord of Ta-tchesert, the giver 
 of life. (3) May Amen-Ra, the lord of the thrones of the two 
 lands, and Ptah-Seker-Ausar Unnefer, lord of Re-stau, give a 
 royal oblation. May they give sepulchral meals and oxen, and 
 feathered fowl, and linen garments, and thousands of every kind 
 of good and pure things, and thousands of every kind of (4) 
 sweet and pleasant things, which heaven bestoweth, and which 
 the earth produceth, and which the Nile bringeth forth from his 
 source, [and may they grant me] to breathe the sweet breezes of 
 the north wind, to eat bread (5), to gather flowers, and to enjoy 
 meat and drink the produce of the Sekhet-Aaru in felicity. May 
 I walk along (6) the road of eternity among the sainted doubles 
 and spiritual beings of light ; may I perform my transformations 
 at will among the servants of Un-nefer, may I go in and come 
 out from the underworld ; (7) may my soul be turned not back 
 when it willeth [to come forth] ; may it come forth like a living 
 soul ; may I drink water from the depths of the stream ; may 
 I receive cakes (8) from the lord of eternity ; may I come into 
 
STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. XXXIX 
 
 the presence every day [as well as] on the festival of the new 
 moon, on the festival of the month, on the festival of the sixth 
 day, on the festival of the half month, on the festival of Uaka, 
 on the festival of Thoth, (9) on the festival of the rising of 
 Amsu, on the festival of the rising of Sothis, on the festival of 
 the great heat, on the festival of the little heat, on the festival 
 of the "things of the altar", and on all the festivals of the re- 
 ceiving of Nile water of Osiris [which are celebrated] at the be- 
 ginning of the seasons of the (10) lord of the gods. 
 
 A hymn of praise to Ra when he riseth, a hymn of adoration 
 to Ra when he setteth in life. May he (i. e., Nekht-Amsu) 
 breathe the wind which cometh forth from the horizon — the 
 full blast of the north wind which cometh {i. e., bloweth) (11) on 
 both sides ; may his name be proclaimed ; may [his] hand be 
 stretched out over oblations, and provisions, and sepulchral offer- 
 ings when he is invoked ; may he receive water at the two hands 
 of the ka priest; (12) may he gain possession of bread and beer 
 from the table at which his double is pleased [to appear] ; may 
 he eat meat at the table of the god Neb-er-tcher, at the table 
 of the lords of eternity ; (i3) may pure meat and drink be given 
 to him from the meat and drink of Un-nefer ; may he travel 
 along in the boat of the underworld to the lands of (14) the 
 Sekhet-Aaru ; may he open up the ways and pass along the 
 roads ; may he follow the god Seker in Re-stau ; may he be not 
 turned back at the (15) door of the Tuat ; may he take his fill 
 there of wine and milk and receive ointment, and unguent, and 
 eye paint [which] rejoiceth the heart, and clothing and (16) linen 
 garments — he the double of the overseer of the double store- 
 house of all the gods in Taqahti and of Amsu in Khenti, the 
 first prophet of Amsu and Isis in Apu (Panopolis), Nekht-Amsu, 
 triumphant, who offereth (17) divine offerings to the gods and 
 sepulchral meals to the spiritual beings of light for the king of 
 the North and South fRa-kheperu-ari-Maat life, health and 
 strength ! May he be established, may he endure like heaven, 
 may he renew himself like Amsu (?). And may prayers (18) be 
 made for his salvation for millions of years to all the gods by 
 
X L THAN SLA TIONS. 
 
 the real royal relative who loveth him, Nekht-Amsu, who saith, 
 "Hail ye gods who are in heaven ! Hail ye gods who are on (19) 
 earth ! Hail ye gods who are in the Tuat, who transport Ra 
 and who lead along the beautiful god to the western horizon 
 of heaven, let my words come to you (20) like the entreaties 
 of a servant before his lord, and be gracious unto me. I was 
 favoured by [my] sovereign upon earth, grant ye that 1 may also 
 rest in peace in my everlasting habitation, and grant that I may 
 join " 
 
 The Battle of Kadesh. 
 
 (See pp. i34— 141.) 
 
 The ninth day of the third month of the season shemu (i. e., 
 summer) of the fifth year of the reign of Horus-Ra ( the mighty 
 bull, beloved of Maat^, the king of the North and South, TUsr- 
 
 maat-Ra setep-en-Ra^, the son of the Sun TRameses, beloved 
 of Amen , the giver of life for ever. Behold now, his Majesty 
 was in the country of Tchah on his second expedition of victory. 
 A good look-out [was kept] in life, strength and health in the 
 camp of his Majesty on the southern side of Kadesh. His Majesty 
 rose up like Ra and put on the ornaments of the god Menthu, 
 and the lord continued on his journey and arrived at the 
 southern border of the city of Shabtun. And two members of 
 the Shasu people came and spake to his Majesty, saying, "Our 
 brethren who are among the chiefs of the tribes who are in 
 league with the abominable prince of Kheta have made us come 
 to his Majesty to say, 'We are [ready] to render service to Pha- 
 raoh, (life, health and strength) !' and they have broken with 
 the abominable prince of Kheta. Now the abominable prince 
 of Kheta is encamped in the land of Aleppo, to the north of 
 the country of Tunep, and he is afraid to advance because of 
 Pharaoh, life, health, and strength." In this wise did the Shasu 
 speak ; but they spake to his Majesty lying words, for the abom- 
 inable prince of the Kheta had made them come to spy out 
 
THE BATTLE OF KADESH. XLI 
 
 the place where his Majesty was, so that he might not be able 
 to arrange his forces in a proper way to do battle with the 
 abominable prince of the Kheta. 
 
 And behold, the abominable chief of the Kheta had come to- 
 gether with the chiefs of every district, and with the footmen, 
 and with the horsemen whom he had brought with him in 
 mighty numbers, and they stood ready to fight drawn up in 
 ambush behind the abominable city of Kadesh, his Majesty hav- 
 ing no knowledge whatever of their plans. So his Majesty 
 marched on and arrived at the north-west side of the abominable 
 city of Kadesh, and there he and his troops encamped. Now his 
 Majesty was sitting on his smu metal throne when two of the 
 spies who were in the service of his Majesty brought in two 
 spies of the abominable chief of the Kheta. And when they had 
 been led into his presence his Majesty said to them, "Who and 
 what are ye ?" And they replied, "We belong to the abominable 
 prince of the Kheta who made us to come to see where his 
 Majesty was." His Majesty said to them, "Where is this abom- 
 inable chief of the Kheta ? Verily I have heard that he is in 
 the country of Aleppo." They replied, "Behold, the abom- 
 inable chief of the Kheta standeth [ready] and multitudes [of 
 the peoples] of the districts are with him ; he hath brought 
 them with him in vast numbers from all the provinces of the 
 country of the Kheta, and from the country of Mesopotamia, 
 and from the whole country of Qetti. They are provided with 
 footmen and with cavalry fully equipped, and they are like the 
 sand of the sea shore for multitude ; and behold, they are drawn 
 up in fighting order but are concealed behind the abominable city 
 of Kadesh." Then his Majesty caused his chief officers to be 
 called into his presence that he might make them to know every 
 matter which the two spies of the abominable prince of the 
 Kheta who had been before him had spoken. And his Majesty 
 spake unto them, saying, "Enquire into the actions of the of- 
 ficers of the peoples and of the chiefs of the district where Pha- 
 raoh (life, health, and strength !) is [encamped]." They did so, 
 and reported to Pharaoh (life, health, and strength !) that the 
 
XLII TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 abominable chief of the Kheta was in the land of Aleppo whither 
 he had fled before his Majesty as soon as he had heard the report 
 of him, and that, indeed, [the officers and chiefs] should have 
 reported these things correctly to his Majesty. [And his Majesty 
 replied], "See now what 1 have made you to know at this time 
 through the two spies of the country of Kheta, namely that the 
 abominable chief of the Kheta hath come together with [the 
 peoples of] a multitude of countries, and with men and with 
 horses, like the sand for multitude, and that they are standing 
 behind the abominable city of Kadesh ; is it possible that the 
 officers of the districts and the princes of the country wherein 
 Pharaoh (life, health and strength!) now is — under whose 
 direction the district is — did not know this?" Now when these 
 things had been said to them the officers who were in the 
 presence of his Majesty admitted that the officers of the country 
 and the princes of Pharaoh (life, health and strength!) had com- 
 mitted a gross breach of duty in not reporting to them the var- 
 ious places to which the abominable chief of the Kheta had 
 marched. 
 
 And it came to pass that when they had spoken his Majesty 
 issued an order for the officers who were in charge of the troops 
 that were marching to the south of Shabtun to bring their troops 
 as quickly as possible to the place where his Majesty was. Now 
 whilst his sacred Majesty was sitting and talking with his of- 
 ficers, the abominable prince of the Kheta came together with 
 his footmen, and cavalry, and the multitudes of people who 
 were with him, and they crossed over the canal at the south of 
 Kadesh and came upon the soldiers of his Majesty who were 
 marching along in ignorance of what was happening. Then the 
 footmen and cavalry of his Majesty lost their courage and rushed 
 on headlong to where his Majesty was, and the troops of the 
 abominable prince of the Kheta surrounded the servants who 
 were round about his Majesty. When his Majesty saw them he 
 raged at them like his father Menthu, the lord of Thebes, and, 
 putting on his armour and seizing his spear, like the god Baru 
 in his moment, he mounted his horse and dashed forward alone 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. XLIII 
 
 among the troops of the abominable prince of Kheta and among 
 the multitudes which he had with him. His Majesty, like the 
 most mighty god Sutekh, made slaughter among them, and he 
 cut them down dead into the waters of the Orontes. [He saith], 
 "1 conquered all countries, I was quite alone, my footmen and 
 cavalry had forsaken me, and no man among them dared to come 
 back [to save] my life. But Ra loved me, and my father Tmu 
 had a favour for me, and every thing which my Majesty hath said 
 I performed in very truth before my footmen and before my 
 cavalry." 
 
 The Annals of Rameses III. 
 
 (See pp. 142— i6i.) 
 
 I. (i) The sixth day of the third month of the season shemu 
 (i. e., summer) of the thirty-second year of the reign of the king 
 of the North and South, f User-Maat-Ra-meri-Amen^, L. H. S. ' ; 
 the son of the Sun, (Rameses, prince of Annu , L. H. S. ; beloved 
 of all the gods and goddesses ; (2) the king diademed with the 
 white crown like Osiris ; the prince rising in Akert {i. e., the un- 
 derworld) like Tum ; . . . . great house within Ta-tchesert ; 
 traversing eternity and everlastingness as king of the underworld ; 
 the king of the North and South (User-Maat-Ra-meri-Amen , the 
 
 son of the Sun, (Rameses, prince of Annu\ L. H. S. ; the great 
 god (3) who declareth with adoration, and praise, and thanks- 
 giving the numerous glorious and mighty actions which he did 
 as king and prince on earth for the temple of his sacred father 
 Amen-Ra, the king of the gods (4), and Mut, and Khonsu, and 
 all the gods of Thebes ; and for the temple of his sacred father 
 Tum, the lord of the two lands of Annu (Heliopolis), and Ra- 
 Heru-khuti, and lusaaset, and Nebt-hetep, and all the gods of 
 Annu ; and for the temple of his sacred father (5) Ptah, the 
 mighty one of the southern wall, lord of the life of the two lands, 
 and Sekhet greatly beloved of Ptah, and Nefer-Tum protector of 
 
 I. /. c, life, health, strength! 
 
XLIV TRANSLATIONS 
 
 the two lands ; and for all the gods of Memphis, the sacred 
 fathers, and for all the gods and goddesses of the South and 
 (6) North ; and all the splendid and noble acts which he wrought 
 for the people of all the land of Egypt ; and how he gathered 
 them all together at one time that he might make (7) the divine 
 fathers, and all the gods and the goddesses of the South and 
 North, and all men, and all xht pat, and all the rekhii, and all the 
 hememet to see the many glorious and most splendid deeds (8) 
 which he wrought on earth whilst he was the great prince of 
 Egypt. 
 
 III. (i) The adoration, and praise, and mighty and splendid 
 deeds which he wrought for the Temple of his sacred father 
 Amen-Ra, the king of the gods, and for Mut and Khonsu, and 
 for all the gods of Thebes. (2) Saith the king TUser-Maat-Ra- 
 
 meri-Amen 
 
 , L. H. S., the son of the Sun, TRameses, prince of 
 Annu , L. H. S., the great god, in making adoration to his 
 father, this same sacred god Amen-Ra, the king of the gods, the 
 matter which had already in the earliest times come into being, 
 (3) the divine god who created himself, the god who lifteth the 
 hand and who exalteth the a/^/ crown, the maker of things which 
 are, the creator of things which shall come into being, the god 
 who is hidden both from men and from gods, lend me thine ears, 
 
 lord of the gods, (4) and hearken unto the words of praise which 
 
 1 speak unto thee. Grant thou to me that 1 may come unto thee 
 to thy city Thebes the hidden, O thou who art god in the com- 
 pany of the gods who are under thy leadership, who restest in 
 Neb-ankh, thy holy place, (5) opposite to the sacred statue of 
 thy court. Grant that I may be joined unto the gods, who are 
 the lords of the underworld like my father Osiris, the lord of 
 Ta-tchesert ; grant that my soul may be like unto the souls of 
 the company of the gods who rest near thee in the (6) everlast- 
 ing horizon ; give breath to my nostrils, and water to my soul, 
 and let me eat of the substance and matter of the food of thy 
 divine offerings ; let my sacred Majesty abide continually in thy 
 presence (7) like the great gods the lords of Akert ; may I enter 
 in and come forth from thee as do they ; do thou direct my soul 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. XLV 
 
 even as thou dost direct theirs, against my enemies ; and esta- 
 blish thou the offerings obligatory for my (8) double by an ever- 
 lasting stablishing which shall endure for ever and for ever. I 
 have become king upon earth and prince of living men and 
 women, and thou hast established the divine diadem upon my 
 head even as thou hast made thy way in peace to the sacred 
 temple, (g) Thou hast taken thy seat upon thy double throne 
 with joy of heart, and I am established upon the throne of my 
 father, even as thou hast made Horus to sit upon the throne of 
 Osiris. I have neither injured nor wronged (lo) any in the 
 matter of his throne ; I have not transgressed that which thou 
 didst command rae [to do] ; and thou hast given peace and rest 
 unto my subjects, and every land praiseth thee. 1 consider the 
 things which I have caused to be made [for thee], (ii) which 
 I have wrought as king and I will double [my] manifold great 
 and glorious deeds [for thee]. I made for thee the sacred Temple 
 of Millions of Years which is [situated] on the mountain of 
 Neb-ankhtet opposite to thee. 
 
 IV. (i) It is built of sandstone, and bdait stone, and black 
 basalt, and it hath portals and doors made of fine chased copper; 
 its pylons are built of stone and tower into heaven, (2) and they 
 are inscribed and sculptured with the chisel in the mighty name 
 of thy Majesty. I built a wall round about it, and I caused to be 
 built therein staircases and inside chambers made of sandstone. 
 (3) I dug a lake in front of the temple which I filled to over- 
 flowing with the water of heaven, and I planted [the sides there- 
 of] with flowering trees and shrubs like unto [those of] the land 
 of the North. I filled its treasuries with the products of the 
 districts of Egypt, (4) and with gold, and silver, and precious 
 stones of all kinds by hundreds of thousands. Its granaries were 
 filled to overflowing with wheat and grain, and the cattle of its 
 fields were as numerous as the sand of the furrows. I laid under 
 contribution for it (5) the land of the South as well as the land 
 of the North, the land of Phoenicia, and the land of Tchah, and 
 it contained the results of their labours and was filled with the 
 captives whom thou didst give to me from among the nine 
 
XLVI TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 peoples of Pet, and with young men who amounted [in number] 
 to tens of thousands. (6) I sculptured for thee thy mighty image, 
 which was to rest within the temple and the sacred name of 
 which was, "Amen comprising eternity," and I ornamented it 
 with real jewels like the double horizon wherein he riseth ; it 
 is a joy to him that beholdeth it. (7) I made for it libation slabs, 
 and vessels of pure gold, and countless instruments of silver and 
 bronze. I multiplied the divine offerings which were obligatory 
 before thee, cakes, wine, ale, fat feathered fowl, (8) oxen, calves, 
 cattle of various kinds, antelopes, and gazelles which were due 
 to its place of slaughter. I dragged along mighty monuments as 
 large as mountains made of fine white marble and alabaster, 
 (9) and 1 sculptured them and made them to be set at the right 
 and left of the doorway of the temple, and they were inscribed 
 with the great name of thy Majesty for ever. [And I made] other 
 statues o{ maa and 6dat/ stone (10) together with plinths of black 
 basalt to be set therein. And I sculptured figures of Ptah-Seker, 
 and of Nefer-Tum, and of the company of the gods, the lords 
 of heaven and earth, to be set in its shrine, which was wrought 
 with fine gold and (11) silver, and was inlaid with jewels and 
 real precious stones, and was of the finest work possible. I made 
 for thee a sacred chamber of the king within it, like unto the 
 chamber of the god Turn which is in heaven above ; the pillars 
 and (12) folding-doors were made of fine copper, and the great 
 opening for the coronation of the god was of fine gold. I made 
 for the temple boats wherein to load corn and grain and wherein 
 to carry it to 
 
 V. (i) its granary incessantly. I made for the temple a store- 
 house and huge barges to sail on the river laden with manifold 
 things for the sacred storehouse. (2) I surrounded the temple 
 with gardens and summerhouses and booths, the trees of which 
 were laden with fruits and flowers for thy two faces ; I built 
 their cottages with (3) windows, and I dug a lake in front of 
 them which was planted with lilies. (4) I made for thee a hidden 
 horizon in thy city of Thebes which faced thy courtyard, and 
 for the gods of the Temple of rRameses, prince of Annul, L. 
 
THE ANNALS OF R AMESES III. XLVII 
 
 H. S., in the Temple of Amen, "Established in heaven with 
 the disk" [is its name]. (5) I built and fashioned it with sand- 
 stone and it had great doors [made] of fine gold ; 1 filled its 
 storehouses with the things which both my hands brought to set 
 before (6) thy face daily. 1 made the southern Apt to keep a 
 [constant] feast by reason of the mighty monuments [which 1 
 placed therein]. 1 built for thee a temple therein like unto the 
 double throne of Neb-er-tcher, namely, the Temple of TRameses, 
 prince of Annu , L. H. S., (7) uniting gladness in the Apts. 1 
 caused to be built again monuments to thee in Thebes, the 
 mighty city, the place where thy heart reposeth, near to thy- 
 self, namely, the place of (Usr-Maat-Ra-meri-Amen , L. H. S., 
 
 in the House of Amen. (8) [1 built] likewise the shrine of Neb- 
 er-tcher of a marvellous kind of stone, and 1 ornamented it with 
 works [to last] for ever ; the posts of the doors were of maa stone 
 and the folding-doors of gold, and I provided it with a staff of 
 men, and I endowed it with property of every kind by hundreds 
 of thousands. (10) I made for thee a hidden shrine cut out of 
 one piece of beautiful tnaat stone, and the doors thereof were of 
 bronze chased and inscribed with thy divine name; (11) inside 
 it rested thy noble image, like that of Ra in his double horizon, 
 established upon its throne for ever and for ever in thy great and 
 sacred court. (12) 1 made for thee a great table for offerings of 
 chased silver inlaid with fine gold, and with figures in gold, and 
 with figures of the lord, L. H. S., in gold ornamented with di- 
 vers designs, for the offerings and oblations which are to be made 
 duly to thee. 
 
 VI. (i) I made for thee a great shrine in thy court wrought 
 with figures in fine gold and with precious stones, and [I made] 
 its vessels of gold for the wine and ale which are offered unto 
 thee every morning. (2) I made for thee chambers wherein the 
 festivals of the "shewing of the face" were to be celebrated, and 
 I provided them with manservants and maidservants, together 
 with cakes, and ale, and oxen, and feathered fowl, and wine, and 
 incense, and fruits, and herbs, and flowers, for the holy offerings 
 which are to be made before thee daily, for ever. (3) I made 
 
X L V 1 1 1 TRANSLA TIONS. 
 
 for thee holy amulets of gold and precious stones, and large 
 collars, and chains of the finest gold wherewith to tie them to 
 thy body at each time of thy majestic rising on thy great and 
 sacred throne in the Apts. (4) 1 made for thee an image of the 
 lord in worked and chased gold to rest in the place to which it 
 belongeth in thy holy shrine. (5) I made for thee large tablets 
 of gold inlaid and inscribed with the great name of thy Majesty 
 and with [the account of] my thanksgivings. (6) I made for thee 
 other tablets of silver inlaid and inscribed with the great name 
 of thy Majesty and with the decree [for the foundation of] the 
 temple. (7) I made for thee large tablets of silver inlaid and 
 inscribed with the great name of thy Majesty ; they were en- 
 graved by the chisel with the proclamations and with the 
 decrees for the foundation and maintenance of the temples which 
 1 had built in Ta-mera (8) during my reign over the land to 
 proclaim thy name for ever and for ever. O be thou their pro- 
 tector and their advocate ! (9) I made for thee other tablets of 
 worked bronze, they were made of a six-fold (?) composition 
 and were of the colour of gold, and they were inscribed and 
 engraved by the chisel with the great name of thy Majesty, 
 and with the foundation decrees of the house and of the temples 
 likewise, (10) and with the manifold praises and thanksgivings 
 which were made to thee, whereat thou wert graciously pleased 
 to listen, O lord of the gods. (11) 1 made for thee a huge laver 
 of pure silver, the edge of which was made of gold inscribed 
 with thy name, with a cover (?) beaten out of pure silver ; [and 
 1 made] a huge bath (?) of gold having a cover and legs. (12) I 
 made also the images of the deities Mut and Khonsu which I 
 caused to be newly modelled in the gold foundry, they were made 
 of fine gold chased and engraved, and they were set with jewels 
 and inlaid with precious stones of the workmanship of Ptah. 
 They had collars before and behind, (i3) and they were sup- 
 plied with fine gold fittings, and [the gods] were graciously 
 pleased with the noble things which 1 wrought for them. 
 
 VII. (i) 1 made for thee great tablets for thy storehouse in- 
 laid with fine gold and with designs in choice gold ; they had 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES JIl XLIX 
 
 large edges with inlayings of silver and had golden figures which 
 reached down to the ground. (2) I dedicated to thee ten times 
 ten thousand measures of grain for the perpetual maintenance 
 of thy divine offerings, which [I ordered] to be transported to 
 Thebes every year to supply in abundance thy granaries with 
 corn and grain. (3) I brought to thee captives from the Pet 
 nations and tributes from native and foreign lands to thy court- 
 yard ; I made the Theban road to be like the leg which bore 
 offerings in abundance to thee. (4) I added festal seasons to the 
 yearly festivals whereon offerings were made to thee at each 
 time of thy manifestation, and they were provided with cakes, 
 and ale, and oxen, and feathered fowl, and wine, and incense, 
 and fruits without number ; for these 1 laid the princes and of- 
 ficers under a new contribution in addition to the benefits which 
 I had already conferred upon thy double. (5) 1 hewed out for 
 thee thy sacred boat [called] User-hat, one hundred and thirty 
 cubits long, to sail upon the water ; it was made of cedar and 
 acacia (?) wood of marvellous quality, and it was studded with 
 fine gold. It rode upon the water like the bark of Ra when he 
 proceedeth onwards to Mount Bakhat ; at the sight thereof (6) 
 all men lived. It had a great double cabin within it made of 
 fine gold, set with jewels of every kind, which was like unto the 
 Temple of the "God of the awful face" ; of gold from front to 
 back it was laden with uraei wearing the a/«/ crown. (7) I brought 
 Araby and Somali land to thee with their fragrant unguents to 
 pervade thy Temple each morning, and I planted sycamores and 
 incense-bearing trees in thy courts ; the like of them had never 
 before been seen. (8) I made for thee boats, and ships, and 
 sailing craft [manned] by armed crews to sail upon the Med- 
 iterranean Sea, I appointed to them captains and officers of the 
 crews together with countless mariners, and [commanded] them 
 to bring the products of the land of Tchah and of the remote 
 countries of the world to thy great treasuries in Thebes the 
 mighty. (9) I dedicated to thee cattle from the South and 
 North, and oxen, and feathered fowl, and beasts by hundreds of 
 thousands, and inspectors, and scribes, and overseers, and officers, 
 
 d 
 
L TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 and numerous shepherds to give fodder unto the beasts which 
 were to be offered to thy double during all thy festivals ; and 
 thereat was thy heart graciously pleased, O ruler of the com- 
 pany of the gods. (lo) I made for thee vineyards in the Southern 
 Oasis and in the Northern Oasis, and countless others likewise 
 in the South, and in the land of the North they also existed by 
 hundreds of thousands ; and I provided them with gardeners 
 taken from the captives from foreign lands. There was a lake . 
 
 (ii) planted with lilies and provided with vessels and wine 
 like a water-course to bring them as offerings to thee in Thebes 
 the mighty. (12) I planted thy city Thebes with trees, and with 
 flowering plants and shrubs, and with trees bearing sweet smell- 
 ing blossoms for thy nostrils. (i3) I built a house for thy son 
 Khonsu in Thebes of fine sandstone, and of bdmf stone and black 
 basalt, and I inlaid its folding-doors with gold and with figures 
 of fine copper like the horizon of heaven. 
 
 Hymn to Amen-Ra. 
 
 (See pp. 294—305.) 
 
 "A hymn of praise to Amen-Ra, the bull in Annu (Heliopolis), 
 president of all the gods, beautiful god, beloved one, the giver 
 of the life of all warmth to all beautiful cattle ! 
 
 "Hail to thee, Amen-Ra, lord of the thrones of the two lands, 
 at the head of the Apts (Karnak). The bull of his mother, at 
 the head of his fields, the extender of footsteps, at the head of 
 the "land of the South", lord of the Matchau, prince of Araby, 
 lord of the sky, eldest son of earth, lord of things which exist, 
 establisher of things, establisher of all things. 
 
 "One in his times, as among the gods. Beautiful bull of the 
 cycle of the gods, president of all the gods, lord of Law, father 
 of the gods, maker of men, creator of beasts, lord of things which 
 exist, creator of the staff of life, maker of the green food which 
 makes cattle to live. Form made by Ptah, beautiful child, beloved 
 one. The gods make adorations to him, the maker of things 
 
HYMN TO AMEN-RA. LI 
 
 which are below, and of things which are above. He shines on 
 the two lands sailing through the sl^y in peace. King of the 
 South and North, the SuN (Ra), whose word is law, prince of 
 the world ! The mighty of valour, the lord of terror, the chief 
 who makes the earth like unto himself. How very many more 
 are his forms than those of any (other) god ! The gods rejoice 
 in his beauties, and they make praises to him in the two great 
 horizons, at (his) risings in the double horizon of flame. The 
 gods love the smell of him when he, the eldest born of the dew, 
 comes from Araby, when he traverses the land of the Matchau, 
 the beautiful face coming from Neter-ta {t. e., Arabia and So- 
 mali land). The gods cast themselves down before his feet when 
 they recognize their lord in his majesty, the lord of fear, the 
 mighty one of victory, the mighty of Will, the master of diadems, 
 the verdifier of offerings (?), the maker of tchefau food. 
 
 "Adorations to thee, O thou maker of the gods, who hast 
 stretched out the heavens and founded the earth ! The untiring 
 watcher, Amsu-Amen, lord of eternity, maker of everlastingness, to 
 whom adorations are made (literally, lord of adorations), at the 
 head of the Apts, established with two horns, beautiful of aspects; 
 the lord of the urteus crown, exalted of plumes, beautiful of tiara, 
 exalted of the white crown ; the serpent mehen and the two ura^i 
 are the (ornaments) of his face ; the double crown, helmet and 
 cap are his decorations in (his) temple. Beautiful of face he re- 
 ceives the a/«/" crown; beloved of the south and north is he, he 
 is master of the sekhti crown. He receives the amsu sceptre, (and 
 
 is) lord of the and of the whip. Beautiful prince, rising 
 
 with the white crown, lord of rays, creator of light ! The gods 
 give acclamations to him, and he stretches out his hands to him 
 that loves him. The flame makes his enemies fall, his eye over- 
 throws the rebels, it thrusts its copper lance into the sky and 
 makes the serpent Nak vomit what it has swallowed. 
 
 "Hail to thee, Ra, lord of Law, whose shrine is hidden, master 
 of the gods, the god Khepera in his boat ; by the sending forth 
 of (his) word the gods spring into existence. Hail god Atmu, 
 maker of mortals. However many are their forms he causes 
 
LI I TRANSLATIONS. 
 
 them to live, he makes different the colour of one man from 
 another. He hears the prayer of him that is oppressed, he is kind 
 of heart to him that calls unto him, he delivers him that is afraid 
 from him that is strong of heart, he judges between the mighty 
 and the weak. 
 
 "The lord of intelligence, knowledge (?) is the utterance of his 
 mouth. The Nile cometh by his will, the greatly beloved lord 
 of the palm tree comes to make mortals live. Making advance 
 every work, acting in the sky, he makes to come into existence 
 the sweet things of the davlight ; the gods rejoice in his beauties, 
 and their hearts live when they see him. O Ra, adored in the 
 Apts, mighty one of risings in the shrine ; O Ani (/. c, a form of 
 Ra), lord of the festival of the new moon, who makest the six 
 days' festival and the festival of the last quarter of the moon ; O 
 prince, life, health, and strength ! lord of all the gods, whose 
 appearances are in the horizon, president of the ancestors of 
 Auker {t. e., the underworld) ; his name is hidden from his 
 children in his name 'Amen'. 
 
 "Hail to thee, O thou who art in peace, lord of dilation of 
 heart (z. e., joy), crowned form, lord of the urerei crown, exalted 
 of the plumes, beautiful of tiara, exalted of the white crown, the 
 gods love to look upon thee ; the double crown of Upper and 
 Lower Egypt is established upon thy brow. Beloved art thou in 
 passing through the two lands. Thou sendest forth rays in ris- 
 ing from thy two beautiful eyes. The pdi (J. «., ancestors, or 
 the dead) are in raptures of delight when thou shinest, the cattle 
 become languid when thou shinest in full strength ; thou art 
 loved when thou art in the sky of the south, thou art esteemed 
 pleasant in the sky of the north. Thy beauties seize and carry 
 away all hearts, the love of thee makes the arms drop ; thy beauti- 
 ful creation makes the hands to tremble and (all) hearts to melt 
 at the sight of thee. 
 
 "O Form, ONE, creator of all things, O ONE ONLY, maker of 
 existences ! Men came forth from his two eyes, the gods sprang 
 into existence at the utterance of his mouth. He maketh the 
 green herb to make cattle live, and the staff of life for the (use 
 
HYMN TO AMEN-RA. LI II 
 
 of) man. He maketh the fishes to live in the rivers, the winged 
 fowl in the sky ; he giveth the breath of life to (the germ) in the 
 egg, he maketh birds of all kinds to live, and likewise the rep- 
 tiles that creep and fly ; he causeth the rats to live in their holes, 
 and the birds that are on every green twig. Hail to thee, O 
 maker of all these things, thou ONLY ONE. 
 
 "He is of many forms in his might ! He watches all people 
 who sleep, he seeks the good for his brute creation. O Amen, 
 establisher of all things, Atmu and Harmachis, all people adore 
 thee, saying, 'Praise to thee because of thy resting among us ; 
 homage to thee because thou hast created us.' All creatures say, 
 'Hail to thee', and all lands praise thee ; from the height of the 
 sky to the breadth of the earth, and to the depths of the sea art 
 thou praised. The gods bow down before thy majesty to exalt 
 the Will of their creator ; they rejoice when they meet their 
 begetter, and say to thee. Come in peace, O father of the fathers 
 of all the gods, who hast spread out the sky and hast founded 
 the earth, maker of things which are, creator of things which 
 exist, prince, life, health, strength ! president of the gods. We 
 adore thy will, inasmuch as thou hast made us, thou hast made 
 (us) and given us birth, and we give praises to thee by reason 
 of thy resting with us. 
 
 "Hail to thee, maker of all things, lord of Law, father of the 
 gods, maker of men, creator of animals, lord of grain, making 
 to live the cattle of the hills ! Hail Amen, bull, beautiful of face, 
 beloved in the Apts, mighty of risings in the shrine, doubly 
 crowned in Heliopolis, thou judge of Horus and Set in the great 
 hall. President of the great cycle of the gods, ONLY ONE, with- 
 out his second, at the head of the Apts, Ani at the head of the 
 cycle of his gods, living in Law every day, the double horizoned 
 Horus of the East ! He has created the mountain (or earth), the 
 silver, the gold, and genuine lapis -lazuli at his Will .... In- 
 cense and fresh dn/i are prepared for thy nostrils, O beautiful 
 face, coming from the land of the Matchau, Amen-Ra, lord of 
 the thrones of the two lands, at the head of the Apts, Ani at the 
 head of his shrine. King, ONE among the gods, myriad are his 
 
LIV TRANSLATrONS. HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 names, how many are they is not known ; shining in the eastern 
 horizon and setting in the western horizon, overthrowing his 
 enemies by his birth at dawn every day. Thoth exalts his two 
 eyes, and makes him to set in his splendours ; the gods rejoice 
 
 in his beauties which those who are in his exalt. Lord 
 
 of the sekti boat, and of the atet boat, which travel over the sky 
 for thee in peace, thy sailors rejoice when they see Nak over- 
 thrown, his limbs stabbed with the knife, the fire devouring him, 
 his foul soul beaten out of his foul body, and his feet carried 
 awav. The gods rejoice, Ra is satisfied, Heliopolis is glad, the 
 enemies of Atmu are overthrown, and the heart of Nebt-ankh 
 {i. c, Isis) is happy because the enemies of her lord are over- 
 thrown. The gods of Kher-aba are rejoicing, those who dwell 
 in the shrines are making obeisance when they see him mighty 
 in his strength (?), Form (?) of the gods of law, lord of the Apts 
 
 in thy name of 'maker of Law'. Lord of tchefau food, bull 
 
 in thy name of 'Amen, bull of his mother'. Maker of mortals, 
 making . . . become, maker of all things that are in thy name 
 of Atmu Khepera. Mighty Law making the body festal, beauti- 
 ful of face, making festal the breast. Form of attributes (?), lofty 
 of diadem, the two ursei fly by his forehead. The hearts of the 
 pdtu go forth to him, and unborn generations turn to him ; by 
 his coming he maketh festal the two lands. Hail to thee, Amen- 
 Ra, lord of the thrones of the two lands ! his town loves his 
 shining." 
 
 Note. On p. XXt, 1. 26, after the words "seeking it" add "be 
 not disheartened". 
 
HIEROGLYPHIC TEXTS WITH 
 TRANSLITERATION 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 «-^ 
 
 Q (2 
 
 V^" 
 
 A' oi~-^ 
 
 ID ©] 
 
 I 
 
 D 
 
 
 
 ,A^ 
 
 <2 
 
 
 
 
 X-tr^-^i-* 
 
 I X^-i.. 
 
 I— " - ^ — , AAAAAA 
 
 
 ■ tC J 
 
 /V^A^AA 
 
 Q (3 
 
 .1 
 
 Q (3 
 
 tf '-' '^ 
 
 &!!,?, [=■ m:! H^]^ 
 
 ll 
 
 • ,'" uw^ 
 
 X o 
 
 
 Mi] 
 
 D ex^ii 
 
 / 
 
 K!\\ 
 
 I. I. — ^r emeniuf fertu sen sen en ud muOet en ud dief Anpu ren i 
 pa da du Batau. ren pa Urdu yrer dr Anpu su jeri pa 'feri heml 2. du 2 
 paif sen krdn emmd-f md se-feru en Urdu du ementuf d drUu-nef_ hebsu 
 du-f her iemi em-sa naif daut er sefet 3. du emeniuf d driiu sella emeniuf 3 
 duait du emeniuf a drit-nef dpui neb enii em seyji dsiu du 
 
iV^ 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 A 
 
 mi z) X 
 
 O II D ©I I I 
 
 11 L' 
 
 I 1 AA/VSA'V ■- 
 
 11 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 ^ (3 AAAAAA Q 
 
 ^fl-P. 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 Q (3 
 
 I 
 
 [ 
 
 
 i] 
 
 qq^ 
 
 AAAAftA 
 
 D (3 
 
 era 
 
 [^^?] ^ 
 
 © 
 
 j^^y^~^- rt/vAAAA — 
 
 Q (3 
 
 m:: b^ 
 
 AA/V\AA 
 Q (3 
 
 A 
 
 
 ] 
 
 ('==3) 
 
 C? 
 
 
 Q I 
 (^ii?i^iii 
 
 
 lira' 
 
 ■o ©1 
 
 k[l! k ^] T^^i 
 
 •\\ 
 
 (S.I 
 
 I I 
 
 4 /flz/' J^« ^fra« 4. henuti nefer an un qetu-f em ta t'er-f as un . . . . en 
 
 5 . . . .. dm /«' dr evr/et hru qennu her sa enen du paif sen ierdu 5. Umi 
 em-sa naif daui em paif sey^eru enti hru neh emenhif her an cr paif pa er 
 
 6 tennu ruha du-f aiep 6. em semii neh en seyd du ementuf d drilu-nef em- 
 
 7 yet du-nef em seyel emtiif uah-ii emhah paif sen da du-f er hems hcna 7. faif 
 
 heml emtuf surd emiuf dm emiuf pa ... . paif dhaii em/uf em-sa 
 
 naif daut 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 ra 
 © o 
 
 I 
 
 El (D 
 
 (?) 
 
 ©I I I 
 
 Q (3 
 
 ra. 
 
 5f^. 
 
 a 
 
 I I I I 
 
 ^\ 
 
 C^\ 
 
 
 i) ^ I. 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 Q (3 
 
 I 
 
 K Wi P,T, ,¥, 
 
 X 
 
 (5 
 
 © 
 
 I Q W 
 
 tJ 
 
 I Q W 
 
 (Bf 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 d; 
 
 i^ u K 
 
 1^ 
 
 I r ^— 1 
 
 © II 
 
 .f° 
 
 Sc 
 
 (S. 
 
 ^^ I 
 
 ^ 
 
 © "'•'•^ \\[ 1 ^^ °v^ 
 
 ii 
 
 8. ^er dr emy/t ta hef sen en hru seyjper du pesset emtuf uah-u 8 
 
 embak paif sen da g. tdi-nef dqu er se-fet emtuf tehem naif daut er tat dmu g 
 em seyet diL-f Umi em-sa naif daut lo. du-sen t'et-nef nefer pa semu em ta duset lo 
 ment emtuf setem pa t'et-sen neh emtuf her dt'a-u er la duset If. — i. nefer t i 
 en semu enti set dim set du-sen daut enti er hdti-f her -feperu nefer er dqer 
 Sep sen qeb-sen niesu-sen er 2. dqer sep sen yer dr her trd en sekau du paif 2 
 sen da her fet-nef dmmd 
 
 I* 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 zs 
 
 AA'V\A^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 .^ifscTJ '— Pu^^: 
 
 ^1 A 
 
 J '*• ,ii lnH fi 'l, Q LiJ w U Q (3| I I Lny^ >^ 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 °^ 
 
 AA/V\A/\ /V\/VSA^ 
 
 :^^- 
 
 # 
 
 A A O f 
 
 (i^j= - ^i ii r ^qq 
 
 ra I 
 
 AA/V'A^ 6, <::UZ:>| 
 
 (2 Ol 
 
 
 I I I ^^^.B^A 
 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 © II 
 
 \!\ 
 
 Q. 
 
 3 fer en-n hetri-n 3. (?r j^'/iflK pa un ta ahet perdd du-sei neferdd er sekau set 
 
 4 emmdtet emtick i-nek er 4. se'fei yen' pertu pa tin du-n er vieh sekau em 
 
 5 tuau d nef fet-nef un an paif 5. sen scrdu her drit sc/eru neh d t'et-nef 
 
 6 paif sen da er fer-sen -f_er dr emyet ta het' sen en 6. hru seyeperii du-sen 
 her hmi er seyet yen nai-sen hetri du-sen meh sekau an hdti-sen her 
 
 7 7. net'em er dger sep sen her pai-sen rd haku cm ad haku yer 
 
 dr env/et 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 S 0|J © 
 
 fl 
 
 ^ ^ 11 — He p- 
 
 n^vi 
 
 ' ' ' ll A^AAA^ ^^^^ 1 1 1 AAAAAA 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA Q— ^ r-^»n 
 \ AAAAAA AAAAAA *d^ll> 
 
 ^ -E^:; ^^ 
 
 I 
 
 . a ■«• 
 
 (ie 
 
 o 
 
 (S 
 
 AA/V\AA AAAAAA 
 
 =^ AAAAAA n LI 
 
 # 
 
 A 
 
 ,"^s\. 
 
 
 ["?] 
 
 AA/\AAA (^-" Si 
 
 <2^' 
 
 A 
 
 III 
 
 # 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ^^ 
 
 >A 
 
 i;; 
 
 k^i 
 
 'CUTS 
 
 e 
 
 ^A 
 
 AAftAAA 
 
 V== 
 
 I <=> 
 
 AAAA/\A AAAAAA 
 
 ;4rw 8. qennu her sa enen du-sen em sef_et du-sen dhd 1^) a n . . . . un 8 
 
 ««-_/ ^^r habi paif g. jf« ierdu em t'et hennu-k dn-en-ii pertu em pa temdt g 
 
 diL paif sen hrdu her qem ta hemt lo. m paif sen da dutu hems her nebt- lo 
 
 set un dii-f her fet-nes set dhd td-t-nd pertu III. — i. hennui-nd er sefet i 
 pa un a dri paid sen da her s-dnnu-nd em tdit ufefa un dn-s her fet-nef 
 
 a Umi z. d un pa mdyerdt emtuk dn-nek pa enti em db-k temit u^ad taid 2 
 mddu her uat un an pa 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 'ii-^ 
 
 A I I 
 
 jUl'^QQ "^ 1 \^ '^^^ f\ — ^ J_n "^' 
 
 ^0 
 
 (3 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 U 
 
 
 I 
 
 A w 
 
 ■=^^ -^^^w 
 
 I 
 
 I 1 I /\AAAAA /WWXA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^c 
 
 if I! ^ 
 
 Q w 
 
 I I I 
 
 I— AA/\AAA ^ 
 
 5. 111 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 ,a <::>rT — Si 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 @ D 
 
 It. "1 *■ s^ 
 
 1 
 
 AAAAAA f\ f\ I 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ()(?. P^ 
 
 A 
 
 ~s 
 
 ^1 
 
 M 
 
 A 
 
 -BC 
 
 I I I 
 
 3 d/^/M n her 3. a^ er paif dhait du-f an uCi en hennu da du dh-f er dt'a 
 
 4 pertu qennu du-f her alep-f 4. em [nrlii belt du-f her per feri-sen un 
 
 5 dn-s set t'et-nef dy^ hiu enli her enneiit-k du-f her t'ej-nes set belt 5. hetep (?) 
 yeint pertu hesh sen hetep tua du enti her crnient-li (read ennent-d) d nef 
 
 6 her t'et-nes set un dn-s set her ei7i tit un pehti 6. dm-k fer tud 
 
 her petrd naili denre eminent du db-set re^-f em reyi en mer [tu] 
 
 7 un dn-s set her 7. dhd du-set meh dm-f du-set t'et-f mddi dri-n en- 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 I I 
 
 AAAlVNA I 
 
 .1^ 
 
 © 
 
 <s=- 
 
 u 
 
 ©I 
 
 ^1 
 
 © Ul 
 
 I ^^ 
 
 ^^j? 
 
 # 
 
 R 
 
 ,« tJ^:?, -^j,? 
 
 'WV-Aa'^ ^^ ^ ^^./VAA ^ l'2'l^l 9' jl^^ ^^ 
 
 1^^.^^ 
 
 © 
 
 I ^(S.1 
 
 p' 
 
 
 a :i] 
 
 (B. 
 
 I f\AAAAA 
 
 I <r :> J AAAAAA 1 
 
 ra' 
 
 (=^ri^ 
 
 
 
 ri?) 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 L A J 
 
 _n— 
 
 
 IV. 
 
 o (3 
 
 
 J 
 
 q 
 
 ©) 
 
 A 
 
 AA/VVAA I 
 
 I 
 
 « ««««/ j/^ra yu-nek paid Im. dri-d 8. »e/; /^(?^iM nefcru un an pa afetu 8 
 
 her %eper md dbu qemdtu em qenttu en pa stnd g. ban d t'ei- g 
 
 nes set nef dii-set sentu cr dqer sep sett un dti-f her fettu ettimd-s set etn tit 
 f^er tndk tu-t lo. emttid-d em seyeru en tiiut yer pait hai enimd-d em seyeru lo 
 en dtef ^er pa da er-d etnentuf seyeperu-d dy IV. — i. pat hetau da d i 
 fet-net em dri fet-tuf-nd an yer dn du-d her fet-tuf en ud yer ben du-d 
 er tat per-f em re-d 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 .\k 
 
 -.A 
 
 ^ 
 
 J\ 
 
 Xgl r^-^ 1 
 
 \> 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 =«=<^ (?) 
 
 
 £ 
 
 A I 
 
 'M 
 
 III I 
 
 [^]1 
 
 fjj /*y\S' I AVWW 
 
 
 [M--] 
 
 cr-r: 
 
 A- m^- b 
 
 ^ 
 
 ©fc 
 
 ^o-A-l 
 
 [' 
 
 © @ 
 
 ] 
 
 o © 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q © 
 
 c. I 
 
 Pi I I fli™ 
 
 ty 
 
 'M 
 
 ■ = = • rv /v\AAAA /? ~\ n 
 
 ,^>, I AAAAAA 
 
 Bi 
 
 ^A/\AAA /*A/ViA/\ 
 
 2 e« r^& 2. «(;i5/ az^-/ ker fa taif atep du-f her iemi-nef er sefet utt dn-f her 
 
 3 sper er paif sen da du-sen meh er (?) baku 3. pai sen rd baku yer dr 
 emyd her trd en ruha un an paif sen da dii er paif pa 4. du paif 
 
 4 sen Urdu emsa naif daut du-f her atep-tuf em yet neb en seyet emtuf 
 
 5 an naif daut 5. er hdt-f er tat st'er-u em pai sen dhait enti em pa 
 
 6 temdit as ia hemt en paif sen da sentu-dd 6. pa smd a t'et-nes set un 
 dn-s set 
 
^ I\aaaa/>a 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 A <== 
 
 A X 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 xzx:c3 
 © III 
 
 ra' 
 
 A X 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 /I t , 
 
 AAAAAA N ■ ' 
 
 =^ 
 
 © 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 .©- 
 
 ©' 
 
 r^Tb) 
 
 ¥ m\h ^' 
 
 i'=Si) 
 
 ^ 
 
 CrS).^^^ 
 
 ,-t 
 
 O 
 
 ^T 8, 
 
 e 
 
 I 
 
 I Ci W 1 
 
 ©' 
 
 fl 
 
 © 
 
 I A 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 @ 
 
 
 u© 
 
 J- m h r^m 
 
 ^ I 
 
 © 
 
 e-i71 ^- P' P^^ 
 
 j~ri 
 
 © 
 
 (] p- ra; 
 
 (=lD^ 
 
 # 
 
 Mil Oo 1^)1 
 
 A 
 
 /4«r a» a/a qeteter du-set her ^eperu via enti qenqendd en a fan dbu 7. fet en 7 
 paiset hai em paik sen ierdu a dri qenqen du paiset hai her du em ruha 
 8. em paif seyeru enti hru neb du-f her sper er paif pa du-f her qem taif 8 
 hemt st'erdd merda en dt'au du-sei 9. her temt tat mu her tet-f em paif g 
 seferu [enti hru neb] du bu pui set setau er hdi-f du paif pa em kekui 
 du-set sferdd 10. bei du paiset hai her t'et-nes set em nimd l^eiet emmd-t 10 
 aha fet-set nef 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 J^ I X ITS 
 
 V.-.. J^ %- (|-== — ar^ /<5^ ['^ f 
 
 L J ^j ^iO -^^ I =-1 ^ 
 
 >=n:l 
 
 qP 
 
 J 
 
 C. -D 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 1^ 
 
 © 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I ^A^S V=°^- 
 
 a ©c 
 
 i^ D 
 
 /y/WVAA 
 
 A 
 
 /^/•AAA^ 
 
 
 1 liu pu ltd t'etet emma-d heru paik V. — i. sen hrdu ar n i^i) t'ertu lut-f 
 fur dfa-nek pcrtu dii-f qcni-d hems-kud ud-d du-f her i'ct-nd inddi-l dri-cn-n 
 
 2 unmit st'er-n 2. unyu paid nebt d nef her t'et-iid died her tern setem nef as 
 
 3 hen dntik taik mud yjr paik sen da emmd-k ein seyjeru en dtef 3. d. no. 
 her t'et-nef du-f her sent du-f her qenqen er iem tat dri-d nek dput yer dr 
 
 4 td-k dny-f du-d er mit-nd petrd 4. nn-nef i em ruha pa un-tud sennu pai 
 smdi 
 
-ill I ZZr^ AAAAAA 1 
 
 ftAAAAA /Am 11 ;Jk 
 
 r//£ TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 Q (S 
 
 I Q (S 
 
 I i " «v 
 
 AAAA/SA f 
 
 AA/WVi 'vAAAA^ 
 
 f] 
 
 ' ^liv 
 
 
 ^^ 1^ 
 
 A 
 
 sin ^o I 
 
 /\ AAAAAA 
 
 A \ 
 
 ;. (jlira 
 
 I 
 
 
 m^^llll "^^^ l/)^ 
 
 fe 
 
 # 
 
 ©^ I ^ a 
 
 li 
 
 <s. 
 
 £ I 
 
 fl^p. 
 
 © 
 
 o 
 
 © ^ 
 
 I o w 
 
 I © Q A I 
 
 )ra' 
 
 Q I 
 
 sviii 
 
 :fl 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 q© p^ 
 
 © 
 
 (5a« M««^ au-/ er dri-f em shef im an paif sen da her y^eperii 5. ma dbu qemdlu 5 
 du-f her tat temtu paif nui du-f her tdiu-f em t'ct-f im dn paif sen da aha 
 
 en ha pa sebai 5. paif dhait er fatbu paif sen ierdu em paif t em ruha er 6 
 
 tat dq naif daut er pa 7. dhait '^er dr pa &u her hetep du-f her atep-f semu 7 
 
 neb en seyet em paif seyeru enti hru neb du-f her 8. i du ta dh hduti her 8 
 dq er pa dhait du-set her tit en paiset sdu nidku-d 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 .=S 
 
 Q (3 
 
 A 
 
 
 /VAAAAA 
 
 ^T— -Si 
 
 :j 
 
 e 
 
 (3 
 
 
 "'s^- 
 
 q. 
 
 (S. 
 
 A 
 
 /VWV\AA AAAA'vA 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 A 
 
 /VAA/WA 
 
 ^ 
 
 (^ ,^ 
 
 • ^' 
 
 M- 
 
 e ^ 
 
 M^ 
 
 >A 
 
 'III 
 
 1^ O V 
 
 :^im ^« 
 
 I ^^mA 
 
 ^^ 
 
 A. 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 g /a;7e J«« aa dhd er g. hdt-tuk y^cn paif nui er yathii-k rud-k-tu er hdt-f 
 
 1 un dti-f her setem pa t'et taif ah hduii du VI. — i. ta keidd her dq du-set 
 
 2 her t'etdd-f emmdtet du-f her eiuiu yen pa seba en paif dhait 2. du-f her 
 
 3 petrd ret en paif sen da duf dhd en ha pa seba du paif nui em tet-f 3. du-f 
 
 4 her uah taif atep er pa dutent du-f her fa-f er seysey^ ddu du paif 4. sen 
 da her kmi em-sa-f %ert paif nui-f un dn paif sen ierdu 
 
 * In ihese places the text has been altered by a modern hand. 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 i3 
 
 ?P^' 
 
 \ I AAAA^ft 
 
 © 
 
 % 
 
 
 ^ w ID <S.Xi 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 (3 
 
 q! 
 
 s 
 
 © 
 
 AA/VAAA ^ 
 
 
 
 (3 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 III I 
 
 C2 1 
 
 .2a>f 
 
 ^T— -Si 
 
 <=• I 
 
 ^lOt, 
 
 J4.< 
 
 AAAA/\A A^l^AAA 
 
 I 
 
 I 1 m.— ^ 
 
 tri 
 
 A w 
 
 I 
 
 S I 
 
 ^^■^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I c D © A% olii 1 
 
 fl. 
 
 £5^ 
 
 AAAAAft 
 
 O 
 
 I ? ^JTI fl- 
 
 ^«r sviaat en pa Rd-Heru-futi 5. er fet paid neb nefer entek en pa 5 
 
 enti her dput pa dt'au er madt aha pa Rd her 6. setem speru-f neb du pa 6 
 
 Rd her tdi y^eperu ud en viu iia er diit-f er dut paif sen da du-f 7. 7neh em- 7 
 sehu du pa ud dm- sen her yjperu her ud en redat du pa ki her keldd 
 
 du 8. paif sen da her drit sep sen hu her tet-f en pa tern yathti-f d dri-f 8 
 
 un an paif g. sen ierdu her d§-nef her ta redat em fet dhd ti er hef ta un g 
 pa dten her uben du-d 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 I D ($.Xi 
 
 f> & c 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 
 (2 
 
 (=ffi 
 
 k[L!] 
 
 ^AAAA^ f\AAA/V\ 
 
 <^) 
 
 
 fl 
 
 (3'; 
 
 © 
 
 i^\\ 
 
 ^\ 
 
 
 <G=< <=> 
 
 I \s I It I I 
 
 S 
 
 V 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 r\ AAAAAA f\ 
 
 ra I 
 e 01 
 
 ^-o^ 
 
 
 :q 
 
 AAAAAA ^^L n 
 
 A 1 © 2i'i _Mi 
 
 i 
 
 mi 
 
 I 
 
 J 
 
 Q. 
 
 ^^=>^ 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 
 Q <^l 
 
 Q (3 
 
 1 ; i AAAAAA M 
 
 1 VII. — I. A(;r dp2ii hena-k embah-f emtuf her tat pa dfau en pa madt pa 
 
 2 im dti du-d yeperu emvid-k .... er neheh 2. an du-d ej- yeperu em duset 
 du-k dm-sen du-d er iemi er la dnt pa as yer dr emyet ta hef sen en hru 
 
 3 yepeni du pa 3. Rd-Hern-yuli her uhen du ud her peird ud dm-sen un an 
 \ pa atetu n (?) her fetu emmd paif sen da em t'et 4. ay paik i em-sa-d er 
 
 yatbu em ker du du setem-k re-d her fettv ycr dnuk paik sen serau em rd 
 5 Z^'' 5 ''"'^' cnimd-d em scyeru en dtef ycr 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 15 
 
 =kq^- ri 
 
 I f\r\f\f>j\f\ 
 
 B 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 :=^a^ 
 
 (11 (=i (3| I I 
 
 ra^ J. 
 
 AAA/VNA 
 
 AAAAA (^ 
 
 = — 0'; t ^:z:?6 
 
 .1^, 
 
 D Q 
 
 X 
 
 AA/SA/VA AAAA/V\ ' 
 
 I 
 
 
 © 
 
 A n 
 
 c 
 
 # 
 
 AAAW\ AAAAAA 
 
 Zl £ 
 
 -I ^1 =^-^11 k ii 
 
 (sic) 8. 
 
 ZS 
 
 
 ii5. ^] 
 
 J 
 
 © 
 
 A. 
 
 (|(j^ ^l)!] 
 
 
 .(3 
 
 
 ^111 
 
 
 P 
 
 ^'=>^ ffi 
 
 « q' 
 
 ^ 
 
 D ©' 
 
 e 
 
 # 
 
 A 
 
 /flz7e ^(?w/ emmd-d em se-/_eru en niu6ei ds hen dr em n (?) t'eru-d hab-k er 
 dn-en-n periti du talk 6. hemt her t'et-nd mddi dri-n unnut sfer-n yer petrd 5 
 pend su nek em kete'i un dn-f her tat 7. dmamu-f em pa yjperu neht emmd-f 7 
 hend taif hemt im dn-f her drqu-f en pa Rd-Heru-/uti em t'et dr pa (sic) 
 8. paik I em-sa-d er yathu-k em tier du-Ji yeri paik nui yeri duset re-tii en 8 
 kaiu la hetet du-f her an nd en 9. sfent keM du-f her idf hennu-f du-f her g 
 yad-f er 
 
i6 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 \ 
 
 D(3 
 
 I ^ 
 
 I 1 
 
 ?? 
 
 VIII.-.. f ^&^ 
 
 1^ V ;^qq^ m : 
 
 © 
 
 I 
 
 #. so 
 I is 
 
 o w 
 
 (2 
 
 z] 
 
 © 
 
 (]<? 
 
 A I 
 
 >fff 
 
 I 
 
 .PI 
 
 M<\ 
 
 B 
 
 ® I , ^^ 
 
 AAAA/V\ AAAA^A 
 
 J 
 
 ^ Sis 
 
 .ii ^P 
 J 
 
 ^-ni_ 
 
 i 
 
 
 (2 
 
 .^.c^ 
 
 -^-r32_ 
 
 <= X 
 
 i Ue 
 
 © 
 
 I ^^jmsA 
 
 
 ©^ 
 
 
 VAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 Jj^ fl- - « 
 
 /a ?;z«^ aK /« ndru her dmam du-f VIII. — i. her kenen du-f her feperu 
 '/as su du pai-k (sic) sen da her iennu hdti-f er dqer sep sen du-f her 
 aha her re?iiH-nef qa-f dn re-^-f fa/ er pa enti paif sen hrdu dm em fer na 
 en emsehu z. tin dn paif sen scrdii her di-7ief em t'et dstu dr syai-k ud en 
 hdn dstu bu dni-k sy^ai ud en nefer cm re pu tid en neket du dri-d su nek 
 d'l her kmi-k er paik pa emtuk 3. ennuU naik daul pa wt dn du-d aha em 
 dusel du-k dm-sei 
 
m 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 17 
 
 u AAA^AA 
 
 /wvw\ en ZJ 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 > 
 
 
 c»=^ 
 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 WV./W Ci 
 
 ^; 
 
 I© 
 
 © 
 
 ■w 
 
 (3 Q X 
 
 ^e: 
 
 ©: 
 
 (2 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 =5=^ I I I I I 
 
 o (S 
 
 >• %»^ k^ filll ■= < 
 
 
 A 
 
 ra^flC 
 
 ^A 
 
 li 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -Jl 
 
 I /VWAAA 
 
 .^^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 AA/VWA (^ 1 1 (sic) ' 
 
 J J x; 
 
 ^v 
 
 AA/VNA'V 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ra. 
 
 i^ 
 
 © 
 
 a'K-a ^r iemi-nd er ta ant pa di %er dr pa enti du-k er dri-f-nd paik 2 er 
 ennuit-tud dr 4. dmamu er t'et unu neket y^eperu er-d paid seht hdti-d 
 eviind her uah-f her fata en la hurere pa di ycr dr idt-tu pa d§ emtuf hai 
 er 5. dutent emtuk i er uyay-f dr dri-k seyef renput en uyay-f em fait fi. 
 hdti-k yer dr du-k qem-f emtuk her tdtu-f er ud en kai en mu qehh ka dny-d 
 an ukbt-d en 6. pa teha-tu yer du-k dmamu 
 
i8 
 
 ■6^=^ 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 v6i 1\ ^^ '^ 
 
 (2 c^ X 
 
 I (VVNA/V\ I /^ " AAftAAA 
 
 =0= 
 -III 
 
 7- „ ■= 
 
 I I 
 
 ol I I I c:^ 
 
 A 
 
 f\f^f\r'AA AAAAAA 
 
 o (3 
 
 I) (2 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 -:e=< o 
 
 I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 ^^A 
 
 I 
 
 ■9 
 
 (2 
 
 <£ 
 
 » 
 
 ■^=(8®=^ 
 
 © o \, A <S 
 
 (2 ^''^^ 8. Q ' 
 
 C*^ ^ ..J1 n AAA/\AA (^ I n 
 
 i^A I'" "k ^-^ ^V'l ^ 
 \ ©III (3i . 1 1 I TT^..^ 4 
 
 Zk C 
 
 I 
 
 ©in© c 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 
 no 9 
 
 •ra^ 
 
 «r /^/ U7tu neket er-d enihciu her tdt-nek ted en debu en heqt her tet-k 
 eniiuf her dri setef em dri dhd yer rd du-f her yeperu emmd-k un dn-f 
 
 7 her kmi- 7. nef er la dnt pa d.f du paif sen da her §emi-nef er paif 
 pa du tet-f itah her i'afa-f du-f urhu en dujeni sper pu dri-nef er paif 
 
 8 pa du-f her yathu 8. faf heinl du-f her yad-set na en an du-f hems 
 em kasa en paif sen ierdu yer dr emyet hru qennu her sa enen du paif sen 
 
 9 krdu em ta dnt pa di g. du an 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 \:n' 
 
 I WA-VAA /\ 
 
 =°0 
 
 Q W o W 
 
 ^■. 
 
 e o 
 I 
 
 @ 
 
 19 
 
 ^;>^ 
 
 a^M 4-1 
 
 M' 
 
 =t^ \ I I I I 
 
 ©ram© 
 
 IX. 
 
 I. <:ir>l A/ww , w ^ '^ 'o' .^su 
 
 <o< ^ 
 
 I I 
 A © 
 
 t 
 
 -<E>- 
 
 © II D ©I I I 1 I 
 
 D © J^ Q I 
 
 tj^^ ^n r 7 " 
 
 nil n» ^ a ^ A. (1 „%^ e =|^B 
 
 I I I <— — > AAA/v>/\ AAAAAA rr^ c:^ I I I vJ. 
 
 n AAA/W\ .,'-. c^ AA/\AAA 
 
 I A A 
 
 ^A 
 
 © 
 
 ^-n2_ 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 I I 
 
 s 
 
 I I I 2i (°=U) "^^ 
 
 AAAAA'* £Z> 
 
 e 
 
 «a hena-f du iiruS-f behu daut en set lut-f er st'er '/eri pa di enti hdti-f 
 her fata en iaif hurere em ruha '/er dr enf/et IX. — i. hru qennu her- i 
 sa enen un dn-f her qet-nef ua en heyennu em tet-f em ta dnt pa di 2. dti-f 2 
 meh em yd neh nefer en dhu ker-nef pa per pu dri-nef em paif beyenmi. 
 du-f her Behen ta paut neteru 3. du-sen her kmi her drit seyern en paiset 3 
 ta i'er-f un an ta paut neteru her fet en ud dm sen her tet-nef 4. hnu Bata 4 
 ka en ta paut neteru an du-li 
 
 2* 
 
y^<f I 
 
 Id s 
 
 
 777£ TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 ^f 
 
 -^S- 
 
 ^ 
 
 I ^ a 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 II 
 
 (je 
 
 o W 
 
 
 \^l H » M -I 
 
 cOj 
 
 Q \\ir~i]vixiii 
 
 
 
 V^^^^^MH^^^^ 
 
 c 
 
 ^xn^ 
 
 O 
 
 AAAA/\A AA/NA/VA 
 
 SKI 
 
 ©51 © 
 
 I o 
 
 1- fl^ P= 1^ 1^ i; 
 
 
 1 
 
 flkP' 
 
 /WVW\ A/WwV\ 
 
 
 nil 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q (3 
 
 S^i t mi °^\\^ h ¥ P,T, t ii 
 
 .^j=ii- 
 
 ^: 
 
 P' 
 
 :^^^. 
 
 5 // ud-dd du yad-k nut-k er hat ia henit en Anpu paik sen 5. da petrd 
 
 6 '/^atbu taif henit y^er du-k dn-nef ukht teha nebt crek du hdti-sen mer- 6. nef 
 er dqer sep sen du pa Rd-Hem-yiiii her t'et en "Anemu dy qet-k ud en set 
 
 7 hemt en Bata tetii^ 7. hems ud un an tnemu her drit-nef dri hems su 
 
 8 du-set nefer em hdt'-set er set hemt neht enti 8. em pa ta t'er-f du neler nebt 
 
 9 dm set un dn ta seyef Het-hert her i petrd-set du-sen her t'et rc-tit g. ud d 
 drit-set mit temt 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 21 
 
 K. 
 
 ^ -h 
 
 ■fj.g p. 
 
 © 
 
 (Ics fl. 
 
 o 
 
 C-Z] 
 
 n 
 
 •5fe=,c3a 
 
 "&=* 
 
 ■O 
 
 X. — I 
 
 J 
 
 
 AA/VU\A -^ (\ AAAAAft 
 
 ^ I I 
 
 1 
 
 •<2>- 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I I A ^Jior 
 
 '%^ 
 
 /\AAAAA 
 AA/V^A^ 
 
 q 
 
 <Si 
 
 ©^ 
 
 It TkAa 
 
 «i9 OH ^ 
 
 D (3 
 
 !oi ! 
 
 /V\AAAA 3. iQ ' 
 
 fcB _CE^Ka 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 V ^ ® 
 
 AAAAAA rt 
 
 f\ AAAAAA .^r-. 
 
 -Jg^ 
 
 =& 
 
 A' 
 
 A 
 
 =>( I I o ell III I I TT«wwv 
 
 ^^ 
 
 s 
 
 E3 
 
 I I I : 
 
 @ 
 
 ^ 
 
 Jifc k 
 
 tin an-/ her dbu-set er dqer sep sen du-set hems em paif pa du urSu-f 
 X. — I. her behes daut en set her dn uah embah set du-f [her] fet-7ies set i 
 e7n dri per er bun-re tem pa imd i. her dt'a-t yer dn dii-d rey^-d nehemu-t % 
 emmd-f pa un-iud set hemt md qetu-t yer hdti-d uah her tilth en 3. ta 3 
 hurere pa di yer dr qem-su ki du-d aba emmd-f un dn-f her dput-nes set 
 hdti-f em qad-f 4. nebt yer dr emyet hru qennu her-sa enen du Bata her 4 
 Hmi er behes em 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 © 
 
 O 
 
 I Q \\ 
 
 A © 
 
 \-n 
 
 , A /I\ V\ 
 
 D ©- 
 
 Ifl 
 
 qq. 
 
 
 1 [A] 
 
 AAAW\ 
 AAAAW 
 
 p.p.i 
 
 A 
 
 •i5i p= q® p= f 
 
 
 AAAAAA /V\AWV\ 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 1 /WWVA 
 
 ^i 
 
 °^ 
 
 m Lmii I 
 
 i 
 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ^fl: 
 
 ■^ J\ AAAAAA 
 
 'k:c 
 
 j 
 
 ??^^ 
 
 n nVi 1 iMi 
 
 t 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 p: 
 
 on 
 III 
 
 Q, AAAAAA £:2> ''^;;^ 1 I ' 
 
 JP 
 
 J 'ASv. i Aw I I 1 I 
 
 S 
 
 li - ;n;i w lm Q^\ii 
 
 5 paif seycru enli liru neh 5. /«r pu art en ta dt'etu cr qeknu ycri pa di enti 
 
 6 erma paiset pa dhd en petrd-set pa imd 5. her hu inu em-sa set du-set 
 her fa-set er seyse^ er hdti-tuf du-set her dq paiset pa un an pa imd 
 
 7 7. her di en pa dS em t'l't a meh-nd dm-set du pa ai her dn ud nebt em 
 
 8 ienti-set un dn 8. pa imd her dn-set er Qamt du-f uah-set em ta duset na 
 g reyli en Aa-perti dny ut'a senb un dn pa sti 9. en ta nebt ienti her yeperu 
 
 em na en hebsu en Aa-perli any uta senb dii-tu dbauti emvid 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 z3 
 
 
 I 
 
 i I AAAAAA I 
 
 I 
 
 I will I 
 
 TT AAftAAA j 
 AA/VAAA ^^ I 
 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 ei nn' 
 
 fiP (i« : T eT Q^^tLi k" " p. 
 
 sic) n ^v^AA^ 
 I I I 
 
 AAA/vAA 
 
 O I 
 
 <= w 
 
 (1%. XI. _.-^ ^ n^ 1 
 
 1-21 /WWVA f ' - ^ . \\ \ \ U 
 
 P,*7, ?^ q^ ^ ^ ^' 
 
 fl 
 
 (3 
 
 j| AAAAAA 
 
 n n 
 
 fl^ 
 
 ©a 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 q 
 
 A^/WA^ AAAAAA 
 
 
 I T A 
 
 r^-^^ 
 
 r)i 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAA/i 
 
 i^_ I 
 
 -: T i-™ p= z ^ki p: 
 
 ra 
 
 III 
 
 ■^sv. Aw 
 
 A 
 
 ■^sx. 
 
 u 
 
 II 
 
 I /WWAA * A AAAAAA 'P. CL fol ^ J 
 
 S © I JJ k PI 1 
 
 AAAAAA 1 Cz. 
 
 I I I I 
 
 »ffl «« r«;^A' en 10. Aa-perti dny, ut'a senb em t'et sti sekenen em na en hebsu en Aa- lo 
 
 peril dnj^ ufa senb du-tii heryjperu dbatiti emmdfs'^n em men du XI. — i. an i 
 rey;-sen pa enti du-sen drit-f du pa her refti en Aa-perti dny_ ut'a senb her §emi 
 
 er merit du hdti-f huaui 2. er dqer sep sen em-sa na dbauti emmd-tuf em 2 
 
 ment un an her smen-nef du-f her aha her set er dq ta nebt hnti 3. enti em 3 
 pa 7)iu du-f her tat hait-dd du-tu her dn-set nef qem sti nefem er dqer sep sen 
 
 du-f her dt'a-set en Aa-perti dny^ ut'a senb 4. un an tu her dn na dnu refi fet 4 
 
24 
 
 i. 
 
 n u'^ T 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 ? ^ 
 
 tii) I /WWSA ^AA/V\A 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 J ^5N, i. W I I I 
 
 O 
 
 5. 
 
 A/y\A^A 
 
 nn 
 
 W -<iJ=i2_ 
 
 /WW\A ' 
 
 
 (3 ^ 
 Q I 
 
 C^pCx ^ \\ 6. 
 
 e 
 
 
 i 
 
 <e=< Q 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 I ^ X III n "^"^ 
 
 I i2i=i=f=. 
 
 Jq £ 
 
 ii !'a - w j; 
 
 ^ © 
 
 :::) 
 
 AAftAAA 
 1 1 1 
 
 ]© 
 
 £2i 
 
 1 
 
 
 ra 1 
 © ©III 
 
 8. 
 
 ©1 
 
 X 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 AAAAAA \ y\ 'j 
 
 ^ AD ©J <=^ <=z 
 
 I 4-+ ^!l^ ;k 
 
 A 
 
 fli ^k 
 
 f^/^ 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 A 
 
 M- fiM^>fi(ifl: '-r^ 
 
 ^A 
 
 «» yfa /«r/z' a«x "'''' •'''^'^^ "'^ dn-sen her t'et en Aa-perti dny^ ufa sent dr tai 
 
 5 neht knti 5. nesi ud kniu en pa Rd-Heru-yuti du niic en neter neht dm-set 
 
 6 yer su em nef hrd-k kud-6d set dmmd iemi dput 6. er set neb er uyay-set 
 
 7 y/r dr pa dput enti du-f er ta dnt pa di dmmd iejni red qennu 7. hend er 
 dntu-set dhd en t'et hen-f any ut'a senb nefer er dqer sep sen pa d fet en-n 
 
 8 du-tu her tat hennu yer dr emyet hru 8. qennu her sa enen du na reO a 
 Umi er set her it er t'et smdi en hen-f any ut'a senb du bu i 9. na iemi 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 25 
 
 • C-Z) 
 
 D 
 
 
 PE 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 \| AAAAAA 1/ I 
 
 ■3= 
 
 h ra n AAAAAA 
 
 H-M^ 1 1 I I 
 
 1 1^1 AAAft/V\ AAAAAA A \ll 1 | 
 
 A 
 
 I ^ X 
 
 1 I A/V\AAA _ 
 
 C' 
 
 Ik P,T, 115^ T t' 3 P- P'-Jf'rr 
 
 o 
 
 Q I 
 
 "s Mi^:---k:fl 
 
 .fl 
 
 
 ra AA/VAAA - 
 
 :2© ra 
 
 .©, 
 
 
 © 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 AAA/SAA /\^AAAA 
 
 © 
 
 
 fk 
 
 ra. 
 
 tip 
 
 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 © 
 
 1 
 
 Q (gj 
 
 ^ P= ^ P^-l 
 
 I 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 n A — D 
 
 a D I o <::z> 
 
 fr ta ant pa dS du y[atbu-sen Bata du-f uah ud dm-sen er fet smdi en hen-f 
 dn-^ ut'a senb 10. un an hen-f dw^ uta senb her tdt iemi red md&d qennu em- 10 
 mdtet enl dent hetrd er dntu sdn du XII. — i. set hemt dm-sen du her tdt- i 
 nes set sdb nebt nefer en set hemt em tet-set un an ta set hemt her i er 2. Qamt 2 
 dre-mdu set du-tu nehamu-nes set em pa ta fer-f un an hen-f duf^ ufa senb 
 her merfu set er dqer sep sen 3. du-tu her tehan-set er hpst dat un dn tu 3 
 her fettu emmd-set er tdt fet-set pa seferu en pai 4. set hai du- 
 
26 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 -^ n 1 n I 
 
 fl 
 
 
 ^\ 
 
 % 
 
 w <: 
 
 I \V 
 
 A/VWAA f\ h A AA/WW\ I Q 
 
 I I I I'm 
 
 
 fl^p 
 
 /WV\AA /^ [ \\ 1 
 
 I I I 
 
 \ 
 
 D IvS. #. 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 C2 \\ Ci W 
 
 1,^ 7. 
 
 © 
 
 ra* 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 /•A/NAAA I 
 
 qO 
 
 
 ©: 
 
 D 1^ ^ 
 
 1' 
 
 9- r 
 
 Zi ^ 
 
 ^A/V^AA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 fl 
 
 © 
 
 £ I Q 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 =0= 
 
 III 
 
 J^-, AAAAAA 
 
 S||| Xc^lli 
 
 ^=0= fl ^ ^ ^=2=^ 
 
 I 
 
 AAAAAA :0= 
 
 ^— I 
 
 :if\' 
 
 © I 
 
 ©a 
 5^c>iii 
 
 5 j^/ /^ifr fet en hen-f any^ ut'a seiih dmmd idt pa at emtutu seksek-f du-iu 5. her 
 
 6 fat iemi red maid y/ri naisen nut er idt pa di du-sen sper 6. er pa di 
 
 7 du-sen her sat la hurere enti hdti en Bata hers set 7. du-f hait mit em ta 
 
 8 un?iut ierdu yer dr eniyet ta het' sen en hru yeperu du idt 8. pa di du 
 
 9 Anpu pa sen da en Bata her dq er paif pa du-f g. her hems dd tet-f du-tu 
 
 10 her tdt-nef ud en debu en heqt du-f her dri setef 10. du-tu her tdt-nef ki en 
 drpu du-f her dri huaut 
 
I 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 (]|)^ XIII.-.. 
 
 27 
 
 ©III 
 
 c Tw,- \:iu m:z \m 
 
 I 
 
 s 
 
 O 
 
 <S I I I I I I I I 
 
 <s. @ 
 
 Q (3 
 
 
 © # 
 
 I S\ I W 2. 
 
 _oJ||| 
 
 A 
 
 fl 
 
 on 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAA^ 
 
 (3 @ 
 
 It ^ P<* H 
 
 -ib 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ..^^^ AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ci D o 
 
 -^^ 
 
 
 -J M ^ P<^H^ 
 
 -is^ ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 >A c^ w 
 
 0"' 
 
 A. 
 
 B 
 
 H^ 
 
 ^1 
 
 O AAAAAA 
 
 s^A 
 
 ^^=^ 
 
 ra:^0^ , '■ 
 
 AAAAAA _L _L 
 
 © 
 
 K« d/i-f her dfa paif XIII. — i. hdu hend naif detu em-nidtet naif hebsu 
 hend naif yadu nu rd du-f her fa-tuf er maid 2. er ta ant pa d& du-f 
 her dq er pa be'/ennu en paif sen krdic du-f her qem paif 'sen §erdu st'er 
 3. her paif hddd du-f mid du-f remi em t'erti petrd paif sen Urdu st'er 
 em rd mid du-f her hmi 4. er wfa^i hdti en paif sen ierdu feri pa di 
 enti paif sen hrdu sfer '/jri-f em ruha 5. du-f dri y^emei renput en ufayj-f 
 dn qem-f 
 
28 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 
 ==^0^ fjisi 
 
 A 
 
 
 A 
 
 ^ I] — ^ ^ 
 
 A i] ® ^ 
 
 A 
 
 © I 
 
 
 ra 
 
 I I AAAAAA <CIZ> 
 
 o ( 01 
 
 
 >A 
 
 e # 
 
 
 
 ra' 
 
 .?ii 
 
 D e 
 
 -o 
 
 S'A 
 
 A 
 
 
 -=^ I 
 
 on© 
 
 © 
 
 /\rtAAAA m 
 
 o W 
 
 O^ 
 
 \\ [ A ^^'^'^'^ I /^AAAA^ 9. ^ 
 
 ili 
 
 =0= 
 
 e^ 
 
 [P^iJ 
 
 A 
 
 I -1 AAAAAA fT) 
 
 I 
 
 |J C2 w I 
 
 Z5 
 
 A 
 
 O I 
 
 © 
 
 XIV. _,J© =^^ 
 
 1 Q v\ 1 
 
 5 jj^r or sekp-nef ta enti flu renput du hdii-f dbu i er Qanit 6. du-f her t'et 
 du-d Umi-nd em tuau d nef em hdti-f yer dr emy_et ta hef sen en hru yeperu 
 
 7 iin dn-f her yeperu her 7. iei7ii yen pa di du-f ur&u her uyay-f du-f her 
 
 8 du em ruha du-f ennu er uyay-f an 8. du-f her qem ud daru du-f du- 
 nef yeri set ds hdti en paif sen hrdu pai du-f her dn ud en g. kai en 
 
 9 mu qehh du-f her yad-f eref du-f hems em paif seymi enti hru tieb yer dr 
 I emyet kerh yeperu XIV. — \. du hdti-f 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 fp W AAA/W\ AAAA^^ 
 
 'a I I I J 
 
 29 
 
 \ 
 
 (2* §.. 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 ^ w I 
 
 J^3^ 
 
 ffl 
 
 1AAAAAA 
 
 fl 
 
 AftAAAA /WV\/A ^ I iy AAAAAA 
 
 III AAAA/VN ^^ lA r— ^■^— 1 C^ W 
 
 .=^ 
 
 ■O 3. 
 
 i^ q^ I] 
 
 ffi' 
 
 n "^ ^ ©•=■ on A" 
 
 1 ^ ^~^ I V*V L_ © 1 AAAAA/\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 AAAAArt » 
 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 Q (g^/| 
 
 5i. ^^fl- flTilM flk P 
 
 D IvA ^ 
 
 D Q 
 
 flf 
 
 .^3- (Is 
 
 <-a2_, 
 
 (2 
 
 ^~^ y,^ 
 
 dmamu na mu du Bata her nei em hdt-f nebt du-f her yjperu her 
 ennu er paif sen da 2. du hdti-f em pa kanen du Anpu paif sen da 2 
 her dfa pa kai en mu qebh enti hdti 3. en paif sen ierdu dni-f 3 
 du-f surd-f su du hdti-f aha er dusei-tuf du-f her y^eperu md un-nef un 
 dn^ ud qendu 4. ud dm- sen du ud her t'ettu emmd em paif dri dm- 4 
 sen un dn Baia her t'ei en paif 5. sen da petrd du-d her feperic em ud 5 
 en ka 
 
 * The papyrus has 
 
3o 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 (3 a n<G=<0. 
 
 ,S 
 
 ■^sx. 
 
 
 I 
 >l 6. 
 
 © 
 
 \ 
 
 J 
 
 ^''s^- 
 
 XSl'l 
 
 \\ \ 
 
 I 
 
 (3(3 
 
 © I 
 
 \^ ^1 
 
 ra 
 
 T 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 i\ A/VAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 D '='• 
 
 Cfl 
 
 Q (3 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 pa T -J7I fl- 
 
 ri q 
 
 A 
 
 o W 
 
 S 
 
 AA/^AA AWW\ 
 
 e Q 
 
 C © 
 
 C X Ul Q 
 
 Aooo ooo I 
 
 J 
 
 
 AAAA/VN pa 
 
 (3(2 
 Q (3 
 
 o I 
 
 in 
 
 S 
 
 (2 
 
 © 
 
 6 (Zfl du-f em dnnu neht ncfcr du an rcy-tu paif seyerii 6. emtuk hems-kud 
 
 7 her pest d drit pa &u her uben du-n em pa enti /aid hemt dm an- 7. nd 
 ukht emtuk her dta-d er pa enti tutu dm jm un dti.-tii drit-nek neket neht 
 
 8 nefer fcr dutu 8. her fa-tiik em hef nuh her f)aik dia-d en Aa-perti dn^ ut'a 
 
 9 sent pa un du-d her yeperu em hdat da emtiitu 9. nehamu-nd em pa ta fer-f 
 I emtuk her iemi-nek er paik temdt. ycr dr emyd la hef XV. — i. sen en 
 
 hru yeperu un dn Bata her y^eperit em pa yj'pcru d 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 3i 
 
 L _~ [ A/VWA AAAAAA- 
 
 f\ AAA 
 
 In 
 
 ©i 
 
 \-l\ 
 
 ^ "^ A ^ ^v^ 
 
 I 
 
 \, 
 
 (3 q, ^ 
 
 /vvvvvv 1^ £^ 
 
 ^k ^ 
 
 © 
 
 (3 I c^ 
 
 ^ ? ^lf 
 
 -^ V I 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 \s 
 
 ® II 
 
 © # 
 
 ^E>- 
 
 •J 
 
 (2 
 
 ©O III 
 
 ^ J<^^^' 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 »^ fl 
 
 ^ a64 I* 
 
 1^ AAA/\/\A.^ ra ro 
 
 @ 
 
 Q (3 
 
 AAAAAA AAAaAA 
 
 © I 
 
 tr^ r^ — 
 
 iooo ooo 
 
 qq. 
 
 ~fl. 
 
 e c 
 
 :^fl^ 
 
 Q I 
 
 (S 
 
 ©; 
 
 '„! f\^ . ^ X ® " ^ X 
 [J Hi @i I I I I I D (5i I 
 
 I Q 
 
 nn 
 
 tiP 
 
 q. 
 
 e q5 
 
 © II 
 
 t'et-f en paif sen da un an Anpu 2. pat f sen da her hems her pest-f er hef 2 
 
 la dii-f her sper er pa enti tutu dm du-tu her tat 3. dmamu hen-f dny^ ufa 3 
 senh em dm-f du-f her pefrd-f dii-f her y^eperu reHu-nef er dqer sep sen 
 
 dn-f her drit-nef 4. dhtu dat er tit hudaitu dat tai feperu-da du-tu jiehamu- 4 
 
 nef em pa ta t'er-f un dn tu 5. fa-tuf em het nuh en paif sen da du-f hems 5 
 
 em paif temdt du-tu her tdt-nef red 6. qennu fet qennu du Aa-perti dny^ ufa 6 
 senb her mertu-f er dqer sep sen er red neb 
 
3z 
 
 <1 ^ I AAAAAA f '^ 
 
 e 01 <ai I 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 (2 f. 
 
 A 
 
 ^ @ ^ 11 h 
 
 III I I II AAAAAA 1 
 
 A 
 
 n 
 
 AAAA/V\ 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AA/NAAA 
 
 © 
 
 © #. 
 
 
 A 
 
 e 
 
 ^ w 
 
 o ©21' I 
 
 — ^ (p Q AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA AAA/V\A AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 AAAA I— p -1 
 
 (S 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 © ^ 
 
 h i 
 
 D 
 
 (2 
 
 B 
 I I i?i 
 
 XVI. — I. 
 
 5?^ 
 
 n n 
 
 iP ^1 
 
 'I 
 
 '^ SL 
 
 Q AAAAAA 
 
 ^ (2 2'1 T ® 
 
 @ I 1 AAAAAA 
 
 a ci 
 
 (S 
 
 <a 
 
 e^ 
 
 @ 
 
 1 ^i A/v^AA^ 
 
 7 cv/// «« /a /a er fer-f 7. ;((?r aV enifet hru qennu her-sa enen du-f her dq 
 
 8 er ta abet du-f dhd em pa enti 8. ta iepsi dm du-f her y^eperu her t'ettu. 
 
 9 emmd-s set em tet peird tud dn^/j-kud em rd du-set her g. fet-nef ementek n 
 
 10 iiiijid trd du-f her t'et-nes set dnuk Bata tu-t her dmamu em t'erti 10. tdt-t 
 dritu seksek pa di en Aa-perti dn% Ufa senh feri dusei er-d tern tat dtifj-hcd 
 
 I petrd- XVI. — 1. tud dny-kud em rd du-d em ka un dn ta iepsi her scntu 
 cr dqer sep sen en pa smdi d t'et-set en 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 n=^ \\ f'l w ? z^ ? 
 ±^zi ^- hi - m kM 
 
 33 
 
 
 © II 
 
 (p AAA/VV\ 
 
 Q w 
 
 . =. n II k i fl- '■ 
 
 A/VW\A di ^ 
 
 Q X 
 
 (2 
 
 e 
 
 fl:= 
 
 © 
 
 '5%. 
 
 . & ^ qi a] Z 
 
 \ r^? «■" Z.i W T 
 
 2. paiset hai un dn-f her per em ta abet du hen-[f] dny^ ut'a senh her 2 
 hems her drit hru nefer er hend set du-sei her 3. uthu en hen-f dny;_ ut'a 3 
 senh du-tu nefer eninid-s-set er dqer sep sen un dn-s [set] her fet en hen-f 
 du'i Ufa senh dmmd drqu-nd en neter em fet dr 4. pa enti du-t er i'et-f 4 
 du-d er setem-f nes set du-f her setem d fet-set nebt dmmd-tu dmu-d en ta 
 madset en pai ka 5. pa un dn du-f er drit neket d nes set her fet-nef du-tu 5 
 her §enti en pa d fet-nes set er dqer sep sen du hdti 6. en Aa-perti dni ufa 6 
 senh mer- 
 
 3 
 
34 
 
 I I AA/\A/VA 
 
 THE TALE OF THE^TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 1^' 
 
 © II 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 ^J 
 
 (2 
 
 eo III 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 1^ fA 
 
 _^ @l 
 
 fiP 
 
 ^=::^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 '■?^ q% 
 
 @ 
 
 
 J-e 
 
 
 (S f. 
 
 MJ^ - ^ 
 
 © §. 
 
 I c^ a^ 
 
 A 
 
 [^^-^ll III 
 
 !'l -- fiP q^ =1. 
 
 ^ 
 
 <£ 
 
 (3 
 
 I 
 
 AA^'WA 10. 
 
 vC~^ 
 
 ;;l til' ^^ - 
 
 '^ 1)1 I 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 ^: 
 
 kJ 
 
 (3 1 XVII. — I. II 
 
 nef er dqer sep sen ycr dr enifft ta schef sen en hru feperu du-tu her na nds 
 
 7 (ibtu dai em 7. utennu en pa ka du-tu her tat iem ud en suten dhu tcp en 
 
 8 hen-f dny_ iifa senb er tdt mad pa ka ycr dr 8. her-sa du-tu her tat madl-f 
 yer dr su her ermenui na en rcQ du-f her ketket cm nchch-f du-f her tdt 
 
 g g. yad-ncf fef sen en senf er pa nr 7ieiu sen en hcn-f any uta senb du ta 
 10 ltd her yeperu ta redai en 10. pa ddireda da en Aa-perti any uta senh du ta 
 I ketdd her ta ketdd redai du-sen her rut em iauabu XVII. — 1. sen 
 
Q. 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 \\^. fl^ S T flk P 
 
 35 
 
 
 III U " AAAAAA 
 
 
 © 
 
 r- '^ -I ^^ AAAAA^ 
 
 fiP 
 
 'I -- fiP k ^ 
 
 
 \w\ 
 
 w\ 
 
 (S 
 
 ©, 
 
 (3 ra 
 
 I n, WAAAA 
 
 I 3. VSAAA/\ 1 ^"^ 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 (s 
 
 (= 
 
 (2 D 
 
 ©viil I I 
 
 ra I AX 
 
 I AAAAAA f 
 
 A Oil D ©I I I 
 
 ^ \\ 
 
 /^AA/^/V^ /^AA/\AA AAAA/V\ 
 
 f'l - fiP 
 
 s , 
 
 
 =- I 
 
 •Q I I I I 
 
 i: 
 
 ^ooo 
 
 ®Qilll 
 
 
 D Q 
 
 /\A/V\AA AAA/W\ 
 
 
 A I 
 
 daaiu du ua nebt dm-sen tepti un dn-tii her Semi er fet en hen-f dny^ ufa 
 sent iauabiL adaiu 2. rut em bdaiu dat en hen-f dn% ufa senb em pa kerh 2 
 erma pa ddireda da en hen-f dny^ ut'a senb du-tu nehamu 3. en sen em pa 3 
 ta t'er-f du-iu uteimu en sen yer dr eniyd hru qennu her-sa emu un dn hen-f 
 any ufa senb 4. her ydd em pa seht yeshetet meh utu hurere nebt er yeyut 4 
 emtuf her uriret en smu 5. diL-f her per em suten pa any ufa senb er petrd 5 
 na Sauabu ten dn iepsi her per her 
 
 3* 
 
36 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 \<=J\\\\\ m I nn"3 Til ^" A — ^ 
 
 I 
 
 e 
 
 Q. 
 
 (?) 
 
 © 
 
 e 
 
 q; 
 
 
 (3' 
 
 © 
 
 
 /I\ w 
 
 I 
 
 S 
 
 "'s^- 
 
 <s; 
 
 AAA/WA AAA/VvA AA/WV\ 
 
 EJ^ A O II D <£i I I I 
 
 I I A I U^l 
 
 AAAAAA y I 
 
 « i'= T ii 
 
 fiP ^- 
 
 ™ !'l - fiP 
 
 r — 11 k ^ i> 
 
 5 ^e/'ra «ot sa Aa-perti dn'/_ ufa senb 6. un an hen-f dny^ ufa senh her hems 
 
 7 yn'i ud en iauabu her t'ethi. emnid taif hemt ha ta ker dnuk 7. Bata tud 
 dtifj-kud -/Ma-tu er-t (?) tu-t her dmamu pa tdt d drii idt en Aa-perii dn-/^ 
 
 8 ufa senb 8. j ;;«';' duset er-d du-d her feperu em ka du-t her tdt yatbu-tud 
 
 9 fer dr emyet hru qennu her-sa enen g. un an iepsi her dhd her uthu en 
 hen-f dny^ ufa senb du-tu nefer emmds-set du-set her tit en hen-f any ufa senb 
 
 10 dmmd 10. drqu-nd en neter em fet dr pa enti d drit ta iepsi d fet-nd du-d er 
 
 A © 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 37 
 
 XVIII. -r. I) g ^ p. 
 
 e ? 
 
 \\h^\ 
 
 \r^„ : ;^^^ Mii^f)^j<^l 
 
 <£ 
 
 Q (£ V. 
 
 (2. I I I 
 
 I¥f 
 
 e 
 
 I I 
 
 I TT 
 
 q(3 
 o(3 
 
 >V\AAV\ AAAA/NA ^ | 
 
 A 
 
 A/WvAft AA/\AAA AA/V\AA 
 
 M - fiP 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 ■^f-- > a:i zm % ^p» 
 
 D Q| 
 
 I 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ? ^^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA ili 
 
 @ 
 
 
 © 
 
 P' 
 
 (3 
 
 r 2 in., iti red, -| A p '^ fl f> 
 Lillegible to me J ^ (Sil I 
 
 ■0- 
 
 I 
 
 setem-f ties set ka-k du-f her setem XVIII. — x. a fet-sei nebt du-set fet i 
 
 dmmd idt-tu pai iauabu sen emtutu a dritu em dptu neferu 2. un dn-tu her 2 
 setem a tit-set nebt yn dr emjet hrti qennu her-sa enen un dn hen-f dny^ ufa 
 
 senb her tat 3. §emi dbuu reyj du-tu her Sat na en iauabu en Aa-perti dny^ 3 
 
 ut'a senb her aha petrd su 4. suten hemt ta iepsi un dn ud en at'a her put 4 
 
 du-f her dq em re en ta iepsi un dn set 5. her dmamu du-set her seiep duur 5 
 
 du-tu her drit 6. pa enti nebt em db-set 6 
 
38 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 ^® A <=> Mil D <&i I I I I 
 
 I I I AAAAAA AA/V^A^ 
 
 AAAAAA >VWVvA AAAAAA 
 
 
 I I AA/V\A^ 
 
 tiP iiinii: =. r: T - V 
 
 e 
 
 ("=0) 
 
 AAftAAA AA/VAAA 
 
 A' 
 
 /VAAAAA (3 ^ /WWW O 
 
 (3 I JJ K.=_ i (3 I Q 
 
 ^^y. q^^ 
 
 # 
 
 J--V f\AJ\AAA 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 c 
 
 &.©/ 
 
 I 
 
 ra <^| 
 
 (3 >^ Vh; 10. 
 
 (3 I P5 © 
 
 ^in ^ 
 
 I <=> <S.l 
 
 D O 
 
 /vWWA^ I 
 
 'CS 
 
 
 [Ny^ 
 
 — -^ AAAAA/S IN 
 
 \AAAAA ^^-^:=« — I 
 
 © I I ^^ o"^ 
 
 ^ XIX. — I. 1 "" "^ 
 
 -^ m I ,^x 
 
 A ^^111 D <2I11 
 
 I I 
 
 AArtA/VA yVWW\ AAAAAA 
 
 fiP 
 
 ek 
 
 e 
 
 7 dm-sen im an em-^et hru qennu her-sa enen un an set 7. ^(?r w«;' 2^a en se 
 
 8 /az' du-tu her mdiem er fet en hen-f dnyi ui'a senb mesi-tu 8 . nek ud en se tin 
 g un diiiu her dn-tuf du-tu her tdt-nef niendt yj:ncmem du-tu g. her nehamit 
 10 em pa ta fer-f du-lii hems tier drit hru nefer du-tu her y^eperu 10. em rcn-nef 
 
 du hen-f dn% ut'a senb her mertu-ncf er dqer sep sen em ta unnut du-tu 
 I her tehan-f XIX. — i. suten se ieps en Keit yer dr emyd hru qennu her-sa 
 enen un dn hen-f dny^ ut'a senb her td-tuf 
 
 * The papyrus has 
 
 ra 
 
THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 B ® 
 
 39 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 
 A X 
 
 D em 
 
 [[ 
 
 ^\ A X 
 01 O ©I I I. 
 
 D Q 
 
 I I 1 AAAA/SA 1 - / / 
 
 AAAAAA AAA/yvA 
 
 !'l -^ f, 
 
 ? °flq 
 
 /VSAAAA AA/VWA 
 
 e 
 
 4- 
 
 flk^l 
 
 £2i A^^^^A 
 
 'e ^ 
 
 l^i 
 
 A n' 
 
 fl^ 
 
 e 
 
 f'l- fi 
 
 
 e 
 
 li 
 
 e 
 e 
 
 tAA/VWA /-\ 
 
 (=ii) 
 
 flk P,T, '-K ? i 
 
 q 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 © I 
 
 
 nn 
 
 fl^ ^iWflx - fT ^^ m^- h 
 
 2. erpdi en pa ta t'er yer dr emyet hric qennu her-sa enen du seqam-f 3. renput 
 qennu em erpat em paif ta t'er-f un dn hen-f any ut'a senb her pui cr la pet 
 un dn tu 4. her fet dmma dntu-nd nam sent ddaiu en hen-f any ufa senb td-d 4 
 dmamu em seyeru neht 5. yeperu emmd-d [un dn-tu her] dn-nef taif heint du-f 5 
 her dput hend-set embah sen du-tu her dridii din-sen 6. du-tii her dn-nef 6 
 paif sen da du-f her td-tuf erpdt em paif ta t'er-f du-f faut en renpit em 
 suten nu Qamt 7. du-f ut'ai en any du paif sen j 
 
40 
 
 THE TALE OF THE TWO BROTHERS. 
 
 o (3 
 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 e 
 
 > fiM/^TsA 
 
 1^^"^ 
 
 Q. 
 
 -ACS D 
 _^^^ (3. 
 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 q(3Q o /ww 
 
 ii' J¥^ IQ I i 
 
 u 
 
 nin 
 
 n n^ 
 
 f, 
 
 i 
 
 Q w 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 ® @ 
 
 1 
 
 Q e; 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q^* 
 
 
 8 da aha er duset-tuf hru en mendtu [m-f pu] nefer 8. em hetepu Mt an ka 
 en an per-hef Qakahut en per hef en Aa-perti dn-^ ufa senb dn Herud an 
 g Meremdptu g. dri en dn Annana pa neb en pa dnu dr pa enti du-f her t'ettu 
 10 em pai dnu lo. dri-nef Tehuti dri dbauti 
 
 THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 ^ 
 
 f 
 
 1^.^ 
 
 (3 
 
 I I I 
 
 roc 
 
 o 
 
 W 
 
 ^j^n 
 
 
 jU^xm, 
 
 O I 
 
 ffifflffl 
 
 I I. Heru ka neft tut ^ddu tcjtet suteniu via Tmu Heru nuh usr fepei ter 
 
 pet paut suten net ne b taiu [Usr-Madt-Rd-setep-nu-Rd se Rd en ^at-f 
 z ( Amen-mcri Rd-meses ] Amen-Rd 2 neb nest 
 
^«'*"~r 
 
 y 
 
 THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 41 
 
 e 
 
 m --^^ f: D 1 1 m f ^ ^' 
 
 
 000 
 
 5^ "^ ? rajA 
 
 ^-^ AAAAAA T AAAAAA I 
 
 III <= 
 — D o III A 
 
 3=> A I ® Qi I 
 
 n ^ D (3 nJl^ I I Iji I Q (3 
 
 (3 '^^Jji _Ms. I I I 
 
 jj. Ill III 000 ojo m\ 000 
 
 c^c Q ^ — *— rwn ® no 
 C JJ. Ill III 000 ojjo Jis^ooo " iJTi I I 
 
 I f^^^^ I c^ ^111 ^ — D I ■, 
 
 
 A ^ — c i/w m JJCMi^ Jj(2 JJ=D= 
 
 /azM /flz^/ neteru nebul Uast meri neter nefer Amen se mes Heru ut en 
 Heru-yuti hr yut en Neb-er-teri uiet en ka mut-f suten en Qamt heq tekrt 
 ddi 3. det pet paut per em '^at ser-nef neyt utu-nef per a em suht ka men db 
 hab-f m.et un ka suten neier per hru neyl md Mend ur pehtpeht md se 
 Nut 4. ds hen-f em Neher md entd-f Oennu renpit seru en set neb iu em 
 kesu em hetepu en baiu en hen-f §ad pehu dntu dn-sen nub %esteb mdfek 
 5. y^au neb nu Neter-ta her pest-sen ud neb her yerp sen-f aha ertdt pa 
 ser en Beften dntu dn-f 
 
42 
 
 THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 ^ X 
 
 ^ 
 
 -H— r-T^— I V 
 
 i1 
 
 ^ 
 
 [f] 
 
 6. 
 
 Q I 
 
 > I I 
 
 J 
 
 ^1 
 
 ■£SS>- 
 
 - o w T Q ft 
 
 fQ n ^ 
 I o mil S 
 
 o 
 
 nn 
 
 flP 
 
 ©I .^ 
 
 q| I 
 
 JT 
 
 I /^^^AAA 
 
 
 A 
 
 J IS IT i 
 
 J 
 
 O I 
 
 
 -0" 
 I 
 
 In X 
 
 
 1 
 
 =0= <#4v 
 III ^111 
 
 A 
 
 m 
 
 ('=71) 
 
 i; 
 
 III I ■=> I A ^=1 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 D © 
 
 /\ AA/VAAA 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 =0= 
 
 /\^A^/v^ J J I I I 
 
 ta-nef set-f urt hd dru hersuiU hen-f her tehh dn-f_ yjr-f 6. unset neferer da iir 
 her-db en hen-f er yd neh dhd en ut ne'/eb-s en suten hemt urt [Rd-neferii. sper 
 en hen-f er Qavit dri-ncs driti neb suten hemt yeper renpit met tua abet sen h hru 
 fauisejt ds-k hen-f em Uast iteyj heni nut her dn't 7. hesu en tef Amen-Rd neb 
 nest taiu em heb-fnefer en Apt resu duset db-fent sep fep i-tu er fit en hen-f un dp 
 en pa ser en Beyten in fer an dH en suten hemt dhd en mes-f 8. emhah hen-f hdn 
 dn-f fet-f em seuasi hen-f duu-nek Rd en pet paut md-n any yer-k dhd en fet-f 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 43 
 
 dS I 
 
 \\ 
 
 ■^zz^ 
 
 --IC 
 
 Tl 
 
 AAAAAA Q^ 
 
 i CIS: 
 
 
 :>A 
 
 A 
 
 i! -- f I ^ ii i n^ 
 
 <e>- 
 
 CD-^n 
 
 III Q 5>l I 
 
 M 10. 
 
 
 # 
 
 i3 
 
 V 
 
 AAAAAA A^/VW^ 
 
 (2. Ill 
 
 AA/VW\ 
 I I t 
 
 I 
 
 J. 
 .J. 
 
 I I I 
 
 A a 
 
 ^U, 
 
 ■■■t^^°i 
 
 -^ifi 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 U X AAAA/VA 
 
 D 
 
 J 
 
 => © 
 
 -<:;0>- AAAAAA 
 
 
 JfSt /-\ AA' 
 
 AAAAAA i'^OA 
 
 P= 
 
 I ffi 
 
 ^\ §^ I 
 
 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 se?i-ta otihah hen-f nem-f t'et y^cr hen-f i-d nek g. dBi neb-d her Bent-enO- g 
 reit sennut ket en suien hemt [Rd-neferu men dhef^ em hdu-s dmdi utu hen-k 
 reyi yjt erma-s dhd fet en hen-f dn-nd Oct ent per dnf_ idi qenbet 10. end y/nnii 10 
 stat-nef her-d t'et en hen-f mdt ertdt dH-tu-en-ten er setem-ten fet-den dsk dn- 
 tid dbut em db-f an em febd-f em qeb-ten i pu en dnu suten 11. Tehuti- 11 
 em-heb em-bah hen-f utu en hen-f mdhmi-f er Beyten hdn dp pen sper pu 
 art en rey^ yet er Beyten qem-nef BenireHi em seyeru yer yuti qem-nef 
 
44 
 
 THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 jl K. — \l ^'^U^ --- S ^ ITJ 1 
 
 [^^^^^ 
 
 ('=a 
 
 ('=t3) 
 
 ^ 
 
 j; 
 
 -e- 
 
 .\AA/v\A \| AA/'A^^ @ lA, O AAJs/\AA ^^ AAA^/\A 
 
 I 
 
 Q D 
 A 
 
 1 2'f 
 
 A 
 
 1=^ 
 Oo D 
 
 WSAAA I 
 
 (=ll) 
 
 A D 
 
 15- a 
 
 sllPi^ 
 
 r-^v~i 
 
 VA T 
 
 I 
 
 ,A 
 
 sill 
 
 C^A 
 
 ra 
 
 1 . J AAAA^^ 
 
 © II 
 
 A 
 
 12 12. .?« iMz'«« a^a hena-fun ser enBeften item — em-hah hen-f em fet dOineh-d 
 
 i3 dm utu hen-f ertdt dntu neter ... i3. er hen-f en renpit t'aut sas dbetud ie '^eft heb 
 
 Amt7t du hen-fern -fcnnu Uast dhd en nem en hen-f emhah '/■.ensu em Uast Nefer- 
 
 14 hetep em fet pa neb nefer dri-d nem embah-khei'set ai pa seren Beyjen 14. dhd 
 en stat en Xensu em Uast Nefer-hetep er Xensupa driseyer neter da seher iema dhd 
 en fet en hen-f embah J^ensu em Uast Nefer-hetep pa neb nefer du drtd-k hrd-li er 
 
 15 tensu i^.p dri seyerneter daseher iema ertdt mdhm-f erBey^ten hen ursepsendhd 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 45 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 =sm°' 
 
 jl A/WVWA ( 
 
 A — D 
 
 ■C s 
 
 
 © I I AAAA^A 
 
 AA/WNA 
 
 1 
 
 A T 
 
 1 
 
 o a a A 
 
 °Mf(J° ~WVAA 
 
 ® D © 
 
 -^ 1 
 
 =-zi ZI II 
 
 CI 
 
 -^ ^^^ III 
 
 
 \ 
 
 A T 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 ^fl 
 
 II |.^-[ 
 
 III T A 
 
 1 ° 
 
 AAA/\AA ra AA/NAAA 
 
 f 
 
 Q I 
 
 * o 
 
 AA/*A^ft U LI -''^ A^/Vs^ft 
 
 AA/SAAA I AAAAAA 
 
 AA(W\A © X tSf HiV I 
 
 1 ^ - PI.1 
 
 > ■'■ ? 
 
 A/WV»A r> 
 
 III c^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AA/V\AA 
 
 iCi Y J; I AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 1 — y^ J I AAAAAA 
 
 I I AAA.^A^ 
 
 Tl e - 
 
 K (1|i?'^-ol 
 
 li ^ V ' r I AAAAAA 71 
 
 JQ WW\A A 
 
 1^^ Q \\ s 
 
 e 
 
 e>i t'ef en hen-f md sa-k hdn-f ta-d mdiem hen-f er Bey ten er nehem set en ser en 
 Beyjen i6. hen tep ur sep sen en tensu em Uast Nefer-hetep dhd dri-nef sa en i6 
 y.ensu p dri seyer em Uast sep ftu utii en hen-f ertdt ufa tensiipa dri seyp- em 
 Uasterudddqeqettuaurereti-j.semsenidHiinemtetsemehisperneterpenerBeyten 17 
 en qam renpit ud abet tua dhd en i en ser en Bey ten hend md§d-f ser-f er hdt en 
 Xettsu padri seyer ertdt-nef su 18. her yat-f em t'etiu-h en-nhetepet-ken-nemutut 18 
 
 671 , 
 
 ; suten net { Usr-maat-Ra setep-en-Ra aha en Urn en neter pen erbet enli di 
 
46 
 
 J: 
 
 THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 A 
 
 \\ AAAA/VS I 
 
 •<2>- 
 
 19. 
 
 A 
 
 »^ 
 
 ,© 
 
 
 C\ '"=Tl) 
 
 A 
 
 n 
 
 j;; $ I 
 
 I D 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 P 
 
 Js Mil "=• 
 
 11 f^^ 
 
 A ^ 
 
 n A I 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 1 ° 
 
 1 
 
 A^/V^AA ,^T — ~Si 
 
 ^ a,. 
 
 -cE>- 
 
 j; 
 
 AAAAAA I AAAAA^ ^ 
 
 (=li) 
 
 
 
 
 - '1 } 
 
 ^ D g 
 
 PJ^ 
 
 f^^^ I A 
 
 19 Bendre& dm dhd dri-mf sa en set en pa ser en Beyjen nefer ig. -s her d dhd en 
 t'et en yut pen enti haii-s cmbah tensu pa dri sc-ycr em Uast i-Q em hetcpet 
 
 20 neier da seher ieniau iemd-k pu Beyten henu-k pu red-f ntik pit hen-k 20. dii- 
 [d] cr mdiem cr bet iti-d dm er ertdt hetep db-k her lii-k hers dti md utut hen-k 
 cr dri hru nefer hdn-d hdn p ser [en] Beyjen dhd en hen en neter pen er pa-f 
 
 21 nctcr hen em fet 21. md an pa ser en Beyjen db ddt emhah yut pu dr unen 
 enen dri y.ensu pa dri seyer em Uast hdn p yut du p ser en Beyten dhd 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 47 
 
 AAA/\AA Jin I 
 
 \\' 
 
 
 
 j; 
 
 ^ 
 
 I I I I 
 
 A 
 
 T' 
 
 J 
 
 cr^ 
 
 a 
 
 
 23. 
 
 JCHH] I 
 
 ra 
 
 Q W 
 
 J 
 
 f^^^^ 
 
 A 
 
 flfl^^; 
 
 Tl 
 
 \ 
 
 © 
 
 1 ° --^5 
 
 ■& 
 
 
 q D 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 nV AAAAAA II AAAA/V^ ^-5 / j * V . 
 
 /WWVA ^ O \\ <J) l^ 
 
 I I I AAAAAA 11 AAA'^AA 
 
 >ic O III JICi^M] 
 
 
 Jl f^^^^ 
 
 A/NAAAA 24. AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 1 ° 51 
 
 f AAAAAA JJ 1 
 
 U4^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^a« waJ^ffl a?/-y se7ii er a ur ahan 22. dhan n dri-nef ab dat embah Xensu pa 22 
 drisey^er em Uast hdn p y_ut en p seren Beykn her driliru nefer lirdu dhd mdkm- 
 nefpa yul em hetep er bet mer-f em uiu en tensii pa art seyer em Uast 23 . unpa 23 
 ser en Beften her nehem er da urhend se neb entiem Bey ten dhd en uaua-fhdn 
 db-f em fet du ertdt yeper neter pen tdi en Beyten hen-d ertdt md§em-f er Qamt 
 dhdn 24. en ten (?) en neter pen renpit yaiit abet paut en Beyten dhd pan ser 24 
 en Beyten sferi her sam (?)-/ maa-f neter pen i-nef er ruati hef-f du-f em bdk 
 
THE POSSESSED PRINCESS OF BEKHTEN. 
 
 ooo 
 
 V. 
 
 ra 
 
 25- 
 
 (2 
 
 A 
 
 i3 
 
 ] 
 
 A T 
 
 
 1 
 
 /\/>/^AAA AA'WSA 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 26, Y AA^A^A f^ AWVW 
 
 
 1 
 
 D 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 
 /- — I'i 
 
 i 
 
 =0= ^^K 
 
 I AA^AA^ 
 
 ■ L/ts^ ^ *^ < r :> AAA/\A^ 
 
 : C ^^-iii A III 
 
 Q D 
 
 i 
 
 A 
 
 III 
 
 ^ 
 
 27. 
 
 I=~ZI 
 
 I AAA/\A^ 
 
 [|] 1: ^ 
 
 4 m i® J 
 
 AAAAAA AA/VV%A 
 
 <=i a 
 
 
 ir"zi 
 
 1^ D AAAAA/> 
 
 25 ^OT 7/z^i5 dyai-f er hert er Qamt nehes 2^. pu dri-nef em henuh aha en t'et-f en pa 
 neterhenentensupadriseyieremUastneterpenim-?iefthdi! mdhm-f crQavitdu 
 
 26 mdhm urer-f cr Qamt 26. dhd en ertdt en pa ser en Beyjeii ut'a netet' pen er Qamt 
 td-nef an dituru en yd neb nefer nidid semsii d§t tint sper-sen em hefep cr Uast 
 
 27 dhd en mdkm en "Aensu-[em] Uast pa driseyer em Uast 27. erpa en '/-ensu em Uast 
 Nifcr-hetep ertdt-nef d7t er crtat-ncf p ser en Bey ten em yet neb nefer embah 
 tensu em Uast Nefer-hetep an crtdt-f yet neb dm-f er pa-f sper tensu pa dri 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 49 
 
 ivN^v AAAAAA 
 
 nnn -^=^ c-n o n iii n««7 rxr^wwv 
 
 ' ' ' II <=> '=' mill I^ UP Q 
 
 " o 
 
 AA/W\A , 
 
 Af 
 
 o 
 
 se^er em Vast a8. er per-f em hetep en renpit mob xemt a bet sen pert hru 
 ■paut en suten net (or hat) {Usr-mat-en-Ra setep-en-Ra\ dri-7ief fa dn^ 
 
 met- 
 
 md Ra fetta 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND 
 NEPHTHYS. 
 
 (British Museum, Egyptian Papyrus, No. 10188.) 
 
 " Til - r:\ II vi T tj# k 
 
 I MM M , ,, Jlijij^ -- O ,„,, <=> ^^ , 
 
 .= — D _ru. 
 
 
 O Jf^ © w 
 
 I. Z^a em het nu heb Terti dri em per Ausdr yeyit Amentiu neter ddi neht 
 Abtu em dbet ftu ^a hru taut-sen neferit er hru t'aut-sds seri fertu per du 
 fer-f an fertu set db hdu an apt-sen %ersek iennu en hdt-sen mehu tep-sen 
 em ser . . . . . ser em ddui- 
 
50 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 p: 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 §. 
 
 
 i:.i i;;a i m frr. v a 
 
 I c: 
 I 1 C 
 
 ^ II, ii ^ P,T, fli -I j3 
 
 © 
 
 n 
 
 ^2:7' 
 
 @ 
 
 (?) 
 
 \r-z3 
 
 © 
 
 AAA/VSA V^ 
 
 j: 
 
 II 
 
 A 
 
 I /W\AAA '^ AA/\AAA I " aS\j I 
 
 ^^^^^ ^ I I I AAAAAft 
 
 :q 
 
 if- - mzu ¥ T C 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 :^^' 
 
 AA/WAA 1 
 
 '''^^^w Mil (■ U) 
 
 I n (sic) 
 
 I II I I A 
 
 @ I ] AAAAAA 
 
 e>— = 
 
 :i i^ - i 
 
 <=> s:\i 
 
 _^Q 
 
 .® 
 
 A 
 
 sen matennii ren-sen her ermen-sen er Auset Nebt-het hes-sen em het nu iat. 
 
 ten embah 7ieter pen t'et ^er sen a neb Ausdr sep ftu tit an ^/erheb her 
 
 en per pen da (?)... her (?) en ta sep ftu t'et an henksti hunnu nefer mad 
 er per-k t'er a sep sen an maa-n-d d dhi nefer mad er per-k yenti em/et tei-k 
 er-n d hunnu nefer iem-ta ennu renp dn-ds er trd-f senen seri ent dtf-f Tenen 
 mui Mad per em Aim neb sep sen tennu su er dtef-f sems em yat en mut-f 
 ha lu-k en- 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 51 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 <s 
 
 n 
 
 ^^ ^ AAAAAA < ^ y\ 
 
 f I I 
 
 .(°=li) M 
 
 Q (S^ 
 
 D X 
 
 ■= 2,5 r ffl 1 A 
 
 .''^^ 
 
 I ?l 
 
 
 A 
 
 '^^ D 
 
 I ? 
 
 Jvli 
 
 I ^ 
 
 ^P "^^ 
 
 AAAAAA n 
 
 I I I I I A. 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 "l^'^l)! 
 
 —fU. 
 
 J 
 
 ^(S X 
 
 J AAA/^A^ ¥ T "^ 
 
 © 
 
 U AAAA^^ 
 
 ^P 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 <£?' 
 
 \ 
 
 © 
 
 U I 
 
 A 
 
 #1 i^M k 
 
 :=® 
 
 en 
 
 Q D 
 
 I I I 
 
 e 
 
 v\ --T=jra:k^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^ D 
 
 ODD 
 
 I 
 
 « em dru-k hapt-entu an heru-k er-n nefer hrd ur mertu senen Tenen fa 
 nebt nefemfem [sems] em dp yrat kenen hdu-f em ennuh-f iii-k em hetep 
 neh-n maa-n-tu ynem senti hdti-k dn dm-k duset-d . . . tu md enti dn y_eper-f 
 II. tep-n dn her hrdu-n peril dat emmd neteru dn 7ie-/[ebu-s mdtennu dri-nek 
 pa yi hunnu du irdui dn-ds (?) rer-k pet ta em drii-k du-k em ka ent senti 
 lu-k '/i renp em hetep neb-n maa-n-tu sam-k dm-n md sam Tebha er 
 nemmat-f lu-k em hetep nu ur nu 
 
 4* 
 
52 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 I " *~^ - > I AAAAAA vV. 
 
 
 y\ 
 
 ] 
 
 © 
 
 © 15 
 
 ^J^flfl 
 
 cr^ 
 
 t^l) f-^ ^ ^Ije^ 
 
 /WVSAA ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^~. 
 
 c]c]^ 51, I 
 
 ^.v III :pi I 
 
 ra^^ ^^ 
 
 SO 
 
 w III 
 
 \^ ¥ 
 
 Po^kT 
 
 I <S. Ill 
 
 -JL, 
 
 20 © X 
 
 M- TTZi !\ 
 
 Q. 
 
 ^ » ni. 
 
 A 
 
 <e=<3 /] X 
 
 I I I 
 
 \\m\\c% ^ 
 
 I A A I 
 
 (2 w 
 
 
 -^ I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 
 
 @ 
 
 Q 0.1 
 
 5f^ 
 
 
 a 
 
 f^l 
 
 (S 
 
 A 
 
 -^B- 
 
 ^^M I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 O 
 I I I 
 
 00 
 
 «■//■-/ »z««-/« «»z /«r-/J an sent-k se-k Heru net hrd-k Nekdu mas su du-f 
 em xebail-f ent fei hru neb idt ren-f emmd neteru nebu Tebha ^ep-s dti 
 du-k du per-k an sent-nek Sut em tu nebt dri-nef uf-nef sehab Nut 
 dnq-f-en-n maut seh-k en ta dm-n a . . s her dpt III. stasiau 
 
 maa-n em bdf her hrd-k ufih maut dhai fer dbt neb-n er-n pa nefer 
 hrd nebt meriu pa ka sail em kauti mad dhi Oehen hrd pa ud renp dnnu 
 em maa-f 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 53 
 
 0«1I 10 
 
 ,''=a) 
 
 'n X III f V > 
 
 OO I I I O 
 
 
 Q (S| 
 
 IS # 
 
 OO 
 
 ■^ 
 I 
 
 o 
 I 
 
 1^1 
 i 
 
 # 
 
 (25 
 
 o 
 
 e i6 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AA/W\A 
 
 17 
 
 14- -• ifPC ^ 
 
 A 
 
 Q D 
 
 I I I 
 
 f X k «\o 
 
 19 A 
 
 I © 
 
 OO I I Ic:^ I 
 
 ^i 
 
 A 
 
 ^ D 
 
 .i'=il) 
 
 '°=iD 23 
 
 Q 
 
 c^ II 
 
 f\ ra A/WAAA /-V f\ 
 
 Ti iM\ [\] - mil f :^i 
 
 II 25 
 
 I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 IV, 
 
 e 
 
 1 
 
 ™l 
 
 I 3 A 
 
 A 
 
 neb em hemt fa en kauti pa fi her neferu ha maa-n-tu md dru-k nid 
 meriu-d maa-k nuk sendt-k Auset mertu db-k her-sa mertu-k her-tu meh-d 
 ta pen em hru pen seh-k hes-tu dm-n un-n dny_ em ka-k lu-k em hetep 
 neb-n maa-n-tu d ser mad em hetep seherdut '^et '^ent het-n sam-k dm-n 
 md sam [Tebha] se-dH fet an henksti a Ausdr ka Amentiu ud men tennu 
 [su] er neteru yi benen IV. dudd ur en Seb mestu neter em neteru lu-k en 
 yart rer-nek 
 
54 
 Q 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 msi -M\ \ 4- P~ ™ f^^ 
 
 \\ 
 
 J\' 
 
 \Vi 
 
 .('==5) 
 
 O 
 
 7 © X 
 
 ^: 
 
 ?4l 
 
 
 1^1 
 
 ^Ri 
 
 A 
 
 -ff 
 
 £5^ 
 
 
 Q. 
 
 A 
 
 e< 
 
 I I I 
 
 ■?P 
 
 Zl X 
 
 p^ 
 
 <£}? 
 
 pi,^i j=^ ! i^ni - ? I 
 
 "=> D 
 
 15 8® 
 
 J 
 
 fil k 
 
 ■4 S« 
 
 X 
 
 Ti. mil 
 
 16 
 
 © 
 
 o W Q I 
 
 mi 
 
 1 19 ® 
 
 I I Ai»uV\AA y^ ' 
 
 mii 
 
 \lJk k 
 
 ® 
 
 D © 
 
 PI 
 
 © 
 
 .('==a 
 
 paut neferu temO yjsef-sen-nek Sui em i-f aha ren-f em ha kerdut 
 embah dtf-k Rd ut-f y/sef Sebdu mad ti en yennu-k ^esef mehi 
 yent het-n mdd ti en yennu-k dn tut erek Ods em udi neb-n em hetep 
 duset-f seqernu ur eref sef hrd-f t^er seym nebt her yerui-f hut-f 
 ta em seycru-f pertet dat emmd neteru paut neteru nek em tep mast 
 md tennu-k er neteru yent-d ta tennu ur enti yat yu em tep-f mes su 
 embah 
 
•&, 
 
 D (5 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPlfTHYS. 
 
 - k K f^MI T =^ II T 
 
 55 
 
 ^ 0.1 
 
 ^1 ^^ 
 
 23 
 
 fAAAAAA 
 
 / w T Qk ii:m i 
 
 el 
 
 25 
 
 ©A ^^ 
 
 ■els' Jtt^ I Q (S^i) ^^r::^ 
 
 3 nil 
 
 1^ V. f 
 I Q I 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 ra 
 
 J/, h 7Z^^ ' 
 
 miik^-4-p 
 
 e 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 D 00 
 
 5 ^=~^, 
 
 UT ^ 
 
 © 
 
 [^^ 
 
 ^(2 
 
 10 e 
 
 /\AJ\AAA 
 
 (2 
 
 ra 
 
 AAA/VAA 
 
 Q O 
 
 i:^ ^ Q 
 
 A 
 
 CD 
 
 ni iM^i - -I = T' 
 
 ^ 1 1 
 
 A 
 
 a3-^ em i tennu fet neter neht mertu tennu dH mertu pa ha anfj-k em nem 
 ynem senti hdu-k speru ti erek fer enibah ne'/tu (y) nek em sdh-k ma [suten 
 paut] neteru nebt V. mad H ymnu-k dtf-k Rd kehabu du nebt rer-nek 
 paut neteru em hn-k fesef-sen nek tei ter-k du ur en erpetet-k per-k em 
 heb tu du nemmat-f sebdu em tu em dri-nef duhdnu-f ta em seyeru-f 
 kesen habu-f Nut er seiat yetyet mas em hebt mds er nemmat sebdu dtf-k 
 Rd er netti 
 
56 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF 75/5 AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 J - ^J 
 
 x; 
 
 A' 
 
 1 c^ c^ 
 / W 
 
 i3 
 
 
 /vAAAAA 
 
 Q O 
 
 I Icz^^ll I I ^AAA«^ ^ 
 
 inn □• 
 
 IS 
 
 q, 
 
 i6 
 
 A 
 
 (3 © 
 
 k^ Po't k ™J^ 
 
 AAAl^A^ A/SAiVW 
 
 ^^ ~*'>^ i8 A 
 
 
 A 
 
 19 
 
 oo 
 
 © 
 
 ^ 
 
 tt )W)o 
 
 I- at 4^ 
 
 "J" ::i\ 
 
 T1 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 1© 
 
 
 ci a 
 
 e 
 
 24 
 
 
 /=Ti) 25 -n. 
 
 ser-k se-k Heru er ukhi hrd-k seh-k ta mdteti feper-k nememtau-k Nut 
 her dft-s %en-k ta her neterui hetdt Rehti her rer-nek yi-tu sep sen mdk Sut 
 em hebt sehdu-k dn un-nef tu-k er per-k Ausdr duset-k heh maa-k setem-k 
 snidu ent Heru her ddui mut-f Auset yesef-k ertdt em taut neb db fet-k 
 seiep-f dm per idt-k neter ad hetem-tu em dru-k em heru er per-k Ausdr 
 lu-k em hetep er duset-k nebt nerdu diinu em feperu-f pa ka ur nebt 
 jiefemtem apt-k 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 57 
 
 O f\ 26 
 
 ^z;:* 
 
 
 Bkl-J T lof) P 
 
 [^ , , J VI. ; ^ ^ ^ J 
 
 "Vw III i w 
 
 [I I |] 
 
 <=> I 
 
 (2 
 
 Q -VWVNA 
 
 
 
 I 1 
 I I I 
 
 = lllo o 
 
 Q (3 
 
 \ 
 
 (3 
 
 o I 8 
 
 :ii I 
 
 9 A 
 A 
 
 
 VI ^ II 
 
 PI 
 
 r s - iij 
 
 I ?. 
 I I I 
 
 1^^ 
 
 (S 
 
 T ^K' P 
 
 (sic) 
 
 
 I !l 
 I I I 
 
 i3 
 
 p T Pifle^ p 
 
 o W 
 
 ? K :m -I 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA r 
 
 o O 
 
 send-k Auset ^ersek-k sati art dm-k hept-s-tu an her-k er-n neb-n VI. td-k 
 dn% em hat em Hh dhai fau-k meh em sept Tes tu ma enti an feper-f 
 lu-nek sendt-k yersek-s hdu-k neter da dny^ ur mertu rertu su er her en 
 tep Qemd-meht yjiker-tu nebt y^akeru fa ur her neferu lu-k en mut-k Nut 
 pe§-s her-k em lu-k nes mdket-s hdu-k er tu nebt mdiem set en em fennu-nes 
 seherdu-s tu nebt dri hdu-k sau ud md enti an yeper-f set yi neb per 
 em Nut 
 
58 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 15 
 
 
 16 
 
 A 
 
 
 ps«.^^ ™, ^Tilj y V ^ 
 
 
 f° 
 
 '^V^ 
 
 
 G 
 
 ^0, 
 
 I 
 
 20 "? I 
 
 •0 
 
 ©^ 
 
 <=> S 21 "~"~ 
 
 22 A 
 
 I (2 
 
 _ru. 
 
 
 I wvAW A^ZITSI W ill I I 
 
 « 
 
 26 
 
 m 
 
 28 u 
 
 '^ex-l. 
 
 VII. 
 
 I A 
 
 'VVV vv 
 
 A 
 
 >AAAAA V N 
 
 » ?l - ■> ^1 fl- ? 
 
 >IT 
 
 © o 
 
 <2 O CZ^Sl 
 
 ltl\[k] --I 
 
 dri-nef ta pen md tep-d neb yi per em kaut ten seduur en neteru dp 
 Amentet er trd-f ds mdhm yi an ennu dtf-k Rd er nef hrd-k se-k Heru her 
 nubdu-k-tu Sut em tu neht dri-7ief tu-k er per-k dn sentetu-k fet dn henksti 
 d dhi nefer mad er per-k qa sep sen sa-k er per-k du neteru her duset-sen 
 nuk set yut en sends hent-k send en mut-k VII. lu-k-nd em yef_ t'er db-d 
 en man hrd-k du sa an maa-d hrd-k savi-tu ti en-n em hrd-d du Rd em 
 pet sam pet ta dri 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 59 
 
 T 
 
 V Aort-J" 
 
 o 
 
 o^^ 
 
 ^(\ ^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^1)^ J D^^a o 
 
 in 
 
 e 
 
 D © 
 
 © I 
 
 yzx. 
 
 
 ¥i 
 
 Q o 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 
 
 i3 
 
 <=■ © ; 
 
 '^ 1 1 
 
 I 
 
 '^ I 
 
 A 
 
 © A 
 
 p: 
 
 A 
 
 -= Pf l..°8 ¥1 
 
 14 ne^r 
 
 ^1 k j^^: 
 
 (3 n^ 
 
 X 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 D © O (3 
 
 o 
 
 £ 
 © 
 
 
 ==> A 
 
 16 
 
 (2 
 
 ;— III 
 
 A 
 
 
 e 
 
 © 
 
 19 
 
 #1 
 I I 
 
 ! U© 
 
 \ 
 
 .(=ii, 
 
 "faibit em ta man tau db-d er sefey_-k em nefid tau db-d ertd-nek sa-k 
 er-d du an sep qemi-nek su er-d dti datui tenemem uat du-d heh en mertu 
 maa-k un-d em nut dat ur nehal-s meht-d en mertu-k er-d mad em 
 udu em heru mdk se-k er se^^etyet Tebha er nemmat dmen-tcd em bda 
 er sehapu se-k er uiebt-k her sep qennu pu ddi her erek du dn tut-s er 
 duf-k mdhm-d em udu rer-d em bda du iennu em at er se-k set em hrdu 
 du ta 
 
6o THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 21 <^ 
 
 D 20 
 
 <^ III AAAA^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 TS ii: a^ 
 
 ,^v T ? iw J 
 
 A 
 
 W 
 
 ■vvvvv 
 
 22 ^tk<2.n\ O' 
 
 
 Till 
 
 ! 24 
 
 ,^&- I I I 
 
 25 ^1^ © ^ 
 
 I I ^^ I \5v. /www 
 
 27 
 
 # ^ 1^ ^"^ 6 
 
 O VIII. 
 
 ("=3) 
 
 '*=iD 
 
 m 
 
 — a^ 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 
 (2 
 
 AAAAAA U © 
 
 -=^,j ?|j (i: 
 
 (S 
 
 S2 - 
 
 ^ 
 
 Zl O Q 5 A 
 
 £r 
 
 A 
 
 
 i? 6 
 
 A 
 
 ^ D 
 
 .[\y\y) 
 
 © II 
 
 © 
 
 c. D 
 
 00 I 
 
 <S.i 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q (3J 
 
 '-< AAAAAA 
 
 k::^:-) 
 
 u-"^ 
 
 /« ra?^/.' aj' reyj-kud hend Ap-uat (?) rer-nd uat tenemem-nd her send hedet 
 em nefi tau dbu en hefnu hrdu maut ddi em neteru bef-n neb dn uhr en 
 mertu-k her hrd-n pa sain nebt nefemtem net (or bdt) nebt heh VIII. df^ 
 em dny^ heq t'etta ku dn rey suten net (or bdt) neb ut'a er Tasertet du dn sep-k 
 nieh-nd db-d dm-f send neb ufa er sept Aqertet lu-k-nd em dru-k mad em 
 hetep Sep sen net (or bdt) ser mad em hetep ha maa-n hrd-k md yent md 
 mertu-nd maa-k ddui-d qa er yau-tu-k mertu-nd merlu-nd ienui (?) datui 
 

 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 m ' 
 
 c> g; 
 
 4^1 
 
 A 
 
 .= D o i3 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^ a 
 
 ra' 
 
 i 
 
 *^s\. 
 
 f=& 
 
 '\ 
 
 © II 
 
 fl 
 
 © 
 
 tj: -f ^i. 
 
 (=ii) 
 
 f W T J 
 
 C— D 
 
 fl 
 
 e 
 
 <£? 
 
 17 
 
 ra' 
 
 O I 
 
 18 A 
 
 I © 
 
 ^::c::^ 
 
 (3 © III 
 
 Q I 
 
 1 
 
 (3! 
 
 19 ® 
 I <= 
 
 A 
 •1 © 
 
 1,^1 
 
 .J, 
 
 <=. D 
 
 III D 
 
 21 A 
 
 I e 
 I 
 
 
 ,# 
 
 23 
 
 Q (3 
 
 A ^ 
 
 24 
 
 J' 
 
 (3 
 
 AAAA/VA 
 
 (?)■ 
 
 mehtei her maut du seiep-nek tep art dm-sen y^em-k em dnti hat send neht 
 mertu lu-k em hetep er duset-k d dhi nefer mad er per-k fer-d sep sen du-k 
 em dbi hta yet-k em ka Amentiu duset ieta duf-k '•/ent per Hemiu hat em 
 ren-k en heq fetta lu-nek Heru em neft ^ersek-f hdu-k seqd-f-neh ertuu 
 per dm-k db fet-k neter ddi hetem-tu em dru-k lu-k em hetep neb-n renp 
 em nem se-k Heru netf hrd-k mad 'fent per-k hdhu neter-het-k em mertu-k 
 ddi secern 
 
6z 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 \ 
 
 HZ 
 
 25 -^ 
 
 1 
 
 _^ 26 
 
 Q W I 
 
 p I 
 
 V 
 
 27 
 
 I ¥Ja t ^:i^ 
 
 IX. 
 
 A X 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 D ©'^ 
 
 le 
 
 A 
 
 L \\ I ^ 
 
 
 A 
 
 o I 
 i I 
 • I I 
 
 A/SA/\AA 
 
 O (S 
 
 2 -0=- 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 D © 
 
 I I 
 
 ^ D 
 
 © 
 
 I ^ t 
 
 .P 
 
 I 
 I I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 14 
 
 o 
 
 Q D 
 
 © II 
 
 o n 
 
 ra 
 
 Qa > 
 1 00 
 
 ^=5 
 
 
 ?l 
 
 I I I I © 
 
 r\ AAAAAA 
 
 i3 
 
 1#=^ 
 
 iflOl J¥i ir^ 
 
 14 
 
 set-nes em suht ud user pehti se as pu dp lat sejeni Seb her mut-f 
 IX. yakeru ddi mertu an er Amentet qennu-f ati nehl tuaut ka Amentet 
 mestu en Rd-Heru-yuti 'fi dnnu en maa-f lu-k en-n em hetep sep sen yer-sek-k 
 nekni-k seher-k at neb-n lu-k en-n em hetep sep sen hai renp mad em 
 hetep hai send mdd maa-tu-d net (or bdi) heq t'etta em urtu em urtu db-k 
 neb-n lu-k er per-k dn senteti-li pa sedit ddi an maa an setem t'et an yerheb 
 d dhi tteferi mdd er 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 63 
 
 15 e 
 
 m 
 
 1^ ^ 
 
 A 
 
 :# 
 
 
 @ ^ 
 
 7 S;?. 
 
 =^xXP ? 
 
 e^ A 
 
 CTTD 
 A 
 
 -<2>- • 
 
 O 
 
 ^1 T q;; ~^K 
 
 J C2 20 '• 
 
 <=> A -" i^ ^ I 
 
 Q (3 2i( I 1 -J '^ si' I I I I 
 
 M S k ~^^^l -- T II 
 
 /\ AAA/VV\ 
 
 it iJ o n I 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 ■"TOt 
 
 (sic) . 
 
 ^ 
 
 24 
 
 AAAAAA 
 '^'*^^^^^>\ K /WAAAA ' 
 ■ AAAAAA 
 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 25 
 
 ra 1 
 
 
 I «2 
 
 28 
 
 ©sill 
 
 I 27 
 
 I el 
 
 'Tnsi 
 ^- mil 
 
 q© p^^ 
 
 (sic) 
 
 o I 
 
 t: 
 
 Q D I 
 
 I X. ] 
 
 ^^ 
 
 I I 
 
 ^:iiiifi 
 
 per-k paui neteru her heh er maa-k yt neb dp yat set mertu-k her hrd-k 
 dudd seyem em dpt-s se meny per em maa setem het meht en Auset her-k 
 em her er duset-k nehem tep-sen en mertu dkebu-sen-nek em dar mds 
 tep Un-nefer nebt fefau ser ur em hfi-f neter her neteru meh-k utet 
 su entek heru du 7ieteru tef (?) em ertuu en hdu-f du sedny pdi reyi nebt 
 t'efau heq uafuaf nebt ur yet en any tdtd hetepu neteru X. peryeru en 
 yu Seieta (?) nebt 
 
64 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 AAAAAA f\ 
 
 \ I 
 
 
 (3 
 
 AAA/WNA i;: AAftAAA 
 
 tJ 
 
 oo 
 
 J 
 
 /VVAWS 7IV II /-r-— ^ AAAAAA 
 
 o 
 
 !'-.!li 
 
 = oji V -2-0 
 
 tJ 
 
 C3EII F=^ 12 O 
 .^^ O I I 
 
 ,.-7-—^ AAAAAA U (li kA 
 
 o 
 
 Q 111 I I 
 
 I Q D 
 i3 (2 
 
 il-TJ!^ 
 
 J ^^ 
 
 A X 
 
 ^ w: 
 
 I 1 W K^=_ I 
 
 l6 
 
 ©fin \\ 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 19 
 
 n imii k -t 
 
 A 
 
 20 ^^,1 
 
 © 
 
 •0 
 
 nemmdt nebt ufau sehta em yut sekp er trd-f uben er ennu-f entek 
 iu aperi mau sehp-k en db en Atmu maa-k em dusei Rd sam maut-f 
 sdhu-k dpi ba-k emyet Rd pest-k em tuau hetep-k em mdhr hru neb pu 
 un-nek un-nek em db en Attn heh t'etta ydd-k but nebt Mem embah 
 dpiut-f her -bah qennu-f un %er-f an Sebdu neken tui i er-ef 
 Amsehti dudd-f erek sua§-f neteru nebt hdd paut neteru em yesef-k 
 uriu-k 
 

 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 65 
 
 ' ^^^7 f _ II ^ 
 00 
 
 21 C Ci 
 
 I (2 
 
 o 
 
 24 
 
 Q AAA/" 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 (S. 
 
 I 23 
 
 
 22 ^^ '^ 
 
 GL (sic) A/\AAAA 
 
 
 
 ra y 
 
 @ 
 
 m 
 
 26 _^ 
 
 I A 
 
 /\AAA'^A A, (NAAAAA 
 
 O © 
 
 25 ,§, 
 
 27 
 
 Izll 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAA/VN 
 
 28 
 
 
 O 
 
 XI. ; 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ X 
 
 ^ A 
 
 n 
 
 D (3 
 
 O' 
 
 _A^ 
 
 DX D A 
 
 n 
 
 C^ 
 
 "■==>-: 
 
 V 
 
 ^5* 
 
 fl^ 
 
 (sic) 
 
 AWAAA 
 AA/WSA 
 I I I 
 
 ^ " 5 
 
 qi 
 
 (sic) 
 
 Q w 
 
 
 7 ^li i::^ 
 
 I © 
 
 A <= 
 
 p: 
 
 i I 
 
 AAAAAA V 
 
 A— ^ 
 
 D ©'^ 
 
 I el 
 
 sii-iw: 
 
 <£? 
 
 ^Sv, 
 
 I I I 
 
 10 A 
 
 I e 
 
 p^ifr J?d hru neb tut maa-k em dbt tut maa-k en dnfiu entek fu dtennu en 
 Rd lu-nek paut neteru temd her tep-k hen em hrd-k peh nesert-s er xeft-k 
 had er-ek en-n dnq-nek qesu-k dpitu t'et-k hru neb XI. dq-k md Atm 
 er ennu-f dn hephep fart-nek da-fey^-k Ap-uat dba-f nek tu neka-f 
 satn-ta lu-nek nebt Tafesertet lu-nek sentiti seyem-ne,k-en-n maui tut- 
 sen hdu-k nek em qemtu heh er ennu ya-k enen du her sen sefent-k er 
 iennu-n lu-k- 
 
66 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 
 II A 
 
 I © 
 
 ■ni 
 
 III ci 
 
 
 i3 
 
 ^T-— Si Ci Q 
 
 © 
 
 e 
 
 ^:l 
 
 Q a 
 = '^111 
 
 111^1 '5 ra 
 
 (3 I I I II lill I ww« 
 
 mi 
 
 17 
 
 I (3 
 
 o 
 
 16 A 
 I © 
 
 © 
 
 c-D _n— 
 
 
 e&li <s D 00 
 
 19 
 
 ,1 \ 
 
 I f\Af\A/V^ 
 
 y\ 
 
 18 =^= (S 
 
 I o a Q 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 n 
 
 ^ THIi ! i 
 
 ra' 
 
 24 "^ I 
 
 a I 
 
 A 
 
 i 
 
 ^ D 
 
 i^=M /^^ ^ 
 
 C~D Mil 
 
 A 
 
 e 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 II- T f%jm: 
 
 Q n II I I 
 
 ci (3; 
 
 ';::^* 
 
 en-n km seiau-k lu-k em dru-k her tep ta ruda tenten-k hetep-k-en-n 
 neht se&etu dudd taiu neter ud meny^et seyeru en neterit hen-nek neteru 
 nebu lu-k du per-k an sent-k mertu-tu Rd meriu-tu crpclct-k hetep-iu em 
 duset-k fetta t'ct metu dn henksti a dhi nefert mad er pcr-k qa sep sen sa-k 
 er per-k du neteru her dusei-sen hai mad em hetep net (or bat) mad em 
 hetep sa-k Hern er nef hrd-k td-k du ur er erpetet-k hai-n hcr-k em fentd-k 
 yi md meriu maa-k 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 67 
 
 28 
 
 Q © ; 
 
 XII 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 I A 
 
 I © 
 
 (2 
 
 III < 
 
 I c^ \\J 
 
 mil m\ -I I ^i mil i 
 flimiiik:*v„°ii^imi 
 
 © 
 
 mii ik^ I 
 
 A 
 
 n 
 
 A 
 
 Q (3 
 
 (°=li) 
 
 r=Si 
 
 T 1 T" 
 
 
 G 
 
 ^J^-^ ^1 
 
 V ^ I i3 
 
 ^^^^; 
 
 AAAAAA Q AAA/V\A 
 
 A 
 
 (^=3) 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 III I 
 
 ? Tk-5 - 
 
 (Ja ^ raj 
 
 c^ 
 
 oilLl 
 
 ra' 
 
 e I 
 
 \> Q I 17 
 
 >i I I 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 18 
 
 en 
 
 <£? 
 
 was 7ndd-en-n ur fau-k mertu-n XII. lu-k er per-k an senteti-k a neteru 
 dmu pet a neteru dmu ta d neteru dmu iuaut d neteru dmu tef (?) 
 d. neteru dmu Ses tef (?) ies - n yer neht neht mertu send, sam neb 
 nel^emfem dhai mdd-nd sam pet er ta yeper yaibet em ta mdn hah 
 pet er baheset dhai mdd-n hnd-d fa hemt em nut heh neb-n nidkm-d 
 ta er hau neh-n mdd-nd hah pet er baheset er tat lu neter er duset-f 
 sensen em 
 
 5* 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 -iwl 
 
 * fJi ?a ^ 
 
 o n 
 
 I I I 
 
 ■^2:^ Ci:^.^ 22 
 
 W (3 
 
 © I 
 
 o (s; 
 
 XIII. 
 
 f=Tl) 
 
 t^ V-i AAA'vAA 
 
 
 AAAAAA ^ 7^ 
 
 (So©; 
 
 D e 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 
 
 Q (5 ; 
 
 ,^g_ (U AAAAA« 
 
 «//« «r fcnt-k du nifu em nebt cm hei-at-f hai Rd net' su dn set'ebu-k crek 
 dri tu fcr db db-d maa-k du net (or bdt) -^i dnnu hai neb mcrtu mdd-nd neb 
 maa-d-B mdn send mad maa-n-9 ddui-d ur du net' hrd-k ddui-d qa 
 Sep sen du yau-k XIII. td nebt neyen yi du net neb-n nuk set en 
 Seb dn db-k er-d renp dn-ds er trd-f mdkm-d iiat t'er lu mertu-k er-d 
 yennu-d ta dn urtu-d em heh-k du ncbdt er-d en mertti-k hai mad maa-d-d 
 rem-d en 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 69 
 
 AA/WV\ 
 
 9 A 
 i (a 
 
 A 
 
 ^ hi 
 
 M /www 
 
 10 @ 
 I I 
 
 Q (3 
 
 ro .■••■ 
 
 (3 W 
 
 e 
 
 © II 
 
 i3 
 
 A 
 
 o D 
 CT^ 14 - 
 
 ra^q 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 e w Mil 
 
 fV 
 
 15 A 
 
 I © 
 
 ^ D I 
 
 16 di^-J© B 
 
 ._fU. 
 
 1 
 
 © II 
 
 19 A 
 1 S 
 
 nAA^^ 17 A 
 
 I Q \\2i( M 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 o D 
 
 1; 
 
 A 
 
 O 
 
 ^\"im M- k 
 
 22 
 
 Q D I 00 
 
 >ii :^ ^- k M\\ 
 
 'i^>^. 
 
 \.w^ 
 
 24 
 
 <a 
 
 
 26 
 
 :i 
 
 A 
 
 ^^17^? 11© 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 
 A 
 
 «fl-/e z«-/4 «fl em 'j^ey^ fer db-[dj en maa-k her-sa mertu-d maa hrd-k 
 dhai hen er re het-k yaui-tu sep sen em hetep hai sep sen m neb-n 
 er per-f ddui-sen sau ha het-f lu neb-n em hetep her duset-f men-tu em 
 per-k dti sentti-k d ga-O sep sen neb-n em ka her neter ddi nt-k em hetep 
 mad per-k yer Rd seyem em neteru Heni mad em hetep maa-d-Q yi lu-k 
 em dru-k en yi Hai yer dii Heru em heq an ur erek dn dri erek des-tu 
 em teben 
 
^o THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS 
 
 (sic) \\ n '^ ^ ?\ 27 '%/:y> "^ ^!^S; ^ fl '^ 
 
 p e ^ I 28 
 
 s ^'. 
 
 m'^i^ 
 
 ^(l e qqq ffl I 
 
 29 V/ czsp 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 3o 
 
 XIV. 
 
 mi 
 
 ^ 
 
 m^ 
 
 2 D gi c^ 
 
 I ri - ? ^fl 
 
 (sic) 
 
 (S 
 
 ■| sii;i 
 
 © II 
 
 A 
 
 l\^^^l^^^ 
 
 A 
 
 >J^^ 
 
 ^\>^ I 
 I 
 
 H: 
 
 00 
 
 ^ 
 
 mi 
 
 f^AAf^/SA AAAAAA 
 
 S 
 
 ^^''I Ml' 
 
 A 
 
 §0 Q 
 
 i3 
 
 --r 
 
 m. 
 
 © X 
 
 z«2 j-«»A' pa vicrtu dtef-f neht Bcde.hhut ia-nek dim paut neteru dpd 
 neter het-k em neferu-k nerdii paui luHcru em Sefi-k XIV. ta setet m 
 heri-k nuk hemt-k dri lu-k saidt ■pit en sciui-s mad maa-d-tu neU 
 mertu-d qa sep sen ad dru mad iiiaa-d-lu nu mdiem fi mad maa-d-tu 
 rerem nek dfebiu taiu heteh-nek dat ma entek Sekta (?) rerem-nek pet ta md 
 ur-k er neteru dn un iu em tuau ka-k mad er per-k an sentii-k sa-k Heru 
 dhi hn (?) en pet Behi (?) em sepehu dn 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 I ci w si) 
 
 ',' ¥1 
 
 ^. 
 
 71 
 
 16 
 
 o 1' 
 
 ^Mn 
 
 J= 
 
 ■"TO^ 
 
 C3 
 
 (2 
 
 p: 
 
 Q ill I 
 \\ "I 20 A 
 
 .1 e 
 
 o □ 
 
 Q 17 
 
 O I 00 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 mii 
 
 ^ 
 
 '=^ D 
 
 D 
 
 @ 
 
 . 24 
 
 A 
 
 ^C3=« 
 
 22 Q D 
 
 Q (3 ; 
 
 n)p 
 
 © 
 
 23 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 e A -=^=36 I _aj^ I X 
 
 -D I 26 I 
 
 27 __ ^ Q /www r 
 
 25 
 
 ^ I 
 
 . — n I I I 
 
 .fh 
 
 Q w 
 O 
 
 28 
 
 1)^^ 
 
 Q I 
 
 I I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 -^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 o n 29 
 
 
 
 sentti-k sa-k Heru er nefti hrd-k se'/er-f nek semi Nebt hai nebt emy/t-d 
 em hefet maa-d-9 man du sii en hdu-k en Puntet tuau-tu Upsit em 
 hetep had' paut neteru temi-d lu-k en hemt-k em hetep apt db-s en 
 mertu-k hepl-s-tu an her-k er-es y^entei db-s er maa-k neferu-k heru-nek-s 
 em per ieta yersek-s tu dri hdu-k duset-d md enti dn "/_eper-f td-k 
 dn% em tep hevit dhai fau-k mehi em sey^et Tepdhet em hru pen pert 
 dat Sep 
 
72 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 W 
 
 Afei k l^iiP 
 
 A 
 
 I e 
 
 r\ AA/V\AA f\ 
 
 £? 
 
 (2 I 
 
 
 XV. 
 
 Q (3; 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 w I I © 
 
 B =& 
 
 }[ 
 
 A 
 
 7 
 
 'lll"-^ I - 
 
 .£ 
 
 i: 
 
 © n © 
 
 © ® " Hs ® 
 
 r rai Jo 
 
 f^^^^i 
 
 14 (I <=■ 
 O 
 
 i3 -1 
 
 ■^sx. 
 
 A 
 
 (5 
 
 o a. 
 
 (£1 I I o w 111 A 
 
 ,i'=Tl) 
 
 s 
 
 15 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 © II 
 
 i6 
 
 ^'(jj-^w a« mdteti-f XV. rerem-nek aha em yj;ru-s mertu-k ter db-s apt 
 dh-s ymtehk eres hepi-s hdu-k em ddui-s lu-nek em fef_ ki t'et em hetep 
 nef-nes-tu via art erek sutdi-s-nek duf-k er gesu-k des-s nek fent-k er hdt-k 
 seqa-s-nek qesu-k temtu mut-k Nut lu-s nek em hetepet qetdu-s-tu em dny^ 
 en yai-s ba-tu sep sen ict-tu sep sen ba nek sam td nebt henit bet er iennu-k 
 em m-k en neter talet liel er i-ennu-k dnti per t'esef pir mad em hetep sep 
 sen net (or hat) dBi 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 '\ 
 
 A 
 
 17 
 
 o D 
 
 ?P 
 
 r\/\AAAA 
 
 imzi 
 
 ^1 
 
 T ^4 k 15 
 
 73 
 
 
 ^^ @ 
 
 21 ■"'SX. 
 
 rn 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 22 ""Ws, 
 
 I III' 
 
 
 J 
 
 I 23 
 
 O I 
 
 Js 1 
 
 (2 
 
 @ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 1 /VAAAAA-aJ^ 
 
 ¥^ ® I 
 
 1 1 r 
 
 e 
 
 Of^Mlfl 26 
 
 io III I 
 
 
 ^1 
 I 
 
 -^ 
 
 27 
 
 *^ 
 
 I 28 
 
 ^J III I t^J\/S/\fV^ 
 
 XVI. 
 
 © 
 
 D ©I II 
 
 I 
 
 
 A 
 
 S 
 
 Ja ] ¥JI 
 
 o D I 
 
 w ^ 
 
 1 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 waa ^OT /5«/^/ nebt Sau ddui-s erek Sendit di-s rer-nek du-k em neter per em 
 7ieter mdkadd du an un her yi-f hnnu-h em mdfek em t'et-f em lu-k em 
 seyet mdfek iennu-k em yesieb nes yesteb ds-k yesteb du her hnnu-k 
 dnemem-k hdu-k nek em bda qemd qesu-k nubdu em hef md nuk em 
 
 •/t desti-k nek em mdfek ki t'et sti er iennu-k cm dnii per t'esef 
 
 XVI. heru tep-k em yMteb Seb fa-f nek em hetepu seymti-f neter per em 
 fent-f diidd ur per em 
 
74 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 O 
 
 e 
 
 AA/WAA 
 
 © 
 
 'M 
 
 
 o 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 ^cs>- 
 
 /-\ AAAAAA AAA^VA 
 
 © 
 
 Q 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 i3 
 
 (2 
 
 "^ 
 
 I'lM 
 
 14 
 
 A 
 
 
 I 
 I I I 
 
 \ 
 
 A 
 
 IS 
 
 I I A 
 
 
 19 
 
 © II 
 
 AAAAAA AVvAAA 
 
 I el 
 
 e 
 
 G 
 
 
 7?a sems seru nefer hrd ba anf_ enti Astennu yi per em Maa-setem sems 
 seru dturti an en Seh ta-f nek ien neht en dtcii mad er per-k Ausdr dp 
 netertc un-nek maa-k maa-k dm-sen yasek-k haddtu td-k het'et'a-k en ta 
 em sail kerh mad cr per-k Ausdr yent Amentet mad cr per-k per em yat 
 drat em tep-f sehef maa-f taui netcru destu sep sen seru neb-n sehdu-k er 
 
 nemniat dn un-nef tettet sep sen em ren-k Tet hau-k nek ( Un-nefer any 
 ut'a senh duf-k-nek urtu db Ausdr nefertu per dm-k 
 
23 R^ ^ 
 
 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISfS AND NEPHTHYS. 75 
 
 © 
 
 @. (£ 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 i"^ %>!'=' k fJ 
 
 
 >vvv\v\ y\ 
 
 I uTi 
 
 Q 27 (2 ' 
 
 ^^ ^ 1 AA/V\AA ' 
 
 PHZII ™ -I T *^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 ffl 
 
 30 y^ ^ AA/\A^^ /VWvAA 
 
 I © [ill 
 
 <^ D 
 
 
 -2- AA/\AAA N f\ A/WWA 
 
 A 
 
 Q D 
 
 1© ® 
 
 I XVII. 
 
 irl 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 Q Q I I I 
 
 # I 
 
 A 
 
 (*■' (j) A.VW\A 
 
 £5^ 
 
 P 
 
 J!S^ 
 
 o 
 
 A 
 
 In 
 
 •<2>- 
 
 i7K pu tep re-li Tatenen dtf-k her uOes pet er fent-k her ftu-s dpi 
 ha-k em dbt un-nek em senen en Rd seiep-tu dmu tuaut em hdd 
 neka-nek Seb dm-f lu-sen nek em hetep ndi-nek em hetep er Tettu 
 XVII. 6es-tu erek Ausdr des-tu sep sen em hetep lu-nek Auset nebt fut md 
 utet-s ud semi neteru du-s du nefti hrd-k du-s du nef hrd-k net'ti-s hrd en 
 Heru set dri.fa en dtef-s Neb-er-t'er dri per em maa Heru Upset but em Rd 
 per em fefet^ em maat 
 
76 THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 '.■> a oil — 8 o 
 
 Aim t'er uhen Rd e7n sep tepi 
 
 O 
 
 D © 
 
 
 A D 
 
 lU-f pu 
 
 Colophon. 
 
 in 
 
 n; 
 
 e (2, 
 
 Den 1^"^^ 
 
 1 /w\wv\ T / 
 
 51 1S\LI I 
 
 ^^ 
 
 r^ 
 
 o 
 
 ^a 
 
 IV\/V\AA cZi 
 
 "^'Wa^ 
 
 <= W^ 
 
 e 
 
 (3 e. I fQ 
 
 C:=»-s~. I AAAAAA -J n 
 
 \ I 1 o 
 
 O AAAAAA 
 
 iPTCi 
 
 mini'T 
 
 
 1!' 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 D O 
 
 «£/«r hen en Neter-het en Het dnuu en 
 
 Ainai in sa yemet neter hen Nes-Amsu (?) sa en neter hen Petd-Amen-suten- 
 
 taui drit en dhi en Avien-Rd Ta-iere-en-fa-mut-set nesti dnuu en 
 
 renpit met sen ahctftu M en [P-da 1 diii utU senh [Alksentres sa en [Alksentres 
 hd neter dtf-neter hen en Anien-Rd suten neteru neter Ijen en hiern p Rd pa 
 iire 
 
 * 1 cannot transcribe the first line. 
 
THE FESTIVAL SONGS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 14 
 
 77 
 
 D 
 
 CO! If'i -"■ j2 
 
 hDJIII 17 X^^'^'^iA 5^ (S I 1 '^^ 
 
 Mr I / -www vra ,www n O jv *^ /www 
 
 i\\JJ® I r J /vwvA^ 2I il I I dcr^ 
 
 W If'! 
 
 ^ iQi 16 h C3I 
 
 I I I H<=> I 
 
 •0" flD Mil 17 
 
 © 
 
 I AA/VNAA V-I I 
 
 o e, 
 
 jj ^ fV AAAAAA 
 
 1 / 
 
 ™ Ti if'^ - um T Df'i: if'i 
 
 ir-n 
 
 If' 
 
 iz-a 
 
 aa «r /«/ «» Amen neter hen en Amen sept dbui neier hen en %ensu 
 her db ien[b]eni neier hen en Ausdr ur pa dUa neter hen en Ausdr 
 her db Aier neier hen en Amen qa dusei her db Apt db en p Rd iep 
 hei en per Amen her sa sen dnuu neier netti (?) en Amen her sa sen 
 diennu en Amen en sa sen sa ftu i^eier hen en Nefer-hetep pa neter 
 da neter hen en Nefer-hetep pa hre neier hen en Ausdr Heru Ausei 
 Nehi-het neter hen en neter hei en Hei neter hen en Amsu neter hen 
 en Hei - heri nebt Hei - se'/em neter hen en Mehit neter hen en Atviu 
 neb Hei- 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 f'li«^ 
 
 D ©: 
 
 I ^^±z 
 
 
 ^^/^.^i dtennu en Nefer-hetep en pa sa ftu neter hen en tep en Nefer-hetep neter 
 hen en na neteru 
 
 THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND 
 NEPHTHYS. 
 
 (Berlin papyrus No. 1425.) 
 
 I 2 
 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 1 
 
 tJS* k 
 
 n n 4 -OS- 
 
 1 Hill I '^ 
 
 w 
 
 J 
 
 JT' 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 J' 
 
 -1^1 
 
 V 
 
 1 1 II 
 
 i? 
 
 I ? 
 
 iJ^^ 
 
 ¥r^ 
 
 fit 
 
 I c- 
 
 
 A/Ws/vA iCi 
 
 A 
 
 I, 2 I. I. — i\^.f se'/ii an en senti 2. en per Atcsdr yent Amentiu neter da. 
 
 3,4 3. nebt Aht ein abet ftu hi hru met tua 4. an mdteti em duset nebt en Ausdr 
 
 5,6,7 5. em heb-f neb seyu ba-f 6. tettet ya-f sehdd ka-f 7. ertdt nifu er fent 
 
 8, 9 neka 8. dhti seneferi dh en Auset g. h?td Nebt-het ertdt Heru her nest-f 
 
 JO, II 10. en dtf ertdt any tet usr en Ausdr 11. dent-reti mes en Ta-yad- 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 79 
 
 
 pp 
 
 ?v 
 
 AA/VWv -<S>- 
 
 Efl r mii ill: - 1 qi ± i:i 
 
 I '^ ^ 
 
 1 
 
 A 
 
 oo 
 
 © 
 
 tJ 
 
 A 
 
 ■fl 'lii) io^F J"t^; 
 
 A 
 
 ??5 ? !?i °"^ 
 
 © II 
 
 ©I ^ 
 
 Q (S 
 
 S 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 @ 
 
 AAftA^A I I AAAAAA -Ofu- I I 1 
 
 o oo 
 
 © II 
 
 \, 
 
 J\ AAry\AA 
 
 ^ (^^ 
 
 /\ AAA^'^ 
 
 © II 
 
 _/^ A/VW\A 
 
 tei-il 
 
 o 
 
 © II 
 
 aa 12. fettu-nes P-r-ses madt-feru i3. ;^k ^« an'-i' 7«fl na nderu fet metu 12, i3 
 
 II. I. — A an Auset t'et-s mad er per-k sep sen An mad er per-k an 2. yeft-k i, 2 
 
 a dhi nefer mad er per-k maa-kud nuk 3. send-k mer-k dn db-k er-d d hunnu 3 
 
 neferi 4. mad er per-k t'er-d sep sen dn maa-d-tuk db-d her §ennu-tuk 5. maa- 4, 5 
 
 ui-d her ufa'i-k du-d her heh-k er maa-k dn enenna 6. t-d maa-k sep sen dQi 6 
 
 nefer dn enennai-d maa-k 7. yut maa-k sep sen An yut maa-k mad en mertu-k 7 
 
 sep sen 8. ( Un-nefer madtyeru mad en send-k mad en hemt-k 9. sep sen 8, g 
 
8o 
 
 THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 <§. 
 
 K 
 
 Tnii 
 
 J\ AAAAAA 
 
 ^°- " 
 
 ^ (S 
 
 J\ 
 
 ? p 
 
 AA^AAA f\/\fV^fsf\ 
 
 III. 
 
 I I I I r I 
 
 .m^ 
 
 II ^ 
 
 I (5. 
 
 D © 
 
 I I 
 
 C^ 
 
 /VvyVAAA ^ Q A/^VA^A 
 
 I 
 
 S 
 
 ^ ^ Q 
 
 © II 
 
 i: 
 
 flwiij: 
 
 1^ = , 
 
 © III I Mwsilml 
 
 4 '# 
 
 I I 
 
 ,1,1 
 
 fll^fl 
 
 AAAWVv >. Q A/^/^/v^^ 
 
 ^-\ AAA/VsA r- 
 
 T kk- 1 ^^^^ 
 
 A/WAAA 
 I I I 
 
 Iq]; 
 
 I _ _ _ . 
 
 kk^H 
 
 I I I 
 
 ,^ 
 
 o (3 
 
 oo O- 
 
 „ I I 
 I U I 
 
 ra* 
 
 ^1 I I 
 
 10 uiiii ah mad en neht per-k nuk sendti-k en mut-k lo. dn heru-k cr-d neteru 
 
 11 ret hrd-sen-nek her rem- ii. tick em sep ud t'er maa-d dti-d her nds-nek 
 12, 1 3 12. em rerem er qa en pet dn dn setem- tZ. k yeru-d du nuk send-k mer-k 
 I her tep ta dn mer-k kcii send sep sen III. i. — A dn Nebt-het fet-s d ddi 
 2,3 2. nefer mad er per-k s-net'em s-netim db-k dn yeft-k nehu 3. senscnti-k 
 
 4 er kes-k em sa nemmdt-k 4. her nds-nek em rerem pend-tuk her nemm 
 
 5 5. it-k maa-k neferu t^ettu hnd-n 6. ddi neh-n ter-k aha 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 8i 
 
 Q W 
 
 I ^ I I I 
 
 i°fl«Ki k msi 
 
 « >. 
 
 I I oo 
 
 
 e III I 
 
 oo I 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 •0= 
 
 \s ^ 
 
 I I I I 
 
 H 
 
 PJfl^l^i 
 
 AAAAAA AAAA/\A 
 
 fl 
 
 (2 
 
 i3 
 
 tJ 
 
 k 5?li - P' 
 
 o 
 
 Irl^ © 
 
 IV. 
 
 lo 
 
 o 
 
 /WV\AA 
 
 I I I 
 
 O 
 
 2 — n— .4. n '^'^'"'^ 
 
 V ' ] 1T\ \] J\ AAAA/V\ 
 
 I I AAAAW I «<) III OO 
 
 A 
 
 t:i!-ai 
 
 ■^^ 
 
 ;i- °fl^ 
 
 A 
 
 h 
 
 <S. 
 
 
 «|[V] 
 
 «^3 ««/z' 7. «w a3-« senti-k em neteru ret her maa-k 8. mdi-nu hrd-k 7, 8 
 
 aft' neb-n any^ hrd-n g. e»z maa hrd-k an kesem en hrd-k her-n 10. nefem g, 10 
 
 nefem db-n en maa-k ddinefer db-n 11. en maa-k nuk Nebt-het send-k mer-k 11 
 
 sebdu-k 12. f^er dn un-nef du-d er hnd-k em sa en hdu-k i3. er heh fetta 12, i3 
 
 IV. — \. A dn Ausei t'et-s hat An uben-k en-n em pet hru neb 2. dn db-n i, 2 
 
 en maa sati-k Tehuti em sa-k s-dhd-f ba-k 3. em "/ennu en mddtet em ren-k 3 
 
 put en Adh i-nd du maa-k 4. neferu-k em y^ennu en Utat [em] 4 
 
 6 
 
82 THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 III Q w A ^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^5F 
 
 /^A^AA/\ ^-^ 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q w O I 
 
 ^0 
 
 AAAAAA n /^AAAA/' 
 
 I I I 
 
 00 
 
 E fl=M mil Til fZ P 
 
 J/SAAAAA g\ /wV\AAA A A = ) 
 
 ^1^ — ,, , piTi 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ffv^i 
 
 !^ cQ2 
 
 I <:^n 
 
 I # 
 
 
 X A I I 
 
 I I I I I I 
 
 AAISAAA A^ftAAA 
 
 •^=1 
 
 
 ^d^ 
 
 
 mi' 
 
 e 
 
 
 1; 
 
 II 
 
 A 
 
 AAA>VV\ 
 I I I 
 
 
 
 tJ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 y\ /WVAAA AAAA/V\ 
 
 I I I 
 
 K^ 
 
 * a I 
 
 12 1^ 
 
 5 r««-^ /«z' en nebt sds enti heb Unit- 5. k er kes-k an her-sen erek Octet nek pel 
 
 6 em ad en Hfi- 6. k em ren-k pui en ser en met tua enti heb auk uben-en-n 
 7, 8 7. md Rd hru neb pest-k-en-n md Aiem neteru ret dn'/j-sen en 8. maa-k 
 
 9 uben-k-en-n s-hef-k taui yut dper-tu em sei-k g. neteru ret hrd-sen nek an 
 
 10, II kat tu er-sen em uben-k 10. fa-k hert du dn %eft-k du-d em sau-k n. hru 
 neb m-k-en-n em sefi tep ddh dn db-en-n en maa-k tda-k feser sahu em pet 
 
 12 12. her 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 83 
 
 <£ 
 
 O 
 
 (2 A 
 
 
 tT hK^ 
 
 Pfz mil 
 
 m >^¥ f; 
 
 ^m,- 
 
 o 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 # 
 
 mii 
 
 1 
 
 ^ Di I I 
 
 1 V W 
 
 /VAA/VV\ I I _jy 
 
 n Q /sAAAA' 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 
 (s o 
 
 =. © 
 
 3 ty 
 
 ^ •<& ^ I 
 
 I 
 
 H h: ss I 
 
 
 fl 
 
 A 
 
 cr-zi 
 
 V AAAAAA ^ ^ 
 
 (ll)ig5?5i T 
 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 D ® 
 
 2^3^« /5«/«/ kru neh du-d em neter sept hat em sa-f an heru-d er-f V. — i. tda i 
 hps per dm-k s-dn'/^ neteru retfetfet dutu dn%-sen dm-s ndi-k-en-n em. tephut-k 
 er trd-k her sati tef (?) en ba-k 2. her uahi hetepu en ka-k er s-dn'/^ neteru 2 
 ret mdteti hai en neb dn un neter mdtet-k pet '/er ba-k ta %eri tetu-k tuaut 
 dper-tu yer iela-k 3. hemt-k em sa-k sa-k Heru em heq taiu A dn Nebt-het 3 
 tet-s d ddi nefer mad er per-k { Un-nefer madiyeru mad er Tetet d 4. ka 4 
 sati mad er Anep 
 
 6* 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 SS 
 
 o (s; 
 
 A 
 
 --T 
 
 ?11® %fl^ 
 
 Q (2 - 
 
 \ 
 
 I I I 
 
 P' - a:ii' 
 
 o 
 
 . I 
 
 > A 
 
 (3 
 
 I 
 
 I I 
 
 ^f ^1 
 
 O 
 
 HJ^ i^K 5> 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 ■-^qr 
 
 :i 
 
 fjlA 
 
 
 J.§c^ 
 
 
 u 
 
 A 
 
 HI J'l 
 
 A 
 
 (3© .cp- 
 
 >^ 
 
 AAAA/vA AAAA/\A 
 
 qO 
 
 © II 
 
 -23^. 
 
 A 
 
 rrrn 
 
 j;;- n;; -j^« ^ 
 
 (2 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 ?neriu ymd mad er %ar mad er Tetfet duset mertu ba-k ham nu dtfu-k 
 
 5 sen erek 5. sa-k at' Heru mes en senti er 'feft hrd-k du-d em hefet em sa-k 
 
 6 hru neb dn her -a erek fetia d An mad er Saji Sau pu ren-k 5. mad 
 er Aper (?) maa-k mui-k Nut yi nefcr dn db-k er-es mad en ment-s bdhu 
 
 7 dm-f send nefer dn db-k eres d sa mad 7. er Sau Ausdr Tarut t'etiu-nes 
 Ni Sep sen mes en Perses madtyeru mad er Aper (?) nut-k duseJ-k Het-tcb 
 duk hetep-tu er kes mut- 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 85 
 
 ei 
 
 el 
 
 m^ p 
 
 I AAAAA^ 
 
 n^rt 
 
 ^Ml. 
 
 \j\ 
 
 I 
 
 © II 
 
 !fl 
 
 A 
 
 . 1 A 00 
 
 mii ■ 
 
 "1 1 1 [ I ■ 
 
 ffi 
 
 D 
 
 Q e : 
 
 1 
 
 Q I I r^/\^ 
 
 ^ 
 "V 
 
 k mii 
 
 in nil I w HeJi 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' AAAAAA 
 AA/\AAA 
 
 Ml 
 
 A 
 
 III III 
 
 =0^ 
 
 ir-zi 
 
 I 
 
 Jo 
 
 n AAAA/V\ n 
 
 © 
 
 I (2 
 
 I 
 
 k 8. /y/fl /z^-j hdu-k seherdu-s sebdu-k un-nes em sa en hdu-k t'eita A dOi 
 7iefer mddi er per-k nebt Sau mddi er Sau g. A an Ausei t'et-s niddi er 9 
 per-k Sep sen ddi nefer mdd er per-k mddi maa-k sa-k Heru em ddi en neteru 
 ret Bet-nef nut sept em dd en iefit-f 10. pet ta fer sentetu-f Pettet yeri 10 
 nerdu-f iennit-k em neteru ret nef em dtur her dri dru-k senti-k er kes-k 
 her qebh en ka-k 11. sa-k Heru her dru-nek per per-y^eru ta heqt dh apt 11 
 Tehuti her 
 
THE LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS. 
 
 cK^-^ 
 
 ii 
 
 JT 
 
 o 
 
 U 
 
 eai'i 
 
 i; 
 
 I f^f\r\fj\f^ 
 
 U I 
 
 
 P%-. 
 
 t<l 
 
 <^'n 
 
 Ml 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 _n_ i3 .§ (2 
 
 w 
 
 I I I 
 
 li v! P 
 
 ffi 
 
 I ^ 
 
 •VI 
 
 , AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 n 
 
 Q 
 
 
 Do' 
 
 .1 e 
 
 I I 
 
 |\ AAA 
 
 Q (2 
 
 -^*— II t' 
 
 @ 
 
 (3 
 
 Sci 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 I I I 
 
 15 
 
 
 i]:a o 
 
 M-5^1 III 
 
 iiiimn 
 
 AA/NAAA 
 OOO 
 
 seM heb-k her nds-nek em yu-f mesu Heru em sa en hau-k s-fu ba-k hru neb 
 12 12. sa-k Heru em nefti ren-k htat-k her uahi fet en ka-k neteru dam-sen 
 i3 ler nemmeset her qebh en ka-k mad en hnit-k dOi neb-n dn i3. heru er sen 
 
 dr emyet seiet enen t'eseri Auset er da ur dn maa dn setem dn niaai nebt dpi 
 
 14 yer-heb her hnd setem 14. dn yertu set sent nefer em hdu-sen ertdt s-nefem- 
 
 15 sen her ta 15. em ad tepi en useyut yadtu her ermen er ren en Auset Nebt- 
 het ertdt ne?nmes ent dehin 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 87 
 
 
 /W\AAA 
 
 ] n AAAA^^ n 
 
 © 
 
 1(3 
 
 ! P 
 
 I I 
 
 .4. 
 
 T 
 
 ffl 
 
 o 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 Mil 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 
 ra 
 
 n 
 
 .-ru. 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 "^/^ 
 
 
 (2 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ ? 
 
 
 
 AAAA/> 
 
 (3 (il! 
 
 
 Cb 
 
 ^ vay 
 
 J\ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 
 S>». i 
 
 
 
 Ci 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 OTf^ em mu em adui-sen unemi pau dri em Aneh-hefet em ddui-sen 
 hrd-sen em yert dri hefet y[emt eni hru mdteti hefet yemennu ent 
 urtu-k en seht idi ten em hefet ent heh 
 
 lu-f pu 
 
 db ertat 
 hru an 
 
 THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 I 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 |\ AAAAAA 
 
 ill: ] \^ mi 
 
 
 A 
 
 'le 
 
 I ®D 4 
 
 ^=K 
 
 o III 
 
 o III 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 c-zil 
 
 I < 
 
 fli 
 
 o 
 
 (Ti I ^i 
 
 f: 
 
 I. — I. Entdu en an Seker er her htai Tet metu 2. d setennu per em 
 Xat 3. d sa semsu nu paut tepi 4. a neht hrdu dH y^eperu 5. d rer en 
 nub em er peru. 6. d neht aha tat renpit 7. d neht dn% 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 "AAAftA 8X0 
 
 I ^^K 
 
 I o 
 
 Jill 
 
 ^°| ? ^JT3 Tu T m PI 
 
 Q i; 
 
 .1 c. Ill 
 
 i3 
 
 iQliJll 
 
 14 
 
 O ^ 
 
 
 ■iM: 
 
 
 © 
 
 r 
 
 UHi 
 
 i6 
 
 (§. 
 
 .k 
 
 A 
 
 X 
 
 r\ y^ -e\ ^^ T T n AAftAAA 
 
 s 
 
 o I 
 
 Q I 
 
 fli ^\ ^Ki - T mil 1 
 
 ,;,^-„^ /wwv> ^^=^ j|Nai [I <::=> J 
 
 Oili I 
 
 I I I 
 
 er neheh 8. a nebt heh dU hefen g. a pest her uhen hetep lo. d senefemi 
 nef dhetit ii. a pa nebi sentei ddi setet 12. a nebt hrdu dH drat \Z. a ydd. 
 em hef nebt urerer 14. d pa sefi hps nu Heru hekennu 15. a ba en Rd 
 em uda heh 16. a semi kahu mdd er ietatet-k 17. a pa nebt senteti yeper fesef 
 18. d urtu db mddi er nut-k ig. d dri hai mddi er nut-k 20. d pa meriti 
 en na neteru neterit 21. a semeh-f mddi er het-k 22. d dm tuaul mddi er 
 dblu-li 
 
23 
 
 24 
 
 THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 h Ml => □, 
 
 89 
 
 (2 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA AAA/WV . 
 
 s^MiW 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 25 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q ei 1 1 
 
 D © 
 
 
 26 
 
 % 
 
 1= 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 /I\ Q Q 29 
 
 4"? 
 
 3o 
 
 I ® ® 
 
 1 r*^"^ 
 
 ^ TA\ 
 
 I 3i 
 
 -^B- 
 
 o 
 
 © Q 
 
 II. 
 
 1 di^-n T, 
 
 n /v>j\JV<A 
 
 ?l 
 
 
 J 3 
 
 ^i 
 
 :i 
 
 i^t^ici-ii^miii 
 
 s ^ 
 
 23. (i maket su mddi er het-k 24. a rut henkenememti er sehp dtm 25. a 
 kektu ieps nu hd-dat 36. a ndi ennuhu hps nv, sektei 27. d pa neht hennu 
 renp-tu em §etaU 28. a na baiu dker enti em Neter-yertet 29. a pa sap 
 ieps nu qemdi mehit 3o. a pa amen dji rey su reyi 3 1 . d nemmes pa enti 
 em tuaut er maa pa dten II. — i. a pa nebt atef ur em het Suten-henen 
 2. d ddi hfi er kes Ndrt 3. d tin em Uast ayay er neheh 4. a Amen Rd 
 suten neteru serut 
 
go 
 
 THE LITANIES OF SEKER 
 
 I ? 
 
 -J7I fuW^ T^' 
 
 © 
 
 I Q D 
 
 ■ — (O— O Q 6 
 
 ki^n 
 
 -:i 
 
 I n gA -^ -w^^ Ax III! I 
 
 1 
 
 /I\ Q Q 9 
 
 .(xn^ 
 
 fl: 
 
 f 
 
 AAAAAA -<S?^ 
 
 ® \AAA/\A 
 
 J^ 
 
 a 
 w 
 
 it^^f 
 
 
 o ff\ I 
 
 r*^"^ I 
 
 ii 
 
 1 
 
 ffi o o 12 
 
 ra 
 
 '=> D 
 i3 
 
 lo ©XX^yXK 14 D 
 
 
 ei 
 
 
 o I I 
 
 el 
 
 © 
 
 M2^ 
 
 I l6 
 I I 
 
 AAAftAA O 
 
 ■"1 
 
 V 
 
 hi 
 
 ^9 
 
 /^.^AA/^A 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^=^ 
 
 ^ 17 
 
 hdu-f em uben hetep 5. a mennu hetepu em Re-statet 6. a /a/ aara/ 
 
 ^^r /«/) ««^-j 7. a ^»z^« /fl her duset-f 8. a «» re en pa ftu neteru ddiu 
 enti em Neter-y^ertet 9. a ba dnyi en Ausdr yddi-f en ddh 10. d amen fet-f 
 em ietait dat em Annu 11. a neter amen Ausdr em Neter-yertet 12. d hetep 
 ha-f en pet du yefl-f y^er i3. t'et-nek Auset neterit yeru hat em dtur 14. peya 
 dht db em hat 15. uda en Rd neht dpt (?) yeper em dehhut (?) 16. suht 
 yeper em hen heseq tepu 17. nu yak-en-dhu em 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 I I 
 
 V 
 
 91 
 
 w (2. 
 A Q 
 
 nn w 19 n _s^^ 
 
 ;i 
 
 A © 
 
 Q n 
 
 - l\\^ - U-M T U T 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 e 
 
 Q D 
 
 ^ D 
 
 D 
 
 23 
 
 1 
 
 ^AAAAA JJ ® 
 
 A © 
 
 D 
 w 
 
 24 fSS?) 
 
 .D 
 w 
 
 
 n=^-aTa 
 
 L_d:r^2^ffl 
 
 Sa (3 
 25 
 
 « G 
 
 imA 
 
 Q ne 
 
 1^ I A^AAAA 
 
 (3 
 
 o 
 
 26 
 
 J 
 
 o lim 
 
 
 A 
 
 .§ e 
 
 27 
 
 I I 
 
 I 
 
 ren-s pui nebt Tep-dhet i8. ««3/ apt i-tu em hat tepu em ren-s pui 19. en 
 Het-hert nebt mdfek nebt Uast zo. i-tu em hetep em ren-s pui en Het-hert 
 nebt Uast 21. i-tu em hetep Tait em ren-s pfi en 22. Nebt hetep t-tu em hat 
 er sey^er %eft-s 2,3. em ren-s pfi en Het-hert nebt Het-suten-henen 24. nub 
 
 i-tu em hetep em ren-s pfi en Het-hert 25. nebt Anebet hetep-tu er 
 
 lies Neb-er-fer em ren-t pui en Het-hert nebt Set tehr uben nub er kes dtf-s 
 z6. em ren-s pui Bast mdhm em heru 27. peru er kes peru ur em ren-s pui 
 
92 
 
 THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 WlifS 
 
 28 
 
 •SI 
 
 10 
 
 •El 
 
 1'=^ 
 
 1 - °M^ ^K^ T ? 
 
 
 ] 
 
 ^r^yf^ \ A/V\AAA 
 
 VA T ?k- MU 
 
 w 
 
 3i ..^ — D o 
 
 I ^ W 111 
 
 3 
 
 
 c^' O 
 
 III. 
 
 .Q I Ui 
 
 I .m © I I d 
 
 • lit 
 
 'I I 
 
 1 \1-M 
 
 9 
 
 '1 n-.4 
 
 I I J^s^M Q 
 
 o 05 
 
 en Salet 28. uat'taui semi neieru em ren-s piii Uat'U 29. seyjmi Het-hert evi 
 Sebdu eii dtf-s em ren-s pfi en Sey^et 3o. scyem Uat'it cm neferi em ren-s pfi 
 en neht Ammu 3i. anii em tep sam-s em ren-s pfi en Net III. — i. dnet' lira 
 neteru her vidkei-f 2. Hei-hert neht Uast 6. Het-hert neht Suten-henen 4. Het- 
 hert rtebt Tep-dhet 5. Het-hert nebt Nehet 6. Het-hert nebt Rehesau 7. Het-hert 
 nebt $et-tekrt 8. Het-hert nebt mdfek 9. Het-hert nebt Aneb 10. Het-hert 
 nebt Uaua t.t.. Het-hert nebt Ammu 12. Het-hert nebt Amem li. Het-hert 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 ■.a O 
 
 ll iS T ^ 
 
 1 1 1 
 1 1 1 
 II I 
 
 93 
 
 III I W I I I <^r; 
 
 
 1^1 M T il^I 1 
 
 © 
 
 II 16 
 
 
 &.i? 
 
 Aww y « o 
 
 19 
 
 o 
 
 ^37 
 
 © II 
 
 17 
 
 > '- ilh'\l. ^, T 
 
 1 
 
 t: 
 
 i] 
 
 = (E 
 
 © 
 
 1 
 
 l: 
 
 13^1 23 
 
 I U II I 
 
 1. ra^lli 
 
 Q (3 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 1k¥5 
 
 26 
 
 1 k¥l Ol 
 
 I "^ 
 
 I "^ 
 
 2 I 
 
 a Q 
 
 27 
 
 Ky 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 ■O ^ a 28 
 
 I1!'l 
 
 iJT^- T 1 
 
 I 
 
 henut Met-sds i^^ i^. pa paut Smeri mdi-ten adui-ten yjr dtef-ten Ausdr 15. z 
 «f/^r ja-Zfl Sep flu 16. a je/^^ ^^(5 j^/ j'ot «(9/ 17. a" net'emilu y^enemem mer-k 
 18. a dny-tu sep sen er nekeh 19. (z ^(?(5-X' en fetla 20. a w«a ta dhaa uat 
 21. fl tettet-d em Tettet hert 22. d neter setem-k sa-ta hai seiem-k sa-ta em 
 re en neter sept 23. a hes em maatu-f sa neter hen 24. a setep sa yeft fet-k 
 25. d nidku-d [P-da her dri mer-k 26. d mdku-d [P-aa her dri hesu-k 27. d 
 
 hems 7nddi er-ek urtu dh pu 28. d sa neter hen seht-nef heb 29. d tettet ren 
 
94 THE LITANIES OF SEKER. 
 
 
 i ^„J' ',1'.-"- LAjriTfJ-c-/ /, . /J 
 
 
 AAAAAA 111 < r 
 
 lA Q iiii O o 
 
 c=sxi ''^'^^^ §] I 6 A n 
 
 «wz Tettet hert 3o. a nefemi sti em Tettet hert 3i. a waa/ /«r sebdu 33. a 
 raaaV /««« ncfen IV. — i. a /a/ sentet-f em ^akdbu z. a dr bakdu Ses 
 neb-f an neter hen Bast dm-f 3. d '/akdbu mest neter he( hii mendndu er 
 X^X'f 4- d I en nebt Tettet hert hu-nef lakdbu 5. fet metu sep met-sds 
 seiep te'fen 
 
 6. lu-f pu 
 
 Colophon. 
 
 
 \lh k7 IS i ^1 iimik mil 
 
 yl« ren-sen men uahi dn sek-k er neheh embah Ausdr Heru Auset Nebt- 
 het neteru 
 
THE LITANIES OF SEKER 
 
 95 
 
 1:IM 
 
 p] J /XAAAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 D fvi'^^Ti) 3 
 
 ITiTllllili 
 
 '^l P 
 
 I Q w 
 
 1. 
 
 
 — xl I 
 
 i\ 
 
 Q. 
 
 
 /I ^ X^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 6 q, 
 
 (2 Q 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 ^ sir 
 
 A A/SAA/^ 
 I I I 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 /WA/WA 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 -J 
 
 -^^S^ 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 
 : I 
 
 I I 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 (S. 
 
 AA/VW\ 
 I I I 
 
 ^Mzz]^°\ l^ 
 
 1^ 
 
 n AAAAAA r— 
 
 1 I I I I 7 
 
 ra w 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 p, 
 
 fl\ 
 
 " 9 rav\ 
 
 I I A 
 
 XS ^-^1 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 ^ o 
 I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 |VV] 
 
 ,-Sa 
 
 ^A/i 
 
 A 
 
 . (?) 
 
 Q I I I I 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAA^ Vi 
 
 (S 
 
 neterit dpu enti her §dt pen emhah neteru neterit er du-sen enii em Neier- 
 y_ertet sehe-ftut ietat da dmu tuaut du arisen h ren dpu dm tuaut dqert 
 nds-iu er sen em uda en Rd du ertd-en-sen per-yeru her dh en neter da em 
 yert ent hru neb du ertd-en-sen qebh sentrd md suteniu-net (or hdti) dqert dmu 
 Neter-yertet du ertd-sen per hi em yjr hesiu ent Ausdr yent Amentiu du ertd- 
 sen hi sati dten her ya-sen hru neb dr sa nebt en set set nebt Nehes KeS "/-aru 
 menmen Sat pen ruda-f sehn (?) dn dbtu 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 Tl 
 
 A/V\AAA 
 
 AAA^A^ AAAAAA 
 
 w <ff (S 
 
 A 
 
 
 f3 ^ ■J f\j\j\/^/\r\ 
 
 AA/WAA 
 
 I t I 
 
 C^ .^-n_^ 
 
 III 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 e 
 
 I i-i. AftAA/ 
 
 r^^"^ 
 
 ,! '5 ^^ 
 
 r*^^^ 
 
 A 
 
 AA/VW AAAA/\f\ 
 
 (3 ^^ 
 
 ■/_a-sen an fat-sen em qebh an seseni-tu nifu an dkd-un sa set er sati-un an 
 seyati-tu ren-sen tep ta ate niesu an maa-u sati dten dr se nebt maa &dt pen 
 dri-nef men ka-d ren-d fer hesiu dri-nef mdtet em-/et mendndu-f em tehu 
 dru dri-nef-nd 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 i[;;t]|[p-= T' 
 
 
 I ^is met'eh ya- hen en \Tda\ daut-[d] em mer per dr dri-nd 
 
 Per-da sehef yent 2. [dsd daut-d em] ser en feht 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 97 
 
 ™ csa -=A^ f -- k T- T 
 
 m n im ™ !a - p= m° [w 
 
 p 
 
 "^ IV, [■=■! 
 
 "fe^ 
 
 D 
 
 ■ — AAAAAA 
 
 °==\ 
 
 
 P--I 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 r^t^c^^ 
 
 I 
 
 AAAAAA U *^^— ^ T 
 
 f^X>^^^ 
 
 'fir hen I'ti Pepi erfdu-[d] hen-f em daut etti smer sehef neier hen en niU-f 
 . . ds9 daut-[d em] .... 3. ertdu-[d] hen-f em sab dr Neym . . . db-f meh 3 
 dm-[d erj bak-f neb setem-[d] yet ud-k[ud] hnd, ta sab fa em sehta neb 
 
 4 em rcn en siiten en suten apt en het sds en meh db en hen-f 4 
 
 dm [d] er ser-f neb er sdh-f neb er bak-f neb 5 neb ma hen en 5 
 
 neb-[d] dnt-nd dner hef qeres em Redu ertd hen-f fa neter net (or bat) hid 
 
 Best 6 yer d-f er dnt en qeres pen em Redu 1-nef md em sad da 6 
 
 7 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 
 :p 
 
 
 .r^ ^^ s 
 
 i 
 
 fin 
 
 >& 
 
 
 °=^ 
 
 ■O" 
 
 ^k p 
 
 A^ 
 
 Pf 
 
 
 fi, 
 
 D£H1' 
 
 <s>- 
 
 "TfSoo^ 
 
 -CS>- "^ * 
 
 fl^s 1, 
 
 ^a 
 
 } 
 
 c< 
 
 $=P: 
 
 1^" 
 
 ■A! 
 
 ra' 
 
 -f-oi- 
 
 7 en "fcnnu hnd da-f 7. dret reuit kemhu sen sed ud an sep pat drit mdtet en hak 
 
 8 neb dy^er dqer-[d] her db en hen-f 8. dyer uab-[dj her db en hen-f dyer nuh ab 
 en hen-f dm- [d] dsdu-[d] em sab dr Neyen ertdu-[d] hen-f em smerudtPer-da 
 
 g mer yeni q. en en Per-da mer yent unu dm dri-k[ud] er heset hen-f 
 
 10 em drit setep sa em drit iiat suten em ertd dhd seru dri-k[ud] mdqet 10. er 
 hesetu-[d] hen-f her-s er yet neb §eni yet em suten dpt er suten h'emt urt Amis 
 
 1 1 em se§eta ertd hen-f hai-[d] er setem ud-k[ud] an unt .... \\. ta sab td neb 
 
p- 
 
 fin s 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 
 99 
 
 ^ 
 
 m=^ 
 
 ■o 
 
 ^ 
 
 © 
 
 _n— 
 
 .^-oi- 
 
 P= T' 
 
 \Z-D 
 
 [VAy]' 
 
 a © 
 
 la <^^ 
 
 ■& 
 
 PTfe; 
 
 V 
 
 >^ P 
 
 prs 
 
 'P4 
 
 niiiiiM I 
 
 ^ 
 
 OOO I 
 
 AAA/V\A 
 AAAAAA 
 
 - tli ~ 111 *^^ k ^ EH 
 •=^t k =7 HT P™ 
 
 P^« k M P^OOO- k ^S^ fP^: 
 
 ^ cow J 
 
 j«r w^'^ aM dper-fd] ud-k[ud] en dqer-[d] en uah-[d] her dh en hen-f en meh 
 hen-f db-f dm-[d] nuk dri em an ud-k[ud] 12. find sab dr Nefen ud dsd 12 
 daut-d em Per-da mer y^ent an sep pa mdtu-[d] setem sehta en suien dpi fer 
 bah dper [d] ertdt hen-f i3. setem-[d] en dqer-[d] her db en hen-f er ser-f i3 
 neb er sdh-f neb er bak-f neb fesef en hen-f yet en Am-hru-id 14. dri en 14 
 
 hen-f maid en t'ebd diu em res mdqet-f yent em Abu meht em em fa 
 
 meh em kesui mdqet-sen 15. em sfer em yen sferu em Ardet nehes 15 
 
 r 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 \\ |•^/^ 
 
 ^AAAAl^ 
 
 i6 H 
 
 QyvQ 
 
 
 (\y\y] 
 
 @. 
 
 F:^^' 
 
 ^ I Ld c-zi 11 <=> I ^ ^ &i I 
 
 1^ i. ==^ ^i T ^ ^f 
 
 n I 
 
 ^ri Ci Ci 
 C d C 
 
 
 D Q ig D 
 
 P. 
 
 ,2 (=^i) 
 
 i 
 
 cr^ 
 
 c:^^ .^-o2- 
 
 c 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 i6 CTz Turn nehes em Amam nehcs i6. em Uaual nches em Kaaii nehes em 
 
 I? Taddm nehes habu-[d] hen-f yj:r hat maid pen 17. dsQ hdu dsQ net (or hat) 
 
 dsd het-dat smer tidt dsd hrdu her tcp hequ het nu res ta null smeru nub 
 
 18 18. mer netcr henu nu res ta meh meru kes yjr hat deset ent res ta meh Jul 
 
 19 nut heqt-sen nehes nu set peten 19. niik mi dri en sen seycr dsd daut-[d] 
 em Pcr-da mer fent en met en duset er nefer en jet ud dm em senu-f neb (?) 
 
 20 20. cr nefer en nehem ud dm 
 
:^ 
 
 =d 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 f] 
 
 ^^ *-^. 
 
 ^5^ ^^, 
 
 Ic 
 
 >^ p' 
 
 °^ 
 
 PJ 
 
 [Z-D 
 
 o am 
 
 © Ci 22 ^^ ® 
 
 1% 
 
 D ci 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 c^ D 
 
 ooo 
 
 r^^^^ 
 
 a 
 
 o D 
 
 @ 
 
 ooo 
 
 -O fv/X/I 
 
 24 
 
 
 ;ja/' ^^3/ »za ^(?r uat er nefer en Bed ua dm tadu em nut neb 2i. er nefer 21 
 en Bed ud dm udt neb md red neb mad-k[ud] sen em da meht sba en I-hetep 
 
 iidrt ent Heru neb madt dsBu em nut ten 22 71?/ neb en denu 22 
 
 Best peten dn sep ten bali neb 23. i en maid pen em hetep ban-f ta 23 
 
 Heru-id i en maid pen em hetep petes-nef ta Heru-Ki 24. i en maid pen em 24 
 
 hetep seien-nef unt-f i en maid pen em hetep id-nef 25. tab-f dareret-f i en 25 
 maid pen em 
 
Q D 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 f qk- ^ * k KJH MT ! 
 
 D n 28 
 
 Q D ^^ 
 
 [\ 
 
 J 
 
 a © 
 
 # 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 J^'ip' 
 
 D <=. 
 
 -C2>- V, Xi 
 
 # 
 
 29 
 
 
 f1\ 
 
 
 3o 
 
 S:;3,^k=^'s^feS 
 
 D Q 
 
 'k^ 
 
 -^^ k^' 
 
 3i 
 
 - 1^/^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 °^ 
 
 
 P^ 
 
 -e- 
 
 26 ^£/«/ set-nef yet em f neh i en niaia pen 26. em hetep sma-nef 
 
 27 9est dm-f em t'ehd ai i en maid pen em hetep 27. dm-f ait urt 
 
 em seqer dny_ hesu-d hen-f hers er yd neb habu-[d] hen-f ermad maid pen 
 
 28 28. em Sep tua er ter ta Heru-id er 9enu beiO-sen em Best peten dri-ku[d] 
 
 29 er hesetu-d hen-f her-s er yet neb 29. fetet uni betek en yet em seta pen em 
 io .... rt ... . fa-ku[d] 3o. em nemdu-[d] hnd Best peten dri-n[d] ter la 
 3 1 eyn pehu aim en Best 3i. her meht ta Heru-id dsB statet en 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 io3 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^k P™ ± k #^ WM ^ -J 
 = l\\ 1-1 M CIS] -^ f 
 
 r^-/^^ 
 
 °^ 
 
 € 
 
 U 
 
 @ 
 
 34 
 
 ■& 
 
 ffi 
 
 °^ 
 
 =j^ 
 
 •fm 
 
 @ 
 
 °m8- 
 
 3s 
 
 d o 
 
 I '*^ .1 >VWVW\ 
 
 ("^tD 
 
 D © Q 
 
 -<s=^ ^ Xi 
 
 ^ 
 
 ni 
 
 waia /^« «M /5«r/ i-n[d] nefer-n[d]-sen mdqet-sen sma-n[d] 32. 3i!/e;4 neb 32 
 dm-sen un-[d] em het dat adu yer debt ertdu-[d] her .... suten net (or bdt^ 
 
 (: 
 
 Mer-en-Ra 
 
 neb dny_ 'il. emhd mer res yent em Abu meht em .. ..t en 33 
 
 dqer-[d] her db en hen-f en uab-[d] her db en hen-f en meh db en hen-f [dm-d] 
 34. un-[d] em adet yer debut hesu-[d] hen-f her res {?)-u-[dJ her setep sa dri- 34 
 n[d] em duset dhd er ser-f neb er sdh-[f neb] 3$. er bah-f neb dn sep drit 35 
 daut ten en bak neb fer bah dri-k[ud] nef mer res er hert er nefer en tet-d 
 
104 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 
 II -o^- 
 
 D © 
 
 D © 
 
 ra^J5?- !-T= kP\^ - J^T 
 
 ^^"^ J J Q A t^T) '^^ "^ '^^ "^'^ (© ^^ 1 s I A 
 
 %AAAAA 
 
 aw-/ «w senu-[f] neb 36. er /ca/ ««(5 dp-[d] fet neb apt en yennu em res 
 
 37 pen em sep sen unnut neb apt en yennu em res pen em sep sen dri sert 37. drit 
 qet em res pen dn sep pat drit mdtet e?7i res pen t'er bah dri-k[ud] mdqet er 
 
 38 hestu[d] hen-f her-s habu[d] hen-f 38. er Abhat er dnt neb dny_ hen en dnyit 
 3g hnd aa-f hnd benbenet net (?) Upset en [Mer-en-Rd yd nefer henut 39. ha- 
 40 I'ufd] hcn-f er Abu er dnt mad drretu hnd seff-s mad ruit 40. er 
 
 dnt mad sebau sedu nu seiepet hert ent {Mer-en-Rd\ yd nefer henut yet- 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 105 
 
 41 
 
 D © 
 
 (M1^1L%.\ 
 
 
 -<2>- 
 
 ^S 
 
 Jm- 
 
 @ ra' 
 
 III AAAAA'* 
 
 42 
 
 f^^^^ 
 
 >!s^ 
 
 ® ^ III 
 
 ^^^ III 
 
 ?J^^ 
 
 f^-^^^ 
 
 43 
 
 Q 
 
 d AAAAAft 
 
 O AA/^^Aft 
 
 n ^^ 
 
 FS^ 
 
 
 Ci£i£l 
 
 A 
 
 ?^ 
 
 
 n-T-Tl •C!__J> AAAAAA 
 
 ra 
 
 1 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 ■Afl 
 
 44 
 
 A 
 
 n n 
 
 AAAAAA O III 
 
 AA^AAA I I I I 
 
 ^^ 
 
 f^ 
 
 ^1 — Si 
 
 n 
 nn 
 
 U^T— -5s 
 
 
 ^-.—^ 
 
 G 
 
 nnn 
 nnn 
 
 n 
 I'i'i'i 
 
 I I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AA^AAA 
 AA/VSAA 
 
 -JU, 
 
 45 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 
 @ 
 
 »/«/ i^i . 7na er (Mer-en- Rd '^a nefer emuseyt sds saO ymiet yemennut ymiet 41 
 
 «« ua an sep pat drit Abhat 42. yfi^M en ... . ud her hau suteniu neb 42 
 
 z/re ;(«/' ««3 ufut-n[d] hen-f un yeper-n[d] mdqet md ut'ut-n[d] neh hen-f 
 dm hab-u[d] hen-f 43. er Het-nub er dnt hetep da en ieset Het-nub seha- 43 
 k[ud] nef hetep pen en hru met seyef uha[d] em Het-nub ertdi-[d] nd-f em 
 y^et em useyt ten 44. id-k[ud] nef useyt em ienef ent meh 60 em du meh mdb 44 
 em useyt sept- [d] en hru met seyef em abet yemt Se dsd dn unt 45. muher desu 45 
 
io6 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF UNA. 
 
 
 III' 
 
 ■^ 
 
 I 
 
 f\JV\/\AA 1/ AAA/VAA 
 
 A 
 
 II 46 
 
 ^PV,^, f*] 
 
 '^ 
 
 ps^/\y-> AAAA'Vv 
 
 ■<2>- 
 
 r\/^^ 
 
 
 '^^ I 
 
 °^: 
 
 P ^ 
 
 AA/VAAA 
 
 O <T-|? 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 II D 
 
 I I I AAA/W\ 
 
 AWvAA n .0 
 
 IT P 
 
 /WAAAA WVAAft 
 
 D 
 
 
 1T1 
 
 49 
 
 U 
 
 mend-[d] er [Mer-en-Rd yd nefer em hetep y/per-n[d] md mdqet yeft hu ufu- 
 
 46 n[d] hen neb-[d] hab-[ud] hen-fer iatyenta (?) jiia 46 . em reset er drit useyj yemt 
 
 47 sad ftu em ienet'en Uauat dsti hequ set nu Ardet Uauat Aam Metd 47. her sad 
 fet eres du dri-n[d] mdqet en renpet udt meh-[d] adep-[d] em mad da urt er 
 
 48 {Mer-en-Rd\ yd nefer du tier dri-[d] senefes 48. en dhd em yenta tua pen 
 mdqet-sen en kpses-[d] en dettaa-[d] en uai-[a] liaiu suten net (or bdt^ [Mer- 
 
 49 en-Rd\ any t'etta er neteru neb en unn-[d] yeper yet neb 49. ye/t hu ut'u Ica-f nuli 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP, 
 
 107 
 
 AAAA^A <^ 
 
 Cili AA/VAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 50 ^/ 
 
 
 ==^ 
 
 unenet merit en tef-f hesi en mut-f ser 50. am en senu-f hd mer res maa 
 dmayu yer Ausdr Una 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 I. 
 
 
 1— n 
 
 Q^ 
 
 o D 
 
 AAAArtA j 
 
 000 
 
 ®, 
 
 D ® 
 
 
 6 ne^^ 
 
 1 HT"^ PT*^ 
 
 Zl f] Q 8 
 
 AAAA/\ rtill LI I 
 
 'Oi PT^ 
 
 AAAAAA [ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I. — I. «;^fl M jw/ot rey_ merru neter-f mer z. set dbtet Nehrd sa 
 f.nemu-hetep viadyeru 3. dri en sat hd nebt per Baqet madtyjru 4. dri-ncf 
 em men-f sep-f tep em 5. semeny^ nut-f serut-f ren-f nu neheh 6. semeny-f 
 su en fetta em ds-f 7. en neter-yert serut-f ren en qenbet- 8. / semeny 
 yeft daut-sen 
 
io8 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 9 e^ 
 
 *Mi ^i 
 
 III I ^1 
 
 AA/\AAA ^^ f^/\f\/\f^ 
 
 I 
 
 0(?),£, 1 
 
 I ci 
 
 I Q D o 
 ■ i3 
 
 i 
 
 P 
 
 I 
 
 wvAAA o 14 f) r 
 
 \ § I IL' 
 
 I AAAAA/S 
 
 __. _ J il^ J m I L^ 
 
 1] [?]E Si -TE rS IT] 
 
 .4. nc. Q i8 n ?\ ^ %4;y ® ^ ^ 5C^ 
 
 AAAAAA ^ , pAA^^/V^ 
 
 
 ; i 
 
 ® — ^ — I 
 
 [¥ ft^i Ji^T ra=fi 
 
 II I 
 
 D Q D 23 
 
 \ 
 
 ■\ ? ^KTV 
 
 .^S^ 
 
 d AAAAAA 
 
 Q 25 
 
 ® D 26 
 I ^ I 
 
 A 
 
 g. menyti dmmu-fenu- 10. /" Qen-nef yent mert-f 11. aa«/ nebt ferpt- 
 12. «if/" hemui nebt md yeper- i3. j- re-f t'ef-f du ertd-nud 14. hen en Heru 
 heken em inadt neb hta neb drd (or smauti) heken em 15. madt Heru nub madyerti 
 sulen nefiprbdi) [Nub-kau-Rd saRd 16. [Amen-em-hdl\tddny^tetusmdRd 
 
 t'etta cr -l-j. erpd hd mer set dbtei 18. ut'eb Hem Payet er dudt ig. dtf mut-d em 
 Mendt- 20. ["/Mfji semen-nef 21. nd ut' resu semeny- 22. nef ?7iehii md pet 
 2l. peks-nef dter daher datet- %\.fmd driten dtf i'^. mut-d em tept 26. re pert em 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 log 
 
 /VWSAA W I A/VA'v/VN 
 
 27 
 
 
 
 li 
 
 28 
 
 rs^ 
 
 m dis o ^] n. Y (e^2: 
 
 Af !H r S 
 
 3o (sic) 
 
 A' 
 
 f^-^^l 3i .4. Rq q 
 
 
 ps z: ft^ a j^ pp, T 1 r^ E^ 
 
 © 32 n t^^-^^^ /WVAAA 
 
 
 34 .^ ^ 
 
 CSCDc 
 
 I 
 
 tJ 
 
 3? [M] 
 
 
 /v^AAA^ 
 
 f^^^ .4. n 36 Q Q 
 
 39 ' 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 O Q /3 Q I 
 
 D II 
 
 = ® 4' '^ "Pv "^^^^^^ 
 
 2= Q I I D_M X H 
 
 p 
 
 <:^ I 
 
 D Q 
 
 - '^ 
 
 PA- 
 
 p= r- «| 
 
 I AAA'WA I I — " I 
 
 P 
 
 AAAAAA I I I I 
 
 44 
 
 ; I 
 
 45 
 
 re «« ^«« m 37. Z?i?ra z^^OTz mesuineb hta neb ara {oxsmautt) ichem mesut 28. w« 
 ZTen/! «z/^ jz^to net (or (5aV) [Sehetep-db-Rd 
 
 sa Ra II, 
 
 nen-em-hat 
 
 ta 
 
 dnx tet us md Jid fetta 3o. /^(sic) /a/-^ j'Zi: er erpd hd mcr set 3 1 . dbtet em Mendt- 
 (Xufu 32. semen-nef ut'u rcsu senieny^ d>Z. mehti md pet peks-nef dter dda 
 34. her dat-f kes-f db 35. en Tut-Heru nub er-inen em set 36. dbtet em ithen-f 
 ter-f 37. dsfet yfidu em Tern 38. t'esef semeny-f qemt- 3g. «f/' tist detet nut 
 40. OT2 sent-s td-frey nut 41. fci-j er nut semeny^ 42. ufu-sen 43. ;;za /?/ re/ 
 mu-sen er 44. ew/e/ ew a« sap er 45. e7z/<;/ otz dsut 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 46 
 
 \ 
 
 47 
 
 1"ii'i I AAAAAA 
 
 ^ 
 ® 
 
 ^^EMTi' 
 
 I o =Fffff II 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 flP: 
 
 53 
 
 I w I 
 
 III. 
 
 c=^ 
 
 52 
 
 D X 
 
 AAAftAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 > AAAAAA 
 
 55 
 
 o-/\/i 5 o o ci •dr> 
 
 f^-^^^ ft I 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA ^ [ 
 
 ,umu, , 57 
 
 ^C ii^ ^ 1 ^^ 
 
 
 Q 1 
 
 
 59 
 
 Q A I 
 
 AAAAAA y I AAAAAA 
 
 f l^= T M f il»= «^ 
 
 Mltdfu] [^^QET] AJfTIl 
 
 [- 
 
 o 
 
 p] 
 
 ® 
 
 63 
 
 i! 
 
 ,A 
 
 en ddt en 46. nerer-f madt dhd en ertd-nef su 47. er erpd hd am a her tep da en 
 Mahefdfi. smcn-neftU'u 49 . resu em tai-fer 50. Uiit mehti-f er Anpu peks- 51 . nef 
 dkr dda her dat- III. — ^z. f mu-f ah-f dser-f 53. ^d-f er-men em setdmentei 
 54. crtd-ncf sa-fur-f Neyt 55. mad'/eru neb dmayjrheqa 56. dudt-f em Mendt 
 {'/.itfu I 57. em heset ddat 58. ^«/ '/cr suten em ut'et 59. pert re en hen en Heru dn% 
 mesiit 60. neh ieta neb drd (or smaiUi) dny_ mesut dny_ mes Heru nicb suten net (or 
 hdt^ 61. [v.eper-ka-Rdj^saRdiUserlsciAtddny 62. tet us md Rd t'eita sdh-d tep 
 63. en mesut-d ut'a 
 
64 •'&\p 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 ■" 65 .^^ 
 
 n 
 
 I Ci I (3 o 
 
 T' 
 
 66 
 
 69 Q 
 
 
 o ^ 68 ^=> _g^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 •O 
 
 1 
 
 T /^ 
 
 70 
 
 ® 71 
 - I I 
 
 ^- 
 
 Ji- 
 
 
 IV. 
 
 75 
 
 .^i' 
 
 •V=°f- 
 
 76 
 
 fo^y,w (5^^ AfTll'^ o 
 
 [\ 
 
 A/V\AAA 
 
 ° E Si A -. 
 
 1 III III ^ I V i^ \ \ 
 
 ] 
 
 I I I 
 
 III Q 
 
 /WW\A 
 
 64. mut-d er erpdtet 65. ^a/^^ ctz ja/ /zt'j'a «» 66. Mahef er het (Sehetep-db-Rd 
 67. /a a«;( /<?/ «j Wia Rd t'etta er hemt 68. en erpd hd heqa nut 69. mat mat en 
 suten dmt 70. en net (or hat) er sdh-fen mer nut 71. Nehrd mad-^eru neb dma'/^ 
 an- li.ud suten net {or hdi){Nub-kau-Rd td dny_ tet us ']!,. Rd md fetta em 
 sa hd er dudt '^ ^. heqt dtf mict-d en IV. — T^.datenmerer-f madtTem 'jb.pu 
 fesef (Nub-kau-Rd td dny^ jj. tet us du db-fRd rnd t'etta td-nef-ud ']%.er hd 
 em renpet met paut em 79. Mendt- [ Xufu 1 dhd en semen%- 80. nd-s dhd-sy^eperu 
 81. em y^et nebt serui- 82. nd ren en dtf-d semeny- 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 1 □! T ^ 
 
 \:r, ip 
 
 A 
 
 a p 
 
 -> 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q ^ 
 
 86 
 
 
 CD 
 
 ^ 
 
 92 
 
 ^37 ^ c. 
 
 
 A F""'l. ^ 0,_ n AAAAAA O 
 
 I AAAAAA I U «^ I 
 
 91 
 
 'Ck 
 
 ■^iif^ I 
 
 sO 
 
 Q I 
 
 I 
 
 H I 
 
 rp<^3)! 
 
 go 
 
 ■^27 i o 
 
 93 
 
 1 i ^ 
 
 §■ 94 
 
 
 ^^57 , , , 
 
 •k W -k ^317 I 
 
 000 I 
 
 ® , '. J 
 
 n AAAAAA n 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 V. T ITl' 
 
 -li TT^ 
 
 Q — A» 
 
 99 
 
 ffi 
 
 . C-3 
 
 ■>Wfr> 
 
 AAAAAft 
 
 P? 
 
 //(i ^t/ 83. /'(fz^ ffr?/ ses-nd tiit-d 84. t'r ^^Z ^it'/^r semad-nd cii-soi 85. pat-sen 
 la hcq qebh drp sentrd 86. ai^/ sdp-n[d] hen ka senieny- 87. Ha J?^ cm het 
 88. wcr/ ut'-nd %g.pcr yeni cm hch nch 90. en nclcr-'ycri em tep renpet dp renpet 
 da 91. renpei icrdt drq renpet hch 92. nr em rekc/i da g3. em rckeh ierd em 
 tiia hern 94. renpet cm iet'et sd 95. e7n abet met sen smat niei sen heh 96.- neb 
 en tep ta ncfer tep tu dr kert V. — yi.hen ka red nebt 98. y_enenet-scn set 
 dn un-nef dn 99. un en sa-f her nest-f ur 100. heset em setep sa er smer 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 Ii3 
 
 JQ^ ftAAAAA 
 
 MB ¥ ' 
 
 A= If; 
 
 
 I 104 /II 
 
 I I ^ 
 
 Q I 
 
 106 
 
 
 J-^^^' 
 
 107 
 
 ra 
 
 108 
 
 3 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 112 ,2 n '^'>~^^ o T — " — n n 
 
 I W I I I I A I o ^iJ 
 
 AA/V\AA r\J I 1 
 
 122 A tk 'I \f^ 
 
 117 
 
 
 
 ^ ^r ^ 
 
 
 /^ ,^;-CT>- /VWWA 
 
 AAAAAA j^l 
 
 loi. z^aA' rei?^ den-nef-ud 102. /^«/« sahu-f ^'«a io3. /«r hat unu 
 
 104. ;(^r MAa dab en 105. qenbet ent dhdt 106. ^r/a/ ^^j/z' /«/?« 107. tehen-d 
 yeftu 108. ^^j/z,! yepert log. embah tept re ent suten no. fesef an yjper mdtet 
 en 111. baku pa en ii'i. neb-sen hest-set rey- iiZ. nef duset nes-d ii^. neyen 
 qema-d 115. du-d em dmayi 116. en yer suten hest-d 117. yerient-f 118. damet-d 
 em-bah 119. smeru-f erpd 120. ^a Nehrd sa Xnemu-hetep neb dmay VI. — 
 izi. -.ket hesut drit-nd 112,. tdtu sa-d ur Neyt dri 12Z. en %ati 
 
114 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 26 -s^^. A 
 
 I 
 
 \P 125 
 
 o I Q 
 
 128 
 
 t 
 
 ^1 ±!' -T^ [p-2?^ 
 ] A f 1 1 - i] ^ 
 
 ? O i3i rj) 
 
 (IP 
 
 •<s> 
 
 i32 r, tt^ 
 
 • I I J I I • 
 Tl t I 1 ' 
 
 ] 
 
 iCtt^ i33 
 ■""1 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ~'^x\. 
 
 r34 o 
 
 i35 
 
 D 
 
 L_Si_J 
 
 X 
 
 !M 
 
 1 36 
 
 D 
 
 k qP5^t?A 
 
 139 
 
 fl ^° P 
 
 lC3a] i38 
 
 !S X I 
 
 
 ^ara 
 
 PP,1 
 
 S II 
 
 ^11'"'" 
 
 140 
 
 H I 
 I I I 
 
 -^E^W I 
 
 B ,:, p 
 
 AA/V\A/\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ?r ^^ffl Anpu 124. «r a^a/ a// mtd-f 125. seyepcr em snier 126. uati tdu er hat 
 ent ta 127. qemdu idu-nef 128. dennu sdhu an hen en 129. ZT^rw j^otm tauineb 
 hta neb drd seydd madt i3o. neteru Heru nub suten net (or ^aV) [feper-yd-Rd 
 
 sa Ra i3i. ( User t sen 
 
 td dny tet us Rd md tetta dri- i32. f menu-f em Anpu 
 em semen-y i33. qemt-nef ut detet 134. en nut em sent-s ertd rey-f 135. tai-f 
 re'i tet sap i36. er entet em dsut 137. td ut'u er tai- i38. f qemd semcny mehti 
 i3g. md pet smen her sey/t 140. ejit yeru temt 141. er uf met iua smen her 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 115 
 
 D 
 
 142 
 
 X 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^ w D 
 
 T1 
 
 CSED 143 H 
 ^ X I I 
 
 I 
 
 ■iJi: 
 
 VII. '« 
 
 146 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 f^-^^ 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 147 
 
 Q 
 
 Q D 
 
 148 
 
 I 
 
 AAAA/V\ 
 AA/V^A^ 
 
 ns^ii * 
 
 150 
 
 151 
 
 152 
 
 v= — n 
 
 t fl^ 
 
 TAAAAAA 
 
 T 
 
 o II 
 
 ^=K* 
 
 J 1 
 
 154 
 
 1, 
 
 [T-D 
 
 Pf 
 
 ^. # 
 
 © 
 © © 
 
 156 
 
 T li 
 
 I 
 
 153 
 
 ■^ 155 -^ 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 •58 
 
 I r^^^ I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ?5 
 
 a a 
 
 Q 
 
 160 
 
 ^ D 
 
 ahet- 14Z. y" w^^/z' /a^- 143. / er Uahet peies-nef 144. dkr aaa her dai-f 
 VII. — 145. kes-f dmeni en Anpu er men em 146. set dmentet yeft sper 
 147. erpd hd Xneniu-hetep sa Ne^t 148. madyeru neb dmay^ er fet dn ref^ mu-d 
 149. hestu urt ent 150. y^er stiten ki ur 151. em nef-d em smer udti 152. dda dm 
 en smeru 153. dH 154. dnnu suten per smer ud 155. dn un her sepu-f setemu- 
 156. nef setemu re ud 157. hetemet reu dn en yut 158. en neb-s re da set 
 159. Nehrd sa tnemu-hetep sa tnemu- 160. hetep dri en nebt per 7.ati 
 
 8* 
 
ii6 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 ■ T n 
 
 AAA/VAft /V>A^'V\ 
 
 VIII 
 
 ^ 
 
 164 A " „ ''''^31 
 
 162 
 
 ^ T? U*^ 
 
 c»==^ 
 
 165 
 
 A^ TT 
 
 J 
 
 ■a n 166 
 
 167 tt^ 
 1 V 
 
 -? 169 
 
 I PS^ 
 
 5 
 
 " Q 
 
 168 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^a^p^iii ^ 
 
 TP 
 
 = n ■= ^ 173 ^^ 
 
 172 
 
 DTu 
 
 :i: 
 
 176 
 
 ]] 
 
 S 
 
 <=> ^^^^^^^ '^spo 177 n^^. 
 
 
 VIII. — 161. sedn)(-nd ren en dtfu- 162. a qem-nd u§ i63. her sebau ref^ 
 em \iiii,. tdi met em sehtet an -ify^. tat M evi ab it6. Id dsd sa pu 167. w««)( 
 serut ren en 168. tepu-d Nehrd sa i6g. Xnemu-hetep madferu neb dmai 
 170. sdh tep em 171. semenfj-nd hert sen 172. sa er arret dtf- I'j'i. f dri-n 
 nef dtf-d het 174. ka em Mer-nefert em dner 175. nefer en dnnu er serut 
 176. ren-f en tieheh 177. semen%-f su en fetta ren-f dn'f_ 178. em re en pat 
 ieiu \'ii^. em re en dnyu IX. — 180. her ds-f 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 117 
 
 ^ 
 
 181 dftttii 
 
 9' 
 
 I ^ 182 l_ _i ftAAAAA 
 
 III o 
 
 ■^^ I 
 
 186 
 
 ''=lD 
 
 °8»» 
 
 V 
 
 ? 
 
 
 Zl 
 
 
 %l-^ mjf 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 191 
 
 192 
 
 r 
 
 ^3 
 
 Q I 
 
 AAAAA;\ 
 Q AAAAAA AA/^AAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 195 
 
 193 
 
 ODD. 
 
 194 
 
 Q I 
 
 Pf- ¥n^ k 
 
 5t- 1 
 
 ->1T 
 
 (?« Neter-y(ert em per-f 181. OTf«;j en neheh duset- 182. / ent fetta %eft hest en 
 fer i83. suten mertu-f em 184. setep sa heq-nef nut-f em sefet 185. en feyi-f 
 em fam 186. dri-nef apt suten Mi-f 187. aba-sen em fennu i88. «« qebat-f 
 em suten re-^ i8g. duset nes-f neyen qa-f Sebeti- igo. a«/ ja Nehrd madferu 
 neb dmaf, 191. Oen-nef y_ent sdh-f igz. ^r /5«^ nut-f yep ert hd Xnemu-hetep 
 igS. an' «« men ym en nut-d qet- ig4. nd uiya qem- ig5. n em aa sdhd- 
 nd 196. su em uy en mat ig7. an em ren-d fes-d 
 
ii8 
 
 THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 I It ® ^ 
 I'L . , ^J ^ 
 
 AAAAA 
 
 199 
 
 • iiiinirr 
 
 -^2>-- 
 
 AA/uV\A /^r— ~^ 
 
 1"^^ 
 
 'V - PJ 
 
 ik- 202 
 
 I I 
 
 ' I A/V\AAA 
 
 (?) 
 
 [ \V I AAAAAft 
 
 /VAA/VV\ /T— -^Si 
 
 203 
 
 "k n 
 
 000 
 
 IqI lUJIllll I 
 
 [ir^ 
 
 M. 
 
 204 ^^'"^ D 
 
 IAA/NAA/\ 
 — . _. ^AAA'V^ 
 
 5 
 
 5> 
 
 20? .-Q-^ (^3) nn i? -? I ©,206 i^^j^ 
 
 n\^ ¥ 
 
 207 
 
 s I 
 
 Dill 
 
 AA 4^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 B 
 
 208 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 [F] D ^, ^n 209 D 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA ; 
 
 ODD 
 
 I 211 
 
 ffi g) 2l3 
 
 III 
 
 P 
 
 @, 
 
 I 212 
 
 
 215 
 
 DDO 
 
 AA/WV\ 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ® 
 
 T P, 
 
 198. sean-fj-nd reti en dtf-d her X. — igg. ^(;» dri-nd drit-d her 200. «««« 
 wfi5 dri-nd da en meh seyef em 201. yid .... en neka er seba 202. tep en as ddui 
 re en meh tua iep sen 2o3. er kar en at Upset ici\. entet yen en ds pen febhetet 
 
 205. hetepu per feru her 206. menu neb dri-nd sap-nd 207. ie get f tdtd 
 
 nifu en umet 208. pen ur men er 209. fen en nut ten er dtefu 210. yrat 
 nut ten meny menu 211. sets er tepu 212. a ten dru yer hdt-d 2i3. d nuk 
 sdh menu 214. seba-nd ubut nebt 215. ent fet yen nut ten en 
 
THE INSCRIPTION OF KHNEMU-HETEP. 
 
 119 
 
 216 
 
 Z5 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 q, 217 ti^ DDO 
 
 > '^^''^^ 218 — A-^ r"^^^^ 
 
 ^AAA/^A j AAAA^ft 
 
 @ 
 
 ^k P ra' 
 
 219 
 
 A 
 
 220 r\ ■=> 
 
 i 
 
 ffi D 
 
 -G^ 222 ® 
 
 ■^ D 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ , 
 
 zi5. »zer« z«««)j rifra-(i her 217. OTe»« «e^ dri-nd kerk herl 218. a« ment-s 
 dm seha- 219. «a dmmu-k hef z2o. dtf[-d] erpd hd Nehrd sa 7.nemu- 
 221. ^«/e/ drt en Baqet madyeru neb dmaf^ 222. yerp as mer net Baqet 
 
 INSCRIPTION ON THE BASE OF THE 
 OBELISK OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 > ^ M Qui 
 
 U 
 
 uu 
 
 
 
 2 -<^ci2_ 
 
 I. I. Anyet Heru usert kau neb Uia ne b drd uafet renput Heru nub 
 
 neteret ydu suten net [Maat-ka-Rd^^ sat Rd [Hdtshepset fnem Amenj any 
 fetta heh Amen-Rd sat dmt db-f 2. udtet-f yepert ytr-f tdt -fut ent Neb-er-fer 
 
mf 
 
 INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 o III 
 
 I O Q = 
 
 1 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 /WSA'NA 
 
 Z5 
 
 i =^ iW M P- 
 
 (1= i=» 1 ^ 
 
 1 /V^AAA^ »^— i— V ( 
 
 ^ S 
 
 . r\ IN Ci 
 
 TA q^ P 
 
 5 -r^ Q o O 
 
 I V\ AAAAA/\ 
 
 I _r<"=a) I 
 
 ^ III -^^ 
 
 '^ '" ( 
 
 
 f * 
 
 ^ 
 
 ODD 
 
 1! 
 
 ■& 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 S^ 
 
 (i ooo I 
 
 @® 
 
 l^■^^^ 
 
 qemat en baiu Annu nefer scBet taiu md an su seyeper-nef er iiOes ydu-f 
 3. yeperet yeperu md teperd yadt ydu vid yuti suht dbt pert yuB rcncnet Urt- 
 hekau neb hta neb drd seyddt en Amen t'esef 4. her nest-f em Annu-resu selep-nef 
 er sau Qemt er nerit pdt reyit Hert nefet dtf-s urt ent ka mut-f 5. Anisu utet en 
 Rd er drit-nef pert yu tep ta er ut'au en hamemet ymt-f any suten net [Madt- 
 ka-Rd\ smu en sutenit 6. dri-nes menu en tef-s Amen neb nest taiu yeni Apt 
 drit-nef teyenui uruiem mat rutet ent qemd kes sen her em smu 7. en tepu set nebl 
 
INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 © 
 
 ^ k m, \& ?-i ™ T^ii 
 
 I TT m 1 ^ 
 
 
 I D © 
 
 "■ i 4 !• 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 u 
 
 fl I 
 
 —ft— 
 
 I Jl I I 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 n I 
 
 ^^ 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 ,^f^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 D X 
 
 maatu em henui dter bah en satu-sen taiu uben dOen dm-tun nid fdd-f em 
 %ut ent pet 8. dri-nd enen em db merer en dtf-[d] Amen dq-kud her bes-f 8 
 en Sep tep qen (?) nebu em baiu-f daiu dn mdh-d her sep en iat-nef II, — i. du i 
 hent d rey-O neterer-f dri-nd dst yer utu-f entef scm-ud dn ka-nd kat dn 
 em dri-f z. entef fata tep-ret dn unt qet-d her erpa-f dn tenemem-nd her 2 
 utu-nef hdti-d em Sa tep em tef-d dq-kud 3. her yjrt db-f dn mdkha-d her nut 3 
 ent Neb-er-fer dpu her 
 
INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 
 cOd 
 
 Q cs c^ n 
 
 © 
 
 S 
 
 I A "ai 
 
 
 1 /A 
 
 ^J 1^ 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 
 — 
 
 8 ^ 
 
 AO W 
 
 
 r\A/'\AAA 
 
 a 
 
 -C2:=- 
 
 
 AAAA/V\ 
 
 /SAAAAA 
 
 (O 
 
 SI 
 
 
 Ik! 
 
 ^ 
 
 p 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 000 
 
 1 
 
 3?i ^ 
 
 PIS f 
 
 A 
 
 ^^4-^ 
 
 
 (l OOO ,VWW, /WVAAA Li I I I I I J _Zr 
 
 k ill;; ih == ^=^ I J 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 flp. 
 
 4 ertat-nes her du-d rey-kud entet fut pu Aptet tep ia 4. qai hps en sep tep ui'at 
 eni Neb-er-fer duset db-f uOeset neferu-f drfet dmu-yei-f sutenet fesef fet-f 
 
 5 5 . td-d em hrd en hamemet yepert-sen en henti en reyii dbu-sen yet menu pen 
 
 6 drit-nd en dtf-d 6. metu-t sen em meimet qemhet-sen en em y_et nuk pu senefem- 
 
 7 nd em dhdt seya-nd qema-ud 7. db-d her yerp-d cr drit-nef teyenui em smu 
 
 8 benbenet-sen dbeyu em heri em dduit sepset er dmiu 8. beyenti urti en sulen 
 
 ka neyj suten net [Aa-yeper-ka-Ra Heru maatyeru dst 
 
INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 123 
 
 n — ^^^^ 
 
 Mil 000 ill 
 
 I -"^1 III. I 
 
 P*ii P,T 
 
 I I I 
 
 ~n_. 
 
 1 
 
 © II 
 
 ooo 
 
 □ I 
 
 G 
 
 ^ I III AA/v\^^ V^ "^ i ^ 
 
 I 
 
 o o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ D 
 
 s 22? 
 
 Q^ 
 
 I n 
 
 
 D Q 
 
 M 
 
 D 
 
 f' 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 IgI 
 
 ;^ii=n: 
 
 I fl^fl 
 
 a3-fl her del metu reyit III. — i . maat-sen menu-d em-jiel renput i 
 
 sefetet-sen em drit-nd sau fet-den em an ref_-d sep sen 2. dri endu enen her 2 
 
 md meset tu em nub.er du-fmd yet un f_epert dny^-nd meriu Rd hesu 3. dtf-d 3 
 Amen hunen fent-d em dny^ us udes-d hefet yad-d em teiert sam-nd Hend 
 
 4. peseiei-sen heq-d ta pen md sa Auset neyj-nd md sa Nut hetep Rd em 4 
 
 sektet seuah-f em 5. diet ynem-f mutui-f em neter tept men pet tettet [ta] 5 
 
 drit-nef un-d er neheh md dn sek-f hetep-d 6. em any md Atmu du-d 6 
 
124 
 
 INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 K 1!V!1 SV \ 
 
 J, ooo 
 
 fl 
 
 e^^ 
 
 
 I I 
 
 /vwvw 
 
 (j^ 51 (j 
 
 AAAAAA V p;i5l 
 
 d^: 
 
 O 
 
 
 J AA^^AA 1/ 
 
 1® 1,111 
 
 o I 
 
 Ml 
 
 o 
 
 I w I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAA'V\ 
 AAAA/V 
 
 O 
 
 ^27 
 
 nil 
 
 ^ IV. ; 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 
 1C3 ffl 
 
 111 I I AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA I I ' 
 
 ^AAAAA A n 
 
 I I I AAAAAA 1 
 
 =^ P 
 
 I I I 
 
 (=0), 
 
 
 .zv 
 
 t ¥l 
 
 ;! 
 
 7 i?r/a ieycnui urui bak en hen-d em smu en tef-d Amen en mertu un 7. ren-d 
 men uah em erpa pen er neheh hid t'etta du nest dner ud em mat rutet dn sefet 
 
 8 dn 8. tennu emma sa en hen-d fa er-es em renpet met tua abet sen pert hru 
 ud neferit er renpet met sds dhet ftu ie drqi dri en abet sefef em §at em tu 
 
 1 IV. — I. dri-nd nef cm metet ent db suten ds en neter neb ahet-d pu drit-nef 
 
 2 set nubi em smu uah-nd 2. ds kes-sen her t'et-sen y^emet-nd metu reO re-d 
 
 3 vieny^ her pert dm-f dn dnen-nd her t'etet-nd 3. setemu 
 
I I I 
 
 INSCRIPTION OF HATSHEPSET. 
 
 h f%Sf^ 
 
 125 
 
 AAAAAA AAA^AA 
 
 ki n Vo° f 
 
 
 V=n:- 
 
 I 
 
 I .J 
 
 w TT 
 
 5 V "V @ 
 I D X. 
 
 ^^' 
 
 h ^] 
 
 1 
 
 p. i 
 
 
 ffiSffl 
 
 j> — I 
 
 .Qy\^ 
 
 flT 
 
 ,T-~Sl 
 
 cy:^^ 
 
 @ 
 
 'W^AA^ tXwX 
 
 /^A^A^^ aaa/- 
 
 T G 
 
 2 - e 
 
 P¥i 
 
 dref-den ertd-nd er-es em smu en qen ya nem md §es hen-d her nds dentu er 
 
 maa 4. en taiu tern 'j^em md re)i rei-set an fet setemet-f enen dbd pu fetet-nd 4 
 
 3. dpu her fet tut-ui nes set madu y^er tef-s du neter-d rey^-set dm-d 5 
 
 Amen neb nest taiu id-nef heq-d 5. Qemt tekrt em du dri an req-d em 6 
 
 taiu neb set nebt em fet-d dri-nef tai-d 7. er feru hert bak-nd hntu en 7 
 
 dten mad-nef en unt %er-f rey^-nef y^erp-d nef set nuk sat-f 8. en un 8 
 mad seyu 
 
iz6 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 O Q 
 
 ■ffl 
 
 0^ ^ ^^« t 
 
 1 * i 
 
 m 
 
 III I 
 
 su M-nef met-d pu y^er dtf-d any tet usr her duset Heru ent anyiu nebu 
 Ra md fetta 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 I- 1 r r" ^ i^ o 
 
 I I O L| I I I I 1-1 Q 
 
 •SI w- ffrf f^ M f I 
 
 ?ar 
 
 
 =^7- I II 
 
 I I I 
 Q III 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 
 Q 
 
 CE 
 
 ("o88;iJ^=>] 
 
 m z 
 
 m -flU f I ■! f fl7^[|] 
 
 (XJ3 
 
 I I I 
 
 D <=> 
 
 1 
 
 \Jl 
 
 A 
 
 A. 
 
 ipj. 
 
 y 
 
 pvflfl 
 
 G 
 
 AA/NAAA C-J. ^A^^AA 
 
 ^ I : 
 
 1 I. — I . Renpet [ftu abet ftu] iat hru ud y^er hen en Heru Rd dny^ ka 
 neyt Qehent yau neb Ma neb drd yerp pehpeh ter Satet Heru nub heq niadt 
 
 2 s-yepcr taui z. suten net heq pet paut neb taut {Rd-yeperu-dri-inadt\ sa Rd 
 
 en yat-f neb yau [dtf nctcr Ai ncter heq Uast Ausdr neb Abtu 7neri ta any 
 
 3 3. [suten td hetep] res mch Anpu her tu-f ta-sen yu em pet usr cm ta niaat- 
 
 4 yeru em nctcr yert pert dq cr dsi-d qeb 4. hen-d iuit-f surd-d mu em h-d 
 

 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 127 
 
 U 1 I AA/VSAA 
 
 ,1 I ioDq Q 1^ III 
 
 V I I 
 
 O 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^,^ 
 
 I U AAl^AAA 
 
 O ,'"1111, r^AAAJVy 
 
 t I 000 I 
 
 p 
 
 P-JJI 
 
 ffl fv- I 
 
 ra^ 
 
 <=> 
 I I I 
 
 
 ^k-i^ 
 
 A 
 III 
 
 D Q 
 
 A 
 
 ra' 
 
 A 
 
 /WWAAA ^= D C£ I 
 
 Q I 
 
 2 -^ t I' 
 
 AA/WNA I I 
 
 ^ Qlll I 
 
 . © A*^ 
 
 I 
 
 U^ 
 
 1.1 
 
 '^ I 
 
 
 ^ Q 
 
 qDq a 
 
 /I\ 
 
 e:~zi 
 
 I I I 
 
 O (3| I I I III 
 
 O 
 
 D 
 
 I w I 
 X 
 
 J 
 
 kru neb rut at-d neb ta-nd Hdpi 5. ta heiepet renpit neb trd sesuut her mad 5 
 
 nu ta-d hru neb dn dbu yeni 6. ba-d her dyamu nu menu dri-nd-s seqebeb-d 6 
 
 hrd-d yeru nehet-d dm-d ta en tdtd-sen 7. du-nd re-d metu-d dm-f md ksu 7 
 
 Heru per-d er pet ha-d er ta dn §end-tu-d her 8. uat dn dru kntet ka-d 8 
 
 dn yjnd-tu ba-d un-nd em qeb hesiu emmd dmayiu 9. seka-d ahet-d em g 
 
 Seyet-daru yneni-d seyet hetepct pertu-nd yer tes pasen 10. em sennu nu 10 
 nebu heh sehp-d hbu-d e7n 
 
128 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 I ^ ^- 
 
 ra 
 
 Q I 
 
 A 
 
 1i 
 
 1 
 
 u 
 
 fl^ 
 
 # 
 
 Pfl 
 
 fl^ 
 
 A 
 
 
 i3 
 
 A 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 1©] 
 
 A/WW\ M— 
 
 ^1 AAAAM 
 
 # 
 
 f i 
 
 hi 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 ■o- 
 
 Q 14 
 
 III I 
 
 _fU. 
 
 @ 
 
 in 
 
 m^ 
 
 i^Ti 
 
 qq. 
 
 A 
 
 ^ TT 
 
 
 ^JJS fP T^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 i\AAAAA \ 
 
 Kr (?» ««_/ her yaut ent neter da en ka en neter hen fep en Amsu Neft- 
 
 11 Amsu II. fet-f du dri-nd hesesei ret hereret neieru hers du td-nd ta en 
 
 12 heqer sesa-nd dti du ies-rid 12. neter em per-f dn da. re-d em ienit dn pet 
 i3 em nemt-d nidkm-d her-sa yent dri-nd em madt mer en suten i3. rey-kud 
 
 eniet utii-ncf-scl res-nd her duset-d er seqa haiu-f tiia-nd cr tua-f hru neb 
 
 14 ertd-nd db-d ycnti 14. fetct-f dn nidhi her ia-nef yer-d det-nd metrit hnd 
 
 15 metit peh-nd cncti her kcr 15. qcJicti hes-mui neh-d her tneny-d 
 
STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 129 
 
 ^ 
 
 (g w 
 
 fl 
 
 Pil; J' 
 
 fl^l 
 
 16 
 
 [z-n 
 
 /www I I 
 
 I 
 
 1 f 
 
 I AAAA^^ 
 
 I III 
 
 D^® 
 
 =-f=; 
 
 I ® w^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 AA/VAAA 
 
 n' 
 
 I 17 ffl I 
 
 I I ^^5:71 I 
 
 Hi : 
 
 A III 
 
 \ 
 P 
 
 A III 
 
 ^ 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 III Q 
 
 
 To J T K] 
 
 1/ f\AAA/V\ 
 
 A I I I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 I III 
 
 AAAAAA 
 t I I 
 
 c^^F III ® A S 
 
 T \-lZJ A r^ j2 "1 ySi ^= "^ 
 
 I Ci AAAAAA ,0 /~7 
 
 Ogg|-s>-^'" 
 
 maa-nef rut aaui-d an db-d se-jenti duset-d dqer-d td-nef-ud em seh i6. en 
 ka en mer neter henu en nehu Apu Neyt-Amsu mad-/eru t'et-f d dnfu tepu ta 
 unniu dn/_ er neheh hentui fetta dbu 17. y^er hebu nuAusdr seia neb em neter 
 metu dq-sen erdsi-d se&sen her-f seiet-sen em utu-d seya-sen ren-d ben drit dbu 
 18. embah nebu madthes-den neter-den suaf-den adut-den en xart-den emy^etdau 
 uah md tit- den i g. suten td hetep Ausdr mer kat em ta het (Rd-yeperu-dri-madt 
 men men em duset heh hd neter hen tep en Amsu Auset Neyt-Amsu neb dmay 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 19 
 
i3o 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 II. 
 
 I r^ II 
 
 1 1 
 
 o 
 
 I /SAAA/VA 
 
 5^ 
 
 s 
 
 III 
 
 f]^ 
 
 
 
 ?CX 
 
 II I 
 
 I I I 
 
 II I 
 
 (ofiji^] 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 III 
 
 (eiiilflll] 
 
 j^ 
 
 A f M= A 
 
 ^^ n I AAAAAA I 
 
 =^*0 I 
 
 1^1 
 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 CTi i=i 
 
 I=n=l 
 
 A 
 
 Q /VAA/VVA 
 
 D ^ Z) i^^i f'= 
 
 a 
 
 pp 
 
 o i? 
 
 l^lll 
 
 AAAAAA I I I I iCl 
 
 n 
 
 Dill ^^ <o _il 
 
 5^0 
 I I I I 
 
 J^ 
 
 II. — I. Renpet ftu dhet ftu ial hru ud 'fer hen en Heru Rd ka neyt dehent fdu 
 neb Sat neb drd (or sma taut) y^erp pehpeh ter Satet Heru nub heq madt se- 
 
 sa.Rd 
 
 yeper taut 2. suten net heq pet paut neb taui iRa-yeperu-dri-maat 
 en yat-f meri-f 
 
 yau [Atf-neter At neter heq Uast 
 
 Ausdr : 
 
 Ta-ser 
 
 3 meri td dny 3. suten id hetep Amen-Rd neb nest taiu Ptah-Sekeri- Ausdr 
 Un-nefer neb Re-stau id-sen peryeru dh apt meny ya em yet nebt neferl 
 
 4 dbt ya em yet nebt 4. nefemet beneret ent tdtdt pet qeniat ta dn en Hdpi 
 
 5 em tephet-f sesenet nifu net'eni en meh dmt 5. ta sam renpit sehp dutu 
 em bu nefer em 
 
^D^l I I ^ ,ii1 n1 IT 
 
 6 ^ £,:£ 
 I I Q I 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 i3i 
 
 IP 
 
 A 
 III 
 
 ^f 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 ^ — til I AAAAAA AAA/\AA 1 d? 
 
 '^^^ II 
 
 cm 
 ^ A 
 
 >%; f^fli PSG T JJ 
 
 AAAAA/v 
 ^AAAAA 
 
 
 ^^AAAA 
 
 D 8 
 
 D ©I i I 
 
 
 
 I U I 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 I I I AAAAAA 
 
 III ^ 
 
 9 £3" 
 
 ^ O 
 
 7 l-J fl^- & 
 
 ^3:7 
 
 o 
 
 
 ro 10 
 
 '^111 I 
 
 m ^1 
 
 m 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q a 
 
 <=> A 
 
 cO] 
 
 ^ 
 
 © 
 
 .A AAA A ■ 
 
 <£? 
 
 hetepei ent Seyet-Aaru usden-d 6. ^er ««/ heh emmd kau fu kpsu aril 6 
 
 yieperu er merer-f em Usu en Un-nefer dq pert em Neter-yert 7. an yendr 7 
 
 ba-d em mert-f pert em ba any} surd her hebet dtr seiep 8. sennu en neb 8 
 heh em pert embah hru neb em paiitna heb dbet heb sds ent smat ent heb Uak 
 
 Tehutit g. pert Amsu (or Ut'ut) pert Sepet rekh ur rekh net'[es] yd •/aui g 
 
 seiep dtru nebu nu Ausdr tep trdiu 10. nu neb neteru tua Rd yeft uben-f 10 
 sua^-f hetep-f em dny tepd nef pert em yut en du nef en meht 
 
l32 
 
 STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 m I 
 
 
 <^ [Tp 
 
 u 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 6 ?: 
 
 ^ 
 
 =0=111 
 
 llj" 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 3)1 I Zi 
 
 a ?) # 
 
 I I I 
 
 i3 
 
 ^^j 
 
 J I '— * AAAAAft 
 
 D X 
 
 © ^ I 
 
 I O 14 
 
 Q\. 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAM 
 
 k^ 
 
 _23i 
 
 £^2 
 
 I SS 1 
 
 AA,VW\ 
 
 X A 
 
 o jf I I I 
 
 A 
 
 
 ? T P*J^ 
 
 Q n 
 
 D « 
 
 ^4 
 
 -<S^ 
 
 •0- 
 I 
 
 ,^„ ^ 
 
 UMTTM — u ^ -^ ^ 
 
 11 it II. ^sr dam tem-tu ren-f a qdhu her hetepet fefau perjeru yefl nds-f 
 
 12 sehp mu her ddui hen ka iz. seyem-f em ta seyem-f heqei her db merer ka-f 
 i3 dm-f ta her yaut Neb-er-fer her uthu en nehu heh i3. ertdt-f dri {">) iebu 
 
 14 db em dutu ent Un-nefer t'a-f mdyent ent Neter-yert er daiu nu 14. Seyet- 
 
 15 Aaru dp-f uat seUn-f mdtennu ies-f Sekeri em Re-stau an hndt-f 15. her 
 seba en tuat bdh dm em drp drtet seUp mefet urhu mesfem nefem db hebs 
 
 16 16. 7neny en ka en mer ienti sen en 
 
STELAE OF NEKHT-AMSU. 
 
 i33 
 
 Tn 
 
 o w 
 
 aaaaaa 
 
 B © 
 
 il k ¥\ 
 
 □ Y>® 
 
 ^ D I I qQ^ I I I W I I 9 
 
 =^^ 
 
 I D Q 
 
 II "IT (3 III 
 
 Q >VvAAAA 1 1 _/( 
 
 
 II I 
 
 ^i 
 
 -<5- 
 A III 
 
 
 
 D o 
 
 
 r ca "I 20 
 
 AftAAAA I 
 
 L| I iJ I 
 
 ^' 
 
 11 ™ 1111 
 
 neteru nebu em Taqdhti Amsu If-enti neter hen tep en Anisu Auset em Apu 
 Neft-Amsu maafcru tdtd 17. neter hetepet en neteru pery^eru en yu her tep 
 dny^ ufa senb en stcten net [Rd-y/peru-dri-madt dny ut'a senb tettet-f seuah-f 
 md pet renp-f md entet Amsu 18. neheh senb-f en heh em renpiit en neteru 
 nelu suten re/^ mad nicri-f Neyt-Amsu fet-f a neteru dmu pet a neteru dmu 
 ig. ta a neteru dmu tudt ymniu Rd statu neter nefer er yut dmentet ent pet 
 sdr metu-d en ten em spertu en baket en neb-f hesiu-d nuk hesi en ddi tep ta 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
i34 
 
 THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 o D 
 
 i^ q T W e 
 
 td-f hetep-d em duset-d ent heh fneni-d [Sefet-hetepet] 
 
 THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 I I O III III KiXO^ 1 III <=> A -£c* 
 
 rs^ii « (El ^° ClMin A 
 
 
 \\\ 
 
 yr aa/vnAA aaaaaa 
 
 I ® Q. 
 
 i- J - fip - Ik^ 
 
 I Q I i I 
 
 Q 
 
 ^^-^^^ 
 
 A 
 
 -1 = 
 
 :1! 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 (]^ — Mj-^c^ 3^ \ — MMf 
 
 maat 
 
 I. Renpet tua abet yemt hmu hru paut yjrhen en Heru Ra iKa-neft-meri- 
 suten net (Rd-user-maat-setep-en-Rd 
 
 sa 
 
 Rd [Rd-. 
 
 meses-meri-Amen 
 
 td dny^ t'etta dst hen-f her 2. Tali em utit-f sent ent neyt res nefer em dn^ 
 Ufa senb em dm en hen-f her Best res ent 3. Qetei yad hen-f md uhen Rd 
 sesep-nef yakeru mi tef menOti ut'a neb em 4. y^et sper hen-f er res temd en 
 Sabiiin it dn Sasu 
 
THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 i35 
 
 /V'AAAA AAA/W\ 
 
 © 
 
 I I 
 
 \^\-M\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 6 ^O 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 7 
 
 nn f iP ^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 r^ 
 
 Q[\y\£l 
 
 ^ 
 
 D ^ 
 
 
 q(X£\^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 D 
 
 fv-/^ 
 
 fi 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 ■k"! 
 
 10 
 
 D ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 A V\ C^ AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 @ 
 
 ^n. ii: t:^ 
 
 T iA ]\ 
 
 ?«7 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 ji?« «r fe/ en 5. hen-f emnai-n sennu enti em da en mdhetu emmd pa yer 
 en 6. YMa id lu-n en hen-f er fet du-n er drit baku 7. en Aa-perti dny^ 
 Ufa senb emtun rud-n emmd pa fer en 'Aeta %er 8. pa -f_er en "/.ela hems em 
 ta en Xtrebu her meht Tunep seniu-f en Aa peril dny ufa senb er tt g. evi 
 yentua dst fet na sen Sasu nai metet fet-sen en hen-f em dfau 10. du pa 
 yer en Xeta td lut-sen er petrd pa enti hen-f dm en her en tem tdt 11. her 
 su pa mdia en hen-f er aba hid pa yer en Xeta dst pa 
 
i36 
 
 THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 I'fjf^ " I A Yi A 
 
 I SS I Ci 
 
 I I I 
 
 S A 
 
 D 12 
 
 Qr^y] 
 
 i3 
 
 
 % 
 
 .® 
 
 A 
 
 t T \M' 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 V: 
 
 A 
 III 
 
 A' 
 
 I I AAftAAA 
 
 S 
 
 (3 A 
 
 
 f=v:> 
 
 i! 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 (3 o I I I 
 
 A ooo J] A 
 
 IS ® D 
 
 1 Q f^^^/1 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 'I I I 
 
 i6 
 
 D Q( 
 
 r^ 
 
 ^V T ! 
 
 yer en 'Aeta iz. ?'« hnd ser neb en set neb mdia-u nedeh-ii dn-nef emnid-f 
 em neyj dhdu keru i3. her en ha en Qete§ ta dqesi an rey hen-f er tit-set 
 
 du utd hen-f em yet sper er meht dmenti Qeiei mdia en hen-f 
 
 dm senefem hen-f her 14. dsteb en smu it dn hapu enti em hsu hen-f dn- 
 sen hapu sen en pa yer en 15. teta stu-u embah fef-en-sen dn hen-f entuten 
 ay fet-en-sen tun er 16. pa yer en teta entef ta. lut-n er petrd pa enti hen-f 
 dm tit-eti-se?i dn 17. hen-f 
 
^k^ ■= ii » 
 
 r/f£ BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 i37 
 
 
 ^ Wo I' A/V\AAA 
 
 AAAAAA H p ^, 
 
 ci III <:> 
 
 flf^ ^ ^ 
 
 ® D 
 
 A 
 
 D Q III C2 III 
 
 1 
 
 19 
 
 A/VSAAA 
 
 V 
 
 I 1 WV\AA 
 
 (3 AM/VSA ( 
 
 22 - !i: ZWl 
 
 V *^ P 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 
 D 
 
 ^ III 
 
 ® D 
 
 I I I ,= [ 
 
 >A 
 
 ^ f> 
 
 000 I 
 
 TJo?o ^f 
 
 22 
 
 W^ 
 
 I ("=11) i3 D 
 
 AA/W\A 
 I I I 
 
 23 
 
 III C^ C^ I 
 
 ^ f a' 
 
 r^ 
 
 ® D 
 
 j« ten-nef pa ler en leta mak setem-d er M su em pa ta en 18. tirebad t'et 
 ent sen petrd pa fer en Xeta dhdu hnd set dU hnd-f dn-nef ig. enimd-f 
 em neyt em set nebt enti em uu en pa ta en '/-eta pa ta en Nehiren 20. pa 
 Qeti er t'er-f set dper em mdia nedeh-u y^er nai-sen yddi en rd 21. dH set 
 em id nu uteb petrd set dhdu her er dba ha Qetei 22. la dqesi dhd en ertd 
 ett hen-f di-tu seru embah er tdt setem-sen 23. metet nebt t'etet en pa hap 
 sen en pa y^er en teta enti 
 
i38 
 
 I I I 
 
 THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 
 D '^^ 24 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 
 
 -^5- 
 
 I 9k I 
 
 AA/WV\ /WvAAA /\/\AAf\A 
 
 I jd I o w 
 
 Q w 
 
 I I I I A I 
 
 I 
 
 I III 
 
 ^ oSo "!* AAAAAA 
 
 I I iVAAAA 
 
 n n 1 lii 
 
 f iP 
 iP 
 
 n C3 1 iJi 
 
 r^ A 25 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 rJ%--- » Jii 
 
 A 
 
 »^ 
 
 '"tk-tk 
 
 ir' 
 
 A 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 I I I 
 
 D " 
 
 I 
 
 jaxLmi 
 
 26 
 
 r^ 
 
 ^A/WV\ _ 
 
 D Q O A D 
 
 ~WVVA - A\^A X ^"^^ 
 
 q[V£\^ Jf X.^ D o III III 
 
 27 
 
 D 
 
 I I I 000 
 
 A 
 
 @ 
 
 1^^^^ 
 
 =^ ^> 
 
 embah t'et an hen-f en sen 24. petrd-ten pa sefer en nai meru duadi en nai 
 seru enti na enti pa ta e7i Aa-perti dnyi ufa senb dm-f arisen dhd her t'et en 
 Aa-perti dnyi ufa senb em meny^et 25. pa yer en %eta evi pa ta en Kireba su 
 udr er hat hen-f fer setem-f er t'et mdk tutu lu yer sen her t'et en hen-f em 
 menyet 26. yer petrd dri-d setem em tai unnut emmd pa haput sen en pa ta 
 en '/~eta er Cet pa yer en f^eta m hnd set ait hnd-f em red neOeh 27. ma ait 
 id set dhdu ha Qetei ta dqesit yertu du 
 
THE RATTLE OF KADESH. iSg 
 
 
 ' XV \ 
 
 AX ^ an. ]' ftAAAAA "T" fl I <:^> AAA/W\ 
 
 A/S/VvAA 
 
 ' I I I I I I Jf =^=i mi Q w 
 
 AA/^AA^ 
 
 ■T^, . ^ , T A^ ^ — t^ I ^ 
 
 II o (3 ^fej "X^ -C2>- f^ wiAAAA ,^ r^~r\^ 
 
 XX JD 
 
 1 1 II ^ 
 
 AA/VVV\ /VxAAAA 
 
 ,■= 29 
 
 ' I AAA/WA 
 
 1 
 
 I AAAA/^A 
 
 I I I I "^^^ //M ^ XX Z^ ^^ 
 
 /W\AAA 
 
 
 n\: 
 
 I I 5^ I _Mil A 
 
 1@ 
 
 I _ {^ _ (1^ IZ^^ ^ S^IA , 
 
 Jo I 
 
 flk ^P ± ™ !S - T P 
 
 ? IT, S, T Si q^ ^ ^?^ - 
 
 i5« ref^ na meru set hnd na seru enti na enti pa ia en Aa-perii dny^ ufa senb 
 er %ei-sen fet-en-n set 28. m fet en seru enti enibah hen-f er enti betau ur da 
 pa dru na meru set hnd na seru en Aa-perti dny^ ufa senb pa tern tdt-set setem- 
 tu 29. en-sen er pa enti pa yer en Xeta em pa 3o. enti neb su dm emtusen t'et 
 smd-f en hen-f em meny aha en ertdu 3i. em hrd en fat er asta md^a en 
 hen-f du-sen her mdSd her 32. res Sabtun er dn-iu er pa enti hen-f dm 
 as un en hen-f 33. snefem her mettet emmd na seru du pa '/er en 
 
140 
 
 THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 
 
 
 r\y\J^ *|. f A/VA/V\ Q AA/VNAA 
 
 Q Ml III o w 
 
 # 1^ d 
 
 ■J . AAAAAA O i^^ I 
 
 H\ 
 
 AAA/SAft 
 
 I I I 
 
 c.^1 
 
 I S I I f^-^^^ o 
 (3 ^ ^=^^ 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 35 ,&\ 
 
 l\\ 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 AA/\AA/\ 
 
 o I I I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 flk ^-n CIV 
 
 ^' 
 
 ,r^ 
 
 
 36 
 
 _zf I 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 ^ w I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^fl. 
 
 — MS T ^^ 
 
 » 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 (3 A 
 
 '/eia lu hna maia-f 34. neOehu-f emmdtei set aH enli hiid-f fai-sen mdsektet 
 en her rest Qetei set dq em nidia en hen-f du-u her maid du an rey-sen dhd 
 en betei en 35. mdhi nedehu en hen-f er hdt-sen em yet er pa enti hen-f dm 
 dstu dnhu pa neyjzi en pa yer en Xeta na 36. en ksu en hen-f enti er-kes-f 
 dhd en qemhet-en-set hen-f dhd-nef tddra er-sen t)id tef Mendu neb Uast 
 seiep en yakeru 37. aba t'ai-f su em paif fareinai su md Bdru em unnut-f 
 dhd-nef Beu 
 
THE BATTLE OF KADESH. 141 
 
 ^ ® 38 D 
 
 fl 
 
 
 se ™ -j^ ^^ — !^ I 
 
 (N^ =^^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 AA/\AAA Q AAAAA/\ 
 
 III o \\ 
 
 ■^^ c. I S low S Q 1 ^5>~, 1 
 
 1^ fl - t r ra^ 
 
 f, H AA^^AA ^i><; 
 
 iT^i qi^ M ^ T V ra;^^ — ^ ,<=>. 
 
 <^ §, .<-oi- 
 
 
 C fl^!E^^=^n ra 4"_^i|f f^ ^ n(.*y, -(s 
 
 , AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 t /VW^A^ 
 
 •I ^$ ![-=. XI ■=- ^ — I 
 
 K kC St til i ^lh\ i 
 
 s 
 
 41 D 
 I (E 
 
 42 
 
 ^r sesumut-f du-f her 38. ;f^^ aj/a du-f ud her tep-f du-f her dq em pa 
 y^eruu na pa yjr en Y.eta hnd set dU enti hnd-f du hen-f md Sutey da peht- 
 peht 39. du-f her uanui her sma dm-sen du hen-f her tat ha-sen na uru em 
 kebkehet em ud her ud, er pa mu nut Arend het 40. -d set nebt du-d ua- 
 kud du yadu-d pai-d mdia tai-d nedeh bu dhd ud dm-sen er 41. dnnu en 
 dn%-d meru-d Rd hesiu-d dtef-d Tmu dr seyer neb t'et en hen-d dri-d 
 42. set em madti embah 43. mdia-d neOehu-d 
 
142 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 I (-Q nnn - 
 11© II I 
 
 I AAA/W\ I I 
 
 ' AA/WVA I I I 
 
 !'i m 
 
 H=^-i"jS 
 
 1 1""^^ 
 
 a s f i p ¥1 
 
 0^1 
 
 © 
 
 o^ ^ ^^ -^Ja h Si k Li 
 
 ^' /vwv^l 2^121(1 JT^I I I 0<=I=>.^ o III 
 
 - k Kl ? 
 
 S' 
 
 1 I. — I. Renpet mdb sen abet yemt iemti hru sds y/r hen suien net [Ra-user- 
 Madt-meri-Amen any ufa senb sa Rd [Rd-meses-heq-Anmi\ dny ufa senb 
 
 2 meri neterii neterit nebii 2. suten yddu em het'et md Res heq uben Akert md 
 Tmu perti iir em yennii Taserl seb heh t'etta em suten Tuaut suten net 
 
 sa 
 
 [ Ra-user-Maat-meri-Amen 
 
 Ra [Ra-meses-heq Annu any^ tit'a senb pa 
 
 3 neter aa 3. t^et-f em seuai iuau senes yu Qenre ait a dri-f em suten heq tt 
 ta em per 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 143 
 
 aq c-z] 
 
 oq 
 
 m^i 1 =^a ™i-i mil r. u 
 
 mii ^, 1:1 " All - S'Pi 
 ~ ^0 - -- f 
 m °M i"^ ^ 
 
 
 5 □ 
 
 • S 1 o Q 
 
 1Tli ?T, □ 
 
 mil 11 
 
 © 
 
 I e 
 
 © 
 
 
 B: 
 
 '] 
 
 I f>J\AA/\A 
 
 I © 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 I III 
 
 (2 
 
 a j|® 
 
 D © 
 
 -II mii 1 
 
 I 
 
 dtf-f hpsi Amen-Ra suten neteru 4. Mutet Xensu neteru nebu Uast per dtf-f 4 
 ,i^^/« Zfezi: 72^3 taiu Annu Rd Heru-yuti lusdaset Nebt-hetep neteru nebu 
 Anmc per dtf-f hpsi 5. Ptah Aa-qemd-dneb-f neb any taiu Seyet dat meri 5 
 Ptah Nefer-Tmu yu taiu neteru nebu Het-Ptah-Ka dtfiu §epsiu neteru 
 neterit nebu qemdt 6. meki em na yu neferu d dri-nef er red en pa ia 6 
 Qemt ta neb er sehui-un er t'eru em sep iid er tat dmamu 7. dtfiu 7 
 neteru neterit 
 
144 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III 
 
 e III W^ I 
 
 oc==^ 
 
 
 n , 
 
 I I 
 
 , W , AA/V\AA J I A I < ' \ 
 
 III D (SUl <=> 
 
 ^ ^ M ^ " 
 
 #^ 8 
 
 ra £=i 
 
 m. ; p^ 
 
 ©Si'l 
 
 :p' 
 
 I X A/V^A^'^ I 
 
 el 
 
 i 
 
 'P^LI ^ 
 
 
 O 
 
 I 
 
 nil! ^°a IM ITIi r^, !:3 
 
 i::i 
 
 ]i.i csSiMsai f iP ¥1 
 
 C^IMIJI f 
 
 1 
 
 ei -I ii„i rnii ^ 
 
 ©0 
 
 ;o e 
 
 © 
 
 /I\ 
 
 I 
 
 _^ 3 
 
 11 1^11 
 
 
 ^<^ a 
 
 'I p-^i 
 
 J? 
 
 ^ 
 
 .(^ 
 
 nedu qemdt mehi red neb pat reyit neb hememu neb em na yu qennu denre 
 I dtt 8. a dri-f her tep ta em heq da en Qemt III. — i. seyu senes 
 
 denre -fu a dri-f er per dtf-f Upsi Amen - Rd suten neteru Mutet Xensu 
 ■• neteru nebu Vast z. tit dn suten \Rd-user-AIadt-meri-Amen\ dnyi ufa senb 
 
 sa Rd [Rd-meses-heq-Annu any ufa senb pa neter da em seuai dif-f neter 
 3 pen hpsi Amen-Rd suten neteru paut yeperu yer hdt 3. neter neteri utet su 
 
 t'esef fa-a seqau atf art ent qemati 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 145 
 
 <S 
 
 rn^^i ^k: 
 
 T nt 
 
 Tnii t ^k 
 
 ■^ 
 
 ^s>- 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 czsz: 
 
 S 
 
 1^f 
 
 I 
 
 mil r: k 1-, 
 
 Q D 
 
 1 f^-^^ 
 
 PI 
 
 
 s Q 
 
 I © II 
 
 .(\y^ 
 
 I m 
 
 I ^AAAAA 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^: 
 
 /WV\AA AAjWSA 
 
 1^ 
 
 I 
 j^e I 
 
 1 
 
 AA^A/'A 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAA/V. 
 
 1 
 
 c. D 
 
 w 
 
 '3 
 
 1^""^ 
 
 11 
 
 'unenet setau su er red neteru dmma-nd miyui-k neb neteru 4. setem en nai-d 4 
 senes dri-d-k mdki iu-h yer-lt er Uast nder nut-k Mat neteri-k em pant neteru 
 enti em semu-k hetep-k em neb Anyd duset-k feseri 5. er yeft hpsi en dhbaa-k 5 
 Ubennu-d en na neteriL nebu titat via dtf-d Ausdr neb Tat'esert dmmd ba-d 
 md baiu ent paut neteru enti hetep er-kes-k 6. em yut neheh dmmd nefu en 6 
 
 fent-d mu en ba-d sedmu-d paut t'efau en neter hetep-k dmmd kpsi-d 
 
 hen-d men 
 
 10 
 
146 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III 
 
 ffl 
 
 .(v^y] 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 mi 
 
 © 
 
 1^""^ 
 
 11 
 
 AAAAAA \X 
 
 I VJ. I AAAAAA Vi- 
 
 o I 
 
 e 
 
 VI 
 
 d^^^ 
 
 I I 
 
 2„^ #> @ 
 
 2 ^ f 
 
 1 JP^ 
 
 ■<2>- 
 
 Q D 
 
 C~3 
 
 I Q W CTTj 
 
 1 
 
 
 e^^ 
 
 H 
 
 # 
 
 -CS^ 
 
 .1 
 
 
 i 
 
 Q W 
 
 Q c (3 
 
 # 
 
 ra. 
 
 © 
 
 Q D© 
 
 ra HA ■& 
 
 7 embah-k 7. too neteru ddai nehu Akert dq-d peri-d %er-k md dri en sen 
 
 8 utu-k haiu-d mdqet-sen er y^efti-d s-men hetepu-d madu en 8. ka-d men 
 em dmenit er iad neheh un-d em suten her tep ta em heq dnyiu semen-k 
 
 9 yddi her tep-d md dri-nek hes-k evi hetep er het-d iepsi 9. s-nct'em-k her 
 nesti-k y^er dut db entek semen-d her duset en dtf-d md d dri-k en Heru er 
 
 10 duset Ausdr bu daiaq-d bu hurd-d 10, U em duset-iuf dn teha-d utu-nek 
 enti em her-d tdu-k hetepu heri db 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 147 
 
 I fli s -- k 11.1 ^JSI ^ ^ 
 
 ® (3 
 I I I 
 
 ] 
 
 AAAAAA ,---— --^ /| 
 
 I A/WWv 
 
 I I ii; — O (3 
 I 
 
 qqi ~ n;; ^.p^i 
 
 ff 
 
 ^ I 
 
 Q 1*^^^^ 
 
 IV. 
 
 ] 
 
 I I 
 
 f 
 
 r^/^^ 
 
 
 1\ 
 
 
 H mm 
 
 tcm 
 
 f\ rw^S. © o £/ o 
 A ooo^M^I II Ml 
 
 .© 
 
 J 
 
 AArtA/V\ I 
 
 QMl I I 
 
 ^^^^ 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 .0 (2c 
 
 © 
 
 "I pj:o^ k rr [ mi 
 
 fl\ 
 
 =, I ni I I 
 
 nnni © nnni 
 
 ^ 3 =»==S^r 
 
 
 I 
 
 em tai-d hememei ta neh em daui en hrd-[k] dmam-d em na smeniet-d 11. a 11 
 d7'i-k em suten qeh-d nek yu denre qennu dri-d nek het hpsi em heh en 
 renput mend her tu «« Neb-dniet en yeft-k IV. — i. qetd em dner en i 
 rut hdait dner Qemt direda em smu femt em qemamu en nai bejenu em dner 
 her qaqa er hert 2. mdtennu i'aut em hasanet (?) her ren iir hen-k qet-d sebti a 
 em qet-s s-menyet em drit fer dairedd t'akaire em dner en rut 3. sekt-d 3 
 mer (?) em-bah-s 
 
 10* 
 
148 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 1 
 
 V 
 
 Z5 
 
 
 
 "sM«,f, 
 
 I I I 
 
 H 
 S 
 S 
 
 4 (^i;«r\ ofsiisn <-= mini 
 I 000 i 000 o I I I I 
 
 \ 
 
 III 
 
 01 I 
 
 000 
 
 000 
 
 ol 
 
 I 
 
 H I 
 
 I 1 I I I I t I I 1 I I I 1 
 
 AA/V^A^ AAAAAA 
 
 
 1^, P f^ P,T, Efl 
 
 ra ^ 
 
 C3CD I D 
 
 Q s I I 
 
 ftA/\AA/\ 
 ft) "AAAAA ^ 
 
 J 
 
 
 ^Yn>-^ ^ X.i?^! 
 
 ? 
 
 I I I 
 I I I 
 I I I 
 
 Mil i 
 
 e 
 
 1 AAAAAA i— i. 
 
 © 
 
 ^ D 
 
 55! 
 
 U' 
 
 © 
 
 
 ^=pi 1^ ?"=n iiT 
 
 3fl^ £« i\^« /^^fl em mennu her a^ax md ta Mehi meh-d re-het'-s em fei 
 
 4 taiu Qemt 4. nicb hef dat neb md hefnu ientti-sen namesmes em neferu 
 
 5 uahi ahet menmen sedH-sen md idt nu utclu hclra-d tics 5. ta Qeind 
 md ta MM ta tent Tah nes y^cr baku-sen mehd em haqu a tdu-k-nd 
 
 6 em ta pet paut t'am cut sey/peru md t'ebd 6. mcsi-d scmu-Ji ur hetep em 
 yennu-s Amcii-ynem-heh reii-f iepsi s-ya/ceni em dat madt md yiiti 
 ydd-f reUi- 
 
(S 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 7 
 
 ■^ =0= \ 
 
 (Sill iX III 
 
 149 
 =0= 
 
 fss^ 
 
 00 
 
 © 
 
 ioOO I III wvA/vv I 
 
 p: 
 
 e_D I 
 
 e 
 
 <:^ I 
 
 D (3||| X^iii (s\\ 
 
 ?1 
 
 I AA/S/VSA 
 
 J,^ I 5f?^, 
 
 [^ 
 
 I Q III 
 
 i-^Jo ffl' 
 
 W I 
 
 I 
 
 '^:;?^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 e 
 
 e© III 
 
 -CSS- Q n ^ 
 
 irmn 
 
 .B^^-r-^ 
 
 W 
 
 ,^fl p T^;; n^i 
 
 # 
 
 !'1 
 
 crtj 
 
 o 
 
 [TiTni 
 
 si j: 
 
 ^ D 
 
 V=°^- 
 
 .1 ! mi 
 
 (IIIID 
 
 (3 
 
 ■ I 
 
 EUD I 
 
 1 
 
 Q- 
 
 ^^3i=f 
 
 /«/! «« /a maa-f 7. dri-d-nef hennu en lUhu en nub nefer keteyu em het^ 7 
 yemi an re-sen sedst-d neter hetepic madu yeft-k em fa drpu heqt reui yepen 
 8. duaa rencn dmtu dh ait madu kahsi madu em seyunen-f dthu-d 8 
 menu ddai md tuu em ieset behcs (?) g. sedny em dri hetep her unemet 9 
 semehi en pais redt yeti her ren ur hen-li iaad neheh keteyu tut em mat 
 bdait 10. yepereru em dner qem hetep em yennu-s mesi-d Ptak-Seker 10 
 Nefer-Tem paut neterii. nebu pet ta 
 
150 
 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 )ij\" p %.s k n T 1^ 
 
 © 
 
 000 
 
 o I 
 
 1= 
 
 T !■ 
 
 D e 
 
 I 1 I 
 
 000 I H 
 
 000 
 
 A „_, D \\ M AAAAAA 
 
 ^ ,B^^ 000 
 
 J,000 JffiJ^O 111 1 C^3 
 
 
 V. I ^04 (1 
 
 I ^ n 1 
 
 AAAAAA ^2 III 
 
 © 
 
 @ ® A- ^^ 
 
 I 
 
 fl 
 
 AAAAAA ^(v^ 
 
 ffl 
 
 I i 
 
 cr':^ 
 
 P ^'P^l 1 S P 
 
 \A 
 
 I I I 
 
 III Q III 
 
 u 
 
 ffi <=^; 
 <=> ZS 
 
 ^ f I I I 
 
 o 
 A I I 
 
 , I II 
 
 (3 ci 
 
 II ^^/d?/ (JOT kerd-s baku em nub nefer 11. hef em qematnu em meh em dat 
 
 madt men^/et em dri dri-d-nek het-d iepsi en suien em ymnu-s md het-dat 
 
 13 Tern enii em hert iLyai 12. heird sehaut en smu se§et da en yddii en 
 
 1 nub nefer dri-d-nes quir alep em nefer uahi er yell er V. — i. §ent-s 
 dn-nu urtu dri-d-nes re -hef uda ddai her tep dtur alep fer fet dU er 
 
 2 rehei-s iepsi 2. reri-s em hamii dusetu dt-ent-yd atep yer teka hurere en 
 hdtut-k qet-d en 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES HI. 
 
 © 
 
 1 ffi 3 1 
 
 .f^!l 
 
 151 
 
 I I f 
 
 =»=<!^ I 
 
 ^^ T k^ p,T, c; 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 y^^ ^. 
 
 f i P 
 
 A " T s 
 1 I I 
 
 000 I w , 
 
 (1=1 =lj] I 
 
 D " ffi 
 
 ffl 
 
 I Ai I I 
 <2 6 
 
 ]^r 
 
 .^fl 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 1 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA ^^, Q 
 
 # 
 
 tt A 
 
 1 
 
 © o 
 
 ni^A z, r^ +? k eni ^' 
 
 C-D 
 
 ^k P 
 
 I 
 
 ;-! 
 
 * 1 IDA, aMi]| f i P 1 5 
 
 
 £? 
 
 k r^rnz. iki PF.i 
 
 AAAAAA -'W I 
 
 AA/S/VVA _ I f 
 
 ;^i3;;M peru-ma (?) /(?r 3. qahaaut seiet-d mer emhah-sen aper %er sehni 
 
 4. dri-d-neli yut Mat em nui-k Uast f_eft en dhbaa-k er neieru per [Rd-meses- 
 
 '• n1 — ' ^ 
 
 heq-Annu any^ ut'a senh em per Amen men em pet y^er dten 5. qet-d su 
 
 nemmd su em dner en rut yer Oireda ddaiu en nub nefer meh-d rehef-f em 
 
 yet dn en ddui-d er mdsi-u 6. er yeft-k em yert hru seheh-d-nek dpet qemdt 
 
 em menu uru qef-d-nek het dm-s md nesti Neb-er-fer neter het [Rd-meses- 
 
 heq-Annu any ufa senb 7. ynem reitu em Aptet nem-d semenyet mennu- 
 
152 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 ;i 
 
 ,1 J 
 
 f-^ [] AA/VVA-X 
 
 O 
 
 1 
 
 ^ n 
 
 I (3 <=> I I 
 
 
 U 
 o I 
 
 ooo 
 
 [trmi 
 
 /vvvvv\ 
 
 I I 
 
 nt^ A 
 
 1 /WWV\ (J 
 
 G 
 
 Dmn 
 
 PJ 
 
 e 
 
 ^1 I I I I III 
 
 ! I I I I 
 
 |(2 
 
 m 
 
 o^ I 
 
 10 ^s>- 
 
 D (3| 1 I 
 
 U H,^ ™ 
 
 A^AAA^ ± 3 ^ . 
 
 irrmi 
 
 DH 
 
 lllllllll (g. O ig: 
 
 IIIIIIIM III 1 
 
 D° 
 I III 
 
 A 
 
 p. 
 
 1 _Lir\^ AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA (1^ — ^' 
 
 1=M1 T t-k'l 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 k em Uast neyJuH aiiscl [uiep en db-k cr kes-lu hrd-k pur (Rd-uscr-inadt-meri- 
 8 AmeiiX dir/^ ut'a senb em per Amen 8. mdiei kerd Neb-er-l'er (jet em dncr md 
 g bdam semenyct em kal cr neheh Bircda her hrdu em dner en ma sebaiil g. hetrd 
 
 10 em nub dper su em t'amu s-yeper-nd yer yei em hefnu lo. dri-d-nck kerd 
 iela cm dl udl em dner ncfer en mat dduit her hrd-f em ycmi cm qcmamii 
 
 11 ye/i her ren-k ncieri ii. semii-k nr heUpi cm ycnnu-f md Rd em ynli-tuf 
 smen her diisct-f cr saa cr 
 
^H k fJV 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 153 
 
 "=::=^ 
 
 Q D 
 
 i 000 
 
 A 
 
 =?=£=, ^ 
 
 .^ 
 
 fsssn 
 
 ffi 
 
 (S 
 
 
 000 
 
 000 
 
 © 
 
 ■J' 
 
 1 
 
 c^ D 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 
 ^ -^3- 
 
 I I I 
 
 000 <:CZ= 
 
 ,°^^i 
 
 iimD 
 
 TfllT, Xflfl 
 
 000 
 =0= 
 
 (2 
 
 n 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 w 
 
 ^111 A AAAAAA a D 
 
 ; >kr 
 
 !0 
 
 ^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 O III 
 
 ,s. 
 
 '^ ffl I 
 
 I \lil 
 
 Q O==n 
 
 olll 
 
 (SIM 
 
 lliflf 
 
 III 4) j£S.| I I I ^_M!il II D 111 Ti 
 
 nekeh em dbbaa-k da kpsi iz. dri-d-nek heiep da en hut' cm qemamu hiit'a em vz 
 niih nefer yapu em kalemei y^cr lut en neb any iit'a scnb em nub em qemamtL 
 db yer neter helepu-k mad yefl-k VI. — 1. dri-d-nek yaiti da en paik i 
 dbbaa hut'a em nub nefer em meh em dner en naif satii en nub yer drpu 
 heqt henk-u er yefl-k cr leni iuaui a. dri-d-nek rd en un-hrd em 2 
 henu henei dper-sel em la heqt dh apt drpu neter sentrd telia simu 
 renpd mad 
 
154 
 
 n 
 
 /VvA/W\ 
 
 kZ 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 ra 
 1^ 
 
 .© 
 
 fl 
 
 r^ 
 
 AAAAfVA 
 
 ,^1 I ^ ^ 
 
 © 
 
 ooo 
 
 o==^ 
 
 Q. 
 
 O 
 
 U oo 
 
 u 
 
 ^^1 
 
 AAAAAA 
 W 
 
 1«1 
 
 =1 
 
 D '^ 
 
 © 
 
 1 
 
 ooo 
 
 ^ 
 
 <= D 
 
 u 
 
 1 13-n 
 
 P^ 
 
 
 OOO 
 
 ^K^ 
 
 M, 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 Q W I I I 
 
 OOO 
 
 f'1 
 
 I 
 
 \{ 
 
 © 
 
 4 -CS>- 
 
 I H 
 
 I MWiM 
 
 in 
 
 
 err: 
 
 3 di embah-k em fer hru em hau dmenit unu embah 3. dri-d-nek ufa 
 iepsi en nub em meh useyi ddaiu dperu en katemet qen er des-u er hnhet-k 
 
 4 er teni yaai-k dat em duset-k dat t'esert em Apt 4. dri-d-nek tut en neb 
 
 5 em nuh em qemamu hetep em duset rey-nef em kerd-k iepsi 5. dri-d- 
 nek duti ddaiu en nub em qehqeh yeti her ren tcr hen-k yer nai-d senes 
 
 6 6. dri-d-nek keteyu duti em hef em qehqeh yeti her ren ur hen-k em utut 
 ta het 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 155 
 
 A'kA 
 
 ©' 
 
 O ©1 I I 
 
 \\[ 
 
 □ 
 
 I AA/VW\ 1 
 
 1="^ I I 
 
 III I I I I I 
 
 ill I 
 
 
 S'1 
 
 
 # a 
 
 8 ^ H' 
 
 e 
 
 J 
 
 /WVAAA 
 
 O ©I 
 
 TP 
 
 ^^'^'VX 808 ^ 
 
 X @ (3 
 
 
 # @(s 9 
 
 ■^ o 
 I o 
 
 A'^A 
 
 ? Ill I U 
 
 f 
 IIII 
 
 (£ Q 
 
 I I I 
 
 (3 a/ I 
 
 1^ 
 
 D i2 000 
 
 
 I D c~r] I I I I I 
 
 I ^^^^ 
 
 <#K 
 
 © 
 
 e 
 
 ,<;;^>_ (9* AAAAAA 
 
 ni 
 
 
 (^ 
 
 !'1 
 
 1I 
 
 (S -. 
 
 7. dri-d-nek dnnu ddai em het em qehqeh yeti her ren ur hen-k hufaut em 7 
 basanet yer utut ami hetu er-pau d dri-d em Ta-merd 8. em suienit her 8 
 tep ta er hennu-u en ren-k er neheh t'etta entek paiu nebi her uiebt her 
 hrdu g. dri-d-nek keieyu dnnu em ymit em qehqeh du em samu ent sds g 
 em dnnu en nub yeti hufimt em basanet her ren ur hen-k utut ta het er 
 pau em mdiet 10. seyu tuau ait d dru-d en ren-k heri db-k en pa setem-u 10 
 pa neb 
 
156 
 
 n 
 
 AAAAZ-A ^^ I ■ 
 
 A^lV^A^ ^^ I 
 
 7V:/£; ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 I I I 
 
 ooo 
 
 A^/V^AA I 
 
 A 000 
 
 5 ^ #: 
 
 D I I 
 
 ■0= 
 
 ooo 
 
 (3 
 
 i ooo f J 
 
 AAftAAA 
 
 Si! 
 
 :b. 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 □ 
 
 
 
 ooo 
 
 oo 
 
 ,s ^ 
 
 o 
 
 mTiB I 
 
 ^ I ^ ^ AAAAAA 
 
 o (^ ooo 
 
 o I (? w I 
 
 y ooo jw^ Q 1 o 
 
 <:^ D 
 
 _[□_ 
 
 T" 
 
 A/V\AAA I 
 
 III 
 
 fl 
 
 S 
 
 VII. 
 
 © I 
 
 I 
 
 mnD I 
 
 m 
 
 
 I fJ>AAAA 
 
 ffl 
 
 ooo 
 
 D e 
 
 Mii 
 
 LJ SiS 
 
 I III 
 
 M 
 
 I (S. 
 
 II »^/«ri^ II. dri-d-nck ka-hrd-ka da en het' db scptei-f em nub leti her ren-k 
 hebs her hrd-f em qehqeh em het db scyanckcl dat en nub y/r hebs rcluui 
 
 la 12. baku-d en na semu cnl Mul Y-ensu mesi dru em maul cm hetu-nub dm 
 em nub nefer em hufa umet em meh em dai neb dri en Ptah useydii en 
 
 i3 hdi pehici i3. dperu em katemet-sct helep heru db her na denre d dru-d-nu 
 
 I VII. — I. dri-d-nek lUu ddai en paik red/ tcka em nub ucfer yapui en 
 katemel sept dam yerii 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 ra 
 
 WVvAA 
 ^-I— -Si 
 
 ooo 
 
 i ooo 
 on 2 A D 
 
 I I (3 
 
 D 
 
 ^fl 
 
 III 
 
 ooo 
 
 p:^- 
 
 .©-? 
 
 e^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 r 
 
 n 
 
 Q III C Ql I I 
 
 157 
 
 O 
 
 Q Di I I 
 
 1 
 ) I 
 
 I I I 
 
 flfl 
 
 =^2=0 3 
 I I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 , III 
 I III 
 
 \\ J\^ 
 
 AAAAAA AA/VWS 
 
 z) X. 
 
 I 
 
 I f^^"^ 
 I 
 
 I 
 o II 
 
 @ 
 
 I III 
 
 ■ S 
 
 © 
 
 %=* 
 
 :i 
 
 o ^ 
 
 'D. 
 
 1 
 
 ffl 
 
 S \\ I I I 
 
 Jo III 
 
 D 
 
 .flf 
 
 4^ 4 
 o 111 I 
 
 O III 
 
 -(5- 
 
 O 111 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 AAAA/VA 
 
 :ii I I 
 
 zi=o= v*-^l 
 
 = e. 
 
 
 D ©III 
 
 ^a/^ em hef y^er yapi em nub er han sat a. tdu-d-nek met en i'ebd en tep 2 
 en neferu er set'efau neter hetepu-k em dmenit er yent-u er Uast er 
 tent renpit er sedH ienttc-k em neferu uahi 3. mdsi-d-nek en na 3 
 haqu en ta pet pant haireka taiu set en paik dbbaa tdu-d' ta uat er 
 Uast nid retet er seta y^eft-k yer kaui dSi 4. uah-d-nek dht em hebu 4 
 tep trdiu er madu er yeft-k er teni ydd-k du dper em ta heqt ah aptu 
 drpu neter sentrd 
 
158 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 I 
 
 P,T, ¥ P,T, i:J\i\ k 
 
 ,© <= @ 
 
 I 
 
 e, 
 
 (3 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 
 -^1 
 
 © 
 
 (2 
 
 VI 
 
 
 
 © nnn 
 
 1 
 
 f^l 1P 
 
 ^\> 
 
 vj:#^ I 
 
 q^f 
 
 ^1 "^^ J 
 
 
 oo 
 
 o 
 
 ra' 
 
 
 Q W 
 
 
 A 
 
 J 
 
 =?' 
 
 I 6 
 
 I (\A/V\/V\ I 
 
 a o 
 
 
 D © 
 
 o ^ 
 I I I 
 
 ooo 
 
 [mill 
 
 i<^ O I 
 
 a 
 
 -i?1 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 ooo 
 
 ©^?i i 
 
 Oci 
 
 ^ A 
 
 
 feka an rd sen du-sen hetrd em maut her seru rutu em hau ^u neb a 
 
 5 dru-d en ka-k 5. sdqhii-d-nek uda-k iepsi User -hat en meh iad mob 
 her tep dtur em di ddai ymtei en hdait teka em nub nefer er han nu 
 
 6 md sekti Rd ndi i-f Be^/at dnj^ maai-nebu en 6. pa petrd-f peru-ur da 
 em ycujiu-f en nub nefer em meh em dat neb md het-dat hen iefil 
 
 7 em nub em hdt er pehui maiitu em ddrdutet yer atf 7. seia-d-nek 
 Pimt em 
 
^s 
 
 ffl 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 159 
 
 I 
 
 ■W 
 
 o 
 
 ra 
 
 M 
 
 
 j^e>- 
 
 -^&- 
 
 (3 
 
 
 WAAAA 
 
 (s O 
 
 i1 
 
 A' 
 
 I I I r I 
 
 j; 
 
 
 k n; p^ji 
 
 ; I 
 
 © I 
 
 I I I o 
 
 
 ', P,T", T 1\ 
 
 AAA^AA 
 
 e 
 
 (3 
 
 
 MnA I AAAArtA ' 
 
 I o ^. I Del 
 
 p: 
 
 
 n 
 
 © 
 
 ) 
 
 9 <S>~ 
 
 t ' n H I 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 
 
 + --mm ^ M 
 k ai ^ ^ la 
 
 iVv/WA /WvA'VV I 
 
 = © 
 
 ' I III 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 (Z«A' r^n' wf/^r ^^/-^ ^er /^/ /waz'/ teka-d nehatit neter sentrd em path 
 abbaa bu petrd-u an fer reku-d 8. dri-d-nek qarere inene§ baaire em pet 8 
 setebeh em yfiu-sen tep uai^-ur idu-d-nu heru pet heru tnene^ dper 
 em qetut qennu dn rd-sen er ymt yd ta Tah set pehuu ta er naik re-hel^ 
 ddai em Uast neytu-d 9. dri-d-nek menmen em qemd mehi yer dh aptu 9 
 
 dat em hefnu yer mer dh dnu mer rutuu sate qennu em- 
 
 sa-sen 
 
i5o 
 
 VI 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 w a (3. 
 
 ^. 
 
 III 
 
 ^\ 
 
 P 
 
 e 
 
 S III 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 M I mil T 
 
 §1 §. 
 
 u 
 
 .© 
 
 4 
 
 flo 
 
 (3 III 
 
 o 
 
 (Jv] 
 
 tfk) 
 
 
 III© 
 
 r3s I 
 
 (?) ^ 
 
 •^ 
 
 I Q|ll I III -B^ 
 
 -=^Mtt:: 
 
 \ I Q^l .Pi 
 
 u' 
 
 s 
 
 is — dMiI ^ III <= 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 
 ;i I E 
 
 
 1 1 <==> c^>Xi II In (3.111 
 
 D A 
 
 /VWV\A 
 AA/VAAA 
 
 (2 
 
 :l 
 
 AA/VWA 3 -0 
 
 (3 1 I- 
 
 Q I 
 
 1 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 © 
 
 I I 
 
 Pqfl 
 
 I I 
 
 r^^^^^ O o I 
 
 rST 
 
 i3 
 
 I 
 
 ;(£r j/wz^ e/i ah cr semad-u en ka-k em heh-k nehu hetep db-k her hrd-sen 
 
 10 pa heq paut neteru lo. ari-d-nek kamu en drpu em Ui-reset Ut-mehet 
 emmdiet dn rd-sen keteyu em qemd em iryj ait sedU-set em ta mehi 
 
 11 md hefnu dper-set em kamu em haqu set yer mer (?) em sesetet-d ii. dper 
 yer seieni yer sehthii drpu md sta mu er henk-u cr yeft-k em Uast 
 
 12 neyhiS i2. teka-d nul-k Uasl em mennu ayay as/' hii{^i)-re menhet er 
 ij serdti-k i3. ijet-d pa en 
 
THE ANNALS OF R AMESES III. 
 
 i6i 
 
 ] 
 
 e 
 
 
 en 
 III 
 
 VIII. 
 
 ^y 
 
 t, ooo_a5^ III 
 
 
 000 
 
 D a 
 
 ^s-s ™ rflii- -p-Kii 
 
 _ - ^ 
 
 ini I I 
 
 cr^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA AA/VA/W 
 
 ■© 
 
 ooo 
 
 § w 
 
 AAAA'VA Q n 
 
 ^AA/VA/ 
 
 = [DB]] 
 I III 
 
 'P, 
 
 I AAAAAA vii U U - /T*\> L 
 
 i-jmSi f i p 
 
 (VVVVVt 
 
 o 
 
 3 orn 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I W 
 
 /I\ 
 
 A AAAAAA ( 
 
 O (2 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 "^ Si6 ^ 
 
 I ^~a3s~j' 
 
 u: 
 
 1 
 
 u^Kl, 
 
 CTTD 
 
 jfl-^ Xmsu em Uast em dner nefer en rut bdait dner qem ieka-d naif hetrd 
 sehaut em nub yapui en smu md yut ent pet VIII. — i. baku-d en naik i 
 semit em heiu nub em dat neb iepsi an en ddui-d 2. dri-d-nek fatdt hpsi 2 
 em nut ta mehi semen-d em dmi-nek er neheh per [Rd-meses heq Annu 
 dtiy uth senb da nefiu fertu nef er ren er iad er neheh 3. teheni-d 3 
 nef Ta-merd fer dnnu-sen hememu ta neb tut em yennu-f dper em 
 kamu 
 
 II 
 
l62 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 i— in 
 
 ■ ^^ HI % 
 
 1 
 
 = .gSi-2aJi 
 
 r-^^ Vll I 1 1 
 
 A/v^AAA 
 ? /SAAA/\A ^ 
 
 I 
 = 111 
 
 I I I I 
 
 3| I I AA/VAAA 
 
 I 
 
 Ci(3 
 
 <S<( 
 
 e 
 
 
 fl\ 
 
 fl?i.,: 
 
 ,(3 
 
 A 
 
 (3 .A c=^ 
 
 I ^ nil 
 
 o V I I 
 
 4^ 
 
 e 
 
 1 
 
 (3 
 
 H? 
 
 ^■'^ ^ J.| I 
 
 08=0= 
 
 A III 
 
 ^ n(| [1-^ ^ 
 
 Ml 
 
 ©III 
 
 D_^ A 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAft f\f\AAJ^ 
 
 Q. 
 
 1 
 
 1 AA/vAA I 1 1 I '^ ' ^ ■ 
 
 ■I^ID 
 
 c-zi 
 
 ^^i::^ 
 
 4 aaaz' dusdu sututi em hnti neh benerd atep 4. yer teka-sen uat seBehen 
 
 5 e?n hurere la neb dsi dufi tetemet mdtet ^d 5. dri-d nef ka en Qemt 
 bah em lain em ta-u ddai en t'etiu yer drert dnhii em sebti em qet-u 
 
 6 md dtur teka em mennu 6. ddai her uai-u neb dH neheh dm -sen er 
 iat mi utebu er mdsi-u en ka-k er Vast neyiu-d drpu md seta 
 
 7 mu dn rd-sen er 7. henk-u er yeft hrd-k em dmenit 8. qet-d-ntk 
 neter het-k em 
 
The annals of rameses in. 
 
 i63 
 
 AAAAAA (J 
 
 .« 
 
 P^ 
 
 ooo 
 
 ©will 
 
 17° 
 
 I III D ©Jiii 
 
 I I I 
 
 imiiil 
 
 
 k Its 
 
 r^ 
 
 [mmJi 
 
 f 
 
 K2 I AA/\AyV\ C 
 
 5il 
 
 
 °^ 
 
 "< 
 
 
 
 I I 
 
 I Ai I I 
 
 J 
 
 C2 \\ (E 
 A III 
 
 §. 
 
 I I I 
 
 1 cr^i 
 
 /WVWS AAAAAA III (^ 
 
 I P, 
 
 -^^ 
 
 (2 
 
 ^ ^fsl W^.^i P^l 
 
 fennu sat-f semeny^ef em drit men-fet em dner en diina seba-f heird-f em 
 nub hutd y^emt fapu em dat neb md sesui pet g. mesi-d semu-k hpsi g 
 sefadi dm-f md Rd s-hef-nef ta em sati-f Amen en [Rd-meses heq Annu 
 
 dnyi Ufa senb ren-f ur iepsi meh-d per-f em henu hent dn-nd em taiu Sati 
 10. neter hel unnut em fa temamu mesui buua s-yjperu-nd re-hef-f bah em lo 
 yd ta neb Untuiu-f tekeni-u er heri menmen-iuf ii. sedH-u er §d mefetu ii 
 duaa semadu en 
 
164 
 
 Ui 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 1^ a 
 
 n 
 
 F=& 
 
 s^ I 
 
 I 
 
 © w 
 
 I ® Dl 
 
 I AA/VAAA I 
 
 ra' 
 
 U 
 
 ^■^;*^ I I I 
 
 ^1 I I 
 
 m 
 
 
 D e III 
 
 
 D ci 
 
 i3 
 
 O I AAAiVW\ _ 
 
 III I I I I n 1 1 1 1 
 
 'fl 
 
 I AAAAAA f 
 
 'P^ 
 
 
 NppIII I t 
 
 AAA (p .1,1 It ILL 
 
 <^ I I I AAAAAA 
 
 M 
 
 Q 
 
 [T^ 
 
 
 D Q 
 
 ^\ ^TU^ A^AAAA A rQ "^ Jvi 
 
 ■JirvS o _ccSs-' ' 
 
 f iP k }^\ -^^1.^ I k ik" 
 
 ka-f neter heiepu evi dmenit irnh ab embah-f rd en uia yer reui yepm 
 12 hamu yer dri pet 12. kamu yer drpu dper yer teka-sen renpd hurere neb 
 i3 i3. dri-d-nek per kpsi em ta "/-ent yeti her ren-k hpsi mdtet heri per 
 
 [Rd-meses heq Anini] any ufa senb da neyju men yer ren-k er neheh 
 I IX. — I. qet-d-nek het ieta em ta en Taha mdtet yut ent pet enti em heri ia hei 
 
 a [ Rd-meses-heq Annu J any ufa senb em pa Kanana z. em dmi en ren-k mesi- 
 d semu-k ur hetep 
 

 Awvw HI in 
 
 r/f£ ANNALS OF RAMESES III 
 
 165 
 
 fl=l - QMDI f iP 
 
 
 ]; 
 
 I 
 
 1; 
 
 1113 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 1 I I 
 
 AAAAftA *■ 
 
 I I 
 
 
 PS^T 
 
 'm: 
 
 
 © 
 
 (S 
 
 •^ — ^ Q 
 
 I I I 
 
 (2 
 
 i\v A 
 
 O' '0' 
 I III 
 
 I II I I 
 
 © 
 
 I I 
 
 p: 
 
 AftA^AA AAAAA^ 
 
 ^Wfl 
 
 :wiT 
 
 -<2>- 
 
 I AA/WAA 
 
 I 
 
 I o W 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 (?5i 
 
 U 
 
 => — %^i^ 
 
 v/sAAA f\ rv 
 
 in 
 
 ^^^ ^Jd^\ I I 
 
 AAAAA/\ AAAA/\A I 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 (2fll 
 
 +KI 
 
 (S 
 
 ® 
 
 . SI 
 
 ^ 7 ^, 
 
 
 «/« -/ennu-f Amen en [Ra-meses heq Annu\ dny^ ut'a sent iu-nef setu nu 
 
 Retennu 3. fer dnnu-sen en hrd-f md neteri-f seta-d ta temti-nek fer 3 
 
 baku-sen er mdsi-u er Uast nui-k ieia 4. dri-d-nek dbiu em t'afat Ta-merd 4 
 
 du-nek paut neteru seufa ta pen qet-d-nu er-pau kamu -/er hnii-sen 5. ahet 5 
 dat menmen henu dH du-nek er neheh mat-li her hrd-sen eniek paiu nebi iad 
 
 t'etla 6. baku-d en naik semu ddai uru enii em naiu fat'at tarn Qemt dri-d 6 
 
 surf neter het-u 7. unu 7 
 
1 66 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES IIJ 
 
 1 1^"-^ 
 
 
 u 
 
 1 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 (■==10 
 
 mi 
 
 13 S'p^ii 1-^11 -=- 
 
 
 (S 9 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 XX a. I. 
 
 Q. 
 
 
 -j^o 
 
 e 
 
 (2 © n □ 
 
 o 
 >l I I 
 
 lo I 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 III' II© 
 
 ©©(2(2 nnnn 
 ©©© nnnn 
 
 ©©©©' 
 
 © nnn 
 
 3- flfl^^ 
 
 4. WWVA I ^^'VVAA 
 
 ©© 
 ©© 
 
 n 111 
 III 
 
 ^- ffi 
 
 D. AAAAAA 
 
 ,^ 
 
 nnnn„ 
 ©© n 
 
 nnnn 
 
 n 
 
 ©© 
 
 nnnn 
 nnnn 
 
 7. ^ ^ III 
 
 smm qeb neter hetepu madu en ka-sen em hau dmenit unu embah-sen 
 8. pelrd sehid-nd dri-nd neb embah-k dtf-d iepsi neieri neb neieru dmamu 
 reO neieru em nai-d yu 9. d dru-d-nek em Qenre du-d her tep ta XX a. — 
 I. t'amadu t'eruu dpt Jj82. 2. nebtu dpi gio. 3. duaa 4i9- 4- renen en 
 duaa 2go. 5. neka 18. 6. ient 281. 7. her sa j. 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES 111. 
 
 167 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ rr 
 
 ^■W^^' ^I^^I® 
 
 i3. 
 
 (2 
 
 O 
 
 
 i5. 
 
 17. 
 
 ^ 
 
 I/NJ aa/vaaa 
 
 
 3. 
 
 (To. 
 
 4- 
 
 i^fl 
 
 £ 
 
 ©e(2 
 
 © 
 
 nn 
 nn 
 
 Q(S(3(S 
 (3(3(3(3 
 
 nnnn 
 nnnn 
 
 n II 
 
 nn 
 r 
 nn 
 
 n nil 
 
 nnnn 
 nnnn 
 
 e 
 
 III 
 
 nnn 1 1 1 
 
 III 
 
 (3(Sg(a 
 
 (3(3(3(3 
 
 e© 
 
 (3(3(3 
 ©© 
 
 nn 
 
 nn 
 
 III 
 III 
 
 nnn 
 
 nnn 
 nn 
 
 8. dmiu y4o. g. tup ig. lo. dh 1122. 11. hetep ah hnt 28g2. 12. duaa 
 madu hef I. i3. madu het' ^4. 14. nerdu i. 15. kahesi Si. 16. to«/ ijg. 
 17. /5«/«/ aa/ ^««/ 302g. XX i5. — I. re dni 6820. z. /<?/ da dn^ 1410. 
 3. /wr/K dni 1534. 4. ^2za2< fl«;j /fo. 
 
1 68 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 
 |U^^ 
 
 D -51 c "^^ 
 
 f 
 
 9-^-^ 
 
 f' 
 
 10. s ' 
 
 w D '=^•2,^^ 
 
 1 C"?-^ A/u\/vAA -t^^ 
 
 12- ,^_^X=^ I ,^ ^ 
 
 ffi 
 
 i3. 
 
 14- I „ 
 
 15- 
 
 (2 
 
 ?5^ 
 
 e 
 
 :^ 
 
 ©1 
 zs. 
 
 ^^>^ 
 
 ^^=5^ 
 
 f'li II 
 
 nnn 
 nnn 
 
 nn 
 
 (S(S(Sg 
 
 (3(3 
 
 © 
 
 nn 
 nn 
 
 (3(3 
 
 (5 n 
 
 (3(3 
 
 nn 
 r 
 nn 
 
 1 1 
 
 n 
 
 @© m 
 <2£ nn 
 
 £© 
 
 LXXV. 
 
 
 a 
 
 f 
 
 1 
 
 e^ 
 
 -\\'=' A : 
 
 5. OT«j/ dn)r 4060. 6. a/Za «» mu dny^ 2^,020. 7. mend/ ^ J, 8 10. 8. />a/«/ 
 fl»;(e/ 21,J00. g. padH a.nf_ 1240. 10. ^'a/re /j/ 6570. 11. ^e/i;/ a// to/ 
 126,2^4. 12. ^?rA w«r OTifA «OT remu yer yet ynemu 440- i3. remit hef2200. 
 14. r«a md^a 1^,^00. 15. r«OT« w^m 1^,500. LXXV, — i. Tet an suten 
 [Rd-usr-madi meri-Amenj any uta senb pa neier da yer seru hduti 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 169 
 
 O 
 
 ^73i=f 
 
 I AiWWV 
 
 M 
 
 l^^ra mi^s'lAl 
 
 ! "^ 2 
 
 I Qi 
 
 f 
 
 ® (g ^ I 
 
 (3 
 III (3 
 
 (2 
 
 AAAAAA 
 .^e- I I I 
 
 r^fli 3 %.:ii m ?i fl^i 
 
 1 
 
 T A, 
 
 
 .11 
 
 ^ I 
 
 ra 
 
 /VvAAAA (^ I 
 
 e \\ A 
 
 <=■ w 
 
 @ 
 
 1, fff 
 
 c:^ A X 
 III D ©I I I 
 
 s-i I I X 
 
 •I'A 
 
 s 
 
 ©^ 
 
 k Jfl^M 
 
 Ulll J-a I 
 =2ED /-) -TL -ion 
 
 e 
 
 ^'=>^ 
 
 ra^^ji 
 
 © 
 
 9 0. 
 
 I I 
 
 q,r, fl' 
 
 iS} 
 
 e 
 
 .fJ=i2_ 
 
 -&S, 
 
 © 
 
 
 ©uu ^ us 
 
 D © 
 
 Ui 
 
 nu ta menfitu ent hetrd Sairetana pet aU a. dnju neb nu ta en Ta- 2 
 merd setem-un tau-d dmamu-ten em nai-d yu d dru-d du-d em suten 
 en reyi un pa ta en 3. Qemt yad em ruti sa neb em dqa-f dn-nu re 3 
 heri renput qennu fer hat er hau keteyr^ du pa ta en Qemt 4. em seru 4 
 em hequt ud smamu sennu-f em buaa iuua ki hau feperu her-sa-f em 
 renput iui du Arsu ud Xaru 5. emmd-u em ser du mdu-f pa ta fer-f 5 
 em yierpu 
 
lyo 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES HI. 
 
 I 
 
 l^l^l 
 
 © 
 
 I I I (3 I 
 
 S 
 
 © 
 
 r mi' 
 
 D © 
 
 D (2 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 l\ 
 
 \ h 
 
 
 m \ ¥ P,T, P^H 1^1 I 
 
 A 
 
 [] A ^A^^ 
 
 • i 
 
 CM]I f 
 
 f\AAAf<A \/ iio [" 
 
 CT^ 
 
 e 
 
 C^ 
 
 ^'-^-A__ 1 (\AAAAA 
 
 ill 
 
 8 n <2 
 
 fiP^o| re£j|Sil^| 1|fi.p°i 
 
 
 © 
 
 >5-j' ^ ^ 
 
 JS^ 
 
 "^%h. 
 
 I 
 
 ;^f: qi fn 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 flPJ 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 6 «r Aa/-^ «a samu-f dri-f hum lettu du d dru na neteru mdqet 6. na red 
 an semadu-tu hetepu em yennu er-pau y^er dr na neteru pend-u er hetep er tdt 
 
 7 ta dqa-f md seyer-f metli 7. du-sen smeti sa-sen per em hat-sen er \Heq\ 
 dny^ Ufa senb en ta neb er duset-iu ur \Rd-user-'-/ad-setep-en-Rd-merL-Amen\ 
 
 8 j»/ ut'a senb sa Rd [Rd-Set-neyJ-mcrt-Ameii-meriS any titd senb 8. du-f 
 em Xeperd Set yefl neiti-tu-f du-f sept ta t'er-f unu beH du-f smamt na 
 
 9 yaku-dbu unu em Ta-merd du-f sedb 9. ta dsbut dat en 
 
^k; 
 
 THE ANNALS OF li AMESES III. 
 
 ^^ k CM] m 
 
 171 
 
 
 \ 
 
 e 
 
 q, 
 
 M' 
 
 © 
 
 .^S- 
 
 nil ra 
 
 30 
 
 A. 
 
 e 
 
 1L P'^H 
 
 "T 
 
 ffi 
 
 1 
 
 -^ n Ui 
 
 in^i 
 
 e 
 
 ra 
 
 n, 
 
 J' 
 
 mi 
 
 ff\ I n h A.\AAAA n I rv AAAAAA IS 
 
 q w 
 
 ■ 5S 
 
 LXXVI. 
 
 w ; 
 
 I -OS- 
 
 Q D 
 
 1ZI -- mi 
 
 
 Q (3 
 
 e 
 
 a-i^' 
 
 e 
 
 r 
 
 G 
 
 I O 
 
 I I 
 
 V=°^- 
 
 <^ 
 
 Qemi duf em. [Heq\ dny^ ufa senb iaiu er duset Tmu du-f tat hrdu septet unu 
 sehai dmamu sa neb sen-f unu hrd 10. duf snien er-pau fer neter hetepu er 10 
 semadu en paut neteru md entdu-sen du-f teheni-d er erpdt em duset Sebu 
 du-d re-heri da en taiu Qemt em sehen en LXXVI. — \. ta ter-f temti em 1 
 bu ud du-f hetep em yuti-tuf md paut neteru dru-nef d drit ent Ausdr (?) 
 yeni em paif suten uda her tep dtru 2. hetep em het-tuf heh Amentet Uast z 
 du dtf Amen neb neteru Ra Tmu Ptah 
 
lyz 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 •s; 
 
 J 
 
 A^l ^"3 ^Ml - i 
 
 fiP ~= E^ li.1 P(M] - ~ =» 
 i;. M vl - 1 k ^^^1 ^ 
 
 a! SKI 4-1 p/Ji ifl sai 
 
 -M^ /wwvv'fiiv J^'^— ' err: ,M^ I o w err: I I 
 
 lo 0( 
 
 I I I 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 I A/vAAA/\ 
 
 ©vai 
 
 ■Uf? 
 
 I Zl X 
 
 I AAAA/^ 
 
 I D S III 
 
 I 6 A 
 
 I 
 
 ,1 ^ 
 
 I ^ III 
 
 I 
 
 ^1 
 
 D ©III 
 
 I I I 
 
 3 nefer-hrd s-yadu-d em neh iaui er duset ulet-d sehp-d daut en dif-d 3. em 
 dhahai du ta hetep iitif yer hetepu du-u re&ui en maa-d em {Heq\ dn% 
 
 4 Ufa senh iaui vid Heru seheq-f taiu er duset Ausdr yadu-k 4. em atf yer 
 ddrdret ynemu-d ydd iuti ma Tatenen s-net'em-k em ienfai Heru yuti tebu-k 
 
 5 em yakeru md Tmu 5. dri-d seyeperu Ta-merd em t'amu ait em dbuu (?) 
 
 6 en hei-d seru ddai menfitu cut hetrd qennu md hefnu Sairetana 6. Qeheq 
 dn rd-sen 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES HI. 
 
 173 
 
 \[ 
 
 A Wl 
 
 k^ 
 
 ci 1^1 
 
 m -11 1 
 
 n n ® AA/vwv Q^ |_35--| I gj^ ^ 
 
 D. 
 
 B _i_ 
 
 P. 
 
 'k ra. 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 I © 
 
 ^'^^ 
 
 I -TV I AAAAAA 
 
 ppVft m\ 
 
 e 
 
 ^'1 
 
 I n <s. 
 
 I w 
 
 © 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 Cjii=n:_gl^ ""^ j> I 
 
 ©. 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 A X 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 ^:^ 
 
 D © 
 
 D 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 (cJ /WW*A I AAAAAA 
 
 1 r I Q \\ ,-^ 
 
 •e 
 
 I AA/^'^A^ t 
 
 AAAAAA -^^^^ 
 
 D e III 
 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 cr-a 
 
 
 A^AVvA 
 
 i«jM ^OT /^3a semtet Ta-merdt dri-d seusef^ na tai en Qemt er feru 
 seyer-d na teha-sei em nai-sen 7. taui smamu-d na Tadnduna em nai- 7 
 sen dauu na Taktre Ptiir sadd dru em sesefi Sairetana UaM en pa 
 iumd 8. set dru em tem unu haq em sep ud dnnu em hag er Qemt 8 
 md id nu utehu senti-d set em neyju udfi her ren-d dH 9. nai-sen g 
 t'amu md hefennu hetrd-d-set er feru em hebs sept em re-hef ienut 
 er teni 
 
174 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 W X 
 
 ra 
 
 (S 
 
 
 I ^^-^ I I; 
 
 =^ 
 
 p: 
 
 I I 
 
 ra' 
 
 uz\ 
 
 el 
 
 lilt AArtAVi ''^ ' '■ -■ -i J 
 
 , AAAAVv 
 
 (2 
 
 I (Si III 
 
 Q Ci -i^J^ 
 
 zi X a 
 
 1^ III 
 
 |(sU5i| 
 
 " II 
 
 • © n Q 
 
 
 
 ™i k 
 
 I n I 
 
 .^&- 
 
 <S 
 
 ■-^3- 
 
 I i I 
 
 X 
 
 U I 
 
 Pili fl 
 
 I fl (3 -OS- 
 
 Ill S 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 T, 
 
 <^ VJ. ! AAAAAA 
 
 LXXVII 
 
 • i Mfi' 
 
 
 m p 
 
 s 
 
 "ill \ 
 
 i^oiii 
 
 ^ I 
 
 m Ucr^ oi 
 
 I 
 
 ■V" 
 
 A III 
 
 © 
 
 V 
 
 u 
 
 ® 
 
 -255, 
 I 
 
 Si 
 
 
 10 renpit dri-d seksek Sadaire em mdhdut lo. Sasu fef-d nai-sen merhaire 
 em red-tu yd-tu nai-sen daut emmdtet dn rd-sen tenh dnnu em haq 
 
 11 em annul Qemt ii. tdu-d set en paut neteru em henu er-pau petrd-d 
 tat dmamu - ten em ketey^ seyeru du-u dru em Tamerd t'er suteniut un 
 
 I Rebu Md- LXXVII. — i. ^auaaia senetem her Qemt du detetu na 
 temdut pa ret dmentet iad em Het-Ptah-ka er Qarehana pehu dtru da 
 er redai- 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 175 
 
 Q (B 
 
 I I I 
 
 1* ocrzrt® 
 
 I 
 
 D c^ 
 
 fff 
 
 
 X 
 
 ^K 
 
 D (?J I I 
 
 I ©Q 
 
 fl. p 
 
 I 1.1 
 
 P,T, P> 
 
 
 flW p. 
 
 -«-^?2_ 
 
 D © 
 
 .^ 
 
 I I 
 
 ■3 
 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^! ra 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 (2 
 
 Ml TJ^Mi 
 
 D 
 
 
 D ® 
 
 Q. 
 
 "■%>-. 
 
 D Q.' 
 
 A X 
 
 <^K 
 
 -^ 
 
 '\^, I a 
 
 p — Q^ visT^QA n — (]'^"l<y 
 
 . Ilh 
 
 I I I I zz^> 
 
 s 
 
 
 /?^ »ifi5 2. en/u d fey^ na temdut en Kutut (?) em renpiU qennu dU 2 
 du-sen her Qemt petrd dri-d seksek-sen semamu em sep ud yjr-d pa 
 3. MdSauaia Rebu Mersabata QaiqaSa Sai Hasa Baqana heteb her 3 
 snef-sen dru em arm fdu-d ydi-sen 4. er ymti iai Qemt dnu-d 4 
 sepi-d temu-d em haq dH tenh md aptu er hat sesemut-d hemt-sen 
 yartu-sen md t'ebd 5. nai-sen dat em tennu md hefennu ker-d naiu 5 
 hduti 
 
176 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 ol'~l I I 
 
 I 
 
 
 © 111 © III <=^ 1 &i I 
 
 (?) va I ^ww> n [I gm4 y j 
 
 (3 gij I I \\ I 1 1 I I I I AAAAAA < 
 
 ll 
 
 ^H 
 
 fil 
 
 •©^)l 
 
 P 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I I I © 
 
 H m^ I III 
 
 w A 
 
 \ 
 
 r*^"^ 
 
 ^(;-^--^ AVAAft 
 
 
 [X£V£] 
 
 n<o<R-= 
 
 = c^ 
 
 I 
 
 AA/^AAA A C=^ 
 
 ^ e 
 
 ^ nn 
 
 iWuVVA 
 
 """^ nnn 
 
 ffl 
 
 ©08 
 
 J7II 
 
 &&\\ i± III _a*^ c> w ,r:^-^ \\^^ 
 
 g 1 •'2^ rx c:""^ """"^ A A I R '^ A f™ 
 
 F=^ 
 
 17° 
 I III 
 
 II I I 
 
 iikfl^i m\^ 
 
 em neft her ren-d tdu-d-nu heru pet ddai en mahadut dhu dru em 
 
 6 6. henu menH her ren-d hemt-sen yfirtu-sen dru emmdtet nidsi-d 
 nai-sen daui er per Amen dru-nef menmenut Sad heh dri-d fjiemet 
 
 7 7. dat urt em set Aina du-set dnhu-tu em sebti md iu en hdat em 
 t'aut en t'at'aui em seiiti ta yi meh mdb '/er Oesemet nai-f hetrd sebaut 
 
 8 8. seqhu em di nai-u qerdu em ymi yer madui seqhu-d meni ddai baire 
 er hat- 
 
I I I 
 
 I I I I < 
 
 A AAA^^^ JN 
 I I I I S 
 
 r//£ ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 -1'^ I 
 
 177 
 
 (2qJ 
 
 I AX 
 
 1 I AAAAAi\ 
 
 I O Sill 
 
 A 
 
 -V0VW\ J 
 
 (3 
 
 © III 
 
 
 
 (2 
 
 ^AA^A/^ 
 O (3 
 
 V 
 
 ,^ 1' 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 AAAAA'S 
 
 AA/vAAA 
 
 A 
 
 ^^AAAA 
 
 I SS I I I I 
 
 fSyy/^ I AAAAA^ 
 
 c^ I 1 Q 
 
 ri AA'V^AA 
 
 §■■ 
 
 Hi P 
 
 (2 
 
 # 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ■ n 
 
 mn 
 
 ^ i/M -B:^ 11 I III 
 
 i; 
 
 1 k J^wfl 
 
 AAAA/V\ . 
 
 I I I 
 X 
 
 III I H S l^/N^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 C (2i I I 
 
 
 I I 
 
 1 = 
 
 ID£^ 
 
 A 
 
 /WNAAA AA'WV\ 
 
 III \ 
 
 P^i ft 
 
 ©! 
 
 o I 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^(2 
 
 jf» dper em qetut qennu Sesu em tennu nai-sen g. heru pet en menS g 
 dm-sen yjr rutu hictiiti er setebhu-u atep em 'yet Qemt an rd-sen du 
 evi tennu neb md fehd uiui em pa iumd da en 10. mu Qet set sper 10 
 er set ent Punt dn yadmu-set tu ut'a yer herit atep na meni baire em yd 
 Neter-tauit 11. em bdaiu neb htat ent set-sen dnli qennu ent Punt atep 11 
 md febd dn rd-sen nai-sen mesu seru en Neter-tauit iu er hat dnnu-sett 
 13. em hrd-u 12 
 
 12 
 
178 
 
 
 t I I 
 
 e 111 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES 111. 
 
 ,® i III A 1i 1 I I b!i 
 
 p; 
 
 © 
 
 f^/^^ 
 
 
 i3 
 
 In <2 a 
 
 /I\ 
 
 i'==u) III 
 
 ^^ AAAAAA 
 
 *j:v 
 
 s 
 
 J 
 
 ^37 
 
 w A 
 
 (3 
 
 'A 
 
 I I I 
 
 (3 '^ 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 LXXVIII 
 
 AA/>AAA I 
 
 D ©I 
 
 §.2 
 
 m^^=^ 
 
 (3< 
 
 A 
 
 
 J J 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 s I 
 
 A 
 
 A\ 
 
 ^ D 
 D © w 
 
 
 inii 
 
 
 
 ~]1¥1 
 
 f^-^^^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I III 
 
 I AAAA/vA 
 
 I I I I SS II I I 
 
 er Qemt set sper du seufau er set Qehti set mendu em hetep yen yd dnnu- 
 
 i3 set atep em herti her dadaiu her red atep er i3. dhdu her dim merit Qebti 
 
 uiui em yd en hrdu sper em Heb mdsi em dnnu embah md bdaiu nai-sen 
 
 1 mesu seru em daui en hrd-d LXXVIII. — i. sensen-ta heberber en yeft 
 hrd-d id- a set en paui neteru nebu ta pen er sehdep hdtUi-u tep tuat 
 
 2 uiui-d nai-d dpuii a. er sd Aaddka er na yau yani daaiu enii em duset ten 
 du nai-sen meni 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 X 
 
 f=St 
 
 
 m 
 
 'W p, 
 
 
 1 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 179 
 
 
 (2 
 I I I 
 
 ffl 
 
 17° 
 I III 
 
 .\ 1 
 
 I I 
 
 p: 
 
 /v^AAA^ 1 
 
 C3CI1I I I i 
 
 A 
 
 ■%<S. 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 X 
 
 D 
 
 O i O (3| I I 
 
 I A 
 
 ©III 
 
 ^ I 
 
 5 f"^;;;;^^ 
 
 /WWAA @ 
 
 (2 
 
 I I I 
 
 \ 
 
 
 q J^W^^ f ni A* ft^ 
 
 f^^^ 
 
 ^M D 
 
 \N A 
 
 i OOO OOO 
 
 
 = c ©'-' 
 
 o 
 ^ I 
 
 I I I 
 
 A X 
 O Si I I 
 
 ^ n 
 
 ' '"'' 1 I 
 
 'v,±^ H ill 
 
 I 
 
 /W^A^^ AAAA/\A 
 
 (2 
 
 JflWCl 
 
 5 
 
 a/^/ ;(^r« toif;^ «»z herli hernai-u 3. dadaiu bu setem-f fer-d t'er sutenit qemii 3 
 
 nai-sen yau atep yeri ymt atep md t'ebd er nai-sen meni 4. utu em hrdu 4 
 er Qemt sper utd fa dru em Sdten yen pa seiet em teht yemt qennu md 
 
 hefennu du em dnnu eii 5. nub en sep ye?nt tdu-d maa-sen bu-nebu md bdaiu 5 
 
 6. titu-d dbiiu seru er set mdfek ent mut-d Het-hert hent mdfek mdsi-nes 6 
 
 hef nub sutennu mdku yet 7. qennu embah-s mdtet ^d dnu-nd bdaiu en 7 
 mdfek madt em dref 
 
 13* 
 
i8o 
 
 o III 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES 111. 
 
 & (■=0) 
 
 w J\ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 J® =11 em "?r I ^ 
 
 
 P 
 
 (3 
 
 ^3 
 
 S^^" f 
 
 AAAA/v/\ , 
 
 I I 
 
 cs 
 
 © 
 
 e^ 
 
 E^\ 
 
 W 9 
 .A I 
 
 ^ 
 
 P-J4 VI 
 
 i 
 
 ra 1 
 
 S.;?. I 
 
 W &i I 
 
 
 @ £^5 
 
 © 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 
 ^ 
 
 —0-^ 
 
 f 1 "" 
 
 :m I ti^i 
 
 > W ^ (3 I 
 
 
 ^=5>- 
 
 CZSZ3 
 
 CX^ |(3 
 
 I 
 
 I AA/^A^^ 
 
 I 
 
 ^ I e 
 
 s -.1^^ (2 
 
 s I I nil 
 
 ,^—11(3 III 
 
 JN A AAA/vAA n 
 
 1^ L. C^ 
 
 © 
 
 >(2=0= 
 
 8 a^^ wa«' embah-d bu petrd-u an 8. /^r sutenit dri-d serut ta t'er-f 
 
 9 e7n mennu her afci'i tau-d hems rey^it em nai-u qubu tdu-d temi 9. ta 
 set nu Ta-merd iut-s seusey^-d er duset mer-nes an teha-set kaiu bu- 
 
 10 nebu her uat tdu-d hems mahi ent hetrd 10. em rek-d Sairetana 
 
 11 Qeheq em nai-sen temdut sfer qa en atiu dn nu heri dn seki 11. en 
 Kei yerui en Xare pet - u yddu - u iaremd em y_ennu rd-u du- sen sau 
 teyu 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 m 
 
 
 © III I 
 
 •sai) 
 
 I <S. 
 
 I ? Tdl)^ ^11 
 
 III /WWVA (3 III 
 
 ra 
 
 ^ 
 
 ©, 
 
 © 
 
 A^AAAA 
 
 ^^=fl in p; I ^m nz 
 
 
 I D I 
 
 I C2 Q I 
 
 I 
 
 i£'=a). 2 I ^ 5f\i 
 
 LXXIX. 
 
 J 
 
 ty 
 
 
 S\\ I 
 
 e 
 
 tir^ 
 
 e 
 
 AA^AAA i I 
 
 AAAAAA (p ^ n 
 
 :i 
 
 (3 
 
 @ 
 
 '^fl 
 
 I I I 
 
 AAftAAA ^ ^ 
 
 O ® 3 I 
 
 1^ ■= 
 
 iCtriPfi 
 
 y/r dhahai 12. nai-u hemt er hddu yartu-ii er-kes-u an ennu-u ha-u 12 
 db-sen hana du-d emmd-u em neyju vidlut hat-set i3. dri-d sedjf-i ia i3 
 fer-f em kaut reyit pat hamemu em faui hemt seiet-d sa em betaui-f tdu-d- 
 nef nefu LXXIX. — i. nehemu-d su md neytu utennu err-ef tdu-d 1 
 sa neb her mdten-f em nai-sen temdut dri-d sedny ketey em ya en sebaut 
 2. dri-d sept ta em nemu unu-f fekau pa ta sou nefer em tai-d sutenit dri-d z 
 nefer en 
 
l82 
 
 THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 
 :\ 
 
 I 3 — n— 
 
 AA/VAAA A/^A^A/i 
 
 I 
 
 J'-ill m ^™^MI 
 
 I I 
 
 CM] 
 
 1 
 
 H S 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 ©J 
 
 1(3 AAA^A^ 
 I I I 
 
 lie 
 
 AAAAA^ 
 
 I I I I I I 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 >© 
 
 ^^1 "k. 
 
 H 
 
 .^&- 
 
 Q n 
 
 ffl 
 
 • r^/^^ 
 
 ,^ i 
 
 
 
 1 o © : 
 J X 
 
 I ! mil 
 
 
 AAAVVA 
 
 
 o D 
 
 CM] 
 
 s s I 
 
 PIM ? J 
 
 >1 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ©■ 
 
 eiM tip ¥5 PWft 
 
 o 
 
 (3 o 
 
 1. ^ G«tM!ai] f 
 
 Mm 
 
 3 «fl neieru nid na red 3. dii-7id ent neb md bii-nebu dri-d sulenit her tep ta em 
 
 4 ( Heq 1 taui du-ten em henu ycr retiii-d an Oek iaial du-ten 4 . nefertu her db-d md 
 yut-ten meki-ien em nai-d uiut nai-d fetetel petrd heiep-d em Akert md dtef-d Rd 
 
 5 5. iebennu-d paui neteru dai em pet ta tuaismen Amen-Rd sa-d er dusd-d seHp-f 
 
 6 daut-d em hetep em {Heq\ taui senet'em her dusei 6. Heru em tieb lain ynem- 
 
 dny ut'a senb sa-d 
 
 nef evi atf tnd Tatenen [Ra-user-maat-setep-en-Amen 
 7 sems en Rd utef-su 
 
 ifesefiRa- 
 
 >\ _ 
 
 meses-heq-maat-Amen-meri anyi ut'a senb 7. sifi 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 i83 
 
 ¥1 \ 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 a 
 
 fl^p 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 (3 I 
 
 I f/sA/^/V^ 
 
 
 f=d:> 
 
 i 
 
 
 I 
 
 e 
 
 I I I 
 
 (3 c, 
 
 o I a e 
 
 ftAAA^^ Q AAAAA^ I ^^ 
 
 A O v., I WW\A 
 
 I III Hq n 
 
 ■P^l fli 
 
 S\\ A 
 
 AAA/sAA AAA'Wv 
 
 I I . 
 
 I A/V\AAA 
 
 ?5^H ci 1 I 
 
 AAAAAA r\ f\ I 
 
 10 6©- Q ® 
 il I I o S 
 
 nl I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 (S 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 n I 
 
 ^ 
 
 © 
 
 AAAAAA Vj L 
 
 •=^=^ 
 
 ^ I IJ 
 
 ^ I 
 
 sa Amen per em hdt-f yadu em neb taui md Tatenen duf md sa Madii 
 hesi her dtf-f temdu en tehui-f 8. senti ta embah-f a -/abu-iief hsi su 8 
 em datti neb tuau-su seuai-su seda-d neferu-f md d dru- g. ten en Rd g 
 tep tuaut "/erpu-nef dnnu-ten dt-f iepsi d mdsi-nef na baireka en 
 taiu set meh em nai-f fetet lo. utut '^ertu-d dm- ten bd tepi-re-f ufa- lo 
 ten yer baiu-f baku-nef em tep ud em kat neb dthu-nef mennu seht-nef 
 II. meru d ii 
 
THE ANNALS OF RAMESES III. 
 
 I I I 
 
 (S 
 
 c (3 
 
 ZI\ 
 
 U I 
 
 I (Sq III 
 O 
 
 Q. 
 
 © 
 
 r^ 
 
 © o 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 ^1= 
 
 12 1 <=■ 
 
 ^ooi't /4 
 
 d; 
 
 o 
 
 (1 
 
 1 AA/VW\ 
 
 111 f 
 
 Af 
 
 drit-nef drru ent ddul-ten yeperu en ten hestu-tuf fer kmc-f hru neb ufu-nef 
 
 12 Amen sutenit-tuf her tep ta geb-f nef dhdu-f 12. er suten neb suten net 
 
 neb taui {Rd-user-madt-setep-en-Amen\ dny^ ufa senb sa Rd neb ydu [Rd- 
 
 meses-heq-maat-meri-Amen anf_ utd senb ta anf_ fetta 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 I f" n f 
 I lo I. 
 
 f 'a 1 
 
 t\ 
 
 o 
 
 I AA/VSAA 
 
 i'-"^-'^ 
 
 °m] 
 
 1 
 
 @ 
 
 crzi 
 
 I D 
 
 M V 1 *| f 
 
 
 T- 
 
 F- 
 
 ■anfi 
 
 Renpit tdut ua dbet ud iat yer hen en suten net (or hdt\ [Amen-meri 
 dni fetta utu t'et hen setevi em dri-nd em hau er lepdu nuk suten 
 
 tat neter se§ep anf_ en Ten per em y_at matennu em heq 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 185 
 
 ^V 
 
 \ii 1 1 ni 
 
 v° 
 
 
 
 ==s ^=» 
 
 1 
 
 
 ' 1 1 1 1 r 
 1 1 1 1 1 ; 
 
 
 
 ("SS^ 
 
 I I 
 
 '^^ 
 
 s^ 
 
 di .o 
 
 1^/^ 
 
 .^& 
 
 
 m 
 
 am 
 
 t^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 •^miir^ 
 
 Ciil] ID 
 
 U I ® I 
 
 r-^^ 
 
 P 
 
 ^ 4 TOff D 
 I I I I I 
 
 tro> 
 
 " IIIIIHII 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I IIIIIHII 
 
 sent-nef seru er-f z.saen mut-f dii-f er heq em suht neler nefer neteru 
 
 meri sa Rd drit em ddui-f (Amen-meri P-dnyi iu-entu er M en hen-f du im 
 
 ser en dmentet hd ur em Neter Tafnefd em sept em Heseb-ka em Hdp 
 
 em i.emAn em Per-nub em Het-dneb Bet-nef dmentet em mdqet-f em 
 
 pehiuu er det-tauiymt em mdia ait tauitemt em yet-fhdu hequ het (?) em desem 
 em sau retui-fdn yetem en sebtet-[sen] 4. sept nu resu Mertem Per-iRd-^pp^)- 
 Xeper Neter-het-sebak Per-mdfa dekani temdt nebt en dmentet seks-sen da 
 
i86 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 A. 
 
 TfflT .4. o o 
 o III T fv-/\/1 
 
 lllllllll " AAAAWV 
 
 A/vAAAA -^ r" 
 
 o; 
 
 III 
 
 I I sfl' 
 
 AAyV>AA 
 
 1^ k PT 
 
 
 A 
 
 Zl A 
 
 @ 
 
 [Ki 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 ,,5,; 
 
 a D 
 
 ^iS^ 
 
 ^ D 
 
 I 
 
 rn 
 
 Udij 
 
 <& 
 
 J 
 
 ^ ^=0 1 
 
 T 
 
 ; 
 
 AA/vA/VA /VXAAftA 
 
 in j A '^~^'«* V I 
 
 G 
 
 Q TF ffF 
 
 «z sent-f dn-f su er sept dbtet tin-sen nef md enen Het-bennu Taiufait Siiten- 
 hei Per-neb-tep-dhei mdk 5. kua er Suien-henen (or Henen-su) dri-nef su 
 em set em re dn erta per peru dn ertd dq dqu her aba md hru neb fcii-nef 
 su em rer-s neb hd neb re-^ sa-f td-f sa neb hems her pei-f em hdu hequ hetu (?) 
 
 dhd en 6. em ur db sebd db-f du un enen serii hdu mer mdia entet 
 
 em nut-sen hab en hen-f md hru neb em tit dn du ker-nek er es yem ta rest 
 sept nu y.enyen Tafneyfi em det en hrd-f 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 187 
 
 I ■"-' — -^ J AAAAAJ 
 
 — __^ ^ ^^ ^^ ffl^^ 
 
 iCl £=i 
 
 ^r 
 
 ^ I 
 
 AAA^^^ A^AA^^ AA^^^^ 
 ^%-<=» — ^AAA^A 
 
 .f-i=^ 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 AAo 
 
 mj 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAA^A y I 
 
 AAAA/V\ j-N 
 
 P^ ofl- 
 
 D 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q^ 
 
 mm I mini 
 
 AAAA/V\ AAAAAA 
 
 5f^ 
 
 i3 
 
 a« qem-f fesef d-f {Nemared\ 'j. hd eji Het-ur du seyanen-nef sebkt 7 
 
 en Neferus uhen-nef mit-f tesef em sent en det-nef su er kua er ket nut mall su 
 iem er iin em sau retui-f udan-nef mu en hen-f dhd-f hen[d]-f md ud em. . . . 
 8. sepi ent Uab td-f-nef fequ er tdtd db-f em fet neb qem-nef dhd en hob en 8 
 hen-f en hdu meru mdia entet her Qemt des Puarma hend Qes Rd-mersehni 
 
 hend des neb nu hen-f entet her Qemt seb em sell des aba rer 9. heq g 
 
 red-s inenmen-s dhdi-s her tep dter 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 !■ 
 
 A ^ v\ 
 
 ^ Pi^ii '^fl' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 P 
 
 A/V\A/SA U I 
 
 © 
 
 J::; 
 
 1 " ^ 
 
 A<=>||| 
 
 o 
 
 J 
 
 A 
 
 I AAAA^SA -CS>- 
 
 v> — I 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^^■T.^i^ k [>; 
 
 Q^ 
 
 AAAAAA ^\^-~- 
 
 III ^ 
 
 Q^ 
 
 A 
 
 ii^ 
 
 
 -i^ 
 
 AAA/\AA 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 Q^ 
 
 III C^ 
 
 Cl o 
 
 
 R^ 
 
 A 
 
 -DDO 1^1 K^ I O 
 
 Q^ 
 
 ®D(sic) 
 
 ._«— 
 
 CTz ^r/a^ per heniiu er seyd em ertdt seka sekau kua er ymt en Un aha er-es 
 ma hru neb ahd-en-sen dri mdtet dhd en hen-f seb vidia er Qemt her hen-sen 
 
 10 ur Sep sen dm lo. kerh em sey^er in hebd aba-ten yeft maa ser-nef aba 
 
 em ua dr fet-f sdn en mdhi Bent hetrd en ket tiut ay hems-ten er iu mdSa-f 
 
 11 dba-ten yeft t'et-f dr un ycr neyu-f em Itet nut dmmd ii. sdn-tu-en-sen hdu 
 enen dn-nef er neyu-f dehennu mdia en meh db dmmd ser-tu-en-sen aba 
 em tepdu tit dn rey- 
 
AAAA/V\ 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 D 
 
 THE STELE OF PJ-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 AAAAAA a r\ 
 
 h 
 
 ra 
 
 ^AAAA'\ o n 
 
 ® 
 
 fl 
 
 Q^ 
 
 - ^ T 
 
 1 AAAAA/ I 
 
 1 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 a r\ III 
 
 A III 
 
 Zl A 1 I I 
 
 3^^__^ A«W« 
 
 I I I 
 
 ® 
 
 Q^ 
 
 .= D 
 
 ^1], 
 
 
 AA/WNA 
 /■■AA/S/SA 
 
 ^^, 
 
 _n^ 
 
 /^ ."r. ^ 
 
 A P^ 
 
 AAAAA/\ 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 AAAA'W I 
 
 ^^3^ S^^ 
 
 ;Mi 
 
 <£? I 1 I 
 
 III Q 
 
 CKi 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 I I I 
 
 14 
 
 AAiVs/\A 
 I I I 
 
 T 
 
 o crV^^iz::^ 
 
 .#i 
 
 » a§-nef em seneh maia neheh qennu tep en dh-k 12. a a'n'/ js^ ^m a3a 12 
 ref_-nek Amen pa neter uiu-n dr sper-den er ymnu en Uasi -/eft en Apt 
 dq-den em mu db-den em dter uny^-den em tep ^aretn pet sefe% aba em 
 abd i3. ser em neb pehtpeht an un pehtpeht en 6er em ym-f dri-f sau i3 
 a em neyt d du d§t td sa en dntiu du ud det-f sa ya net-ten em mu nu 
 yau-f sen-ten ta yeft-f t'et- 14. ten nef dmmd en-n uat dba-n em yaibit 14 
 yepei-k famu 
 
I go 
 
 A 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 ■^ s HI « FlI rn 
 
 #^ 
 
 ' ^ n AA/VA/VS 
 
 ■A 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 ("=© 
 
 C5V 
 
 2^ 
 
 AAftAAA r\ y] 
 
 M AAAAAA I 
 
 III 1 AAAAAA 
 
 ,milil| 1 
 AA^AAA 
 
 A 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 I I ) 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AA,^AA^ 
 
 r AAAAAA 
 
 ?Ji 
 
 AAAAAA AAA/VNA 
 
 A^^^AA CyV^ 
 
 I I 1 
 
 16 
 
 V 
 
 U^ [Ki 
 
 c^ 
 
 ■ i=u) : 
 
 A 
 
 >ca£, 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 A 
 
 I 1 J i- / 
 
 I I I 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 uttc-nek feper het-f en hethen-f ait aha en ertat-en-sen her -/at-sen emhah 
 hen-f an ren-k dri-f-en-n y^epei sehi-k men nidia-k tal-k em ^fai-n her uat 
 
 15 neh heqt-k 15. dyiem db-n an qen-k td-en-n y/pei nerd-tu en seya ren-k 
 an qem en mdia des-f em hemt nimd mdtet-k dm entek suten neft art 
 
 16 em ddui-f mer nu kai aha nd pu drit-en-sen em 16. y^et sper-sen er Uast 
 drit-en-sen md Met neb en hen-f nd pu dri-en-sen em yet her dter qem-sen 
 dhdu qenu 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 igi 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA JJ 
 
 
 vr-J -www o I c=<,^^ 
 
 A & 
 
 I 
 
 17 
 
 Q^ 
 
 \^ 
 
 
 
 /VWAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^§ 
 
 1 
 
 f ° J M. 
 
 » 
 
 1 /R ' 
 
 1^' 
 
 AAAAAA 2J) /WWW 
 
 ^< 
 
 ^ 
 
 ( 351 i,™ T 1 <^M^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 A I; 
 
 
 
 M ii e fl- f 
 
 ^^^^^^^^^ C~Z] 
 
 
 V 
 
 z'« «w x^«^ ;(«r OTfl^a '^ennu Best qen neb ent ta nieht sept em yadi nu 
 rd 17. er aba er md^a hen-f dhd en dri y^ai dat dm-sen dn reyi Oennu 
 heq mdSa-sen hend dhdu-sen dn em seqeru any er bu yer hen-f iem pu 
 drit-en-sen er yent en Suten-henen her ser dba er tdt rey hdu hend suteniu 
 
 ser en Maiua^ 
 
 nu ta resu as suten (Nemared hen[d] 18. suten [Auuaped 
 
 i^aidnq en Per-Ausdr-neb-Tettet hend ser da en MdiudS Tet-Amen-df-dny en 
 
 Per-ba-neb-Tettet hend sa-f sems entet em mer 7ndia en Per-Tehuti-dp-rehhu 
 
 17 
 
iga 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 ■ I AAAA^^ 
 
 =ffFFF 
 
 M T 
 
 fa 
 
 ] 
 
 O 0® 
 
 m 
 
 ^ .4. Q Q 
 
 I Tc^^^^i 
 
 li s^ 
 
 # 
 
 f^■^^^ 
 
 5> 
 
 °n 
 
 I I I 
 
 r^ 
 
 A/V\AAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 % 
 
 \^ i 
 
 5 Q Ci 
 
 ra 
 
 
 AAAAftA ■,;-n3^— 
 AAAAAft 
 
 ^' 
 
 nn 
 
 »<:^>- AA^^^A 
 
 Aft/WAA 
 
 ig ;«a^a ^« ^?^ffl Baken-nefi hend sa-f sems scr en Mdiudi ig. Nesnaqti em 
 Heseb-ka ser neb fa mehet entet em ta resu hend suten { Uasarken J entet em 
 Per-Bast hend Uu-en-Rd-nefert hd neb heiju helu (?) her dmentet her dbtet 
 tauu her-dhu temt her mu ud em sau retui en ser da en Ament heq hetu ta 
 
 20 vuht ncler hen Netet neh Sat 20. sem en Ptah TafneytO per pu dri-en-sen 
 er sen dhd en sen dri -/at dat dm-sen ur er yd neb heq dhdu-sen her dter fa 
 pu drit en sepi men her dmentet em hu Per-peka hef eref ta 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 ig3 
 
 O 
 
 © 
 
 ?J, 
 
 ^ 
 
 I fVJ\A/\/\ 
 
 I 21 
 
 AAft/WA 
 
 ra ra 
 
 
 D 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Q I 
 
 22^-=^Jl^ 
 
 I D 
 
 I I 
 
 A^AAA I I 
 
 I. 
 
 £) 
 
 fl«^i 
 
 mini 
 
 'VVV\^-^ AAAAA^ 
 
 ^' 
 
 O AAAAAA 
 
 AAA. 
 9 T^ AAAAAA 
 
 I Q 
 
 D ® 
 
 I D 
 
 ' I 
 I I 
 
 1 1 1 1 n 
 
 AAAAAA 
 ^1 I I 
 
 ' f ' ^H 
 
 ^ flfflP 
 
 A 
 
 ■A' 
 
 A A 
 
 A 
 
 /^a/ j«^ sen fa en menfitu en hen-f 21. er-sen dbe^ menfiiu en menfitu aha 21 
 en sma-sen red dm-sen di semsem an re-g tennu en keteh ^eper em sepi 
 udr-sen er ia meh em sey^et qat qesen er yd neb rey yai drit en dm-sen red 
 
 sa 22 dr . . . . suten Nemared em yent er resu yefi fet-tu tief 22 
 
 Xemennu em yent en yerui ma menfitu nu hen-f heq red-f menmen-f aha en 
 dq-nef er yent en Unnu menfitu nu hen-f her tep dter her meri 23. entUndhd 2,3 
 en setem-sen su hn-en-sen Un her dft-s an ertd per peru dn ertat dq aqu 
 
 i3 
 
194 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 Q 
 
 AAAA/V\ Q Ai. [j I 
 
 I I I 
 
 24 
 
 I I I 
 
 A t 
 
 # 
 
 — no 
 
 D © I © 
 
 ra '■-^ 
 
 5^ ^ Q 
 
 f\AAAA/\ I 
 
 A' 
 
 I D 
 
 A' 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 
 ;jiE3i 
 
 f 
 
 o 
 
 1 A^AAA^ I 1 — Zl . 
 
 25 
 
 A' 
 
 o A. 
 A 
 
 CLi. ~Ji /VWVV\A V 
 
 ^ H0 
 
 \\^<=> %^ .<2>(| -o^-Jj 
 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 d^^^q 
 
 I 
 
 
 A 
 
 co> 
 
 heb-en-sen er smd en hen en suten net (or hat) Amen-meri P-anyi td dny^ em 
 het neb drit-en-sen em ney^i neb en hen-f dhd en hen-f ydr hers md dbu an 
 
 24 du ertdt- 24. en-sen sep sept em menfiiu nu ta meht er idt per per dm-sen 
 er sefet utui-f lem er tat mer-sen er sek-sen dny-d mer-d Ra hesu-d tef-d 
 
 25 Amen du-d er yjt tes-d uhen-d 25. dri-nef td-d yet-f dba er yet heh dr 
 her-sa dri-d dru nu dp-renpit uten-d en tef Amen em heb-f nefer dri-f 
 ydd-f nefer nu dp-renpit utu-f-d em hetep er maa 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 195 
 
 s 
 
 n ^ 2 ^i^ k ^ = k !; ^ 
 
 3l k of P3 
 
 o 
 
 f^ ^ a w ra Pj;; U 
 
 Q O II 
 
 A' 
 
 n 
 
 mi 
 
 ■© 27 
 
 -<S>- AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q^ 
 
 IJ' 
 
 ,\Kh 
 
 AAA/WS 
 I t I 
 
 \ 
 
 7~r AAA/W\ /WWAA 
 
 ^■^ AA/NAAA AAAA/\A AAAAAA 
 
 U AAAAAA 
 
 ra A 
 
 /VAAVW /WWV\ fV> 
 
 I I I 
 
 > AAAAAA UMl 
 
 ^ ,T", 1^ ^l 
 
 °^)i 2.8 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 f 
 
 ® 
 
 r 
 
 @ 
 
 Ql I I 
 
 A 
 
 Amen em heh nefer nu heh Apt seya-d su em sem-f 26. er Apt resu em heb-f 26 
 nefer nu heb Apt kerh em heb men em Vast ^eb dri-nef Ra em sep tep seya-d 
 su er per-f hetep her nest-f hru sedq neter abet femet iat hru sen td-d tep taui 
 meht tep febd-d aha en menfitu un ti her 27. Qemt setem pa ydr dri-en-hen-f 27 
 er-sen dhd-en-sen aba er Uaseb Per-mdfet det-sen su md kep en mu heb-sen 
 yer hen-f an hetep db-s her-s dhd-en-sen aba er Tatehen ur neyt qem-sen su 
 meh-d 28. em menfitu em qen neb nu ta meht dhd en drit dn (?) en mdseb 28 
 
 i3* 
 
196 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKH[-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 AftAAAA 
 AAAA/VA 
 
 %- mw, 
 
 JT-i 
 
 \^^ 
 
 raj A 
 
 29 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 " PTmm ' 
 
 crz2 
 
 I D 
 , I 
 I I 
 
 ra A 
 
 AAA^/^A U I 
 
 _(\- 
 
 "& 
 
 I I I 
 
 O III 
 
 I I I 
 
 a^ 
 
 A a 
 
 s*. 
 
 1: H8 Z ^ 01 
 
 a 
 
 3o 
 
 =ffFff 
 
 ^UJL k 
 
 :fli 
 
 III 
 
 .^ 
 
 A 
 
 '1 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 _^ 
 
 «/■-« seyanen sau-s dri yai dat dni-sen an rey^ tennu hnd sa en ser en Md 
 
 29 [iuai] Tafneyid dhd en heb-sen en hen-f hers dn hetep db-f er-es 29. dhd- 
 en-sen aba er Hei-bennu %m yens dq menfitu nu hen-f er-es dhd en heb-sen 
 en hen-f dn heiep db-f er-es dhet [ud] iat hru paut i pu dri en hen-f em yd 
 
 30 er Uast hetes-nef heh Amen em heb Apet nd pu dri en hen-f em 3o. yet er 
 temd ent Un per hen-f em senit ent uda neheb em semsem des emem urit 
 kft hen-f er peh 
 

 I I I 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 197 
 
 •O" 
 
 A 
 
 31 
 
 ^^ .^1 
 
 I [ I 
 
 ^^AWV^ -Jl «■ \ _S^ _U D X 2V 2li AM^AAA I 
 
 -VWVAA AWW^ D^ 
 
 
 
 ^kO' 
 
 D® 
 
 O 
 
 
 # 
 
 
 I i A Danm I I ^«5?-. 
 
 G 
 
 ^ 
 
 AAAAAA W 
 
 f I I # 
 
 <£? 
 
 ffl 
 
 33 
 
 D ® 
 
 <£r 
 
 (sic) 
 
 D © 
 
 ■A= ^^ 
 
 # 
 
 &z/^/ (i3 »^(5 /«r set-f aha en hen-f per em yjid er 3i. mestetu-f yddr 3i 
 eres md dU an du men en aba- ten enen iifefa udp-d an trdt hetes pehiu 
 tdtd sentet-d em ta meh dri-en-sen seyd qat qesen em hu drit-f-nef dm er 
 dmenlei res Xemennu kua er-es 32. md hru neb drit dereri er hebs sehii 3z 
 des bak er seyi saietiu her satet yadd her yad dnnu her sma red dm-sen md 
 hru neb yeper en hru yemet du Unnu sehuua-s en fent ka em 33. fenem-s 33 
 aha en Unnu ertdt su her fats senemeh yeft en 
 
igS 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 q^l,,, 
 
 
 ooo qO 
 
 
 -<2=- 
 
 III 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 'Tl 
 
 1 rii 1 25! \ 
 
 \ 111 - A= r ^ 
 
 rii 
 
 ■A' 
 
 " fi I 
 
 :ii 
 
 ,ffll 
 
 1 ^ SI I 
 
 1@ AAAAWV I ^7 I 
 
 ■|| \ H 
 
 ftW\AA AAAA/VA 
 
 A 
 
 I I o D III 
 
 © 
 
 -^"^ T C I T 
 
 Jci n 
 
 rlacuna of~| 5' 
 |_ i6 lines J I 
 
 A 
 
 ^^ 52 
 
 £5^ 
 
 q PP^ 
 
 AAAAAA >\^ 
 
 5P: 
 
 f 
 
 •^ S3 
 
 ft 
 
 ra«/ (^aV) dpu per h[a] yer fet neb nefer maa nub aatneb §eps hebsu em iens (?) 
 fad un her tep-f ddrdt tdtd hfi-f an db en hru di her se[n]emmeh en urer-f 
 34 dhd en ertdt iu 34. hemt-f suten hemt suten sat Nes-dent-meh er senemmeh 
 en suten hemt suten apt suten sat suten sent ertdt-en-s her fat-s em per hemt 
 yieft en suten hemt mdd-[t]en nd suten hemt suten sat suten sent sehetep-ten 
 
 51 Heru nebt dhdt ur baiu-f dau madyeru-f dmmd 51. em-k nemd 
 
 52 semiu sep seyt nemd dr sem-tu ?iemd semtu .... 52. nek teat en dny^ dn du- 
 
 53 a sehi em hser un-nd 53. reset em 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 199 
 
 I I I 
 
 \ 
 
 r 
 
 J^«?^^KN.°^?PV 
 
 1 
 
 
 o« I 
 
 f"=Oi 
 
 I 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 @ 
 
 56 
 
 
 -£S!>- ^/^f^AAA 
 
 © 
 
 i 000 000 — «— J 000 ^ 
 58 M <? 
 
 r 
 
 )o ^y. 00 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 .4. 
 
 T 
 
 o 000 
 
 1 
 
 -« — J 00c 
 
 Q 
 
 59 
 
 e^ A 
 
 Ties nieht dmma-n emem yaibet-k as un-s ban su 54. '^er hetep-f 54 
 
 hem pu db sak-f neb-f en entet em neter baiu maa-nef fet em qebeb 
 
 55. an dau maa tef-f sept-k mehO em nefenu dhd en ertd-nef su her yat-f 55 
 
 embah hen-f 56. Heru neb dhdt dn baiu-k dri-s er-d nuk ud em 56 
 
 suten henu heird em bah er per-hef 57- • • [sd]p hak-sen dri-nd-nek 57 
 
 em hau er sen dhd maa-nef hef nub %esbet mdfek yemt dat neb dS 58. dhd 58 
 en meh per-hef em dnnu pen dn-nef semsem em unemi seiei em dbt sehi ent 
 
 nub yesbet dhd en sydd 59. -/ em dhdt-f ufa-f er 59 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 }A r \f\^ fe) 
 
 I -^ III 
 
 MM I D (2^'ai 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 
 
 I i II 60 '•'■'^^ S\ 5^ I 
 
 i\A(VsAA AAAAAA 
 
 O 
 
 "1 ^ J 
 
 '=^^ V AAAAAA U 
 
 MM MM 
 MM MM 
 
 n A I O 
 
 t I H T~ 
 
 
 <=^ D 
 
 61 © 
 
 im 
 
 62 
 
 A D 
 
 ^2- 
 A 
 
 AA/^A'^^ £ ^ '\AA'w\ 
 
 63 
 
 /^"/WVVVA .^^ -TM . 
 
 I I 
 
 1 ril 1 ¥1 
 
 ! !ai 
 
 c. n 
 
 A' 
 
 I AAAAAA A^WWS I I I 
 
 X AAAAftA 
 
 ^ 
 
 00^ 
 
 W 
 
 65 n8 ^ 
 
 64 
 
 D 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 A D 
 
 :lll 
 
 I I I 
 
 (till I I Olfl 
 
 ii- f. 
 
 per Tehuti neb Xemennu sma-nef dua untu apt en tef Tehuti neb Xemennu 
 
 60 -^emennu em Per "femennu 5o. un an menfitu nu Un her nehem ymnu tit-sen 
 
 61 neferu Heru hetep em 61. nut-f sa Ra. P-dnyt dri-k en-n hebs md y_u-k Un ut'a 
 
 62 pu dri en hen-f er 62. per en suten Nemared hm-nef at neb ent suten per peru- 
 
 63 het'-f ut'a-f er tdt-nef sta-entu 63. nef suten hemt suten sat un dn-sen suai 
 
 64 hen-f em yet hemt an fa en hen-f hrd-f er 64. sen ufa pu dri en hen-f er 
 
 65 ah nu semsem ut'a en neferu maa-nef 65. seheqer-sen fet-f dny-d meri-d Rd 
 
^.^ ^ 
 
 66 A 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 1 A =1 WVAAA^ ^ - 
 
 D 
 
 %- 
 
 J^ 
 
 •0". 
 
 f^Ti) 
 
 IT * 
 
 1 I 
 
 — (U. 
 
 67 ,X! 
 
 ra 
 
 68 
 
 :i I 
 
 ' 1 
 
 \AAAA I 
 
 D ©; 
 
 -JU. 
 
 'i 
 
 i 
 
 f==& 69 
 
 ^ 1 ^' 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 li y 
 
 -JU. 
 
 D • 
 
 70 
 
 tOd 
 
 1 
 
 fl 
 
 jumi^ 
 
 Q^\ 
 
 jl® ^A D^ 
 
 -iCOl>- AAAAAA 
 
 1^= (^±31] ^ i;^i Y 
 
 1 
 
 000 
 
 Q WB 
 
 ■^ 
 
 hunnu fent-d em dni qesenu enen her db-d sehe- 66. -qer semsemu-d er 65 
 
 beta neb dri-nek em kef db-k meter-nd-tu sentit en neb lies 67. ret-k dn 67 
 
 du fem-nek neter y^aibit her-d dn uh-nef sep-d ha dri-s-nd 68. ki dn rey^d 68 
 
 dn des-d su hers nuk mes em yat s-yeper em suht met- 69. u neter dm-d uah 6g 
 ka-f dn drit-d em y^em-f entef utu-nd drit dhd en sdp yet-f er perii-hef 
 
 70. §ent-f er neter hetep ent Amen-em-Apt i pu dri en heq en Suten-henen 70 
 
 Pef-dd-Bast yer dnnu 71. er per-da nub hef dat neb em semsem em setep 71 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 ^ .._= =o=_ ^^ 
 
 r\ Q <^ :> AAAAAA '^ 
 
 ■)??) 
 
 ra -^^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 G 
 
 A 
 
 /VVAAAA f\ 
 
 -_ / ' IJ AAWAA Q^ 
 
 
 75 
 
 
 Si 
 
 u I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 :i I I 
 
 X" X AAAAAA 
 
 n 
 
 76 
 
 n PI 
 
 ;ii 
 
 C^] f 
 
 V 
 
 s I 
 
 77 
 
 tSi 
 
 >X AAAA/ 
 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ^n 
 
 
 oa-giOi-^ 
 
 
 72 «« a'^ erta-nef su her %at-f emhah hen-f fet-f nef hrd-k Heru 72. j«&» ««;(^ 
 
 73 ka het kauit sektu-d tuat mef-kud em kek tdtd-nd 73. helif her-f an qeni-nd 
 
 74 mer-d en hru qesen dhdt-f em hru en aba dp entekpa suten neft kef a- 74. nek 
 
 75 kek her-d dii-d er hakd hen y^eri-d Suten-henen heird 75. er drit-k tut as 
 
 76 Heru-yuti her iep dyemu seku un-nef un-nek em suten an sek-f 76. an sek-k 
 
 77 suten net (or bdt) P-dnyi any fetta yet pu art en hen-f er dp ie er kes 77. Rehent 
 qem-nefPer Xerp-yeper-Rd sauf des yetem-f yetem, meh evi qen neb ent ta melt 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 2o3 
 
 A«~« 01^'^-=^ rn |)a ^AAA.A ~*~ czm '^ ■$■! 
 
 I 
 
 "-|^ 
 
 
 
 AAAA^^ 
 
 « O IMMIIII I 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 o 
 
 1 T" 9 e-' %.' II 
 
 L- 
 
 0= 
 
 @ 
 
 
 1 
 
 8o 
 
 an 
 
 ifl 
 
 A A 
 
 A 
 
 A/Wv/\A 
 I I I 
 
 a^fl e;z hen-f heb-en-sen em fet anfu em mit (?) ^ua 78 hum 78 
 
 ««/« ^/ra »?«r dr se§ at an un-nd mdk-ten em dp yer yerdd (?) pu en suten 
 em hndr sehau nu dnx-ien er sam nemmat nu hru pen em mer vier mestet 
 
 dnyet 79 ny yeft en ta fer-f dhd en heb-en-sen en hen-f er t'et mdk 79 
 
 neter '/aibtt her tep-k sa Nut td-f-nek ddut-f ka db-k y_eper her d md per 
 em re en neter mdk su viestu-k en neter her maa-n em re ddui-k mdk nut-k 
 ietem-f 80 dm dq dq dm per per u dri hen-f merer-f dhd-en-sen 80 
 
204 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 A 
 
 A A 
 
 I 1 
 
 ._n_ 
 
 ^ 
 
 '':&-. 
 
 <^J=i^ 
 
 ^ XA-f 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 f\f\f\/^AA> Q J ^^^ 
 
 ^1 I I 
 
 =;:£=. I 
 
 Pfl, 
 
 + 
 
 Ci I 
 
 1 
 
 eii^ 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 ZSffi 
 
 A 
 
 D V> ■<S>- /WVAAA 1/ I 
 
 PI 
 
 O 
 
 1^ n 
 
 A 
 
 Q^- 
 
 82 m 
 
 /VV\AAA 
 
 A D 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 raj 
 
 y\ /VSAA/VA 
 
 ^AAAAA "^ I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 n 
 
 > AAA/\/SA 
 
 > I t I "I'I'III 
 
 
 AAAA/V\ ^f^*^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I o 
 
 X A 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^AA/^AA 
 
 t I I 
 
 iHiiiiir ' 
 
 /«r ^«« ja CTz j«r «« Md[Suai] Tafneytd dq pu dri en menfitu nu hen-f er-es 
 
 81 an sma-nef ud em red neb qem-nef 81 hen netu er yetem di-f sdp 
 
 peru-hef-f er per-het' ient-f er neter hetepu en tef-f Amen-Rd neb nest iaiu nd 
 pu dri en hen-f em y^et qem-nef Aferlem Per-Seker neb sehet yetem-nes du 
 8a an peh-s td-nes aba em db-s seiep 8z sen sentet ieft ydem-nes re- 
 sen dhd en heb-en-sen hen-f em fet md-ien uat sen em hrd-ten setep-ten er 
 merer-ten un dny-ten yetem mer-ten an sei hen-d her nut ydemtu dhd-en-un- 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERl-AMEN. 
 
 205 
 
 I I 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 A A 
 
 AAAAAA o 1 
 
 9?. AAAA/V\ 
 
 cOfti 
 
 -1 
 
 B 
 
 Q Di 
 
 
 lUUUij 
 
 flj 
 
 1 1 
 
 ^r u:o 18 CJO 
 
 °==\ 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 D 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 ^ 
 
 A^ 
 
 
 i p 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 A D 
 
 A' 
 
 I C:£ll 
 
 
 111 \\ 
 
 cflft] 
 
 1 
 
 cr^ cr^ 
 
 ~*'>~" rDj ^ 
 
 sen her a dq en hen-f er yennu en nut-ten mad-nef 83 Menhi ymt 83 
 
 sehef sap peru-het'-f hnt-f er neter hetepu en Ainen-em-dpi %et pu dri en hen-f 
 er dettauit qem-nef sehtet yetevi dnebu meh em menfitu qen nu Ta meh dhd en 
 
 sei-sen yetem er-idt-en-sen her "fat 84. [sen] hen-f utu-nek ief-k dudd-f 84 
 
 ent neb taut entek dni-sen enteli neb entet hej'-sa ta utii pii dri en hen-f ertdt 
 mad db dat en neteru dmu nut ten em dua untu apt yd neb nefer db dhd en 
 sdp peru-het-f er peru-het' hnt-f er neter hetepu 85 Aneb-hefdhd en heb- 85 
 
206 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 I I I 
 
 D 
 
 -.1— 
 
 n " m » " ° 
 
 101: S CT n =fff 
 
 Zl A^ ^ A 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Q Dl 
 
 ,1 86 ^ 
 
 /V^AAAA 
 
 III o III 
 
 ®i n < 
 
 .«-o2- 
 
 z^l'O'O' 
 
 I I I c I3-ZI III III 
 
 A 
 
 ra 
 
 I 
 
 D 
 I 
 
 IP 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 !^ 
 
 A AAftAAA U 
 
 ^' 
 
 ?««/" ^» w« «OT ^f/ dm yjtem dm aha ymnu Su em sep tep dq-d dq-f per-[d] 
 per-f an yeseflu hmu uten-d ah en Ptah en neteru dmu Aneh-hef terp-d 
 
 86 Seker em Mat maa-d dneh-resu-f y_et-d em hetep 86 Aneb-hef at 
 
 senh dn rem-tu neymu maa md ref-ten sept tep res dn smaiu ud neh dm 
 dp sehdu udd her neter drii nemmat em yak dhu aha en yetem-sen yetem- 
 sen td-sen per menfitu er neh em menfitu nu hen-f em hemu mer qet seqetu 
 
 87 87 merit ent Aneb-het'ei ds ser pef en Sa sper er Aneh-heCet em uya 
 
 her hen en menfilu-f yennu-f tep neh en 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 207 
 
 AAAAAA AA/VSAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 © 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 ~s 
 
 [^0D3' 
 
 Q n I 
 
 I @i 
 
 
 Q 
 
 ^^AA/v\ T /"^ 
 
 i .4. Q Q 
 
 
 %* -=^ k kflM 
 
 ■^ J3 5 J =ff lis 
 
 000 000 A_„ I ISOOC 
 
 i' f 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Si A 
 
 , I Q iiiiiim Pi III o III 
 
 89 ^rao 
 
 
 o 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 
 menfitu-f [tenijt red 8000 her hen en sen ur sep sen mdk Men-nefer meh em 
 menfitu em tep neb nu ta meht pert [?] beiet per neb hnt her nemesmes y[ai 
 
 neb nu 88 sebtet qet desem ur em drii en hemt er y;_et dter em rer dbtet 
 
 an qemiu aba dm mei'et H meh em dua peru-hef dper em yd neh hef nuh yeml 
 hebs neier sendrd dhn seft iem-d. td-d yet en seru meh un-d en-sen sept- 
 sen feper-d em 8g hru er i-d hems ptc dri-nef her semsem an nehti- 
 
 nef uri-f yet pu dri-nef em sent en hen-f hef ta er-f tua sep sen sper hen-f 
 er Aneb-hefet mend- 
 
208 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 Q I -'-'- *L.^ AAAAAA <-^ ' -ii -l-l- 
 
 I 1 I AAAAAA I 
 
 go « e^ f A gj 
 1 ^^ — oA 
 
 u:o : 
 
 ^-^ £¥* 
 
 :i I I 
 
 Qa 
 
 itttI I "^ • 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 # 
 
 I D 
 
 ®l 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q^ 
 
 
 AAAAAA Q Y J^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ^^^ ■^^v 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^M 
 
 1 1 I I 
 
 I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 rn \/ AAAAAA 
 
 ' v^ I c^ III 
 
 
 92 i 
 
 Pj^ 
 
 =^ 
 
 go 7ief her meht-s qeni-nef mti dr er sau dhdu mend er go. [merit ent] Men-nefer 
 dhd en hen-f maa-s em neyj sebtet yi em qet nemau desemu dper em neyt an 
 qemtu uat ent aha er-es un an sa neb her fet re-f em menfitu nu hen-f em 
 
 gi tep-red neb en aba sa neb her tit dnimd kuaa-n gi mdk menfitu-s 
 
 lis neb yd her t'et art sta er-es seyi-n sa er-es sau-s seneh-n bak sedhd-n 
 ydu dri-n hetau em ferii e}--es peit-n su em enen er kes-s neb em derder 
 
 ga hcnd ga. . . . her meht-s er 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 209 
 
 '1 
 
 '& \X " 
 
 kfl 
 
 © \"^\^ (1 -^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I r\ .r.llllLI. c3 \ AAAAAA 
 
 9^ ^ 
 
 "TTTl r 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q A/^A^AA 
 
 ilj inm I I I 
 
 •A 
 
 a ftAyVWV AAAAAA |J 
 
 III 1 AAAAAA 
 
 ;i 
 
 ^ p 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 •A' 
 
 ^ 
 
 D 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 lW^AA^ AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 [Ki 
 
 1"""^ 
 
 JA 
 
 o 
 
 J^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 4^,T 
 
 ^^K 
 
 ^^ e^' 
 
 ^AAA/^ AA/v/^V\ AAA/^A^ 
 
 ^« ja/ /5^r ja?^-j- ^67«-« aa ^«/ «i9-» a/^a ^« A««-/ ;jar er-is md dbu fei-f 
 dn%-d mer-d Rd hesu-d ief-d Amen qem-nd '/eper enen yer-s em tiiu ent 
 
 Ameu enen pu t'et red g3 hnd sept reset un-sen nef em ua an ertdt g3 
 
 en sen Amen em db-sen an rey-sen utu-nef dri-nef su er ertdt baiti-f ertdt 
 
 maatu iefit-f du-d er det-s md kep en mu du utu-nd 94 aha en g^ 
 
 ertdt-nef utut dhdi-f menfiiic-f er aba er merit ent Mennefer dn en-sen nef 
 fa neb mdym neb seheri neb dhdu md di-sen un mend 
 
 14 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 + 
 
 95 m 
 
 ■AM AA^/v\A (O <r ;: > - — .„„_^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 (01 ^AA/^A^ 
 
 III 
 
 J=^3iC 
 
 cr:3 
 
 AAAA^ TT — H — TT 1 ^ _ 
 
 A 
 
 A A 
 
 IT! 
 
 I I I 
 
 1*^^^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AA/^AA^ 
 
 ^'^y- 
 
 I n AAAAAA "" " " 
 
 ^^ AAAAAA Vj tli 
 
 1 _0^^ l III A sj n AAA/v 
 
 Ol 
 
 T-T AAAAAA 
 ^^ AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 LJ AAAAAA 
 
 Zl 
 
 f - J - !^ 
 
 97 
 
 P 
 
 A 
 
 «* ■'" I' 
 
 O I D 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 f^ ^' 
 
 A 
 
 nc «r wz«n'/ ot/ Mennefer hatu mend em penis 95 net'es rem-f em men- 
 
 fihc neb en hen-f nd heti-f er sek t'esef dhati md di-sen utii hen-f en menfitti-f 
 en hrd-ten er-es senb sau dq peru her tep dter dr dq ud dm-ten her sau an 
 
 q6 dhd-tu em ha-f 96 an yesef-ten Best yas pu ycr ydem-n qemd 
 
 mend-n meht hems-n em ?7idyai taui dhd en det Mennefer md kep en mu 
 
 gy sma red dm-s di hnd dn em seqer any er bu yer hen-f dr em 97. [yd la 
 hef] sen en hru yeper ertdt en hen-f &em 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 k^^ n I III 
 
 1 
 
 -^ ^ ST^^ 111 
 I I oi 
 
 •k" in m ii!;ii °o^y 
 
 98 
 
 AAAAA/S 
 AAAA/V\ 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAA'N 
 
 ; I 
 
 Zl A 
 
 °? iO-l 
 
 
 I ci 
 
 A D 
 
 I I I 
 
 3S 
 
 D A fl 99 i 
 
 n I '■'' I — " — ® o n n f^ ~= o ^ — " — a fv .= n ^ 
 
 I I IIIIII M /wv^^^ U «\ (<" A www W\ V\ W A 
 
 ■^ 
 
 A 
 
 D 
 
 red er-es her yii er peru en neier iief ser (or t'eser)-d her Sey_eni neteru terp 
 fafatsu Ptah-het-ha sedb Mennefer em hesmen ne/er sentrd tat dhu er duset 
 red-sen ufa hen-f er per g8. [Ptah] drit db-f em seba (?) drit-nef entdu neb 
 drit en siiten dq-f er neter het drit db dat en tef-f Ptah dneb res-f em dua 
 untu reu '^et neb nefer ufa pu dri en hen-f er per-f dhd en setem sept neb 
 
 entet em mi en Mennefer Heriptemdi Pent gg nadudd Pehefennebiu 
 
 Tauhibit sei-sen y^etem udr-sen em iidr an reytu bu km-sen dm i pu an 
 
 14* 
 
 99 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 
 V •'"'' r 
 
 f:i. is^ 
 
 1 
 
 t^^^ 
 
 
 L_ J I I AAAAAA tri 
 
 °n — - ni 
 
 i^ °o^y iri ^: 
 
 o 
 
 .4. ^ 1=^ ^-to 
 
 © 
 
 ;jn=n: 
 
 A 
 
 ffl „ ^ 1010 
 
 ni 
 
 e 
 
 m i: 
 
 C^i 
 
 I I I 
 
 f i P — 1^ t 
 
 C^ 
 
 m 
 
 III 111 
 
 I A/>AAAA 
 
 £^ 
 
 oa 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 
 -<25- 
 
 (f7z AuuapeQ hnd ser en Md [iuafj Merkaneht hud erpd Petd-Aiisetetd 
 100 100. hnd hdu neb nu ta meht yjr dnnu-sen er maa neferii hen-f dhd en sap 
 peru-hef hnd Sent nu Mennefer er dri neter hetep en Amen en Ptah en paut 
 neteru dmu Plah-Het-Ka hef dref ta iua sep sen ufa hen-f er dbtet dri db en 
 loi Atmu em '/.erdba loi. paut neteric em per paut neteru dmahet neteru dm-s em 
 dua untu reu td-sen dny^ ut'a senb en suten net (or bat) P-dnyi any fetta 
 Ufa hen-f er Annu her tut pef en V.er-dba her mdtennu ent Sep er 'Aer-dba 
 Ufa hen-f er dm entet her Amentet Merti dri 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERl-AMEN. 
 
 t^ 102 
 
 2l3 
 
 ry 
 
 I I 
 
 'W^s^^ 
 
 /www 
 
 ^. 
 
 fl 
 
 . AAAAAA /VsAJSAA 7^7^?^ 
 
 /V\AAA/\ 
 AAA/VV\ 
 
 O 
 
 /WAAAA 
 /VW\/VS 
 
 A/SrtAA^ 
 
 ;1 
 
 SID fi A O 
 
 D <E>- 
 
 il-Ms;lll© O J 
 
 <= ooo Jl J!)%111© c^ ^ I 
 
 jt AAAAA^ l\s\ O 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 ;1 
 
 ID" k fl«M 
 
 © II 
 
 # @ 
 
 1 *^ ^ 
 
 1 
 
 IP: 
 
 
 TT 
 
 ^ ^1^ ^ n -^ J "^ 1 
 
 T® O _„_iL I c:^^'^ I c:^ 
 
 ir-3 
 
 AAAA^ft AAA/V\A 
 
 1 S 
 
 A 
 
 
 dh-f sedb-f em db 102. Ta-qebh dd hrd-f em art ent Nu dd Rd hrd-f dm 102 
 «/tz «r idiqa-em-Anmi drit db dat her Sdiqa-em-Annu y^efl en Rd em uben-f 
 em dhu hef drt dnii neter sender yau io3. neb nefem set i em ufa er per Rd io3 
 dq er neter-het em diu sep sen yer-heh her neter tua %esef seyeti er suten drit 
 per tua des seteb sedb-f cm neter sender qebh mds-nef dnyu nu Het-benbenet 
 dn-nef dnyu des 104. yent er seiet ur er maa Rd em Het-benbenet su fesef 104 
 dhd em ud seti ses 
 
214 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 lllliiiii 
 
 n -J -J " 
 
 .y==>^ 
 
 :s 
 
 : I JJ 
 
 " nTrnnr 
 
 AA/^AA^ O 
 
 
 1 
 
 A AAAAAA U 
 
 SI ] ^AAAA^ 
 
 * ' /I A 
 
 A"^ 
 
 AO /wv^^A '>~w« €b 
 I I I 
 
 i! 
 
 
 M 
 
 Zl A 
 
 
 io6 
 
 ;^iizir 
 
 :1 Sfl1 
 
 ^2. (MSI - °-^ ffl !w l^ 
 
 105 
 
 I D 
 
 
 
 -.= 
 
 £2, W 
 
 y\ AA^v^^ 
 
 o ® " :^i^ 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ^M 
 
 \i 
 
 C Z2 AAAAA^ 
 
 ura 
 
 AA/WAA 
 
 w ® 
 
 1 1 1 1 I 
 
 j'rf dam maa ief-f Rd em Het-henhenet t'eser mddt en Rd seldet en Tmu an 
 
 105 daui uah sdn t'ebdt 105. em ydem en snten ies-f hen en dbu nuk sdp-na 
 letem an dq en hi eres em suten tieb dhdt-f er fat en-sen her yat-sen em-hah 
 hen-f em tit er men uah an sek Heru meri Annii i em dq er per Tmu ies 
 
 106 dnti 106. en tef Tmu-Xeperd ser Annu i en suten Ua-sar-kcn er maa neferu 
 hen-f hef eref ta jua sep sen ut'a hen-f er merit tep dhdm-f la er merit eni 
 Ka-qem drit dm en hen-f her res Kaheni her dhtet 
 
107 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 "I I I I I ' 
 
 215 
 
 ^2- fi °^ 
 
 ;; 
 
 ■^1 
 
 V 
 
 t \\ 
 
 III 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 D 
 
 ; I 
 
 /VW\AA AAAAAA 
 
 Ai: 
 
 108 
 
 
 fl=l P 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 £5^ 
 I I I 
 
 "& 
 
 109 
 
 ■^ — ^ 000 
 
 £i V\ Q 
 
 I /I 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 
 107. ^«/ Ka-qeni i pu drit enen suteniu hdii nu Ta-meht seru neb t'a-meht 107 
 fa neh seru neb sutenet re% neb em dmenlet em dbtet em taiu herdbu er maa 
 neferu hen-f un an erpd Pa-td-Ausetet er tat su her %at-f em- 108. bah d 108 
 hen-f fet-f ma er Ka-qem maa-k lent-yatdi yud-k tuit semad-k dbu en 
 Heru em per-f em diia untu reu dq-k er per-d sei-nek perui-het'-d tun-tu em 
 let tef-d td-d nek nuh er feruu dh-k md- log. fek tut en hrd-k semsemu 109 
 qennu em tep en dh hdti en iememet ufa pu dri en hen-f er 
 
£S 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 t__D i (l I I [i>]l I I 
 
 a =- A' 
 
 I AA/NAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 \\(\ 
 
 ^=5 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 A/V\AAA L) 
 
 OOO 
 
 Q I 
 
 
 OOO I 1 Jl OOO _ff^ooo 1(^3) 
 
 Z5 
 
 I 
 III Q I 
 
 ft k f 1 
 
 ,(^0i- 
 
 fl: 
 
 ^U^MIJ, j 
 
 \j?i 4-4- 
 
 
 /WW\A 
 
 I I I 
 
 AA^AA.^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 /«r Heru-yeni-Latd er tat mad dua untu reu en lef-f Heru-yetit-Y-aOi neb 
 no Qem-urufa hen-f er per en erpd Pe-td-Ausetet dh-f nef em hef nub no. yesbet 
 
 mdfek dhdq ur em yd neb hebs suteniu hsu em lennu neb adit seheniu em 
 
 pek ant merh em yebyeb heter em t'aiu hemt em hdti neb en dh-f sedb-?ief su 
 III e?n dny^ neter yeft enen suteniu seru daiu nu ta in. mehi ud neb dm hap-f 
 
 semsemu-f dmen-nef iau-f ka mer-f en mer en tef-f ka-nd cncn er ufa- 
 
 ien bak dm em rey-ten neb md-d ka iii-ten 
 
|m^ 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 I _ ® II 
 
 217 
 
 AAAArtA [I [] O 
 
 000 1X000 _aJ^ nrmi 
 
 000 
 
 s^ III 
 
 o 
 
 MH 
 
 I = e 
 
 J 
 
 l^f 
 
 JJ:; 
 
 /w^AAA/^ ^y 
 
 n ^ i\ '^ ^ ^ 11 <=> r-.% 
 
 ii3 
 
 f=iSi 
 
 c-n : 
 
 @ 
 
 p ^ 
 
 A 
 
 g: il ' U »l ri' 
 
 Q I I 
 
 IIMIIIII A'^/wv J j^ 
 
 W-. , , , I 
 
 [Z-Zl 
 
 I I r 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 D 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 dmen-nd er hen-f em yd neb 112. en per tef-d nub ah em dat em dpi neb 112 
 menfiu em dri let nub em dri yei behu setur e?n dat sa nil at neb mahu en 
 tep ^aqi en mesfer dmu neb en suten hen neb nu db suten em nub dat neb 
 enen er du db-nd ii3. em-bah suieniu iesu hebs em ya em tep neb en nait ii3 
 du-d rey-liu[d] hetep-k hers utd er iememet setep-k mer-k em semsemu neb 
 dbeb-li dhd en hen-f drit emtndtet fet dn enen suteniu hdu yjr hen-f utu-n er 
 nut-7i un-n 114. per-het'ei-n setep-n er merer db-k dn-n nek tepu nu 114 
 
ai8 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 Ill 
 
 A I 
 
 I I I 
 
 115 
 
 116 
 
 I 
 
 r flT 1 (MM] 
 
 .^ 
 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 iz-n 
 I 
 
 ^Jfl^« k 
 
 AL- k A 1,01: T ■£ 
 
 
 o Yi 
 
 ZS _2ai 
 
 iemem-n hautti nu semsemu-n ahd-n hen-f aril mdtet ref_ ren art suien Ua- 
 sar-ken em Per-Bast Uu-en-Rd-nefer suien Auuaped em Oeni-remu Ta-dn 
 hd Tei-Amen-df-dn)^-d 115. em Per-Ba-neh-Tetlet Ta-d-Rd sa-f semsem 
 met- menfiiu em Per-Tehuii-dp-reheh Aif/^-Heru hd MeriianeS em Neier-deh 
 em Per-ferhelji em Sam-heiiuiei hd ur en Mdiuai PaOenef em Per-Sept em 
 A-pen-dneb-heiii 116. hd ur en Mdhiai Pema cm Per-Ausdr-neb-Teltet 
 hd ur en MdSuai Ncsnaqtii em Ka-heseJj hd ur en Mdhiai NeyJ-Heru-nd- 
 Unnui em Per-lcerer ur en Md^uai 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. zig 
 
 I /WVSAA U ^AAAA^ © I A 
 
 
 %-f^' 
 
 
 ^ I ® 
 
 -^ 
 
 D © 
 
 I I I 
 
 I A AA/V\AA ^ 
 
 I ^K 000 i 000 : 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 
 S Q III 
 
 MM J i 
 
 V Iv T '>M 
 
 I • -^"^ ^ 
 
 I S%%5%S AAAAAA 
 
 ■ 
 
 I AAAAAA iCJ . 
 
 A-- !fi 
 
 n n 
 
 123 
 
 £53' 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 Penta-urt ser en Mdhiai Pend-beient neter hen Heru neh Se^'/cvi 117. Pe-td- 117 
 Heru-sam-taiu Hdre-basa em Per-sc^et nehi Sa Per-Sey^et-neb-rehessaui 
 kd Tetyjduy^ert em l.ent-nefer hd Pahas em Xer-dba em Per-Hdp y/r 
 diinu-sen neb nefer 118.. . . mib hef . . , . [adit] sehen[iu] em pek dnti em 118 
 
 iiq. yebyeb e?n iau nefer hetei- igo enen .... iu-en-tu er t'et "'^ 
 
 121. en hen-f menfitu p su dneb- 122. [f en sent-]k td-f yet 121 
 
 em peric-hef her tep dter st'er-nef Mest i23. em menfitu -f '^^ 
 
 dhd en erldt en hen-f iem 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 0^'^j ? 'f ^ - 
 
 \ 
 
 f~y ^ AA/VAAA 
 
 •125 
 
 ^=^. 
 
 ^ 
 
 r 
 
 » 
 
 I I I 
 
 126 
 
 /v^^^/\ 
 
 i Do . 
 
 J - ! 
 
 1, >^ "^^ 127 • 
 
 V 
 
 /V^A/^A^ I ^AAA/V 
 
 ys 
 
 - A 
 
 ^ 
 
 <£? 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 128 o 
 
 I 111 
 
 A 
 
 IZ3CD<C=a 
 
 dt:^ 129 
 
 1 ^. 
 
 # 
 
 A 
 
 i3o 
 
 m 
 
 1 
 
 -C3>- 
 
 124 dhahi-f 124. A^r w^aa y/per dm emmd nefi en erpd Pe-td-Auset iu-en-tu er smd 
 
 125 125. 671 hen-f em tet semam-n red neh qem-n dm un dn hen-f ertdt su en 
 
 126 fequ 126. en erpd Pe-td-Auset dhd en setem su ser en Mdstiai Taf-neyfi er td 
 
 127 1%']. iu dp er bu yer hen-f em sunsun evi tet hetep er-ek dn maa-nd hrd-k em 
 
 128 128. hru nu Sep dn dhd-d yeft heli-k nerdu-d en iefit-k as entek Nuht yent Ta- 
 i2g resu MenB 129. ka neyt a dr yet neb td-k lird-k er-es dn qem-nek bak dm er 
 i3o peh-nd dim nu Uaf-ur i3o. du-d sent-kud en baiu-k her metet pef nebd dri 
 
I 32 
 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 =i ± 1^ - drr ? 
 
 S => i^ J^ 111 = 
 
 "J^=^ 1^ — [ 
 
 JO ^wwv j3 ^^^^ — n zl ^ f — , 1==! 
 
 Q I I I 
 
 i33 
 
 era ,= — 
 ooo \J 
 
 
 O 
 
 -n— ty 
 
 AAAAAA n n 
 
 AAAAAA n f\ AAAA^^ 
 
 (sic) 
 
 ^ 
 
 Zl '^ 
 
 AAAAAA ^'YP AAAAAft 
 
 A/VAAAA C_-l- AAAAAA 
 
 ?u 
 
 o 
 
 §> ^^ 
 
 1_A\_) 
 
 JP 1 
 
 6 5. 
 Ill 
 
 D 
 
 ■^S^N, 
 
 '^^ D 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 @ 
 
 ffl 
 
 (iT-a a'« a« «'« ^^M i3i. db en hen-k em e7ien dri-nek er-d niik ds '/^er i3i 
 
 a mad an se'/_-kud er far beta ya em i32. dusu rey^ em qetet qeb-k set nd i33 
 
 em ymnet uah peru db-k su en trd em uha i33. mennu er uabi-f uah ka-k i33 
 
 her-k em yat-d sentet-k em db-d dn hems-nd em 134. d heqt dn mas-tu-nd 134 
 
 bdnt dm-d ds la en heqel ses-d mu em 135. dh t'er hru pef seiem-k rcn-d 135 
 
 teher em kesu-d tep-d u§er hebs i36. -a heta er-s hetep-tu-nd Nitet du hap i36 
 dn-nek er-d hrd-k er-d yer dn 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 i37 D' 
 
 1 
 
 i38 (^<<n<:\ 
 
 n A^AV^A 
 
 1 ooo 
 
 X.:.-J1 
 
 AJ' 
 
 f 
 
 r- 
 
 1 A 
 
 
 QlM]] 
 
 ^1 
 A I 
 
 K 
 
 •& 
 
 c~^> 
 
 !□ = ^- Pn^ k fTi 1 
 
 \^ m 
 
 A 
 
 ^AAAAA iAi ^^ 
 
 141 
 
 000 
 
 J I III qumi ^~~^ iW A "^-^^ 
 
 1 rm r 1^ k If 
 
 a *i 
 
 ra 
 
 ) —A-, 
 
 <e=<^ 143 
 
 1^ 
 
 © 
 
 -o:^. 
 
 144 
 
 V 
 
 ra 
 
 137 frdl sc- iSy. peya ka-d sedb bak em 6es-f dmmd seiep-d yd-d er per-hef em 
 
 i38 i38. nub hend dat neb hdiu ds nu setnsemu tebii cm yet neb dmmd iu-iui dpt 
 
 139 i3g. em sdn ter-f sentet em db-d ka pert-d cr nctcr-hii em hrd-f sedh-d em 
 
 140 dny^ 140. neter ertdt en hen-f hm yer-heb her Pe-td- Amen- [neb] nest-iaiu 
 
 141 mer menfitu Puarma feq 141. -nef sii em hcf nub hebs dat neb ieps per- 
 
 142 nef er neter het tua-nef neter se- 142. db-nef su em neter diiy em t'et dn teh-d 
 
 143 suten utu dn iidn-d 143. t'etet hen-f dn dri-d dti, er hd em yjm-k drit-d em 
 
 144 fet- 144. et en suten dn teh-d 
 
THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 233 
 
 A '^-=^ 1 1 d © ' "mmnr ^a^vaa 
 
 145 
 
 I AAAAftA 
 
 I - I 
 
 :c\r A- ^ o r -^ 
 
 TOTF 1 ^V;> i A 
 ^ III I 
 
 \ f 
 
 1 # 9 "7™ ...^ ^^ ^-^ ^ 
 
 /V\AA/\A 
 
 J - ! 
 
 [ ^^r^ W A^AVV> ^) V^ I 
 
 III ^ A 4 O II ^ I O 
 
 AAA/V\A 
 
 <=> ^^^^ * 148 
 ]q n A O 1 H^^- o I 
 
 © II (J A AAAAAA 
 
 
 ° i M < . - .^.- 
 
 AA/^A■V^ 
 
 ill :iii ? -f : 3- - "^ III IL 
 
 Z) A III 
 
 -^^^ AAA^\A AAA/W\ \^ ^^^ [] \ 
 
 ■ Q ci ,wvw I I I -ff!^ JSt^ ("=1;) 
 
 I 21 I A.= D /isO _a^l I I J] <GH 
 
 J^ °\ 
 
 utu-nef dhd en hen-f her db hers i-en-iu er tet 145. en hen-f Neter-hel-Anpii 145 
 
 sei-sen yjtem-s Mdtennu ertdt her y^at-s an un 146. sept yjle?n-tu er hen-f 146 
 
 em sept nii resu nieht anient dbt duu her-dhu her yat-sen en sent-f her 147. er- 147 
 
 fdt mad yet-sen er bu yer hen-f md en tit ent het-dt hef eref ia tua 148. sep 14S 
 sen i en enen hequi sen nu resti hequi sen nu meht em ddrdt er sen-ta en bam 
 
 149. hen-f ds yer enen suteniu hdu nu ta meht i er maa neferu hen-f ret- 149 
 
 150. sen em ret hemt an dq-en-sen er suten per ferenlet unen-sen em dmdu 150 
 
 151. hend qeq remu bet pu end 151 
 
224 
 
 B. 
 
 <5=ll 
 
 THE STELE OF PI-ANKHI-MERI-AMEN. 
 
 AAAAAA ^ jf'"*-^ Q, 
 
 V 
 
 A 
 
 a: 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 A A 
 
 {>mir\ JJ 154 
 
 000 000 I 
 
 155 
 
 
 1; 
 
 ^1 
 
 I 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 156 
 
 ra 
 
 J' t 
 
 @ 
 
 ra 
 
 AA/>AAft 
 
 I I I 
 
 M m - "TCsliO ^ 
 
 I, 
 
 U 'f I 
 
 xy 
 
 li 
 
 /=u) 
 
 t: 
 
 iiir i\ ^ 
 
 
 152 suten per as suien Nemared aq- 152. / <?r j;//(?« /«r t'erentet un-nef em ab 
 
 153 an qeq-f remu ahd-sen 153. er rei-sen ud cm dq siiten per dim en atep dhdu 
 
 154 em he f nub ymit 154. hebs '^el neb nu la vicht mad neb en Xar yau neb en 
 
 155 Neter-ta ymt 155. pu dri en hen-f db-f du memu-f neb her nehem dment 
 
 156 dbt sekp-sen ser her 156. nehem em hu hen-f yennu nehem fet-sen pa heq 
 
 157 der Sep sen 157. P-dnyi pa heq Oer du-k i-tu heq-nek ta mehl dri-k kau 
 
 158 158. em hemi nefem db en mut mes-6 fa saiet dm-k dmu dntet 
 
o 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 325 
 
 drit-nes du kaut 159. mcs ka du-k er neheh ?iexl-k men pa heq mer Uast. 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 if 
 
 c^ III 
 I II c> 
 
 O III 
 
 I I I AA^A/^A 
 
 III! 
 
 
 (t V A^P\gl 
 
 flr 
 
 :flP 
 
 =^T I 
 
 ;^fl 
 
 Y I — — H /WV\AA .tf^ 71 >^ 
 
 ra n 
 
 G AAAAAA 
 
 fl 
 
 F5^ 
 
 I^il q^ 
 
 I. Rcnpit pest Apalhisa sesu seyjf tep per sesu mel-seyjf en dmu Ta-merl i 
 yer hen suteti net (or bat) Ptualmis any t'etta Ptah meri sa en Ptualmis 
 Arsenat neteriu senui db en Aleksanteres madtyeru hd neterui senui hd 
 neterui menyui Apualanites z. sa en Afdauaskian du Mdanaqerata sat z 
 Pailamna fa tend en embah Arsenat sen meri hru pen seyau du 
 
 15 
 
za6 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 n 
 
 us 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^ Q I' I I I 
 
 1; 
 
 ^ o 
 
 1 
 
 1 ^ V i 
 
 
 
 nn 
 
 Mill 
 
 'O 
 
 !■ 
 
 Ke 
 
 ^ w ZS 1 g 
 
 .®35.-;S>- 
 
 M] ilil 
 
 
 C^( 
 
 i_n 
 
 I 
 
 zl I 
 
 I 
 
 D I 
 
 # 
 
 O 
 
 ^^ 
 
 inn 
 
 V !\ 
 
 °t 
 
 3 wer« wzflflM neteru heme her sekta neteru dbu semd 3. er mar nclcru em saiet- 
 sen ami neter idt reyi yjt neter tefu dbu md qet-sen i em dterti taui du Tiauasa 
 sesu fica driiu tep renpit en neter lien-f dm-f hna sesu faut iua em dbet 
 
 4 pen seiep neter hen-f d- 4. aut-f urt md tef-f dm-f ttit-sen er neter het end 
 neterui men'/ui enti em PekuaOet dri t'et erend un suten net Ptualmis any t'etta 
 Ptah meri sa en Ptualmis hd Arsenal nelerui senui hnd heqt Barenikat sent 
 
 5 hemt neterui menyui her dri 5. menfu qenu uru em madu nu Tamert du 
 kant nebt her ser metu pehpeh en neteru er dd ur un-sen ask her meh sa 
 
o 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 ■5^ m 
 
 227 
 
 I I I 
 
 A- 
 
 5B 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 n 
 
 A D I 
 X I 
 
 1 
 
 ,^ 
 
 r^^^ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 ,A 
 
 ^=^ 
 ^li <ri 
 
 f^^^^ 
 
 KJ 
 
 Pi A 
 
 1 I I 
 
 i_n 
 
 A' 
 
 nr^ 
 
 ET-i: 
 
 1 1 ri 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 
 
 A 
 
 ffl 
 
 => A 
 
 + 
 
 I 
 
 
 AAAAAA /WSA/V\ 
 
 
 
 i_n 
 
 PV 
 
 + 
 
 s^ Pi 
 
 ,*^, ^ If *i pv ^f 
 
 ^ PV 4i 
 
 D 
 
 a« /ra neb her xct Hap Mer-iir hd aulu neter het neb yu em Baqet td-sen yet 
 uru sept qenti 6. du drit cr 7ndyer-scn neteru seyemu Bet en yas nu Per- 
 satet erertu Baqet ut'a en neter hen-f er taiu Satet nehem-f-s dn-f-s du Tamert 
 er tdt-nef-s er duset-sen em madu menmen-sen dm yer hdt seufa-nef Qemt er 
 7. haid her aba erertu-s em Aniet her hd setu di her tepu-sen yerp-sen un- 
 sen her seufd dnyu nebt nu Tamert hd taiu nebt em nefi en neter hen-sen 
 dsk er-f yeper renpit en Hap neks 
 
 15* 
 
228 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 ] ra^^^ 
 
 o 
 
 W AAAA/VS » 
 
 I Q I 
 
 j: 
 
 AA/VNAA ^;% 
 
 1^^ i 
 
 y 
 
 D fSl Q w 
 
 .(£ 
 
 V 
 
 III Q 
 
 I @ D 
 I III 
 
 Dto 
 
 O I 
 
 i 
 
 SI 
 
 I LJ-l 
 
 I o © 
 
 T ra^T W 
 
 -f^ !°j ? a ^ °r^<5; 
 
 ■v=a 
 
 © qi 
 
 
 li 1^ fl^ 
 
 r^ 
 
 AAAAAA AAA^AA 
 
 e; 
 
 *^ «. 
 
 III I Q T-r 
 
 V 1^ I 
 Kill fl^ 
 
 o fci Zl O I 
 
 X I AAA/V\A 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 
 f^^^/1 
 
 AA/^AAA n r\ h AAAAAA 
 
 Q III 1^1 I 
 
 f^^^^ c \\ 
 
 A' 
 
 # ■O 
 
 i OOO I I I 
 
 8 em 8. hau-sen un dnju nehi nu Baq db-sen kesen her yeper ask em sefen 
 'fefii seyjiu-sen yerit yep yeniel em rek suteniu tepdu er yeper seyen Hap 
 
 9 nefes en dmu Tamert em ha-sen du neter hen-f t'esef ha seni-f g. her meh- 
 sau er db-sen emya her dmu neteru peru hnd dmu Baqet du du-sen un-seii 
 her mau di sep sen her er tdl sa-sen du hetrdt qenu en db en sedny reyit 
 du-sen her ertdt diitu peru du Qemei em Retenelet dbt em la en Keftet em 
 
 10 ad Nebinaitel enti em her db Uat' lo. ur hnd setu uru her er tdl hel' di du 
 
THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 229 
 
 JMi pv rs rw -jqrr, ? 
 
 A' 
 
 
 PV 
 
 X I ^^^ I 
 
 ft - A 
 V 4 
 PV S 
 
 C^ H>6 Y 
 
 ^ 
 
 H PV 
 
 Cili AAA/V\A 
 
 in^ =1 q^'T; 
 
 
 AAAAAA g a ^ ^_^ 
 
 T T A A 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 PV 
 
 i 
 
 + PTJ S &. 
 
 I 
 
 I I Q ® 
 
 ft P 
 
 — ^* — !) ^ / '■"'^ 
 
 III III 
 
 M -^1 PV 
 
 flfl P' 
 
 h I I 
 
 I D 
 
 .^.^ 
 
 PS pv rt 
 ^ •:> pv a n 
 
 © 
 
 I D 
 
 feiu-sen des du sebdd her seufa dnyu iin em Ta-netert her er tat reyj-sen 
 menfj-sen er rd fetta hnd sepu-sen qenu em hrd en feperu hd i her sa-sen du 
 ertdt en neleru smen daut-sen en heq taiu em 11. dsiu enen hd feqau-sen em 
 fu er du-sen er rd fetta ut'a hd senib ertd em db-sen an dbu nu Tamert du 
 seur ser yd qenu suten net Ptualmis dny fetta Ptah meri hd heqt Barenikat 
 neterui menyui em ymt mad hd yeper en neterui senui qema-sen hnd yeper 
 12. en neterui nefui sey dri-sen her seur-sen dbu pu dmu 7ieter peril nebt nu 
 Baqet du du-sen fettu dbu nu 
 
23o 
 
 CZZ> 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 C > /VNAA^A 
 
 I 
 
 fl 
 
 CD 
 
 (SW I 
 
 , I I 
 
 1 V 
 
 f I rii ± k P" ^^ '? pv k 
 
 i3 
 
 I 
 
 I I 
 
 2 (ofl^-— tjlIP "flElgJj ^* ""^ i\i\ ""^ 
 
 fit m '"" 'w ^z 
 
 
 I Vf- J J Si V f^3i 
 
 li jp^ BVJ 1^ ^^ P" m 
 
 A 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 fl^ 
 
 1*^^^^ ro III 
 
 /wvw\ 1 III ^^ 
 
 ,-— -, I O III 
 
 
 (S. 
 
 
 I D 
 
 ffl _^ 
 
 neteriu menyui her ren-sen uah-hi herren en dau neier hen-sen an ren-sen her 
 seferu neb yd dau neter hen en 7ulerui ncnyiii her ydem dri tet-sen seyeper-sen 
 
 i3 ki i3. sa dmO dbu un em madu dii du-sen em icah her sa ftu yep du hrupen 
 t'eitu-nef sa tua en neterui menyui er-enii yeper seym neferhd id'a senib mesiu 
 suten net Piiiahnis any t'etia Ptah meri sa en neterui senui en Tiauasa sesu tua 
 
 14 du drefhru pen yentet pu en 14. dri hu-nefer uru en dnyu nehu tdtu dbu bes 
 dn suten du madtc M en renpii udt en neter hen-f hnd enti uttit hesu du men 
 renpit_ pest dbet ftu iemu yersapen hnd mesu-sen er rd fetta dbu pu un yer hat 
 
THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 23 1 
 
 III o I 4o <=> i;r iiii III ^^^^^ .^--^ I ^^^^^ 
 
 == ^ H k Si w ^i :; - V pv 
 
 ^ -- <if- - (T k 5? n J 
 
 I T t ^ q^ T ;;, j^3 k I 
 
 " ^ " V fit! - A= - ™ i,: " " 
 
 p a AAAA/VX ^^ ^ pi 1^ 
 
 ^ ,-r", = — Jl'9?' = 
 
 = in^ + 1£ Y 115? 
 
 II 
 
 n ill 
 
 V 
 
 I I 
 
 <5^ 
 
 
 f I f^AAAAA 
 
 T V fill T P" - Z^ 2? T = 
 
 Jf7i erinenrenpitudt fepemsaii 15. un-sen dm-sen yer hat mdlet ererer en mesu- 15 
 Jis;? /Jr Arz^ /if« ^r ra ^eA em dnu du sau enti er tef-sen em yent-sen dri em dsiu 
 en dbu t'aut net' yet em setep er trd en renpit em sau ftu yeper em sa tua dm- 
 sen er sa tid seyeper dhu t'aut tua 16. her nef yet du sa tua dntu em uah em 16 
 yent sa tua en neterui menyui er tat tend en dmu sa tua en neterui meiiyui 
 em entd nebt en bes er dri db em neter het hd yet nebt du arisen em eiperut 
 dd-en-sa em neter hen dm-f md yep em ki sa ftu erenti k dritn heb 17. en 17 
 neterui menyui em madu neb den abet nebt em 
 
232 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 Mill 
 
 (£ III 
 
 III G 
 O III 
 
 nn 
 
 ■k 
 
 nM I 
 
 => Q I 
 
 Q 
 
 \\ 
 
 ffi 
 
 c (B 
 
 ^5? 
 
 ffi V ,1,1,1 
 
 ^^1 Q 
 
 V fT K^=^ 
 
 \-2ar 
 
 = 1^ m V fT V M (H 
 ill]T+ O (XEmM] tltl k 
 
 <ff 
 
 1A 
 
 
 (3 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 I D era 
 
 I I 
 
 f 
 
 f 
 
 ci III 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 O III 
 
 o 
 
 
 Q 
 
 ■Q W 
 
 D I 
 
 AAAAV\ 
 
 DW' 
 
 flP 
 
 Q 
 
 ^=1 A "^^ 
 
 /WAAAA /\ ^J^ 
 
 iLlo 
 
 fl^ 
 
 ra '^^ 
 
 0© 
 
 I II 
 
 
 j«a /«fl jwz/ /«/ sestt faut tua em dri se'j^au serer yjr hat du ker drilu heb en 
 7teteru uru fa da rer em Tamert dii kant-f en renpit em-lulu dri yd da du kant- 
 
 i8 / en renpit en sulen net Piualmis any i'etta Ptah meri i8. ha heqt Barenikat 
 neterui menyui em yent dterti iaui her Baqet er du-s em hru per neter Septet 
 fettu tep renpit em ren-f her dnu nu per-dny em-tutu dri-f em renpit pest 
 abet sen Umu sesu ud er dritu heb en tep renpit heb en Bast her yd da en Bast 
 
 iq etn dbet pen ferefiti kant en ig. setut retu neb hai Hdp dm-f ds dxi dref un 
 seyen ds-k uteb yd en neter Septet du ki hru tennu renpit f hit er dn sentu hru 
 
THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 233 
 
 IffiJ ^ ? P 
 
 (3 c 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 O 
 
 <^ai. 
 
 Q (3 
 
 Q 20 III 
 
 ^ I III" 
 O III 
 
 f 
 
 VT+^ 
 
 m ° 
 
 ra 
 
 O 
 
 III [11] 
 
 T I»^T ? 
 
 <2=- 
 
 I I I 
 
 hr\ 
 
 <=- ro 
 
 @ 
 
 tt 
 
 CD 
 
 O 
 
 m □ 21 
 
 u. 
 
 
 J 
 
 i-n [< 
 
 5< n 
 
 o 
 
 (3 o| 
 
 1A 
 
 A ^-^ 
 
 Q 
 I 
 
 rrii 
 
 ^3:7 I 
 
 AAA/NA^ 
 AA/W\A 
 
 .^-o^ 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 AAAA/V\ 
 
 Q 
 
 nil 
 
 Q o 
 
 fl^ li HV E p:fi 
 
 I r I 
 
 =1 22 I 
 
 D 
 
 en dri heb pen hers er dritu-f du mdiet-fem diet sen ieniu sesu ud driiu heb dm-f 
 iet em renpit 20. pest driiu heb pen er hru tua sent tep-s en em hdu em mes^ei 20 
 her '/aui her dri uten hd "/et nebt selut en dri errd "/eper-f dsk er ird-sen her 
 dri dri-sen er reri nebt md seferu U7i petet smen her-s em hru pen 21. er ben 21 
 ses seyen fep er un hebu rer em Tamert er driiu em per er driiu em iemu em 
 kani ud her uteb fd en neter Septet em hru ud te?i renpit f tut er un ketey hebu ds 
 dritu en §emu em at ten er dritu en pert du kant i-sen md seyen yep em kant 22. 22 
 
234 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 II Q w 
 
 <5 nn 
 <5 nn 
 e nn 
 
 G III D X 
 
 ra ^^=^ 
 
 G I 
 
 &. 
 
 [^ §■ ra 
 
 AAftW\ 
 
 1 1 G 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 m e \\ 
 
 W V 
 
 y 
 
 ra a 
 
 G 
 
 III! 
 
 V 
 
 
 ">AA^A il I Vylp ^Ijl j /www 
 
 I ci Q W 
 
 ■"W. 
 
 i\ 
 
 ^ 23 
 
 3 fo 8^ r- u 
 
 
 n I 
 
 X 1 I X 
 
 Q D I D " 
 
 %* 
 
 I 
 
 I o 
 
 il — J (=B) 
 
 li: ^ 
 
 °^ 
 
 CIEMil] fill 
 
 + 
 
 @ 
 
 CZIDI 
 
 JP5?- =1 '\\ 4:ti 
 
 ra II ^ „^ 
 
 G III 
 
 ^A/v^A^ 
 
 ra V 
 
 Dto 
 
 CMii^s^a 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 AA/W\A 
 AAAAAA O 
 
 
 ^ fli 51 
 
 m 
 
 /epdu erenti y/per ask dr as un renpit her hru §ad ymut hd hru itia 
 
 dput uah er sen empehui em-tu/u uah hru ud em heb en neterui menyui ^d en 
 hru pen ten renpit f tut en uah er hru tua uah hdt tep renpit yjpei'-f rey en 
 
 23 hu-nebt erenti nehtu ier dmd smen en 23. trd hd renpit hd metu enti en hep 
 en rey en mdtenu petet seyen as td metu du meh her neterui menyui enti sek satet 
 yeper en suien net Ptualmis diiy t'etta Ptah 7neri hd neb taui Barenilmt neterui 
 
 24 menyui t'ettu Bareniliat her ren-s bes iit du 24. heqti er seyen as neteret den 
 du-s em renenet dq-s er pet em scyau du dbu i em Tamert yer suten net 
 
THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 235 
 
 T ? r ? e i ^^ PV ? 
 
 m ^ w + ?fi ? :^ k ? 
 
 "^ ^ "=> 25 =3= qo S=^ _0j ^ 
 -www i I Q n ICl ^^nA/v^ A J] SLl 
 
 ILJ^ — bUL =« =,^ — l> 
 
 i H » S ik ! ™ IV k 
 ^ — ii C fi^i I n =■ '? 
 PV i IP ^ =V ~ fl = 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 
 A/V/*AAA 
 
 Q '^ II d C^^ AA«AAA N III 
 
 III rill Qo t: wvw\ I <:^ 'ff I 
 
 !□ 
 
 . « , , P" i ? H k ^T V 
 "- li *■=■ ^ 
 
 ;f^r renpit em bet y^er neter hen-f arisen .... rt dat her-d her seyj7i yeperdu 
 sen her nehu embah suten hd heqet her tdt em dh-sen er ertd 25. hetep neierel 25 
 deji hd Ausdr em neter het en Pekuadei enti emyen en madu yentet erenti su 
 ur dm ut-sen-su em yent serer en suten hnd dnyu nu Tamert er dii-sen dr as 
 dq-iu en Ausdr em yen en sektet er neter het ten er kant en renpit em neter het 
 ent Aker 26. -hemremet em dbet ftu hit sesu taut pest du dmu madu yentet er 26 
 du-sen her dri qerer her yauli nu madt( yentet her unami semehi em yeft 
 en neter het den emyet enen yet neb tut en 
 
236 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 ^ III 
 
 — "^ 27 
 
 AA/VAAA I 
 
 A^AA/^,^ C^ 
 
 * - r IS S Prl PTm P 
 
 LJ *^ ^ AA/\A/^A 1111 
 
 M ^^ ™ Si V -i:s 
 
 III I o © 
 
 fl^ '? 'y ™ ^" - k%^ ;i 
 
 ^c 
 
 -T f ° nt^ -^^ 
 
 
 o I 
 
 ^ k f3 Si il ge i k 
 
 Jr ■'cb' I <=> b I \^n 
 
 III I 
 
 27 ar// /^r dri-nes netert her seat senem-s arisen 27. serer db-sen em seref via 
 sent en dri her Hap Mer-ur arisen semadu en ertdt yeper met pehpeht en fella 
 en heqt Barenikat satet en neterui menyui em madu nu Tamert du dusen 
 
 28 erenli yep dqs emmd neleru em tep per 28. dbet pu dq salet Rd er pelel dm 
 ymt-f fet-nefs driRd mehenel em hdl-f her reus her mer-nefs drilu-nes hebu 
 en yen em eiperut uru dmd madu yenlet em abet pen dri netert en hens dm-f 
 
 20 yer hat em-tutu dri heb ud her yen ud en heqt Barenikat satet 29. en 
 neterui menyui em madu nu 
 

 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 ^ p ^ pn Pk- 
 
 237 
 
 o n 
 
 ^ ® T 
 D © a 
 
 =^4 n 111 V Ml : 
 
 'P k m 
 
 PV 
 
 OcZIX 
 
 ra 
 
 G 
 
 I I I 
 
 000 
 
 °°S 
 
 III 
 
 (2 
 
 <:^> 3o ^^11=11 
 
 17 \\ m ^ r i\ (t 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 w ij 
 
 Iffrnf^ 
 
 ^ fly 
 
 zs 
 
 !q 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 Q 
 
 1 
 
 (2 
 
 III Q w 
 
 AAArtAA 11 [ 
 
 ;4/ 
 
 Q QSll I 
 
 Oq( 
 
 y% (.mmmi t i°a 
 
 Q 
 
 I I 
 
 V 'in 
 
 D 
 
 
 /a«z' ^r au-sen em iep per id en sesu met se^/ef dri fens her scab senem-s 
 dm-f em sep iep neferi cr hru ftu em-tutu sedhd neter seyan en neiert den 
 em nub meh em dat neb hps em madu meh ud em madu meh sen er du-scn 
 ertdt 3o. temt-f em neter per du neter hen crpu ud dmd dbu setep er db iir 3o 
 du smd er mar neteru em sati-sen sekdt-f her hept-f em hru en yd hd hebu nu 
 neter er du-sen erenti maa [en] nebu nebt sen em serer-f fettu-nef Barenikat 
 3i. hent renenet yd ds un her tep en neter seyem pen 3i 
 
238 
 
 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 ^\^l 
 
 # 
 
 D 
 
 ( A>vm\Zl 
 
 (2 Q 
 
 ^ 
 
 !^ 1 1 1 
 
 32 
 
 ,^, In ft S^ i] PV ft I V 
 
 lol 
 
 IV\AMA 
 
 1( I 
 
 AAAArt/\ 
 
 (^Z)l 
 
 c 
 
 Sol 
 
 ^ 01 
 
 I D 
 
 I 
 
 I I 
 
 f 
 
 
 S (?) Q ('> 
 
 O ffl 
 
 ci I 
 
 O I I 
 
 
 
 I C' 
 
 AAAAAA, 
 
 
 
 Q 33 
 
 I I I 
 
 p.^.J 
 
 
 WW%A -£2>- 
 
 O I I 
 
 a <=> 
 
 ci O! 
 
 I 
 
 (i» j(?/«/ er un hni erpet en nuts nckrct Barenikat cr drilii-f em yames 
 sen du drat dmQ-sen du iiaf en hai em qa-s ha drd den md un em ddui 
 
 32 neteret du set en drd-ten mdnenu iz. du uat' pen erenti un smen en se/ien 
 
 pen di her ren en Barenikat her net-f em dnu nu per dnf^ du hru 
 
 nu Kadube'f^ . ... em dbet ftu §a ya- hat ym Ausdr er tat dn renenet hemt 
 nu dbu ketut en erpet en Barenikat hent renenet dri-tu-nes qerer-hd yet 
 
 33 33. seiut en dri em hru nu heh pen erenti un ds md keteyu renenet 
 
THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 zSg 
 
 ■<2=- 
 
 
 m\ pv 
 -ill J 
 y i:i ; 
 
 SPI 
 
 Q o 
 
 
 ^11 » i 
 
 34 
 
 1 
 
 1i 
 
 rpj 
 
 I 
 
 <^ 
 
 I© 
 
 I 
 
 III 
 
 [Q] 
 
 T 
 
 T 
 
 
 © 
 
 JP^ PV 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 35 
 
 # 
 
 r-n— K Or; 
 
 4? 
 
 il » 1Dc=. ^\ 
 
 ffi 
 
 C2 © 
 
 -III 
 
 IP 
 
 (S 
 
 <i?i 
 
 1 
 
 Q I 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 A/vAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 <£? 
 
 I I I I 
 
 an' em setut enen en neieret ten er mer-sen tuau-iu neteret-Ben as an qenidt 
 setep er ies neteru tdm yjiu nu neteru un-sen em dbu-sen dr as qurt em hat 
 ererer fa yames an qemdt du yeiitci 34. td en neter seyem en neteret den 34 
 heS'Ut en seyem-s an temau hesu fau hemt em yd hd hebic nu neteru em tuau 
 serer en det per any td en iemseb nu hesu dn mdtet her iefta nu per any 
 erenti as tdtu hetepu en dbu em yent madu yeft bes-sen 35. dn suten du neter 35 
 het du mat tdtu yeru en mesu hemt nu dbu t'er hru mes-sen dm-f em yent 
 neter hetepu nu neteru 
 
240 THE DECREE OF CANOPUS. 
 
 I <=> I J I D o _ir .vw-A^ 1 m I I III 
 
 1 
 
 ^ I <=> '^ I I V W 1 1 www 
 
 n I ® I (3 
 
 I I I 
 
 <=> 36 OKI 0/^1 
 
 ^111 a — D I Q zl I I f m I a (2 
 
 D X JS*^ AAAAAA (§.^\ Al I i 
 
 CIZ5( 
 
 V (MmSH 
 
 P,7,^i + ft^i ? IDA 
 Q V fl 
 
 ^'^ # 
 
 ^7 W fl T^ '^^^ O R^ <£? 
 
 D S ooo -Mis o 
 
 T 
 
 C2 Cl I I 
 
 
 P, 
 
 cm II n <^-3 111 <=■ A a, 
 
 I 1 \l I I <=Z> Ci V<s>- ^ 
 
 o r I i(sic) D 
 
 W^ __ /^ I D 
 
 V fin + mi 
 
 I I rill ^ o ® 
 
 I -*— i\ n tk fl "^2>- 1 
 
 I AAA/W\ _CFO I -21 J] ^=i i 
 
 em '/j-'i'ii dptu an dbu net'yj:t em erperut cr du-scn md re en neter hetepu dqu 
 35 ertdl 36. en hemt nu dbu dritu-f dp cm qefcn t'cttu dqu en Barenikat em 
 
 ren-f scfciiu pen er mdi dn-hi-f dn net yet em hetu her mer madu hd dun nic 
 37 neter het yet her utid 37. en dner repu yemt em-ymt dn nu per any dn en 
 
 ietet dn en Ha-nehu ertdt dhd-f em tcseyi retu em yent madu yentet madu sen 
 
 madu yemet er ertdt db hrd-nebu neb em serer art en dbu nu madu Baqet 
 
 en neterui menyui hd mesu-sen em setut en dritu. 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF KAQEMNA. 
 
 241 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF KAQEMNA. 
 
 \LjI AAAAAA Lr-p {? 
 
 (?) A/WW\ 
 
 ffl 
 
 ra J 
 
 ral 
 
 A 
 
 D © 
 
 •='Mik' 
 
 Ifl 
 
 J 
 
 ^ 
 
 III Q 
 
 
 
 
 TiniTrTT 
 
 ,A 
 
 Q. I 3 
 ^^1 I 
 
 A 
 
 flP 
 
 #^' 
 
 " I D 
 
 'li 
 
 a 
 
 (2 
 
 ^^AAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 AA^AAA 
 
 6 fl'^^^^ 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 fl^ 
 
 ra 
 
 I AAAAAA I ^ 
 
 J« j: 
 
 I. — I. ?//« sentu-d hes nut un fen en keru-d 2. ttsef dusei ent her-d i, s 
 «OT metuu sept tesu 3. ^r M wza/m a« /zot a«-a> ^«r sep-f dr hems-k hnd 3 
 dUa 4. OT«J/ /«« niert-k at pu ketet tadr db ydu pu afd 5. du dut dm du 4, 5 
 a/5^« en mu d'fem-f dht du meht re em, Hm 6. semen-f db du nefert dten 6 
 bu nefer du neh en ketet dten ur yas 
 
 16 
 
342 
 
 I (^ A AAAA/V\ 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF KAQEMNA. 
 
 m 
 
 o 
 
 J— — —\ f\ ^^AAAA 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 I -»^ ^^— Jll A Q I Jl^ I I 
 
 no o /www ^ «^ i€ £ n 
 
 ^ "^^f m.^^ \\ 
 
 o 
 
 --III 
 
 H^^— III I 
 
 TO _,^ D 
 
 ^5. 
 
 <= ^ ^ 
 
 - ci ^ n 
 
 P! 
 
 fiv 
 
 ^: 
 
 .ro 
 
 ^' 
 
 n 
 
 (3 
 
 A 
 
 "■ i !\\ 
 
 zs 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 7, 8 7. />« Aen/ en yat-f seua ird-s yem-nef usten yat em per-sen dr 8. hems- 
 g k hnd afd dm-ka y,eft-f seua dr surd-k hnd 9. ieyu seHp-k du 
 
 10 db-f helepu em atu er duf er-kes seken 10. sehp td-f nek em udn-set 
 
 11 ka sesefet pu dr iuu em serey en sa 11. dn seymi en metet neht dm-f 
 
 12 yeter en hrd er tefa-db dmam-nef 12. kahes er mut-f meru-f pu bu 
 I nebu dmmd per ren-k II. — i. du ker-k em re-k ndst-k em dda 
 
 dh-k her 
 
® n ^^^y:^ 2 ^ 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF KAQEMNA 
 
 343 
 
 Q III a 
 
 £2i ^AAAA^ 
 
 
 'li Jfl 
 
 cv; 
 
 A 
 
 I I 
 
 {) 
 
 A I 
 
 A/W\AA (^ AAA'VVA 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q W 
 
 ^ 5 
 
 P- E^ ^ 
 
 -a U I I 
 
 ; I I I /\AAA/%A /VW\AA I I I I 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 7 _ 
 
 ^^111 I I 1 J A^AAAA A/V\A/V\ I I t I | V ^ 
 
 y 
 
 AA/WVA A/V\AAA 
 
 cTi CI W 
 
 I I I I I I 
 
 /V\/SAAft AA/\AAA 
 
 A 
 
 O^ 
 
 jjf/^J^ 2. (?W2 wz^ra a^ famti-k sauh dten-k an re)r entu X'/fV/ aW/ ««/^r 3 
 yeft fesef-f 3. ^r/a a» fat nasi naif en "/artu eiw/^et drq-f sefer 3 
 
 4. red bat-sen em it her fer en fet-nef en sen dr enti nebt em an 4 
 
 her 5. pa ieftu seteni set ma fet-d-set em sen hau her iaat un an sen 5 
 6. her ertdt-set her yat-sen un an sen her seM-set md enti em an un dn 6 
 nefer-set her db-sen 7. er yd nebt enti em ta pen er ter-f un dn dhd-sen 7 
 hems-sen yeft dhd 
 
244 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A 
 
 fTi iZi \ /I _cr\^ I , 
 
 
 A 
 (2 
 
 ^\ 
 
 I I 
 
 M^' 
 
 G 
 (5 
 
 8 en hen en suten net (or hat) Hund 8. mend-nef dhd en sedha hen en suten 
 
 9 net Se-nefer-u em suten menf_ em ta pen er fer-f dhd en ertd g. Kaqemnd 
 er mer nut t^an (sic). lu-f pu. 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 IV. ^< 
 
 h\. 
 
 "=> I 
 
 ^ D 
 
 j. ™~ M (m f 5i ■= hAi 
 
 o 
 
 ^ I 
 
 <^ D 
 
 ra 
 
 A I -^5 
 
 A 
 
 @ 
 
 1 IV. ^ — I . Tuait ent mer nut fat Ptah-hetep '/er hen en suten net Assa 
 
 2 dn% titta er neheh 2. mer nut fat Ptah-hetep fet-f Henti neh-d tend 
 
 3 '/eper dau hau 3. uqesqes iu dhu her niau sefer-nef -fater 
 
 I. Page three is left blank in tlie papyrus. 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 o 
 
 <E=- 
 
 ^ 
 
 ff; 
 
 245 
 1.^ 
 
 ^^. 
 
 I 
 
 Z5 
 
 I ^ 
 
 I I 
 
 ^K=^ 
 
 © 
 
 P 
 
 zi 
 
 
 ^k: [ ? fl^'fe ™ stai J 
 
 Q I 
 
 I <=^ 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 (^ 
 
 ty 1^ 
 
 W\AA'Vi ^V^A^^ 
 
 -»— A>-o I I I I __^ AAAAA^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^fl! 
 
 :^li iMi r® ^• 
 
 Til \^ 
 
 <=^ ^ t I S f "^ . 
 
 ^^ 1 y I AAAAAA n 
 
 T' 
 
 I AAAAAA I ^ ' 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 S 
 
 rffl ««i5 maati net'esu 4. dnyui dmeru pehii her aq an urt db re ker an metu-nef 4 
 v. — I. db temu an se^a-nef sef qes men-f en duu bu nefer feper em i 
 bu bdn tept nebt iemet 2. drit dau en red bdn em yet nebt fent yent an z 
 
 sesen-nef en tennu aha hemst dut dm 3. drit met ser dy, 3 
 
 fet-d nef meiu setemiu seyeru dmu hat pau setem en neieru d'ji drit nek 
 4. mdtet tertu iennu em reyit sati-nek . . . ui t'et dn hen en neler pen sba 4 
 erek su S. er 5 
 
246 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 
 -£2=- 
 
 A 
 
 j^:j 
 
 
 in 
 
 ^' 
 
 ,(a 
 
 J I /\/V^J\AA 
 
 JI^Sl 
 
 lO AAAA^^ 
 
 S= rS 1 ^,11 S^^i I 
 
 o I 
 
 c^ I 
 
 © .A I 
 
 Q .i:*^ 
 
 ^■^^3Kb ft 
 
 ^ I qX O D. 
 
 ® 
 
 />AiV\AA AAA/»AA 
 
 11^ P- il 
 
 # 
 
 -T^SNi) 
 
 
 m 
 
 II 
 
 ffl 
 
 6 »?(?/«/ yer hat dy^ dri-f hd en mesu seru dq setem dni-f metet ah neb 6. fet- 
 nef dn mesi saau ha em desu en metet iiefer fetetet en erpdt hd neter dtef 
 
 7 neter meri suten sa 7. ur en yat-f mer nut tat Ptah-hetep em sha 
 
 8 yemu er rey tep hesb en metet nefert em yut en enpij 8. setemet-fi em 
 qesqeset en enti er tehet set tit dnef yer sa-f em dda db-k her rey-Ii nefnef 
 
 10 erek g. hend yem md rey dn dntu feru dhet dn dbuu dper yu-f 10. teku 
 metet nefert er 
 
1\- W -«K P 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 247 
 
 m\ ? j^,T, 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 ^1 — Si 
 
 rp ^- k 
 
 "& 
 
 ■lUIIII. AAAAA^ f\AA/\AA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 '?-iii Jfl^ &. 
 
 
 
 
 "11 L- AA/^A^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I ^==^ I I A 
 
 ; i 
 
 y-T-3N> 
 
 o 
 
 M 
 
 
 14 S 
 
 ZS 
 
 (2 
 
 J^ 
 
 ^Wfl^ 
 
 i VI. 
 
 ^ 
 
 \M ^ 
 
 uaf du qevit-s ma hent her bennut dr qem-k t'adsu etn at-f ii. ffirp dh n 
 em dqer erek f_am ddui-k fames sa-k em fa db-k er-ef dn men-nef-neh, 
 sdnt-k 12. tit bdn em tem fesef-su em at-f ndst-f em y^em f_et pu 12 
 ermen en tadr dh-k i3. dhd-f dr qem-k fadsu em at-f mdtu-k enti em i3 
 ermennut-h ddui-k leper dqer-k eref 14. em ker duf her metet bdnt 14 
 ur ufa dn setemiu ren-k nefer em ref_ en seru VI. — i. dr qem-k i 
 fadsu em 
 
248 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 >o 
 
 ^ 
 
 «-=■ 
 
 V'. 
 
 ^' 
 
 S. 5?2i \ 
 
 
 ^ \ 
 
 AAAA/NA 
 /WWW 
 
 D 3 
 (3 I 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 1« S^ 4 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 D © 
 
 1*^^^ 
 
 13 ft 4' 
 
 \\ ^ AAAAftA 
 
 © 
 
 "f-rly [1 B 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 A 
 
 ^ ratKJll 
 
 Dil^ 
 
 •o- 
 
 /V^A/W\ 
 
 X Q 6 Q 
 A I © 
 
 2 fl/-^ ifW ^arw an as mdtu-k em at db-k er-f y^eft yases-f 2. dnimd su 
 er ta yesef-f er-f t'esef em useiet-su er hesi db-k em ad db en enti yefi-k 
 
 3 qesen pu 3. hetfu hum db tu er drit enti evi db-k hu-k su em yesef 
 
 4 en serii dr un-nek em 4. semi her utu en seyer en dita heh-nek sep neb 
 
 5 meny er uni seyer-k dn du 5. dm-f ur madt uah tat dn yenenet-s 
 
 6 t'er rek Ausdr du yesef-tu en sei her hepu seUt 6. pu em hrd en dun db 
 dn jiet'it 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 I ~JU. D 
 
 !A1 
 
 M\\ 
 
 
 249 
 
 ]^Di 
 
 ■*• V AAAAl 
 
 1^ 
 
 D S 
 
 e I 
 
 ik 
 
 ^A S. 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 III I 
 
 ®' 
 
 fl^ 
 
 Wt 1^ A 
 
 1^^ 1' 
 
 © 
 
 
 ra 
 
 flfl 
 
 A 
 
 — A 
 
 10 3 ^ -n. 
 
 /-) pi AAAAAA [1 
 
 [INS- (illU 1 ^ ^T-3ro 
 
 (9«/«/ aM an pa fait mend sep-s du-f fet-f 7. sey_et-d er-d fes-d dn t'et-nef 7 
 sefet-d her hent-d un pehui madt uah sefetu sa em dtef pu 8. dm-k 8 
 dri her em red f_esef neter em mdtet du sa fet-f dni dm du-f iu-f 
 em ta en tep-re du sa fet-f g. user du-f fet-f sefet-d er-d sat-d du g 
 sa fet-f hut-f ki du-f peh-f ertdt-f en fem-nef dn pa 10. her en 10 
 red fcper utut neter pu yepert ka dny^ em fennu hert i tdtdt-sen fesd 
 II. dr II 
 
250 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 S^ 1^ 
 
 /*AAAAft *^ \/\ 
 
 /\r^/V^AA (£jf ■ 
 
 -^5- 
 
 
 
 ^" *^^! 
 
 
 Q X 
 
 1 ^-iCSTN^ ^-C^^3jNb 
 
 J 
 
 I I 
 
 ^2; 
 
 .^ 1^ 2 
 
 f 
 
 .@ 
 
 u 
 
 I 
 
 © 
 
 D 
 
 s 
 
 U 
 
 (?) 
 
 A I 
 
 1 
 
 
 Pi 
 
 tm-nek em sa en hems er duset en sa ur erek seiep tdt-f tdu er-ef en fent-k 
 
 1 qemeh-k er enti embah-k em set su VII. — i. em qemeh dH beiu 
 ka pu utet dm-f em metic-nef er daiet-f dn r«/ entu bant her db metu-k 
 
 2 y^eft useht-f-tu du fetet-k er nefer her db a. dr ur un-nef ha ta seyer-f 
 yeft utu ka-f du-f er ertdt en hesesi-f seyer pu en kerh yeper dn ka tun 
 
 3 du-f ur td-f dn peh en sa du dm ta yer 3. seyer neter dn yem dndi-f 
 her-s dr 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 251 
 
 '11 
 
 (=iD^ 
 
 A 
 
 
 \ 
 
 il 
 
 1 ™\J 
 
 A 
 
 qVN. o>- 
 
 C^:^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 xa Q 
 
 /. 
 
 ^ 
 
 P 
 
 I Q 
 
 H S. M - P- 1' S k:^ S. 
 
 
 # W^r.^ 
 
 flfff 
 
 ffl 
 
 ill Q 
 
 .^■^^^^TV^ 
 
 6 S^ 
 
 III I Q Q 
 
 
 
 un nek em sa en aq habu uru en uru met her qet hab-f-hc dri-nef 
 dpui md t'et-f 4. sa em setu em metet sekendd uru en uru en ter niadt 4 
 em sen-s dn uhemt as da en db em metiu reO nebt uru ketet 5. betu 5 
 lia pu dr seka - nek Ur em seyet td-set neter ur mdk em sesa re-k 
 er kes hau-k ur drit heriut ent ker dr neb qet em neb fet 6. detet-f 6 
 md emsuh em qenbei em tua en dtu mesu-f em huru em dbd dm 
 du un 
 
252 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 
 o n 
 
 
 fls j:^ f^^ 
 
 1 
 
 A/S/WSA AAftA'^ 
 
 'A'vA'^ n <r\ -^>^ >o m AA/sA'^ n nil 
 
 ■I I 
 
 I 
 
 ri SI P 
 
 III (3 
 
 P 
 
 A 
 
 I I I 
 
 (?) A 
 
 ip- 
 
 — H — ^ AAAAAA I 
 
 . 1^ Paw 
 
 O AAAAAA 
 
 ^ ^J^ <LI° -^ ^P 
 
 A 
 
 ■0 
 I 
 
 Jl^: 
 
 I @ i Ix 
 
 o 
 
 rj AAAAAA H 
 
 7 z/r a//" «« ahu mut mest hetep ket cr-es an ud 7. seyjperu neter du 
 neb dhit neh sdes-f dr yas-k hs sa dqer nefer sem-k neb yer neter em 
 
 8 rey-nek net'esu yentu dm-k dda 8. db-k er-f her reyt-nek dm-f yeniu sent- 
 nef yeft yepert-nef dn i ds yet fes hep-sen pu en merru-sen dr udt-f 
 
 9 du sdq-nef fes dn neter dri dqer-f g. yesef-f her-f du-f ieter hs db-k 
 trd en un-nek em dri hau her mettetu em yeb trd en ies db belu ka pu 
 het'et at-f em nekeb 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 253 
 
 10 ffl 
 
 D © 
 
 ra 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 i^ _A_ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 1' J 
 
 ,^0 
 
 (°=S) 
 
 m 
 
 A 
 
 ■<2>- 
 
 © 
 
 J' 
 
 is. 
 
 
 e 
 
 A I 
 
 (=ffi 
 
 ''~5) ^_ 12 
 
 ral- 
 
 -\ 
 
 J%., 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Ji 
 
 Sep 10. ;(^r^ ^rK em hatt en ker per-k '/^eper 'f_et hs db an qem en 10 
 ^ei du sefa-f dr tin -nek em sa dqer dri-k sa en smam 11. neter 11 
 dr met-f pefcirer-f en qet-li ennu-f yd-k er duset dri dri-nef hu neb 
 nefer sa-k pu nes-su sat ka-k dm-k dut db-k er-f du metut 12. dri 12 
 sendi dr enenem-f teh-f seyjr-k ba-nef fetet nebt hm re-f em metet 
 yast qek-k su er re-f md qet-f ut erek em yebt-en-sen VIII. — i. utet i 
 seteb- 
 
254 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 AAAAAft r-| II 
 
 n AAAAA/\ 
 
 — 1^^ 
 
 
 s^ 
 
 -Ss> 
 
 ty 
 
 A 
 AA 
 
 c-z: J A 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ,AI 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 ^^ J 
 
 jSa. 5 
 
 ® 
 
 J, 
 
 a 
 
 
 I ^ 
 
 /-r— -~^ <C^^ AAAAAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 I I 
 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 A J 
 
 S^ 
 
 ■^^: 
 
 (? Ill 
 
 2 ««/ /z^ e7?z /(Z/ dn enenem en sem-sen an gem en 2. duu-sen fat dr un- 
 
 3 7iek em rent aha hems 3. er nemmat-k utet-iiek hru tep em seua yepcr 
 
 5 Hnnet-k 4. sept hrd en aq smd itse"/^ duset ent dai-nef du 5. rerit er tep 
 
 6 hesh se-fer neb y^eft yai dn neter seyent duset dn dru 6. er septu qah dr 
 
 7 un-nek hna reO dri-nek mer hd peh db-d peh 7. db-d dtu peyarer-f fet 
 
 8 em yat-f yepert em desu fes-f neb yet ta-d 8. ma em seyer-f ren-k nefer 
 dn metui-k hdu-li 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 I @ 
 
 ra' 
 
 .©. 
 
 255 
 
 vU 
 
 (2 
 
 5i. -S^. 
 
 
 o 1 
 
 
 
 ■O" 
 
 1 
 
 -^^ I 
 
 ■"^ 
 
 ,? Ill— _„'S'^"^ 1^ 
 
 "^1- l!l PMi f^S^li 
 
 
 ^ 'f 
 
 v^ 
 
 o W , 
 
 m 
 
 3ciiJl: 
 
 I I 
 
 I AAAAftA IX. 
 
 A 
 
 \f\ ^ 
 
 /^a Ard-k g. «r hau-k dbut-tu nek em '/_emi nek un en db seiem en 9 
 lat-f td-f kenl-f 10. em duset merhi-f dh-f aku hdu-f yasa du ur db 10 
 er septu 11. neier du seiem en yai-f nessu yeft (?) smd sem-k dn dm-db 11 
 td seyer-k em 12. seh en neb-k dr udt-f er-f yeft t'et-f dn qesen er 12 
 dpiiti semdt i3. dn uhbt md em rey set dn ur er yet-f enenem dr ka-f i3 
 14. er yesef-f hers du-f ker-f her du fet-nd dr un-nek em semi usten 14 
 IX. — I. seyeru em 1 
 
256 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A/W/\AA 
 
 I I I o © 
 
 2 ra tk® 
 
 A 
 
 I I 
 
 \ 
 
 A 
 
 ^ %J= i! 
 
 
 I 3 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 © 
 
 ■o- 
 
 
 .«s>- 
 
 CI 
 
 A 
 
 ^t^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 # 
 
 
 _JL- 7 n n^ 
 
 
 AAftAA^ 
 
 -CS:^ 
 
 A^/VNAA 
 "^^ 1 I I I AAA^AA 
 
 ■0- D 
 
 I e 
 
 ^^~-irO AAAAAA ^iX 
 
 m 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 2 uttU-nek dri erek fet tennu seya-nef 2. A«^ z' /5tr ja an i metet em 
 
 3 qah heset 3. i5«« /4rt/2^ y^eper sefat dr un-neh cm semi her setem-k 
 4, 5 4. 77ietu speru em ken-f su er seket yjat-f em kat 5. 7ief fet-nek set ner 
 
 6 yer du- ddt dh-f er drit it-nef her-s dr 6. dri kennu spert du t'ettu 
 
 7 du ird er md teh-f set dn 7. spert-nef nebt her-s em yepert-sen sendn 
 
 8 db pu setem nefer dr mer-k 8. seudh yenemes em y^ennu dq-k er-f 
 em neb em 
 
257 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A 
 
 ^ n< 
 
 P= \\ 7J 
 
 
 I 1^ 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 £Za AAA/WN 
 
 '• i i:^ f-5i.i 
 
 c 
 
 ^u 
 
 s^^ 
 
 Q^ 
 
 (^ ^ 
 
 I D © 
 
 I 1 
 
 Q D 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 j^« g. «OT yenemes re pu er bu neb dq-k dm sau em teken em hemt g 
 
 10. dn nefer e?i bu dritu set dm an sept en hrd her peya-set du nekeb-tu lo 
 
 11. sa %a er yut-nef at lietet mdtet resut du peh-tu mit 12. her rey-set des 11,12 
 pu yas set-iuf pertu her drit-f db her u- i3. dn-f dr uheh em seken her-s i3 
 dn mat en seyer neb md-f dr mer-li X. — i. nefer semu-k nehem-tu ma i 
 tut nebt sau hrd sep en dun db 2. yat pu mer ent bedennu dn yeper en dq 2 
 dm-s du sesdbt dtfu 
 
 17 
 
258 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 I 3 
 
 I 
 
 
 I I 
 
 ;f=a: 
 
 
 A 
 
 S 
 
 /VWvAA I . 
 
 ^ I I 
 
 '^ °^ Tj^i T fi^iH ^ .^m 
 
 ^^ 
 
 A 
 
 ^ A 
 ^1 I 
 
 a ^:^ 
 
 !\] 
 
 i5^;;li fls. 
 
 _-A„ 
 
 cr^ 
 
 A I I 
 
 X 6 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 .e 
 
 M, 
 
 <£f 
 
 D 
 
 'A 
 
 /1\ 
 
 ra 
 
 L £1^ /www 
 
 ^ n n ?s X 
 
 ' 1 
 
 AAAAAA 1 
 
 rae o 
 
 S^ 
 
 1 T AA/W\A 
 ■iCl O AAAAAA 
 
 >a 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 o^ 
 
 P UP ?P 
 
 3, 4 /"fflzV (?) 3. hend sennu nu fait (?) du ne&s hemt fai taut pu bant 4. neht 
 
 5 arf pu neyjbtet neht uah sa dqa-f madt Sem er nemtet-f 5. du-f dri-f 
 
 6 dmt dm dn uni per dun db em dun db-k her peseiet 6. em hent dnds er 
 
 7 fert-k em dun db-k er hau-k ur tua en 7. sefu er neyt ant pu perer 
 
 8 er yer hau-f iu em ant en metet dn 8. nehtit en aunt hers sey/per UnQi 
 
 9 em qebh yat dr dqer-k ker-k per-k g. mer-li hemt-k em yen meh yat-s 
 hehs sa-s 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 259 
 
 ri AAA/VW 
 
 ■o- 
 
 P il 
 
 /W\A/V\ 
 
 IS I T P ^5? 
 
 
 Pi^ 
 
 AAAA/V\ I 
 
 i P. 
 
 @ f> 
 
 ^ 
 
 D 
 
 (3 
 
 P 
 
 :i p 
 
 P PflMHP 
 
 12 D 
 
 I e 
 
 S^ 
 
 ■P 
 
 ■P 
 
 ^^- i P^ V 
 
 XL N=>— 
 
 ^/v^AAA [-] 
 
 AAAA/V, I 1 
 
 © 
 
 P 
 
 I -^ 
 
 Q I 
 
 1' 
 
 rara 
 
 U ° 
 
 ^ pa 
 J 
 
 Ul 
 O 3 [ j D 
 
 t I 
 
 I I AAAAAA 
 
 V 
 
 (=U) 
 
 11 TM \ 
 
 ^\^ 
 
 ■© 
 
 S^-V 
 
 peyt^aret pu ent hau-s merhet-s 10. aa (ii5-j- /ra en uneni-k ahet pu yui en 10 
 
 neh-s dm-k n pera (?) serit 11. seher-s er seymi adetd (?)-j fd-spu maat-s n 
 
 iwfli2-j' seuah-s 12. /z^ «ot /«r-/^ hndi-s niu (?) /« j^a/ «--j «« ddui-s Unenet- 12 
 
 ^ dri-nes mer XI. — i. sehetep dqu-k em %epert-nek %epert en hesesu i 
 
 neter dr uheh em sehetep 2. dqu-f du fettu ka pu adab dn re^-en-tu yepert 2 
 
 sa-f tua 3. ka pu ha en met hetepu dm-f dr %eper sepu nu hesesu dn dqu 3 
 
 fet 4. i-ui dn 4 
 
 17* 
 
26o 
 
 
 ^ d; 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 ,flT ft i^i ^t^i 
 
 L\¥. 
 
 /^i i 
 
 D 
 
 6 X( 
 
 o I 
 
 f\N\f^^^ 1 1::^ 
 
 1 
 
 S^ 
 
 7 11^ 
 
 (2 Q 
 
 ■[ [ 
 
 i=i -<s>- 
 
 p p. 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 n 
 
 '1^ 
 
 
 
 JPT 
 1^ -P 
 
 P 
 
 ^ >& 
 
 
 ^ 1^ 
 
 JM^ 
 
 ffi 
 
 ± f»i"a-»i ?i. PU 
 
 5 dn-iu hetepet er temd du dn-tu dqu un aq 5. dm-k uhem nieskd en meiet dn 
 
 6 seiem-k su peru pu ent ia yat 6. uhem nietet maa dn seiem en set er ta em 
 
 7 t'et er-s s t n mdk yeft-k rey 7. dqer du utu-tu taut drit-s seyeperu er Betet-s 
 
 8 em mestet 8. md hepu mdk-s seun resut pu hebs er hers dr un-nek em m 
 , 10 9. dqer hems em seh en neb-f saq db-k er bu dqer ker-k 10. yti-set er 
 
 II iefief meti-k rey-nek db-k dn dbuu 11. metuu em sehi 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 261 
 
 fi 
 
 u: 
 
 M 
 
 = I 
 
 \ 
 
 I 
 
 - S. 2 S^ ^1 ii S. 
 
 @ '3 
 
 
 ffi 
 
 
 =^ /O I I AAAAAA y n •I 
 
 2 '\AAfV<^ ^-^ ><n 
 
 
 •& 
 
 ra 
 
 I 
 
 M^ 
 
 
 4 t^^^a 
 
 I AftA^/V\ 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 b o 
 
 A 
 
 Y 
 
 Q 
 
 (S. 
 
 zs 
 
 °^ 
 
 o 
 
 D <=^ 
 
 ^M(?« ?neM er kat nebt an db-s tdt-s er lei (?) 12. dr usr-k tdtd-k sent-k 12 
 em ref^ em hert fet em utu tep i3. an as er semu du ietem dq-f en dut i3 
 XII. — I. em qa db-k tem-f tehd em ker saub fen-k 2. ukb-k metet em i, 2 
 nenser seher hrd-k hen-tu du nesut 3. ent ta db sefar-f an yentu aba 3 
 mdten-f 4. men§ en hru er du-f dn dri-nef at nefert unf db en hru er 4 
 du-f dn 5. ker-nef per setu meh md dri hemu sept 5 
 
z6z 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 B 
 
 ■^ 
 
 \ 
 
 4 
 
 G 
 
 O 
 
 S D 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA /^SJ 1 
 
 © 
 
 ^^TQ^^, /^Af^/\/\f\ 
 
 ^ a 
 
 J 
 
 '5? s. 
 
 
 111 Q. \ 
 
 @ 
 
 A 
 
 ^ AAAA^ 10 n S 
 
 D I 
 
 S^ 
 
 @ 
 
 .r^ p^; 
 
 ^ 
 
 u = 
 
 1^ 
 
 c. I 
 
 '=■ a 
 
 U I 
 
 []e ^ 
 
 UPT 
 
 # 
 
 6 er ia ki neferu 6. du seteni en db-f er hen am yesef iu evi at ur em se- 
 
 7 hefentiu db en enti 7. atepu yjper setebd-f er hut su sefeyi ka em merer su 
 
 8 tdtd kau pu 8. hend neter merert-f drit-nef seqet erek hrd evi-yd neien du 
 Q hetep "/er ka-f 9. du setebd 'fer yeft kau pu serut merut seba ur er yut- 
 
 10 nef 10. seyeper seSep-f em her-db red td-k yer saa-f her neb-f unen fefa- 
 
 11 nek II. yer ka-f du tdt ent merut er hetepu du sa-k er hebs yer-s un 
 
 12 sekp-f hrd-k 12. er 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 263 
 
 f 
 
 /\AA/\fV\ l^ — ^ ' 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 -<s> 
 
 i3 
 
 
 XIII. 
 
 I <=:. 
 
 <^>- 
 
 u ° 
 
 .^ 
 
 Jp,^ 
 
 ra 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 A/W\Aft 
 
 .(^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A D © 
 
 
 i? 
 
 PI 
 
 I D © 
 
 S # 
 
 7k^ 
 
 M 
 
 ffl 
 
 D w 
 
 dnx i>''i per-k xer sdh-k merer-k dni sti xer-s dri-f qdh nefer dm-k ker 
 i3. uah kerl mertii-k pu em ;/<;/ eiit merru tu mdk ka pu merer setem i3 
 XIII. — I. dr dri-k sa sa en qenbel dpiiii en heri diat 3. seUt i, z 
 matu mennu meti-k em rd her kes satib 3. fet-f se^er-f sent ertd-f 3 
 metet her kes dri uteb sep-k 4. er ufdt dr sef-k hrd sep leperu kessa-k 4 
 en sa 5. her dqa-f seua her-f em seyau su fer ker-f-nek 6. hru tepi 5, 6 
 dr dda-k 
 
264 
 
 ffl 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 c^ I 
 
 
 A/\A/W\ —p-, /WAAA'v 
 
 @ 
 
 Al 
 
 
 @ 
 
 n,-.~-s. 'o' 
 
 I 
 
 @ 
 
 L_ _J "^ « AA/\A/V\ 
 
 I III 
 
 AAAAAA r~] 
 
 © 
 
 AA^A^A 
 
 ,-r- ^ 
 
 
 <:^ ^0"; 
 
 X AAAAAA 
 
 e 
 
 XIV. 
 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 
 Ik- I i 
 
 ^ 
 
 7 e»z%«/ nefesu-k dri-k yd 7. ««;(«/ &/ /«/> dm em nut reyt-nek em seiau 
 
 8 yepert-nek yentu 8. em kefa db-k her dhd-k yeper-nek mer septu neter 
 g 10 dn-iu 9. ha ki mdiu-k yeperu-nef mdtet an yames sa-k en her-k 10. mer-k 
 
 11 en sulen per unen per-k men her yet-f qebhau-k em 11. duset dri 
 
 12 qesen pu dtennu em her dny-tu trd en iz. seft-f dn yab en 
 
 1 qdh-nek fetf em t'auiu XIV. — i. per sahu em iadr yet teken dm-k 
 
 2 2. dm-f sedu 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 © I 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 265 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 — n_ 
 
 AAAAAA : 
 
 Id s 
 
 t:? 
 
 (=a 
 
 
 
 P^; 
 
 /\AAAAA ^ 
 
 AAWV\ ■*- 
 
 WV\AA I 
 
 
 AA/VWA -iO lA rtAAAA/\ 
 
 Q I I I I 
 
 c. I 
 
 
 P 
 
 ©tk (?) 6 
 O I 
 
 V t\^ 
 
 IkP^ 
 
 A 
 
 n © 
 
 
 
 f"^^ 
 
 O 
 
 =0= 
 
 ^ , 
 
 a © 
 
 A 
 
 D © Q 2i( 
 
 9 
 
 «r«^ i?r setemet-k dm pu en db beqbequ 3. dr rey^-f set du-f er Sent qesen 3 
 pu en dtennu em duset 4. iekent dm-k nek hemt y^ari rej^-nek 5. yesefet 4, 5 
 er mu her hdti-f dn qebh en eniet em yjxt-f dmu-f seuyu 6. er drit yesefet 6 
 qebh-f em-yet hef-f db-f dr t'dr-k 7. qet en yenemes em ienen erek 7 
 teken dm-f dri sep hend-f udu 8. er temt-k men yert-f fads hend-f emyet 8 
 dhdu ukm db-f 9. em sep en metet dr per maat-nef md-f dri-f sep kptet-k 9 
 her-f 
 
266 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A <2 
 
 Ml 1- T ° s. r.\- ? 
 
 p^ 
 
 ™j^ 
 
 e 
 
 ra 
 
 AAAA^A 
 
 D © 
 
 
 i3 
 
 A 
 
 > A J 
 
 I S\ II I I 
 
 ffl 
 
 iir-zi 
 
 XV. 
 
 
 ,A 
 
 D 
 
 ^-^ $>. 
 
 " I 
 
 1 
 
 (S 
 
 flK^ p; 
 
 © 
 
 1^ OS^; 
 
 I gii I 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 10,11 10. fenemes su re-pu en dcteiu her saqu em dba-nef metet em ii. uhh em 
 12 Sep en seha em udtii eref em hebu su an pa 12. sep-f tern iu an uh eniu 
 i3 em ia-su hef hrd-k trd en un-nek i3. dr per em mdf_er en dq en an ta en 
 
 1 peseiet XV. — i. henti hrd-f screyj pu iu em %at-f yieper dtennu em 
 
 2 seahhu 2. em dri su er teken dm-k seyau pu en sa ami en qet dm .... 
 
 3 yd fam rey iut-k 3. unen yet-k em yas bdt-k er yenemes-k heb . . . . f 
 
 4 pu meh-f ur su 4. er 
 
# 
 
 I I I 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 267 
 
 '1.1\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 "^ '. 
 
 '^c:^^, 
 
 ^ C{ 
 
 .e 
 
 ^@ 
 
 ^ 
 
 o Ue 
 
 S? 
 
 e^^ 
 
 J 
 
 VMS 
 
 D ® 
 
 I 
 
 7 •^ , . 
 
 O 
 
 AAAAAA bJ AAAAAA ^^ 
 
 1 . U 1 ZJ _Cr>S- ,JT>^ AAAAA/\ '^^^^ — ^ -i^r^ I I 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 ;f 
 
 
 D © 
 
 PM P,T 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 I AAAAAA j~] 
 
 (S 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 *s j; 
 
 §epses-f su fet ki en ki fu bat ent sa sa nef du qet nefer 5. er seyau 5 
 
 fesef her s-a her qet du neferi yau erment bdt 6. dr sep anas her it ertd 6 
 
 feper dndi pu em dtennu dr dri-k hemt em hpent imfet 7. db er yet 7 
 en nu-s du-s em hepui dn nes ennut em 7ie§-s dmmd erek dm-s du 
 
 unfet 8. db-s dps dqaa dr setem-k enen fet-nd-nek unen seyer-k neb 8 
 
 er hat dr sep en madt dri 9. iepses-sen pu rud seya-sen em re en red md 9 
 nefer en 
 
z68 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 •PPJ^ 
 
 D 
 
 A 
 
 P' 
 
 D © 
 
 fl^ P^\^ 
 
 
 A^AAA'\ 
 
 11 AAAAAA fl O 
 
 I 
 
 S^ 
 
 WV\AA ; 
 
 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 J: 
 
 n © 
 
 A 
 
 M 
 
 I cTs -^^ n (2 @ 
 
 XVI. I ^ ~ !),,__ I 
 
 
 %-'. 
 
 Qesu-sen dn-entu metet nebt an lo. sek en em ta pen fetta drit-s qesert er nefer 
 II metu sent er-s seha sa pu er t'et en ii. ew/et seteyn-f set yeper em dbuii 
 
 setemu nefer fet en emyd ent setem-f set dr yeper sep nefer md unen em 
 la la. her un-nef meny en neheh du saa-f neb er fetla an reyt semit-f em 
 i3 sment tiefer-f dm-f i3. tep ta sa-tu rey her reyj-nef an ser her sep-f nefer 
 
 1 md en db-f nes-f dqa XVI. — i. sept-fi. du-f her fet maati-fi. her maa 
 
 2 mesferui-f tet a. her setem yut en sa-f 
 
^L 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 269 
 
 
 '5i.^ 
 
 ^k^l^ '*%M X. 
 
 X^X 
 
 c^ a^ Oi 
 
 h c=. 6 W 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 1 D 
 
 ffi 
 
 !1'° 
 
 © 
 
 -JL, 
 
 1' ^ ■? 
 
 I AAAA^^ I 
 
 *=s^ -^k f iP — ii 
 
 ^ ^k ?i. 
 
 0= 
 
 © 
 
 D 
 
 =ii i:^^' 
 
 n 
 
 .£? 
 
 Q\\ 
 
 
 
 S^ ¥ T 
 
 dri maat iu em her 3. fu seiem en sa setemu dq setem em setemu leper 3 
 
 setemu 4. em setemd nefcr setem nefer metet setemu neb -pit yut 5. setem 4, 5 
 
 en setemu nefer setem er entet nebt -feper merut nefert neferui 6. sekp 6 
 
 sa fet dtf-f y^eper-nef daut y^er-s mertu 7. neter pu setem dn setem en 7 
 
 mestetu neter dn db seyeper 8. neb-f em setem em tem setem any ut'a senb 8 
 
 en sa db-f dn setemu 9. setem fet merer setem pu dri fetet neferui setem sa 9 
 
 en 10. dtf-f rei-ui Cetti-nef enen sa dn-f em neb 11. setem 10,11 
 
zyo 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 ^k^ ii^ r p 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 
 fl^ P 
 
 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 o I 
 
 i3 
 
 ^-?-^3l^ 
 
 §> '0' 
 I I 
 
 
 14 
 
 .\m ^] 
 
 XVII. 
 
 I^' 
 
 s 
 
 i?^ I I I 
 
 (s 
 
 JP^ 
 
 ^^^^ ^^ 
 
 ,0 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 UO 
 
 Q (3 
 
 II 
 
 s^ 
 
 AAAAAA ' ■ 
 
 12 seteniu t'elu-nef set mew^-nef em lat dmafi y^er 12. dtf-f du seya-f em re 
 
 1 3 en d7i'/u entu tep ta i3. unent-sen dr sekp sa sa t'et dtf-f dn nem en 
 14, 1 14. se'fer-f neb seba-k em sa-k setemu XVII. — i. dqert-fi her-db en seru 
 2, 3 sem re-f er i'etet-nef 2. maau em setemu sa dqer-f nemtei-f tennu 3. ennein 
 
 4 bes tem setem tua reyj er sment-f 4. du uya metet-f dr uya dtu setem-f 
 
 5, 5 5. dn dri-nef yet nebt maa-f rey em yetem yut 6. em ment dri- 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 271 
 
 'J 
 
 0=9 
 
 ! 7 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 
 5i. ?i.: 
 
 
 
 flkk 
 
 ^ 
 
 S." 
 
 r 
 
 o 
 
 m 
 
 X Q 
 
 '9' 
 
 I 
 
 D © 
 I I I 
 
 ^K' 
 
 I 1 I 
 
 o 
 
 S.V ^k- 1^^ 
 
 A 
 
 -> to 
 
 /■T-^Sl^ 
 
 Mli- 5i. P>: 
 
 ,fl 
 
 i3 
 
 i 
 
 »i^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 Ki 
 
 (2 
 
 <s>-' 
 
 ii 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 © 
 
 I s^ 
 
 P¥ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 2 
 
 f 
 
 / ;(£^/^/ nebi er ud seset (?) 7. aw? ra »(;(5 are/-/ em meiei ler-s aqu-f pu 7 
 yeben fet 8. i5a7-/ dm em reyi en seru her mit dny^ rd neh g. seuat her 8, g 
 sepu-f md. d§a en it her-f rd neb 10. sa setemu em hs Heru nefer nef 10 
 emfet setem-f dau- 11. u-f peh-f dmay^ sefet-f em mdiet en yartu-f ii 
 em semau 12. sebau dtf-f sa neb seba md dri-f sefet-f yer i3. mesu 12,1 3 
 ay fet en sen lartu-sen dri bd XVIII. — 1. em rdd fetet-k serut madt i 
 2. dny^ mesu- 3 
 
272 
 
 il 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 A 3 
 
 e A I 
 
 D 
 (2 
 
 5 □ ffl 
 
 I © <= 
 
 
 6 ^T— Ss 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 —D I t I I #^ U 
 
 >^,^ J- Si P, 
 
 1 
 
 ® 7 I, 
 
 AAAAAA <• m?_ 
 
 
 • tiiiiiiii 
 
 ^ 
 
 .© 9 
 
 J- =^ - il 
 
 I I I 
 
 1*"^^ , 
 
 ^fl: 
 
 I 
 
 A A^/^AAA - 
 
 A ^:3^ I 
 
 D © 
 
 ■L 
 
 I I I 
 
 ra 
 
 D 
 
 3,4 k dr tep utu iu er 3. dsfet dy^ fet red maai-sen 4. mdtel as pefa pu 
 
 5 t'ef en seteni ertd-sen mdiei ds pefa 5. pu ker maa bu-nebu-sen s-kerh 
 
 6, 7 6. dial an qem en iepses em yemt 7. sen em del metet em an ud em 
 
 8, 9 ertd kel em duset 8. ket sautu em un dnd dm-k sau- 9. b-iu er fet 
 
 10 rey^ yet setem erek mer-k smen- 10. t-k em re en setemiu metui-k dq-nek 
 
 11,12 II. em Sep en dbuu metu-k er septi-n en un en 12. seyer-k yer duset-f 
 
 herp 
 
THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 273 
 
 ■^ 
 
 i3 
 
 i 
 
 5k X\W\ 31H r t 12 
 
 n -n. 
 
 W [III 
 
 1^ II 
 
 <o 
 
 III D © 
 
 O iWwV\ft 
 
 ° XIX. ; 
 
 4 m 
 
 fli. ii 
 
 _/^ AAAA'W 
 
 A 
 
 il Z! flA S^ 
 
 1' 
 
 1: 
 
 I I I 
 
 Ul 1 
 
 Q I 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 fl3-/^ y^tf« ri?-/(' i3. (i/ sey/r-k md em seru meter 14. ^«r ^«;/ fer neb-k 13,14 
 «>•/ t'et-nef sa pefa pu XIX. — i. er fet en setemti-en-sen set hes kert i 
 mesi-nef su uah db-k 2. trd en metui-k t'et-k yet tennu ay t'et seru 3. setemti- 2, 3 
 en-sen neferui pern en rc-f an fetet tieb-k erek neferui seba en 4. dtf-f 4 
 per-nef dm-f yent hd-f t'et-nef du-f em yat er du ur er drit-nef 5. er 5 
 fettet-nef mdk sa nefer en tdtd neter ertd hau her fettet-nef yer neb-f dri-f 
 madt 6. dri en db-f 6 
 
 18 
 
274 
 
 THE PRECEPTS OF PTAH-HETEP. 
 
 -= D 
 
 (3 Q I 
 
 A 
 I I I 
 
 A 
 
 I ^ 
 I I I 
 
 1 / 
 
 ^ D 
 
 >i I I o 
 
 ^JU. CTSZII 
 
 /VAAAAA j^ n 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 1™I IS 
 
 Q AAAAy 
 
 @ 
 
 ^TsFf 
 
 \\ °Sh I 
 
 A 
 
 ^« E^ ^M¥ ^ 
 
 7 «r nemtet-f md peh-hid hd-k ufa suten hetep em y/pert neht 7. Qet-k renpit 
 em dnyi an ier drit-nd tep ta Oet-nd retipil iad met em dny^ en tdtd en 
 
 8 8. suten heset yent tepu d-ui md dr'it madt en suten er duset dmay 
 g 9. iu-f pu hdt-f er peh-f md qemiu em dn 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 (British Museum Papyrus No. 10, 247.) 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 ^D2i'e 
 
 In 
 
 Q I Ml I 
 
 
 ^^K 
 
 w 
 
 (2 D 
 
 I I I 
 
 ^©111 
 
 I (S'v 
 
 i^a; 
 
 3 XVIII. — 3. Talk §ai aidd em nasaqu atep-tu em metet adiu petrd 
 
 4 feqau-tu em na uyayu atep 4. 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 ,2 
 
 275 
 
 fl 
 
 AAAWSA 
 
 o (3 
 
 @ 
 
 ^: 
 
 AAA/VA 
 
 
 Q (3 
 
 nM\ E\] v-- i<iEi:3^:™ 
 
 I I I 4 S 1 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 •^^ ^ Q 
 
 ;"<S. Q 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 <ci <::i I 
 
 ra 
 
 
 .^ 
 
 ^E>- 
 
 ^ ooo' T AAA/vA/\ 
 
 D^m 
 
 'fk h 
 
 j<^ ^ 
 
 Bf] 
 
 ;5 D 
 
 A 
 
 D o 
 
 \/ ooi> 1' AAAAAA 
 
 
 7/(?/0 ^r mer-nek dnuk an mdhaire a nek an her t'et a en-n un maa em d 
 fet-tuk mddi er bu-n-re 5. sdp-tuk neheb-tuk sesemel iarei md sdhu tei 5 
 maat-f du-f md tau en nifu ^eft peri-f sehp-k 6. na fenri fai-k la 6 
 pel maa-n d drit tei-k udu-nek qad en mdhaire td-d dmam 7. -k dri- 7 
 nef bu iemi-k er ta en tela bu pelrd-k la en Aupa Y.alumd bu rey-k qad-/ 
 Ikatdi 8. em 8 
 
 18* 
 
276 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 IZZ h El 1=1 ^ i\[T]1^ - 
 
 ^^T-^ 
 
 
 1J. J 
 
 © 
 
 e 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 1-- c ;%-c-i J- ^: 
 
 
 M\]^]] 
 
 1' 
 
 a ^ 
 
 [ffi] 
 
 lA 
 
 I 2 ffl 
 
 £52 
 
 Q l&il 
 
 'ffl' 
 
 pX) 
 
 AAAWNA 
 
 ra © o 
 
 .(3 
 
 ^ 
 
 I # 
 
 _2s>' 
 
 ^=k 
 
 1 1 
 
 <C=i! 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 I (3 Q 
 
 I A III <=>f=^ 
 
 Um U 1 5i.§i 
 
 Q. 
 
 M\l^] 
 
 I 
 
 £55 
 
 J 
 
 s 
 
 (2 
 
 
 lA 
 
 [Mil I 
 
 5 
 
 e \\ I 
 
 ^ ■ 
 
 mdtet su md a'/ /« /'(7r c;; Sesetsu Ciiiy^ 2ifa senb pa temdt en tirehu her taif 
 
 1 mert'aredat XIX. — i. /az/ yet md dy^ hu dru-k uiid er Qeiei hend 
 
 2 Ttibayd hu iemi-k cr enen Sasu 2. yen ta pet md§a hu tekas-k uat er 
 
 3 Pamakar pet .... da em hru su 3 . rut em aunt her dnrena d§ pehulu 
 
 4 hcri ait madu tdbi hetemet 4. dnhu cm Sasu her uat-f hu Oes-k er tu Sana 
 
 5 hu tekas-k ami- 5. k uah her 
 
ei 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 -Q Qn M 
 
 277 
 
 Q X 
 
 e I 
 
 (^KmmA 
 
 
 © 6 
 
 ra 
 
 A ne 
 
 ^U: 
 
 a '^^ 
 
 ,— . AAA/VV\ 
 
 ra' 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 .^^5- 
 
 :flH 
 
 [AAAAAA-. 
 
 
 ©1 
 
 ra. 
 
 K 
 
 A (2 
 
 Q=Si © 
 
 ™tk[i]B k- UT] 
 
 ©I 
 
 s 
 
 ra 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ^1^? 5sl.J^^fl4 ^^ 
 
 lo (S 
 
 urerit-tuli . . . seyet-dd em ennuhu sesemet-k em dthu 6. ha mdi . . . er b 
 BareOd dri-k hufifa em paiset Best du tU 7. i-k paiset fet her-f pelrd-k tep 7 
 mdhaire talk mdrekabdt 8. uah-6d er tet-luk paik neft uhasi sper-ku er 8 
 
 udu em ruha du hdtu-k g. neb nefiu kesen-iuk uiauiau yenem-[tu] g 
 
 emmd qet nehes-k XX. — i. du unu unnut pa fa em kerh kahui du-k i 
 ud-iu er 
 
278 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 [ 
 
 ra 
 
 14 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 2 -2ai| 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Q I 
 
 PPS.fi C] 
 
 Q (§_ 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 O^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 [IJ] 
 
 -gas 
 
 ra 
 
 P3 
 
 -^5- 
 
 ffi 
 
 
 J 
 
 11.S 
 
 A 
 
 D © 
 
 I ¥^ 
 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 I A 
 
 i ^ 
 
 UAAA/VvA Q 
 
 (3 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 (£ ra 
 
 I I I 
 
 n 
 
 Je ^ 
 
 jLUU^ 
 
 □ 
 
 I 
 
 ■2 neheh-li bu i sen en sen ta neha 2. -redua dq-f paif dhait pa sesemet def-iu 
 
 3 pa sen em ydf_et-iu em kerh 3. dfa naik hehs paik mdreda nehes em kerh 
 
 4 dmamu-f em dri-nef Qeiet-nef sepit sti 4. dq na enti hdn su hhennu em 
 
 5 na mdhadut Sasu dri-f su em qda en Aamu 5. pa '/_erui iu er drit iamd 
 
 6 e7n taut qem-iu enen-tu nehes-k bu qem-k 6. d (?) udrt-(^) sen driu ermen 
 yd-tuk 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 279 
 
 © 
 
 (S. 
 
 °^ 
 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 ^1 D S'k I 
 
 
 \ 
 
 !\\ p,T, i:s. T? r. J- 
 
 
 AW 
 
 \\ D 
 
 
 XXI. 
 
 f^T'Ar'Ar' :^ 1 AAAA'Vv 
 
 ]fl^ 
 
 .W"' 
 
 D (sfDlVUi 
 
 ^-Ti Efl ^=1 P; 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 AA/V\/V\ 
 „ w^ /WWW 
 
 ' tLM) 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 ftA/\AAA 
 
 e I 
 
 I \s 1.1 
 
 Q O I 
 
 ^' 
 
 W ~= u 1 
 
 X A 
 
 ii MSI 1- 
 
 ■^eperu-tu em mahaire setebhu meh-k em mest'ert-k 7. sefet-nek ki lemdt 7 
 
 ietaau er fet Kepuna ren-f su md dy^ tai-sen netert ki sep bu 8. tekas-k 8 
 
 su metett mdi er BareOd er Tituna er Tairepudd pa yd XXI. — ■ 1. en 1 
 Nafana ierinu Audu via dy set her fen hi temdt em pa iumd Taire en 
 
 2. meru ren-f dfa-luf mu em na barei user su em remu er Sat fet-nek ki tep 3 
 
 3 nefeset pa sei Tairedu du-k er fet utet su 3 
 
28o 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 A © 
 
 I 
 
 AAAAAA ^ 
 
 © 
 
 ?1 Si. i^rMi 
 
 .0 (3 
 
 A 
 
 (aiy!^ 
 
 5 
 I © 
 
 ,fl 
 
 o\> (=U) 
 
 11 
 
 :flfl 
 
 i^£] 
 
 1PSi ^1^' 
 
 -Sa, 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 I (nmi 
 
 ^^ 
 
 (?) 
 
 (§.' 
 
 OC=>^ Q (^ 
 
 ra 
 
 
 y I 
 
 7 I ^ I 
 
 1^ 
 
 D © 
 
 :flfl' 
 
 AAA/VAA 
 
 ^^: 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 ZS 
 
 [Tlfl^^r-A 
 
 ra' 
 
 4 er /^/to wzer «jz' mdhaire 4. »;az' tdti-k her ta uat em ymiidi er Pakdkna 
 
 5 feperu pa mdtennii en Aksapu tennu 5. er re mert'a temdt meiett mdi er tu 
 
 6 en User paif reiadu nid 6. a/ Repent pa tu en Ikaina tennu nimdu er 
 
 7 meh-tuf pa mdhaire d dri-f maid 7. er Hufare tennu paif yet md d)^ 
 
 8 dmmdu-d pa a en iemi er HamaBd 8. Tekare Tekare-daire ta duset sutsut 
 en pa mdhaire 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 281 
 
 ^ -'■^- \ m MM 
 
 A 
 
 %* 
 
 D Q 
 
 J^S- 
 
 ^ 
 
 © igb v\ -= — "tk \v 
 
 Q (3 I 
 
 s^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 'fe 
 
 
 @ I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 (3 
 
 A. 
 
 I I I 
 
 P 
 
 A 
 
 "^111 
 
 I _i_PVS I /^ AAAAA/ 
 
 r'^'^^ ff: 
 
 © 
 
 = i J 
 
 e 
 
 i 
 
 '-2a, 
 
 © 
 
 (Wl 
 
 ^T^]^i kEi: J- Tl 
 
 «^(5 OT^/?// XXII. — ■ I. mat er taif mat ta-k petrd-d Idah dr dutu her i 
 mdiai er Mertamem un 2. her tennu em dri sehen er hen er sebaiiu-tuk 2 
 semu en en-n re'/^-sen mddi (et-d nek hetefet 3. te7ndt enti heri-sen hu iemi 3 
 erek ta en dayisa Kafire-Mdirerena Odmenti 4. Qete^ Tepur ACai Haire- 4 
 nemmdta bu petrd-k Qairedd-dnbu emmd 5. Badd-Oupair bu rey-k Aturmd 5 
 Titipudd em mdtet bu re-^-k ren 
 
282 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 ©, 
 
 
 c w 
 
 !;0 XU I 
 
 i 
 
 (=&\ 
 
 j^S'- 
 
 I I AAAAAA <: :> 
 
 I A 
 
 A 
 
 [ra 
 
 w 
 
 \ ^ 
 
 .^J^^ 
 
 Q=S> & 
 
 12 
 
 Q (3 
 
 LmJl A^ 
 
 AAAAAA i XXIII. 
 
 (sic) 
 
 i\ A 
 
 (Ju) 
 
 
 m<^ 
 
 
 C3a 
 X A 
 
 k^i^i 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 ^- 
 
 (2 w I 
 I 
 
 s^ 
 
 U.J 
 
 L I 
 
 A 
 
 ,fl irj 
 
 ■& 
 
 t^ffl^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 u e 
 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 ..^ 
 
 6 i?w 6. Xanrtefa enti em ta en Aupa ka her taauki-f ta duset niaa seki 
 7, 8 7. e7t per- a neb metett-d nidi er pa [se]fd en Sina tdu-k refj-d 8. Re- 
 
 1 huhu udu-kud Baidd-oadare hend Bdire-Qaire pa yd XXIII. — i. en 
 Ireluna i'adu-tuf md dy td-d ref_-d pa d-en-senen er sei Mdkdd enti her-f 
 
 2 emeniek mdhaire 2. seisaui em kat per-d-db qem-tu mdhaire md-qeiu er 
 saka er hdt mdia pa 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 383 
 
 ^^A^AA | 
 
 AAAAAA i^^^ 
 
 N> 
 
 t:: 
 
 nTtm 
 
 •tt\' 
 
 (3 Q< 
 
 r< — a 
 
 
 -Ssi o 
 
 ^ I 
 
 w 
 ^T — a 
 
 l^<^!^'r^®^i^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 © 
 
 AA/vAAA 
 
 j; 
 
 " I 
 
 ffi 
 
 
 D 
 
 I o I ^ 
 
 -I III 
 
 k© 
 
 AAAAAA V ■ 
 
 AA/VV\A yi 
 
 I D 
 
 flf. 
 
 ,fl ^] 
 
 ]] 
 
 IKS 1^ H°^ ^ ^¥^0 ? 
 
 3. mdireina er her-k er satet mdhi her ta mutet em Satetddt en mefut meh 3 
 
 MAT mehtu em teyut dai'rere 4. dri-k sauababa t'a-k ta pet dri-k pairefar 4 
 
 her semehi-k idu-k maa na seru neferu 5. maat-lu kanen her tet-k dbata 5 
 
 kamddire mdhaire en dmu dri-k ren mdhaire 6. neb seneni nu Ta-merd 6 
 
 yeperu ren-k md Qafaireti pa ser Asare em fer qem su 7. ta hetemet em 7 
 yjnnu pa baka her ia 
 
284 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 ffl 
 
 ; Q i::i I \> 
 
 Q. 
 
 I I I 
 
 A. 
 IT 
 
 
 °^=\ II — 
 
 > AA/VW\ 
 
 .--^ II I 
 
 A/VWV\ 
 
 .|(? II I I 
 
 III I 
 
 J 
 
 (^ (\AAAAA 
 
 -^3- I I I I I 
 
 I AA/WV\ 
 
 I I <5 
 
 J 
 
 S 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 J-^kl 
 
 ^ (^ 
 
 U AAAAAft |l ^X '^^^^^^P 
 
 I I I 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 X A 
 
 ■3^I^A -"' iJ 
 
 !l! 
 
 e J© 
 
 A^AAA^ AAAAAA 
 
 k . . . "fe. "^ 
 
 AA/^AA^ 
 
 .0 <s 
 
 tia rrX Srai 
 
 .© 
 
 5-1 I I I I W 
 
 ""SX. 
 
 (?) 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 »^ Ci (3 °<=^ 
 
 I 
 
 .©' 
 
 © III 
 
 @ 
 
 ■o (3 
 
 ,1111 III 
 
 J 
 
 8 kautet nahadd em Sasu kepu yen na bada 8. unu dm-sen en meh ftu en 
 
 9 a. feni-sen en irdt hesai her bu an db-sen lu setem-u en sununnu g. du-k 
 udtu ben t'aire er hend-k ben t'aba .... ha-k bu qem-k pa marmar dri-f 
 
 1 nek d-en- XXIV. — i. sei ufd re-iu em iemi en her-k du bu ref_-k pa 
 
 2 mdiennu dfai her-k pa fanna fata-k ianre 2. en path bau uah her teiu-k 
 uat-luk mehdd em teytu danre ben 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 285 
 
 
 -£a-2s, 3 
 I ill 
 
 1- ^K ^ m^ 
 
 Q W 
 
 I III 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■^^i^^ -&£ 
 
 C^::^ 
 
 
 M 
 
 s §. 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 A 
 
 .qq 
 
 ^1 — Si 
 w 
 
 I I I 
 
 s 
 
 III 
 
 Q © 
 
 ill I (S 
 S mA © 
 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 A 
 
 iq 
 
 III 
 
 ra 
 
 
 c © 
 
 X 
 A 
 
 Q I 
 
 e 
 
 J 
 
 © 
 
 I III 
 
 
 Zl' 
 
 ffl' 
 
 (3 
 
 (3 CiQVI J 
 
 © 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 e 
 
 j-flM^ j««(?« rut-tu em dshurere 3. ^er i^a/a raa^a i9k^ unidu na iaiireBdt 3 
 
 ^^r talk ua redai pa iu dhd. her taik 4. ketQd d d kmi-k em ha-set kadd 4 
 
 urireit-iuk her kes set sentu-iic er mdfet 5. sesemet-tuk dr "/ad-iuf er sebat 5 
 
 tatk let yaa-dd kefau-dd taik kauUana hai-eniu sei-k pa 5. hetrd er 6 
 smamu ta let em heru ta kautet ben tu dpt-dd em qad en meru set bu rey-k 
 kauatennu-tti 7. set ta 
 
286 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 A A ^ 9tk — 
 
 
 
 Q £?'. 
 
 D ^ 
 
 Q (2 
 
 A q' 
 
 AAAAAA AA/VWV, " 
 
 U^i 
 
 XXV. 
 
 ^-ol- 
 
 D ei I I 
 
 .© 
 
 ■]fl [ 
 
 
 A (E 
 
 ^^ 
 
 © 
 
 m 
 
 
 D ^ 
 
 D ©11 O 
 
 -^3- 
 
 
 ] 
 
 c (2 
 
 A 
 
 .fl[° 
 
 AAi\AAA 
 
 © 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^. ^ Q 
 
 
 is^i 
 
 dnqefqefet yaa-dd em duset-scl pa helrd tensmen er atep set kdti-k fet fai 
 8 8. iuk er Benden ta pet un db %er-k pa -/erui en ha-k fa-k pa isatiti 
 
 1 XXV. — I. hanre-nek tea a unhu ^ejinu td-k su her ta ketdd rcdai yadqu-tu 
 
 2 pa helrd 2. er ennuit qem-k st'eri petrd-k tep mert-tuk dq-dd er Ip 
 
 3 3. qem-k pa ient (?) a'^^ay^ er Ird-f art utennu en dmu qem-k ta ierdu 
 
 4 4. nefer ta enti 
 

 I "i 
 
 
 1 ^^AAA^ 1 ^ -Q I 
 
 7V/E TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTfAN. 287 
 
 I KT^ io (£1 I I 
 
 
 .^&- 
 
 e 
 
 (S 
 
 e 
 
 5 
 
 1^ i^T^ P^H- 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 Q 12 
 
 rt 1 fi 
 
 AftAAAA . y 
 
 \ 1 ' 
 
 D ©m 
 
 T* 1 U 
 
 © 
 
 Z5 ^^^'^''^ 
 
 #■ I 
 
 
 ^P4]^ 
 
 fli 
 
 -^^fl 
 
 (?) A ^' 
 
 " I 
 
 ^^>^ 
 
 p: 
 
 qp^^i^s m- 
 
 ^ ne e 8 
 
 i I A/W\AA I ^ > i 
 
 I I I ii VI 
 
 \. 
 
 
 -Sa> 
 
 [^] 
 
 A 
 
 Ill I 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 her sau na kamu dri-set ka-k nes set er dru td-s set nek dnnu en 5. qendu- 5 
 
 set sai-iuk du t'etu-k metett ufd-tu emmd mdhaire talk meses en 6. hs 6 
 
 nefer sdnnu-k su t'etna sfer-k er tennu ruha du a en saka her-k 7. dri-k 7 
 
 na qetiti-tiik uhasi-dd dfa hemi tatk pet taik sefet en qendu 8. paik 8 
 
 a en dspadd naik fenre idt em pa hekui paik hetrd 9. nd-f fa mareda g 
 her ta 
 
288 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 "Wm:, % I 
 
 n]?i 
 
 
 ==^ 
 
 Ql?)! 
 
 <=i--vM AAAAAA, 
 (3 Q\>| 
 
 e 
 
 q K_ XXVI. I 
 
 ['^m]%M 
 
 Q 
 
 (3 I 
 
 ra" 
 
 ^:i^ 
 
 j^; 
 
 J 
 
 "^ 1 
 
 AAAAAA ^ 
 AAAAAA ^ 
 AA/\AAA ^ 
 
 [t2 
 
 (2 
 
 3 .^^ 
 
 P71 Ti J 
 
 (2 
 
 © 
 
 J J, 
 
 e' 
 
 §1 
 
 <2>-CS 
 
 
 J 
 
 © ra* 
 
 JPfl^Si 
 
 ■^■.—aS 
 
 JP=S4 
 
 tAAAAAA-, 
 
 i^'sa" 
 
 ^^ <Ti^ 
 
 @ 
 
 e 
 
 
 (^ o 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q (3 
 
 S 5 
 
 <=> ©; 
 
 D e 
 
 Q (2 
 
 I yireqaddOdl la mat tuni-dd er hdt-f dri-f XXVI. — i. u&auia talk 
 
 3 marekahuQdt dri-f paik em naik yddu hai er dutent 3. set hepu 
 
 em pa id ... . yeperzi em iuit tebh dt'au-k pa nefet re-k d tdu-ten hheb her 
 
 3 mu . . . . du 3. peh-d du-d ut'a-k arm seya-hrd hu dru setetn bu han-u 
 
 4 naik set'et hesi tat 4. beset em yeniiu pa yepei du geii-tu abut du dbuu 
 
 5 debu em re uat-tuk driu 5. mertu-nek neb ennuit-u taik 
 
ffl' 
 
 WD© Q 6 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 289 
 
 X 
 
 e 
 
 n h \\' 
 
 <s 
 
 \\ 
 
 Q (S 
 
 Us 
 
 =-J 
 
 (3 o 
 I I I 
 
 S 
 
 AAAAAA ,0 
 
 (3 ^s:^ S 7 
 
 J 1 rTiM. 
 
 = O 
 
 © 
 
 
 'T 
 
 
 
 [<-]^ 
 
 s. 
 
 S w 
 
 — ^ I zs. 
 
 U Q 
 
 III A O 
 
 
 Q D 
 
 ira^<=> XXVII. I 
 
 '=^ I 
 
 Ai 
 
 
 |(Jy) 
 
 
 © 
 
 2 I W IQ 
 
 I J X^ 
 
 (3 
 
 mdrekabuddt rudi set enen-6d kairepu-tu 6. /az',^ a [or tet) em matu uah-tu 6 
 
 naif tebiiu td-u mdSaai en taik tet hau dri-u 7. dtdt paik nehebet uah-u 7 
 
 paik t'ebu . . . basanet na mdy/t .... 8. td-u merfamai en paik dsbuire 8 
 
 des-u eref mdddfasu peri-k asta er 9. dbau her peka her drit kat per-d-db g 
 
 Mdpu pa dn setepu mdhaire XXVII. — i. re% tet-f hduti en Aarena tepti i 
 
 faba .... pehuu ta Paka bu uhbt 2. kud 2 
 
 19 
 
2go 
 
 I^ [J]^ 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 m 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 il' 
 
 £55 r- en 
 Q] Lk3^J 
 
 ■ ^^1 
 
 on 
 
 ^ 
 
 © III 
 
 
 
 
 A "^^n^ 
 
 \k 
 
 @ 
 
 U AAAA/VA f\A/| Jj S 
 
 
 «£/"^r i^j« i5a dn-kii na semdi mddi t'et-d nek [yei neb njek pa ydemu 
 3 uat-tuk Sad- 3. d nek em ta at en Sesetsu dny_ ut'a senh bu tekas-k 
 
 4 su em kefau bu dmu-ku remu [en] i,. btc db-ku em -yennu set 
 
 5 hana mat seya-d nek Hufaina paiset ydem er tennu 5. mddi erek er 
 a en Uatit Sesetsu any ut'a senb em paif ncyct User-Madt-Rd any ufa 
 
 6 sejib Sa . . . aire 6. hend Absaqbu sefet-d-nek qad en Atinini bic rcy-k paif 
 
 7 tep-ret Nayai 7. 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 291 
 
 
 TiH^I 
 
 I A I 
 
 i j^fli- p:o: ifl fl=i !<= " 
 
 I 
 
 K 
 
 
 t^\ 
 
 A 
 
 i^A/1 
 
 9 • 
 
 M ^ ^ ""^ XXVIII. 
 
 ^P:^ i 
 
 
 [•=>] 
 
 f\f^f^r^/^ 1 AAAAAA 
 
 fl[| 
 
 e, 
 
 
 D .O" 
 
 © 
 
 (3< 
 
 
 I I 
 
 D © 
 
 8 l-^t I 2 
 
 w 
 
 AAAAAA 
 I I I 
 
 1fl 
 
 III 
 
 (S 
 
 1 1 
 
 '^■ 
 
 S I 
 
 Rehuburedd hu petrd-k set em fer mesi-k pa mdhaire setennu Repeh 
 8. paif setey^ nid dy su her drii ur en dtur em hmi er iad Qafa ... 8 
 dd g. . . . uUbt asta d fet-nd set d fet-d mdhaire erek dri-d suha en g 
 XXVIII. — I. kaui em ren-k mdireina ka-d en sen qentet-tuh em pa fet i 
 d t'et-nek tud dp db-k em daut neb seba-ud dif-d reyj-f metett-f heh en sep 
 du-d 2. reyh-k t'ai yenrei em hau seUsau-k em 2 
 
 19* 
 
2g2 
 
 THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 ^ a^ ^ ^ p = q|| 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 e 111! 
 
 Q. 
 
 X „ n * 
 
 s 
 
 C=<o=P -^ I 
 
 is* 
 
 © 
 
 I o 1 1 'CZ^ 1 
 
 A 
 
 i'^'^^ 
 
 I'^l 
 
 K^ 
 
 © ■ 
 
 jD^'© 
 
 P r^^ P D 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 X' 
 
 o 4y5 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 (2 
 
 ^2- 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 J 
 
 ra' 
 
 1^ iH <\i, '^ -P 
 
 A 
 
 WZ k ^i J- ™' 
 
 w 
 Al 
 
 © 
 
 A 
 
 © 
 
 ra' 
 
 AAAAAA ^^-^ f '""=^ 
 
 (2. H I AA^NAA'\ 
 
 1 ^^AAA^ vi U 
 
 D©< 
 
 
 i!^'; 
 
 A Q.^ 
 
 A 
 
 I— vr-i I o (2 
 
 rd .... an per-d-db seQend-f er hdt-d un-kud em utii en Mendu hefusi 
 
 3 per neb her nest-k 3. udauda usi des-k i-k nd batenu em teyte)i atep-tu en 
 
 4 dt'au-u pe'fa-k meiet em dq en her-k an fet-k er qemqem 4. denre-tu em her-k 
 dmmd yjsasa-tu ben hai-k su md dy^ ymi peh-nef yer peh enen em dy bu hai- 
 
 5 d mdk-kud sper-kud han-tu tensmen $. hdli-k db-k smen em dri hefennuna 
 sell en dmu yadqu-d nek peh en idi-tuk 
 
THE TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN. 
 
 miT\ 
 
 I I ^ ll 
 
 
 Q® X 
 
 J ^=i^^ i^ 
 
 'f^' 
 
 393 
 
 6 ne 
 
 M 
 
 I AA/\AAA 
 
 I© 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 p; c; i^ 1 
 m 
 
 5 ['\-Km 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 =:> err:] 
 
 AA/V\AA 
 
 AAA/VV\ AWAAft 
 
 AAiVWv 
 
 /WW%A ^ 
 
 
 §■ I 
 
 
 I D Q 
 
 f^^ ^ 
 
 %«f 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 D e 
 
 V 
 
 A! 
 
 rN^>^ 
 
 J' S Mil 
 
 ® 
 
 ra 
 
 1^^^ 
 
 ^ I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA /~] 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 III <r 
 
 [^ Pli; ilir: ^. 
 
 © 
 
 fesef-d nek a fetet-k naik sefet sehtuiu her nesi-d men her tep sept-d 6. du 6 
 teyjef_ em setem hen addu udu-f set set md metet en sa dlhu hend sa en Abu 
 yer ementek an en ruti peru ur semd yer nm en iaui nefer-f dn-tuk petrd- 
 set tem-k tit yen§-k ren-d en kaui hrd nebt petrd fet-d nek qad en mdhaire 
 reru-d nek tennu semu-d nek set em bu ud. temdt er paisen tep ret han-en-n 
 petrd-set qeb[h] qem-tuk re 
 
294 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 e 
 
 Q. 
 
 [^] P-^ft 
 
 flV™' 
 
 setet-u feperu neb emma pa Sire-uah. 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 I. -k 
 
 H^^^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 f 
 
 
 fltn ? 
 
 sa 
 
 u^^ 
 
 I 1 111® 
 
 ;i 
 
 1 1 1 1 r T I I I 1 1 1 1 I 
 
 AAAAAA A/v/\/W\ 
 
 r'"^^ 
 
 ?a 
 
 H S 
 
 Q I 
 
 I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 D F=3 A 
 
 A o III 
 
 
 
 ^T^\ \%ii u a ^a- 1? 
 
 4^ 
 
 £S' 
 
 <$. I • 
 
 D Q 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 :[ii] 
 
 I. /?w Amen-Rd ' ka her db Annu heri neteru nebu ' 
 meriti ' ertd dn-^ en seref neb en mennienii nebt nefert ' 
 Amen-Rd neb nest taiu ' fenti Aptet ' ka mut-f '/enti 
 nemmat yenti ta qemdu ' neb mdfau heq ' Punt ' ser en pet 
 neb enti men '^et 
 
 AAA/v/SA 
 
 neter nefer 
 dnet'et hra-k 
 sefet-f ' pet 
 semsu en ta ' 
 

 I I I 
 
 14"^^ j: 
 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 e qqq 
 
 295 
 
 Ml 
 
 .M nil! 
 
 Ni i 
 
 ] 
 
 (^ 
 
 I • 
 
 m 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 I • 
 
 P^K^ W' 
 
 ,imiiij |miiii| Q I 
 
 /VW^V\ AAAAAA 
 
 M* i±#3 j: 
 
 II. 
 
 Q (3 ; 
 
 
 li 
 
 ©III 
 
 e 
 
 m 
 
 r 
 
 .S" 
 
 o 
 
 I • 
 
 # 
 
 (3 (II 
 
 r mm ^h 
 
 Q \\ 1, 
 
 ^' 
 
 # 
 §, 
 
 w 
 
 @ I 
 
 PIT! 
 
 SI 
 
 e I 
 
 1 
 
 © 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 mil k J 
 
 pj^ 
 
 SI 
 
 y\ n AAAAAA 
 
 i5 D 
 
 (3 ^^_ 
 
 n n 
 
 w«« ;(^/ «e^/ ■ Zi!a Aer sepu-f md emmd neteru ' ka nefer en paut neteru ' 
 keri neteru nebu ' neb madt dif neteru ' dri red qemam dut ' neb enti 
 qemam yet en dnyu ' dri simu sedny menmenet ' seyem nefer dri en Ptah ' 
 hun nefer en II. mertu ' tdtdu-nef neteru dau ' dri yeru heru sehef-f taiu ' 
 fa hert em hetepu ' suten net Rd madtyeru fieri taiu " dda pehti neb iefit ' 
 heri dri ta maqet-f ' ten seyeru er neter neb ' hddu neteru em neferu-f ' 
 tdtdu-nef hennu em pern ur ' seydu em peru seref (?) " 
 
296 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 mii r;' 
 
 Mv 
 
 [-1 AAAAAA0 
 
 I 
 
 ,11 
 
 "1 ra 
 
 i^ 
 
 ,(3' 
 
 I • 
 
 m- is* HH%]i nil! 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I I 
 
 s , 
 
 ':^ a 
 
 (S. 
 
 Ui 
 
 ra , 
 
 =mi 
 
 I • 
 
 n o 
 
 o(3 
 
 = ^111 
 
 III. .r^ 
 
 1 
 
 J^^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ■\\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 I • 
 
 "fes c. 
 
 I Sll\ 
 
 I %fl p:r i: 
 
 P2D %M' I'^r F.s, 
 
 isc 
 
 merru neteru sti-f ' %eft i-f em Punt ' ser daft ha-f Mdfau ' nefer 
 her i neter'ta ' fenfen neteru ret-fi ' ■/eft sa-sen hen-f em neb-sen ' neb 
 sentet dda nerdu ' ur baiu seyem /a ' uatf hetepu dri fefau ' hennu-nek 
 dri neteru ' d% pet ter satu III. res ufa Amsu Amen ' neb neheh dri 
 fetta ' neb dau fenti Aptet ' men kerti nefer hrd ' neb urerit qa iuti ' 
 nefer seM qa hefet ' mehennu uattt na hrd-f ' qemdti-f dmi het-d ' sefli 
 * Restored from Plate V, line 5. 
 
HYMN TO AMEN-RA:. 
 
 297 
 
 -U 
 
 
 I 
 
 e o I 
 
 s n. 
 ® I 
 
 P 
 
 □ 
 
 111 
 
 j X AAAA^A ^^7\ j 
 
 I AD (32iil 
 
 (3 W W 
 
 D 
 
 k.1 J:> I 
 
 u^-n 
 
 ^ P k PT^i 
 
 DDO 
 
 AAAAAA V J— I 
 
 ^K 
 
 
 flt.^ 
 
 IV. 
 
 @ 
 
 ^'^ 
 
 IT—Si 
 
 m^ 
 
 o 
 
 ,= D 
 
 pr^ 
 
 
 U 
 
 niii 
 
 ■^ (3 
 
 © 
 
 (3 
 
 ^n=ir^ 
 
 Q (3; 
 
 I • 
 
 
 nemmes yeper§ ' nefer hrd seiep-f atfu ' meriu qemau-s hend mehu-s ' 
 neb seyti seiep-f amesu ' neb makes yeri neyeyu ' heq nefer yaa em hefet ' 
 neb satut dri hettu ' tdtdu-nef neteru hekennu ' tdfd ddui-fi en meri-f ' 
 ha .... ii xefii-f en seM ' maat-fpu seyer-s sebdu-f ' ids mdb-s em seyap 
 Nu fas seUbieb IV. Ndk dmt-nef ' dnet hrd-k Rd neb madt ' Amen 
 kard-f neb neteru ' Xeperd heri db ufa-f ' uiu mettu yeper neteru ' Tmu 
 dri reyit ' ten qet- 
 
298 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 I I I 
 
 -CS:^ 
 
 
 D X 
 
 /VAAAA^ I 
 
 D (31 I I .^—D 
 
 O 
 
 ^ J 
 
 D (2^ c 
 
 C^ 
 
 0» V, 
 I D X 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 'III I I 
 
 ©. 
 
 [] A'^/SAAA 
 
 
 Q sail I 
 
 pr 
 
 X A 
 
 & ODD 
 
 AAA/VV\ 
 /vAAA/V\ 
 
 II 
 
 (2 
 
 'H mil k I' ^• 
 
 -<2>- 
 
 i'l I IItiS'i 
 
 AAAA'^A 
 
 lilt G 
 
 t°dii 
 
 1^ • 
 
 (S 
 
 OA ■Ksy • 
 
 □ 
 
 J J 
 
 /VWNAft f\AAA/V\ 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 A-* 
 
 NO im^ o 
 
 Q o 
 
 sen dri dn-^-sen ' dp dnnu ud er sen-f ' seteni senemeh en enii em betennu ' 
 dm db left nds-nef ' nehem sentet md sey^em db ' dpi madr niadr hend 
 usu (?) ■ neb sa hu tep-re-f ' i en Hdpi en mertu-f ' neb benerdt dda 
 meriu ' iu-nef sedn-/^ reyii ' tdtd se§ en drit nebt dri- ' dd em Nu se'^eper 
 
 en dm heflu " hddu neteru em neferu V. -f' dny_ db-sen maa- 
 
 sen su • Rd uai em Aptui ' dda yddu em het Benben ' Ani neb pautti ' 
 dri-nef sas ent heb 
 
HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 299 
 
 AAA/^A^ I ZDI O 
 
 ^ii^w f ip - ™ 
 
 I © III 
 
 ^Ml-- ¥ ^oS.' ^? 
 
 © 
 
 ffl 
 
 jumu, 
 
 (^ai 
 
 I Vil 
 
 ^ 
 
 e^ fi» 
 
 i^ 
 
 ■ © 
 
 " 01 
 
 
 
 to^ t 
 
 S 
 
 (2 III 
 
 Sss Q 
 
 inii 
 
 Q (g ; 
 
 
 AA/WVA 
 
 V 
 ^l(? 
 
 S°S' 
 
 <:^ ©Sill 
 
 ^ 
 
 X A 
 
 A 
 
 <a>- 
 
 J' 
 
 © 
 
 J AAA/ 
 C 
 
 e 
 
 O! 
 
 o 
 
 cs (5 ; 
 
 J= 
 
 £2^ iCi I 
 
 
 @ 
 
 Q (3 
 
 ^ 
 
 i.&^ 
 
 e w 
 
 /mdi ' ^^z' ««;( uiii send neb neteru nebu ' qemhu-f-su heri-db fut ■ heri 
 pat Auker ' amen ren-f er niesu-f ' em ren-f pu en Amen ' dnef hrd-k 
 dmi em hetepu neb dut db seiem ydau ' neb ureret qa iuti ' nefer seM qa 
 hefet ' mertu neieru maa-nek ' sey^ii tne?i em dpt-k ' mertu-k sei-dd y^et taui ' 
 satut-k yfid-dd em maati neferu pat uben-k ' betei dut pest-k ' du mertu-k 
 em pet rest ' VI. benerdt-k em pet mehtei ' du neferu-k her detet dbu ' 
 mertu-k her ' sekbet dduit ' 
 
3oo 
 A 
 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 I 
 
 zs 
 
 c^ will 
 
 A^'VWN 
 
 © ; 
 
 I 
 
 ^^AAAA t 
 ^ W I 
 
 [T] 
 
 SI i? 
 
 o • 1^^ 
 
 'A 
 
 w 
 
 in 
 
 I 
 
 P^K^ [PO 
 
 Ml 1 I I I IIT I I T I 
 
 /WNAA^ /WVV\A 
 
 f 
 
 T # 1^ 
 
 s 
 
 1 1 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 D Q 
 
 (S 
 
 A Q AAAAAA 
 
 1'^ 
 
 
 (?) 
 D 
 
 (3 (3 , 
 © (?) 
 
 °' 
 
 
 ^1' 
 
 (2 I 
 
 «fj=^ 
 
 (E 
 
 M -<S>- <: S> AAAAAA ^ 
 
 1 W Q W © I 
 
 •^ ^^ ^ 11™ <=, 
 
 Q III (3 W 
 
 
 qemam-k nefer her s-kenen tet ' hati mdhuu en maa-nek ' tut ud dri enti 
 neht ud udu dri unent ' perer en red em maati-f ' "^eper neteru tep-re-f ' 
 dri simu sedn-/_ menmen ' let en dnyu en hamemet ' dri dny-6d remu en 
 
 dtru • dput kenyapet (?) • ertd nifu en enti em suht ' sedtiy 
 
 . . . . • dri dny-9d yennus dm ' t'etfet pui mdtet dri' dri yerti ' pennu em 
 baba-sen ' sedny pui em yet nebt ' dnef hrd-k dri enen er du-u ' ud udu dH 
 ddui • sefer VII. resu 
 
HYMN TO AM EN- R A. 
 
 3oi 
 
 @ h 
 
 ■51 PJl#!* f iC li. 
 
 ©I 
 
 115,: 
 
 1 AAAAAA \H I ^^ ■ III C^ Oil ll _jjf 
 
 JS 
 
 ©' 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 e I 
 
 AAAAAA A 
 I I I 
 
 W C 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 A/VVsAA ^ ooo f 
 
 i^^i^ I 
 
 l!fe 
 
 
 -sn 
 
 D Q 
 
 <^\IJ 
 
 I I I 
 
 /I' 
 
 
 I h irn k ^iK ^ 
 
 (S 
 
 
 
 r i 
 
 n '^^ 
 
 I s 
 
 Q ^ • 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ■<s=- 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 ^>Te 
 
 hrd-nebu ' seferu her hehi yut en dui-f ' Amen men fet nebt ' Temu Heru- 
 yuti ' dau-nek em fet-sen er du-u ' hennu-nek en urt-k dm-n ' seni-nek ia 
 en qemam-k-n dnef hrd-k en dut nebt hennu-nek en set nebt ' er qau 
 en pet er usey^ en ta ' er metiit uat'-iir ' neteru em kesu nu hen-k ' 
 her seqa baiu qemam-set hdu em yesefu nu utet-sen ' fet-sen-nek iui 
 em hetep ■ dtf dtfu tieteru nebu ' d^ pet ter saiu ' dri enti qemam 
 unenet ' 
 
3o2 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 \Mm iiP^fimii**^ 
 
 VIII. 
 
 • -iSs^ I 
 
 I 
 
 c W I 
 
 <2 
 
 AAAAA^ (^ 
 I I I 
 
 AAiVSAA f\/\AAr\A 
 
 A. — Q 
 
 I I I 
 
 ©mil 
 
 I 
 
 I I I 
 
 fltri 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■>■. 6 -CH>- 
 
 fl^i mii 
 
 
 a 
 
 °1^ 
 
 I 
 
 In. 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 □ 
 
 J J 
 
 /^/VSA/\A rtA'vAAA 
 
 A-* 
 
 X 
 
 P 
 
 D • 
 
 ^J=i2_. 
 
 © 
 
 o W 
 
 
 
 D X ; 
 
 w I 
 
 II 
 
 D 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 Q. I 
 
 c c-a 
 
 e 
 
 mil 
 
 <-o2_ 
 
 
 mi 
 
 i^ fl^yi* i^y 
 
 f 
 
 •p 
 
 O I 
 
 aft' fl«7 Ufa senh hen neteru ' tua-n haiu VIII. -k md dri-k-n ' dri-nek 
 her mestu-k-n ' td-n-nek hekennu her urt-k dm-n ' dnef hrd-k dri enii 
 neht • neb madt dtf neteru ' dri red qemam dut ' neb neperd ' dri dny^ dut 
 end set ' Amen ka nefer hrd ' vieriti em Aptet ' dda fddu em het Benben " 
 nem (or uheni) sehtu em Annii ' dpi Rehui em useyj ddai ' heri paut 
 neteru ddat ' ud udu dti sen-f ' ymti Aptet • Ani yenti paut neteru-f ' 
 dnyi em madt rd 
 
HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 3o3 
 
 f^-^^^ 
 
 
 
 ooo ooo 
 
 o 
 
 ll I I 
 
 © q; 
 
 IX 
 
 ■AM 
 
 I 
 
 ^ 
 
 J 
 
 (S) 
 X 
 
 I 
 
 
 1 I 
 
 ci n s s 
 
 A 
 
 ©^ 
 
 I I I A 
 
 A^AAA^ 
 
 Q I c-^ 
 
 ^T~-~Ss 
 
 I 
 
 fl°y 
 
 .(Uo2_ 
 
 Q • 
 
 I AAAAAA i_l 
 
 
 *^, 
 
 A/\AAAA I 
 
 II s ©; 
 
 
 
 
 I • 
 
 on 
 
 tJ 
 
 V I 
 
 e o 
 
 5n I 
 
 I 
 
 o n 
 
 
 P' 
 
 on 
 
 ^ o 
 I 
 
 r^' p' 
 
 ffi I 
 o I 
 
 o D 
 
 \ 
 
 O I 
 
 © 1 
 
 w 
 
 
 J'i 
 
 J I T^ S^ 2 I 
 
 I I 
 
 ««^ • Heru 'ftiti Abtet ' qemam-nef set het' nub ' yjsbet mad en merhi-f ' 
 dhemt netei- senird iebennu her mdfau ' IX. dnti uaf en hrt-k ' nefer 
 lira her i 3fdi',tu ' Amen-Rd neb nest tai'u ' ymti Aptet ' Ant fenti Apt- 
 f. Suten lid md emmd neteru ' ait rennu an re^ tennu uben em yut dbtet 
 sehetep sehetep em yut dmentet ' seyeru yefti tuau en mest hrii neb ' md 
 yert hru cnt rd neb ' seqa Tehuti maati-f ' sehetep-/ su em yu-f ' hddu 
 neteru em neferu-f' seqa dmi em hetetut-f' 
 
3o4 
 
 ODD' 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 
 il S^^A I' 
 
 c^ D 
 
 ^ ^ I 
 
 ll- k tf^Ii 
 
 P,T, P<l>^ Ufll^i 
 
 S;^ 
 
 "'^j^ 
 
 i5i.-- 
 
 'f:T. ^"^ 
 
 AAA'WN ,, 
 
 ^■7-~a 
 
 ©Q 
 
 Pj AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 e o J I 
 
 I o 
 
 & ^ A\ 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 m\ k 
 
 fl: 
 
 w p- 
 
 (3 ^ ^ Q W 
 
 ffi 
 
 Q^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ra 
 
 D a. 
 
 o T 9 
 
 p 
 
 © I 
 
 •<s>- _M^ JffS. I I I I T I 
 
 : I 
 
 ««i5 sekM atet ' nemdta-sen-nek Nu em hetep ' seqetet-k hadut ' maa-sen 
 seferu Sebdu ' sefap hdu-f em tes ' dm X. en su f.ii ' sesunnu ba-f 
 er -faut-f ' Ndk pef nehem nemmat-f neteru em hddut • seqetet Rd em 
 hetepu ■ Annu em hddut ' seyeru fefti nu Temu Aptet em hetepu Annu 
 em hddut ' Neht-dny^ db-s nefem ' sey^eru yefti jiu nebs ' neteru yer-dba 
 em hennu dmu yemu em sen-ta ' maa-sen s-u usr em seyem-f ' seyem neteru ' 
 madti neb 
 
© 
 
 ^iar_ 
 
 .<S.. 
 
 HYMN TO AMEN-RA. 
 ^ ^ D 
 
 ,©■ 
 
 I (=a 
 
 U^ ^^ 
 
 ^ W I 
 
 PI 
 
 305 
 
 I • 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 flZI M^ ^^B, 
 
 
 
 i PUT ur i:^ T m 
 
 © III mJ\^ _jX 
 
 o 
 
 <WVAA A ^ (f 
 
 J^^JV 
 
 X3X5(a ™ <>j 
 
 
 Q (g 2i/ Q I 
 
 AK^l 
 
 D 
 
 .= D 
 
 
 
 cm I 
 
 O SI H 
 
 {^ ^ 
 
 .J 
 
 AAAAAA i-I O 
 
 /VWVAA ^ A 
 
 A ©I 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 ^ D 
 
 e 
 
 j4//^^ ' «OT ren-k pu en art madt ' neb fefau ka hetepu ' em ren-k pu en 
 Amen ka mut-f ' dri temu ' se^eper art enii nebt ' em ren-k XI. pu 
 en Temu-yeperd ' bdk dda seheb ienbt ' nefer hrd seheb em mentel ' tut 
 dru qa mdh .... baba uafti em hdt-f ' '^enyen-nef dbu pat ' dni-nef 
 hememet ' seheb taiu em peru-f ' dnef hrd-k Amen- Rd neb nest taiw mertu 
 nut-f uben-f ' iu-f pu ' em het&p md pa qemu '- 
 
3o6 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 M[ 
 
 f c^ n 
 I o mill 
 
 n 
 
 I I ^ o 
 
 n \ 
 
 (°W\\ 
 
 
 o 
 
 2 ?\ ^1 
 
 S'il'iiii 
 
 1 f^\f<j\r\f\ 
 
 [CI] 
 
 o 
 
 ;l 1I.I Tlli Mf^«^ll A f 
 
 1 14 ] [^^r - r Tkl ri 
 
 ] 
 
 
 CTT^ 
 
 'P 
 
 c-^ cm 
 
 "I fiPU= 
 
 AAAAA^^ AAAAAA 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I. I. Renpit met sds abet y^emet iat hru met lemennu yer hen suten 
 
 2 net neb taui Nefer-ka-Rd-setep-en-Rd any ut'a senb sa Rd neb ydu 2. Rd- 
 messii-merer-Amen any uta senb meri Amen-Rd suten neteru Heru-yuti id 
 
 3 dny fetta heh 3. hru en tdi hmi na rutuu m pa yer da ieps pa dn en fat 
 
 4 pa dn en pa mer perti heC en Aa-perti dny ufa senb 4. er sap na meru dsit 
 15 na suteniu tepdu hnd na merdhdit dusetu en hetep en na hesiu 5. ferti dny nu 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 307 
 
 
 ] p^ 
 
 ^ I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 sa 11.3 Tnii 1™.%^ -ju \ 7 
 
 qZi ^^ Ki - ~l f 
 
 (£^ 
 
 © §, 
 
 
 
 I I I 
 
 I 
 
 \^^ 
 
 M] 
 
 n nil 
 
 -« tiff 
 
 Q w 
 
 H^ 
 
 e 
 
 ©. 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 n a 
 
 I fiPKl 
 
 =0= -^ 
 
 A 
 
 nut eni em ta dmentet nut an mer nut fat Xd-em - Uast suten dbuu Nes-Amen pa 
 an 6. en Aa-perti dny^ Ufa senb da en per en per neter tuaut dn'f^ Ufa senh-d en 6 
 Amen-Rd suten neteru suten dbu Nefer-ka-Rd-em-per-Amen pa uhemu en 
 Aa-perti dny_ ufa senb 7. na seru ddaiu her pa enti arm na dfa em ia dmentet 7 
 7iut a fetu hd her mdfai Pa-ser-da en pa yer da ieps 8. hnd pa dn en Aa- 8 
 perti dny ufa senb enti em ta dmentet Uast smdi dm-u en fat na seru dbuu en 
 Aa-perti d/i'/^ ufa senb g. na red enti utui em g 
 
 20* 
 
3o8 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 r ra 1(2 D 
 
 I I I 
 
 10 ri 
 
 I L, 
 
 .1 I I 
 
 
 17 
 
 C"^ 
 
 M\ 
 
 19 
 
 f\AAA/\A r\ 
 
 Q W 1, 
 
 
 20 
 
 1 ft/VW*A 
 
 1^ 
 
 1 AAA/" 
 
 i 1 AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 «• i T mA,^ %mK 
 
 10 Ara /lOT ^«a M her mdfai Pa-ser-dd en pa %er lo. her mdfm 
 
 11,12 Bakenurenre en per da ii en pa yer \z en . ... 
 
 i3, 14 /«r fflfl i3 ^« per da 14 ^'ot^/z 
 
 15,16 15. her mdfai Mendu-^epe^-f en per da 16. dn Paaibduk en fat 
 
 17 18 17. dn da en ufa Pai-neferu en pa mer perti hef 18. neier hen Pa-dn-fau 
 
 19 en per Amen-hetep any ufa senb ig. neter hen Ur-Amen en per Amen ent 
 
 20, 1 per drp 20. na mdfai en pa y^er enii are mdu II. — i. na meru dsi 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 309 
 
 4. 
 
 I I I 
 
 rn D 
 
 AAAA'W /WVA'W 
 
 ^ 
 
 e ©,0.1 
 
 1 S^ 
 
 ^11 H - II. (SOI 
 
 /VWW\ 
 
 on 
 
 fip V °i (esM f 
 
 
 - ^lUUcrTn 
 
 w A 
 
 -n f til; k 
 
 V I I 
 
 v'Iawwvq gj ^ T 
 
 '=' I 
 
 a 
 
 ^ I li:^ I 
 
 5 1'= =0= ■: 
 
 _ri 
 
 o 
 
 jumij, 
 
 ^ T "^ 7" CUM f i P] 
 
 I I AAAA/V\ 
 
 e. 
 
 raj 
 
 merdhait sap em hru pen an na rutuu 2. ta ■^ut heh en suten Ser-ka-[Ra] 2 
 
 dnyi^ Ufa senb sa Rd Amen-hetep dn^ ufa senb enti art meh §ad faut 3. met'ut 3 
 em paiset dhdi pa di qa fertu eref meht per Amenhelep dny^ ufa senb en 
 
 4. pa kamu a fetet hd Pa-ser en nut smd dm-f en mer nut fat Xd-em- Uast 4 
 
 5. suten dbu Nes-su-Amen pa dn en Aa-perti dn^ ufa senb da en per en per 5 
 Neter tuau dn'/[ ufa senb-d en Amen-Rd suten neteru 6. suten dbu Rd-nefer- 5 
 ka-em-per-Amenpa uhemu en Aa-perti dny^ ufa senb na uru ddaiu er fet iehai 7 . 7 
 
3io 
 
 V 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 ra 
 
 (5 O 
 
 
 AA/V*W\ CXZ>< 
 
 Q \\ Q I 
 
 ^\ m 
 
 © 
 
 7 ^ ^ 
 
 1™I (giri j) fiP 
 
 I 
 
 cesji f i p 
 
 
 f^A 
 
 M^ IM 
 
 cr^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 T fy 
 
 e 
 
 A I 
 
 :A" q 
 
 © 
 
 e 
 
 j:^ 
 
 (s A 
 
 .(a 
 
 (2 G 
 
 
 8 su na dfau sap em hru pen su qemi ufai an na rutuu 8. pa mer en suten 
 Sa-Ra-An-da dny^ ufa sent enti mehl per-Amen-hetep dny_ ufa senh en 
 
 9 pa dbu g. enii paif mer ter her-f enti paif utu smen emhah-f du pa 
 10 10. tu en pa suten dhd her pai utu du paif Oesemu er dut retu-f 
 
 11,12 II. fet-nef Behu-ka sap em hru pen su qemi ufai 12. pa mer en suten Rd- 
 nub-yeper dn^ ufa senb sa Rd Antuf dn% ufa senb qemi-f em 
 
i3 
 
 Q. 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 3ii 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 II ^-—Si 
 
 (?) 
 
 
 % 
 
 .^fl^ 
 
 B © e -=<, ,4 
 
 G ,-7~~Ss 
 
 •%* 
 
 VWW> £Ii 
 
 I I 
 
 15 
 
 
 13-z: 
 
 
 |— — I rv ,1mm, 
 
 .1 
 
 Hi i\^m - 
 
 
 A 
 
 III H'^y^-^^m f 
 
 o 
 
 17 
 
 
 ^5^.%- k n ki fe^li 
 
 M' 
 
 ^' 
 
 cLI I — —J I AAA^AA ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 a 
 
 w 
 
 ^ O AAWSAA 
 
 
 ra i3. ufennu em tet na dfau du druiu meh sen kes (?) em utennu em paif i3 
 
 feruu meh ud 14. «w ta useft en bun-re en ta merdhdt en her mdsi 14 
 
 uiennu Aurei en per Amen 15. enti em du su ufai bu pui na dfau reyi peh-f 15 
 
 1 5. pa mer en suten Rd-dhd-em-dpu-madt dny_ ufa senb sa Rd Antuf-da dnyi 16 
 
 Ufa senb su qemi 17. em rd utennu em tet na dfau em ta duset smen paif utu 17 
 
 en paif mer 18. sdp em hru pen su qemi ufa bu pui na dfau 18 
 
3l2 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 (3 A 
 
 III. 
 
 IKk 
 
 1™I fei 
 
 01 f 
 
 MxsBi fin 1^ ^MM \\ 
 
 ra. 
 
 
 AAAAAA r\ ^ -^ ^ y 
 
 ^- k ^ IJJ 
 
 H I ?< 
 
 J 
 
 cQQ^ 
 
 AAAW\ <--- — 
 
 I I I I 
 
 i!ii^. 
 
 1™I C^^^]| f 
 
 -«Wfl 
 
 j;;=tp 
 
 X 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 (2 X 
 
 \ 
 
 T y 
 
 
 c^ai tiR %ii ii„a rj 
 
 
 fe^l' 
 
 (3 
 
 1 rey pehu-f III. — i. pa mer en suien Rd-sefem-seiet-taui any^ ut'a senb sa 
 
 2 Jia Sehek-em-sa-f anf_ uta senb 2. su qemi du iehai-set na dt'au em baku lerti 
 
 3 em pa neferu en paif 3. mer em ta useft en bun-re en ta merdhdt en mer 
 
 4 knti Neb -Amen en suten Rd-men-yeper any uta senb 4. qemi ta duset 
 qeres en pa suten iuu-Qd em neb-set hnd ta duset qeres en suien hemt urt 
 
 5 5. Nub-fd-s dnx uta senb-d taif suten hemt du dui na dfau tet-u er 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 3i3 
 
 f-:ii 
 
 III <^' 
 
 X 
 
 I© 
 
 ^1 S £( 
 
 r^j 
 S 
 
 ^ I 
 
 ^M\ 
 
 I 
 
 I r^v^^AA 
 
 , I 
 
 .(S 
 
 (S 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 I AAAAAA i-i. V. 
 
 O ' /\Ay\AAj 
 
 •1 
 
 fip ¥a asmi t 
 
 ^1 ° ^ ^ 
 
 L- O AA/W\ft I /WSAAA 
 
 (3 ' "^ 
 
 ^ -^ 
 ee^ 
 
 { T 
 
 \^ ' AAAAAA E 
 
 ¥ 1^ A CITT] AAAAAA I 
 
 I < — ^ cr± T )V\AA, 
 
 f 
 
 °^ 
 
 1I„^ Cemuii fiP 
 
 ■ ra 
 
 AA/VA^/S AAAA^A 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 W 12 
 
 ^ ?^A 
 
 o 
 
 I mmi f 
 
 r^-a driuiu fat 6. raa zi:r« a3« jifra// er-ef qemi pa seferu en du tet er re-u 6 
 
 a dru 7. na dfau er pat suten hnd iaif suten hemt 8. pa mer en suten Rd- 7, . 
 
 seqenen dnx tifa senb sa Rd Tau-da dn% ufa senb sap em hru pen g. dn na g 
 
 rutuu su qemi ufa 10. pa mer en suten Rd-seqenen dn^ ufa senb sa Rd 10 
 
 Tau-da-da dny^ ufa senb er meh suten Tau-da dny^ ufa senb sen 11. sap em 11 
 
 hru pen dn na rutuu su qemi ufai la. pa mer en suten Ra-uaf--/eper dny_ 12 
 Ufa senb sa Rd Ka-mes dny^ ufa senb 
 
3i4 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 w i3 
 
 i ^^^:t= M^ ^% .,wwv f^ ^k 
 
 -I oiSM f ic r: k s^ 1! 
 
 \^ 15 
 
 IM 
 
 D I 
 
 ^ -^vA! '6 
 
 p^, 
 
 I AAftA'SA 
 
 ra 
 
 O I 
 
 I T AAWW 
 
 /V\AAA/\ AAAAAA 
 
 nil 
 iiiii 
 
 I ^ 
 
 ti'i'^! 
 
 e 
 
 ^i^^ fAA 
 
 ^ 
 
 HI. 
 
 cr^ I 
 
 
 ^s- 
 
 e^^ 
 
 fl^: 
 
 17 
 
 I I 
 
 a si II. mii 
 
 ra. 
 
 ,flfl 
 
 p; 
 
 II 
 
 i3 sdp em hru pen su [qemi] ufai i3. pa mer en suten Adh-mes-sa-pa-dri dnf^ 
 
 14 ufa senb sap [em hru pen su] qemi ufai 14. pa mer en suten Rd-neb-y_erut 
 
 15 dny^ utd senb sa Rd Mendu-hetep dn)(_ ufa senb enii em Tesert su ufai 15. hetep 
 
 16 meru en na suteniu iepdu sap em hru pen an na rutuu 16. qemi du-u ufai 
 
 17 mer paut qemi tehai ud hetep met 17. na merdhduit en na qemdi en per 
 
 18 Neter-tuau dn'/_ ufa senb-6 en Amen-Rd suten neteru qemi ufai sen 18. qemi 
 du tehai set na dfau sen hetep 
 
nil 
 
 IV. 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 B 
 
 \^\ 
 
 f 
 
 3i5 
 
 i=^ w 
 
 c^ \'n.\ 
 
 '^ D 
 
 P 
 
 @ 
 
 I I I 
 
 Q CI 
 
 w 
 
 <= I 
 
 ^ 
 
 ram') 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 X 
 
 ^fl 
 
 S 
 
 III Ci W 
 
 ^r, kM\F^, \i m 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 ffi 
 
 fSSiS^ 
 
 ! I 
 
 II <:i W 
 
 
 .1 
 
 III 
 
 s 
 
 AAft n /WNAA'W 
 
 © 
 
 , 1 ^ w 
 
 
 (S 
 
 I I I III 
 
 IM' 
 
 \^\ 
 
 ftu IV. — I. na merdhdit dsi enti na hesi ferti dny^ nu nut red en pa i 
 ta hetepi dm-sen 2. her ta dmenteti nut qenii du tehai set na dfau er feru % 
 du driu yetjet naiu nebu 3. em naisen uti tebui du yad her qan-re du 3 
 dfau naiu yet en ker enti 4. tutu tdt-u-nu hnd pa nub pa hef na dpereru enti 4 
 em naisen uti 5. fet hd her mdfai Pa-ser-da en pa yer da ieps hnd heru 5 
 mdfaiu mdfaiu 
 
3i6 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 6 (? © 
 
 
 
 I © 
 
 Q 
 
 PEfl 
 
 ] 
 
 
 n n 
 
 cr^ cr^ 
 
 
 JIH^JI I^I 
 
 si uj mil iz .%i^ 4uk;- 
 
 eVw^i 
 
 PJll 9 ;5 
 
 ll I £ 
 
 © 
 
 ('=iD 
 
 Q£^ I I I 
 
 cr^ 
 
 Mi S. ft- 
 
 (3 g, 
 
 flk: K iii 
 
 
 r=iD 
 
 :ii: 
 
 X (3 
 
 I I I 
 
 6 5. rutuu en pa yer pa an en pa fat pa an en pa mer perii-hef unu drima-u 
 
 7 smdi dm-u en 7. mer nut t^at Xd-em-Uast sulen dbu Nes-su-Amen pa an en 
 Aa-perti dny^ ufa senb da en per en Per-Neter-tuau dny^ ufa senb-d en 
 
 8 8. Amen-Rd suten neteru suten dbuu Rd-nefer-ka-em-per-Amen pa uhemu en 
 
 9 Aa-perti dn% ufa senb na uru ddaiu 9. tdu ha en dmentei her mdfaiu Pa- 
 10 ser da en pa yer pa ren en na dfau em dnu 10. embah fat na uru dbuu meh 
 
 dm-ic set fethu dru semetti-u fetu 
 
© 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. Siy 
 
 III (20 
 
 III III Q O 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 ^ AAAAAA ra 
 
 III ^ W J 
 
 
 I o 
 
 I 
 I .^ 
 
 ^'=— .5. I 
 
 Q 
 
 T r 
 
 (S (3, 
 
 a I T I 
 
 ^1 
 
 1^"^^ , 
 
 n n 
 
 _2a 
 
 f 
 
 
 i3 
 
 A 
 
 A/WV\A f=> 
 
 III c^ W 
 
 ^ I 
 
 I' ( 
 
 f^^^ 
 
 CiHSII fiP k 
 
 , I AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 c-zi nd^^^ 
 
 TD 
 
 C-Z] 
 
 c> I 
 
 ® □ 
 
 ei si II. mii 
 
 I n e^ 
 
 o n 
 
 "°\ 
 
 ^k-fl! 
 
 -«kflM flk ? ^^ 
 
 1^- 
 
 /fl-« yeper ii. Renpit met sds abet f_emet iat hru met pant hru en hmi er sap ii 
 
 na dusetut adait en na suten mesu suten hemt iz. suten mut enti em ta duset i3 
 neferu dn mer nut t^at Xd-em- Uast suten dbuu Nes-su-Amen pa an en Aa-perti 
 
 any ut'a senb i3. emyet fet-en-sen y^emti 1^) Pai-yarei sa T-areui mes Mai- i3 
 
 hrdui en dmentet nut red semtet en ta 14. Het Rd-user-madt-meri-Amen dn^ 14 
 Ufa senb em per Amen er yd neter hen tepi en Amen-Rd suten neteru Ameji- 
 
 hetep pa red d qemi dm 15. du-tuf meh dm-f du-f em yemet red en ta 15 
 
3i? 
 
 D 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 CT^ 
 
 """"^ I P |_ _| ft 
 
 
 1 o 
 
 o 
 
 II 
 II 
 
 i6 n''''^^^ x 
 
 :ii 
 
 \i. =" cm ifiPi ~ ii„ shmji 
 
 
 
 ra 
 
 i^i 
 
 17 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 (S (3, 
 
 ^ I 
 
 V. I r-, J<2 
 
 © (3 
 
 Q (3 
 
 ^10 
 
 A =^— - 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 O I I I I 
 
 (O I T •=! AAAAAA f\ 
 
 i¥ n ^2^ ^k- » 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ,A 
 
 ci I m,i 
 
 (HWi 
 
 <^J=i2- 
 
 16 ^^/ ^r kes na dusetut a arm mer nui t^at Rd-neb-madt-ne-ft paif 16. semeiti era 
 renpit met ftu er tit unu-d em pa ler en suten hemt Auset dnf^ ufa senb-d 
 
 17 en suten Rd-user-madt-meri-Amen dny^ ufa senb dn-d nehai 17. en Ufet dm 
 
 1 driu-d hai-u '/er dr fat pa dbuu tdt dfa-tu pa yemti er hdt-u er V. — \.na 
 dusetut du-f dfnu em red sauu ferduu du-tuf tdt-nef maat-f em fer pehu-f 
 
 2 set du na uru 2. fet-nef a hmi er hdt-n er pa %er d fet erek dn-d na ufet 
 
 3 dm-f du pa ■/emti iemi er hat na uru 3. er ud fer 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 319 
 
 AAAAAA Y I 1 i -WWW 
 
 \ T^ ^ flll/i 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 toP^I fiP K^ 13 H fl^ J^ 
 
 (2 < 
 
 PJL W 
 
 \ 
 
 A 
 
 I rl'^,5,1 A f^"^ 
 
 <='C2 
 
 mh 
 
 
 :^fl' 
 
 C~Z) Q w 
 
 AA'WW I ^ ^^1 
 
 A/VWV\ 
 
 (^ 5 
 
 e 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 1^ I 
 
 c w 
 
 A(2 (2, 
 
 ^Vf?' (1 (1 ^ 
 
 Til. 
 
 /vvvvv\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 (2 
 
 -sl^l l! fl^ 
 
 J 
 
 V 
 
 X : 
 
 i 
 
 @ 
 
 f 
 
 tip 
 
 A A X 
 
 f\/\A/\A/\ AAAAAA > 
 
 => I " I 
 
 
 i?« a^a CT2 na suien mesu en suten Ra-user-maat-setep-en-Rd any^ ufa 
 pai neter da du bu pui-iu qeres dm-f du-f yad un 4. hnd la at en red qetet 4 
 Amen-em-dni sa Hui en pa y^er enti em duset ten er fetpetrd na dusetut unu-d 
 dm-u 5. Idu na uru dri-iu semetti pa yemti em semetti t'erduu em y^ennuu ta 5 
 dnt at bu pu-iu 6. qem-iu-f du rey-f duset neb dm dpu ta duset sen d uah-f 6 
 tet her er re-u driu-f any en neb any ufa senb er qenqen-f fent-f 7. mest'erui-f 7 
 ddui her tep yd er tit bu 
 
320 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 i i 
 
 ^ kH4^ V i 
 
 ©I 
 
 n (3' 
 
 Q n 
 
 Ci I ( I I 
 
 ^ 
 
 © I 
 
 Pi 
 
 
 ©' 
 
 -III 
 
 Tk I 
 
 J 
 
 T" J - 9 ttf, 
 
 (s tr-n 
 Qi I I 
 
 Tk I 
 
 
 t^ ^ I 
 
 ^ OlLl I 
 
 I (V\AAAA 
 
 I fiP f^ k H 
 
 P,T, P; T '^kflflf -iW V k 
 
 li f 
 
 A 
 
 AWAAA 
 
 Tk I 
 
 I 
 
 I 1 I 
 
 I 
 
 \ I /\AA/V^ 
 
 . I 
 
 S (Si I i^Ll i Q © 
 
 m 
 
 
 cr^ I I I 
 
 o I 
 
 12 fo n 
 
 I I o mil 
 
 I III O C2 
 
 I 
 
 1 I I 
 
 III 
 
 o n III 
 III 
 
 8 rev-d dusei nebt her em fennuu nai dusetut dpu pai yer enti un jer 8. md tai 
 
 at a uah tet-ten her er re-u sap na uru na yj:ru na dusetut ddait enti em na 
 
 g duset- g. neferu enti na suten mesut suten hemt suien mut itef met nefer 
 
 10 en Aa-perti any ufa senh hetep em yen-sen set lo. qemi uid tdu na uru 
 
 11 ddait reri na riUnu hututi red qet en pa yer heru ii. mdt'ai mdfai semiet neb 
 
 12 en pa yer ta dmentet nut em dpiu ddait er ^ad nut 12. Renpit met sds abet 
 yemet iat hru met paut 
 
V_ O AAftAAA 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 G <= 
 
 iit 
 
 cm D 
 
 i3 
 
 (3 (§_, 
 
 H 
 
 5^ ei ^\ fti - ~l W 
 
 A-p AAAAAA n^~T\ 
 
 c S^ ft fl 
 
 W (5 
 
 ^■^ I I I 
 
 
 1,1 n 1 1 H . AAAAAA ^ 
 
 ^.A I A 1*^"^ 
 
 ITti q 
 
 Q n 
 
 -3), 
 
 AAA/VAA AA'VWS 
 
 ^ I 
 
 CT^ 
 
 1 I AAWAA 
 
 (<=Tl) 
 
 fiP? 
 
 I I I 
 
 ra 
 
 =0= -= 
 a <2 
 
 XI 
 
 
 
 I Q. 
 
 (J ""^^ sh rn ' 
 
 I I I 
 
 ("=3) i^ik^^ =0= ' 
 
 (3 (S, 
 
 1 («S !» I M ,"r, 
 
 
 hric pen her trd erruhau er kes Per-Ptah neb Uast i an suten abuu i3. Nesi- i3 
 Amen pa an en Aa-perti dn% ufa senb ha Pa-ser en nut qemi-un da en qetet 
 User-yepei dn Amen-neytu 14. red qetet Amen-hetepu en pa -/er fet pat hd en 14 
 nut en na red en pa ^er embah pa dbuu en Aa-perti dn% ufa senb 15. er t'et 15 
 dr tai dpu a dri-ten em pa hru hen dpu duna paiten dhai pai 16. dri-ten 16 
 d nef fet-un dri-f an-/ en neb dn% ufa senb embah pai abuu en Aa-perti dni 
 Ufa senb er 
 
 21 
 
322 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 t1 ^ 
 
 H^ 
 
 I A r^ ; 
 
 'M '' 
 
 £S 
 
 1^^ 
 
 :«J3^^^' 
 
 II 
 II 
 
 XI 
 
 X2i(| 
 
 ■ w ^/ I 
 
 I MO 
 
 1 © II AAAA/VA ^^^ 
 
 ^T-^SK^ 
 
 3I> O I 
 
 AAAA^A 
 
 I III 
 
 ^ §. <= 
 
 '°=a 
 
 :ii .~5 fiP 
 
 
 ra 
 
 n 
 
 IIIH I I I ^ o 
 
 III III 
 
 o nn 
 
 AAAAAA, Ci ^ 
 
 19 fG 
 
 I 1- 
 
 © 
 
 r^^^^ Q I III 
 
 (=a 
 
 i:ii fli ii 
 
 <^ I 
 
 &s ''^'Ti) 
 
 nm 
 
 17 ;W i'etu-nd an Herd-Urdu sa Amen-ne'^t 17. «» pa y^er en ymi fend an Pai- 
 
 18 haasa en pa yer ftut ukhet en metti ddait Sep sen en mit er re-ten 18. yer du-d 
 habi her her er re-u emhah Aa-perti any ufa senh pai-d neh-d any ufa senb er 
 
 19 ertdtutui-tu red Aa-perti any ut'a senb er dri hau-ten er feru d-nef 19. Renpit 
 met sds dbet yemet iat hru taut mdtet en ta an a td-u ha en dmentet nut 
 
 20 her mdt'ai Pa-ser-da en pa yer enibah tat 20. her na metti d t'et hd Pa-serd 
 en nut en na red en pa yer embah 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 323 
 
 
 n~l fiP ft 
 
 ^"^"^ [^^ I C-D Va ^' ^^ ^^A^AA 
 
 .=s< 
 
 e « 
 
 
 \ 
 
 Tn^ f iP ^^ 
 
 J I AAAAAA J 
 
 
 I o I 
 
 (3 
 
 .© 
 
 \ 
 
 @ 
 
 A 
 
 w w 
 
 cr-u 
 
 '^'l 
 
 I 
 
 VI. 
 
 I I I 
 
 ra 
 
 AAAAAA (O 
 
 Q n 
 
 I 
 
 hi. \\ 
 
 (J M *m/) I ^AJV\AA 
 
 ^\ (WllfiPi 
 
 I I I 
 
 -__;-> AA/V\AA 
 
 W III 
 
 /a (2^KM «« Aa-perti dn% ut'a senb an Pai-netim pa mer en peru hef 21. /^/m 21 
 era ^(Z Pa-ser-da en dmentet nut er enti qem suten dhuu Nesi- Allien pa an 
 en Aa-perti dn% ufa senb du hd Pa-ser en 22. nut dire-mdu-f du-f aha 22 
 her didi dire-mdu na red en pa '/er er kes Per-Ptah neb Uast du pa hd en 
 nut fet en na red VI. — 1. en pa fer er fet a dri-ten nehamu dm-d em re i 
 
 en tai-d at ia dy[_ du d pa hd fettu-f snidi en z. pa Heq dnf_ 2 
 
 Ufa senb d en-n d dri-ten 
 
324 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 ra 
 
 Q (3 
 
 .^A I 
 
 t I I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^^ 
 
 c (3 
 
 ra. 
 
 .flfl:f 
 
 
 I I I I 
 
 
 fl iWsAAA 
 
 
 mil 
 
 (MMfiP5fl^lfi 
 
 /I 
 
 AAA/VV\ / 
 
 AA/VvAft I O 
 
 lUmij, 
 
 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 AAAAAA ■\J^ / I / I I ' 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 D ©III 
 
 ffl 
 
 ^ ■& 
 
 I 1 I 
 
 w U 
 
 o I 
 
 ■^i IP: 
 
 AAAAAA U 
 
 /^i::D I 
 
 I 
 
 ra 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ,^ ^ I AAAAAA v.y 
 
 1^1 c^ ©■; D 
 
 S^o: 
 
 crm 
 
 
 AAAAAA ^ 
 
 T AAAAAA III! ^ir 
 
 © 6 
 
 (p jO [ AAAA^W n 
 
 I Q D 
 
 low © 
 
 'i' 5\ I 
 
 cO 
 
 T AAAAAA ^-^<SNli 
 
 o ffl I 
 
 QVLl I 
 
 i^-a 
 
 3 nehamu erpai un-ten dm sdp-tuf du-ten qem-tuf ufa tehai 3. Rd-dhd-sekt- 
 taui dn-^ ufa senh sa Rd Sebek-em-sa-f dny^ ufa senh hnd Nuh-ydd-s dni 
 
 4 ufa senb-6 taif suten hemt udt Heq dni ufa senb dd du 4. d?-i-f met en 
 dput ta tenset en Amen-Rd suten neteru pai neter da en naif mennu uah 
 
 5 em taif heri-db pa hru 5. -^fer fet red qetet User-yepei enti yeri tet en da en 
 
 6 qetet Neyju-em-mut en pa yer er fet dr suten neb hnd taiu 6. sjiten hemt 
 suten mut suten mesut enti hetepu em pa yer da 
 
Mi 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 A/WAAA AAAAAA AWSAA 
 
 325 
 
 I I I I w , 
 
 
 p^ MM p: I ^m : 
 =: H T p^i i:sii ~™ ~s f ip 
 
 ® 8 a 
 III I <= 
 
 "= I 
 
 k IM' 
 
 
 
 Tl 
 
 Iki 
 
 W 2iiM Q 
 
 ^ I 
 
 °^ 
 
 1 ATvWnA "^ (c i 
 
 ^ 
 
 J 
 
 I ^ft(V\^^ 
 
 I v= 
 
 I I I 
 
 © 
 
 ieps hnd na enti hetep em tai duset neferu set uta set 7. yaz' maki er 7 
 iad heh na sejeru neferu en Aa-perti dn% ufa senb paiu ierdu sauu-u 
 
 semetti-u 8. ferdu fet-nef pai hd en nut er fet na dri-k em buuat na fet- 8 
 
 nef fer ben metti ierdu tai duna d fetu pai g. hd en nut nem (or uheiri) g 
 pai hd en nut fet-nef er meh metti sent er fet an Herudkrdu sa Amen-nevtu 
 
 en pai yer en yennu 10. '/en da en nut er pa enti tud dm fet-nd 10 
 
 y^etnet ukhet en meti ddaiu 11. sep 1 1 
 
326 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 '=■ I 
 
 I I AAAAAA 
 
 o I 
 
 ^«J%.t 
 
 e' 
 
 t1 ^ 
 
 12 J O^ I II 
 
 w 2i( I Q 
 
 II <:i l*B I \ I I I 
 
 r^ 
 
 e 
 
 ' t- - 1 1 --il AAAAAA 
 
 ffi tk I 
 
 
 
 1' 
 
 ^-^ AAAAAA n (3 j3 
 
 ? U*M^; 
 
 ^ §1 
 
 (=a) 
 
 <==> Inn <=> W ® ^ mJ A <=> Oi 
 
 14 
 
 A © 
 
 r.i f 
 
 
 ra 
 
 AAftAA^ 
 III III 
 
 I I I 
 
 o I 
 
 fiP 
 
 n\ 
 
 P AAAA/VA 
 
 ■<s>- 
 w 
 
 f 
 
 j«» a» «« /flza dnu-d hnd pa an fafat sen en nut yer fetu-nd an Paibasa 
 12 en pa yer keidd 12. i?ietti sent hetep tuat dnu-un emmdiet du ben nesi-sel 
 i3 du-eniu y^eru duna du em betauu ddait neyebu i3. eti tdt her mendu neb 
 
 en dri sebait nebt her her er re-u yer du-d habiher er re-u embah Aa-perii dny_ 
 
 14 Ufa senb pai neb-d dny uid senb 14. er ertdi titui-tu red Aa-perti dny iifa 
 senb er dri hau-ten d-nef un em pai hd en nut dri-f met en d?iy en neb dny 
 
 15 ut'a senb er t'et 15. du-d dri em mdtet 
 
Q I 
 
 17 
 
 © 
 
 
 A 
 
 rz/fi SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 327 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 
 '. -S^ 
 
 I AAAA/^A 
 
 I'll — fffi 
 
 ^If 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 (2 |. ('=0) 
 
 III mr=^ 
 
 Jfl 
 
 .(^ 
 
 J f=1 KVii ^^^ /u«w\A 
 
 D, 
 
 III 
 
 fl^: 
 
 Q (3 
 
 D 5 
 
 J^ 
 
 A 
 
 18 ® 
 
 e 
 
 © 
 
 I 1 AAA/>AA 
 
 , CT^ £1^ \\ 
 
 AA/vAAA - // .^i^ I 
 
 qq- 
 
 Ml 
 
 i=il) 
 
 19 
 
 fl^ 
 
 A III 
 
 Iflfli 
 
 fl^ 
 
 h 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 "K I 
 
 W Si' I 
 
 1q (S 
 
 2° -jg)>^ 
 
 setem-d na metti a fet pai ha en nut en na red en pa %er da ieps en heh 
 
 en renput en 16. Aa-perti dny_ ufa senb her dmentei Uast fet-d smdi-u 16 
 
 embah pai neh-d 'f_er pau beiauu en pa enti mdiii 17. setemi metti emtuf hapu 17 
 
 set fer bu reyj-d pek en na metti ddai sep sen d fetu hd en 18. nut fetu-set 18 
 nd na dnu en pa xer en ymi enti aha em ymnu na red ia bu dri pai-d 
 
 ig. ret peh-u du-d fet smdi-u embah pai neb-d dri pai neh-d dntu-nd en na ig 
 
 metti d t'et pa 20. ha 20 
 
328 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 
 Pi 
 
 /VAAAAA AAA/VSA 
 
 >& i ^i^j-: 
 
 @ 
 
 I AAAAAA 
 
 I 
 
 I I I ^ne=f=. 
 
 n n 
 
 I f iP k 
 
 ,© 
 
 J5M 
 
 © I 21 
 r "^ -1 I I A^AAAA 
 
 ^^ I I 
 
 .^. 
 
 li 
 
 El I I AA^^A^ 
 
 
 [^^ 
 
 III A 
 
 11 1\ 
 
 m 
 
 :d.i mh 
 
 I AAAA^^ 
 
 ' I 
 
 V I 
 
 Ik I 
 
 i^flMi ^Pl 
 
 A m I 
 
 I AAAAA/\ 
 
 23 
 
 
 C2 W 
 
 (2 
 
 nn ' 
 
 nu^i 
 
 fli 
 
 (=i3) 
 
 Il2i! lo III 
 
 III o 
 
 AAA/VAft 
 
 1 I 
 
 «« »«^ fe/u set nd na anu en pa yer fer du-d habi her er re-u embah Aa- 
 
 21 perti dnf^ ufa senb d nef pau betauu zi. en pai an sen en pa yer paiu peh 
 
 22 pat hd en nut er fet-mf smdi du bu put naiu itef fet-nef 22. smdi du d 
 fetu smdi en tat du-f em a resu yjr un-nef yeper em a meht du na mat'ai 
 
 23 iesi en 23. hen-f any ufa senb en pa yer yet er pa enti fat dm yer naiu 
 
 24 seyai drui nd meter Renpit met-sds dbet yemet iat hru taut 24. em na 
 metti d setem em teti pa 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 3ag 
 
 VI.. I f= „ 
 
 h 
 
 
 © 
 
 4 k^ 
 
 III I . , s-o ® ^ni ^1 
 
 D^\ 
 
 I '^ AAAAAA 
 
 irrrm 
 III 
 
 [ I AAAAAA 
 
 
 ^ I 
 
 :] 
 
 c-n 
 
 flzs k K\ n*' 
 
 (3 ^ 
 
 e 
 
 
 Q I 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ["^^ 
 
 :f;i' 1! f» "- 1™^° 
 
 q 
 
 \ 
 
 l*^*-*^ 
 
 It^^, 
 
 ™ fff;™"tM(ikSMfiP 
 
 AAAAAA CZi 
 
 > a I 
 
 I" 
 
 T AAA/\AA 
 
 J" 
 
 T AAAA^^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 1 
 
 1*^"^ , 
 
 hat en nut du-d tdt-u em dnu embah pai-d neh ertdt-f dntu u -^ersebattu 
 
 VII. — I . Renpit met-sds dbet femet iat hru faui-ud hru pen em ta tat dat en i 
 nut er kes pa uitii sen en Amen er meht pa dha en Amen em pa sebaul en tuau 
 2. re'j(it seru unu hems em ta tat da en nut em hru pen 3. mer nut fat %d- z, 3 
 em- Uast neter hen tepi en Amen-Rd, suten neteru Amen-hetep neter hen en 
 Amen-Rd suten neteru d,nu Nes-sic-Amen en ta het en heh en renput en 4. suten 4 
 net Rd-nefer-ka-setep-en-Rd dn% ut'a senb suten abuu Nes-su-Amen pa dn en 
 
33o 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 
 QiMfll 
 
 1*^"^ 
 
 e ©s 
 
 o 
 
 lu 1^ 
 
 AAAAW TV -V- 
 
 nn^ T 
 
 o 
 
 crzi A i*^^^^ 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 e, 
 
 I ^m. I 
 
 
 (^ AA/WV\ 
 
 ^; 
 
 17^ 
 
 
 I „^. 
 
 © 
 
 ?:i I 
 
 Q (3 
 
 k H=i' 
 
 D^QMMlifiP 
 
 If: 
 
 h 
 
 r""^ 
 
 AAAAAA £li ^ 
 
 D^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 I I ^AA/V^A 
 
 Aa-perti dn% ufa senb da en per en per neter tuau dny^ ufa senb-d en Amen- 
 
 5 Ra suten neteru 5. suten dhuu Rd-nefer-ka-em-per-Amen pa neniu en Aa- 
 perli duf^ ut'a senb dtennu Herud en [no] ent per 
 
 6 sirei Herud en 6. na fenu hd Paserd en nut dhd en tdti mer nut tat Xd-em- 
 
 7 Uast dntu '•f_emti Paf_aru sa tareui 7. y^emti Tarei sa Xd-em-dpt yemti 
 
 8 Pakamen sa Tarei en ta het Rd-usr-madt-Amen-meri 8. dny ufa senb er yd 
 pa neter hen tep en Amen t'et an fat en na seru ddaiu en ta tat dat en 
 
THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 33 1 
 
 Q I 
 
 I ra 
 
 (3 (3^ , 
 
 n ,,, iiyy, niii 
 
 G III ilici© III 
 
 n^ 1 
 
 
 1! 
 
 o © 
 
 
 t!^, 
 
 Q (3 
 
 " I 
 
 
 
 Lfc=^ I ^ 
 
 ^ , i,i_^ /wvw\ 
 
 (3 (gs 
 
 (3 
 
 1 /I 
 
 f-^ ^.^w.® i/S^ 
 
 n n 
 
 fiP PU 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 J!"i fli ii 
 
 .^ 
 
 ^ I A 
 
 I n I 
 
 
 o"l K ^y^^^^ 
 
 
 
 ;=^ I I I I 11: 
 
 «z^/ tet pai ha en nut nehaien metti en na g. rutuu red qetet en pa %er em renpit g 
 met-sds abet y^emet iai hru met-paut embah suten dbuu Nes-sii-Amen pa 
 an en Aa-perti dtf/_ ut'a senb lo. du a driiu-f utet-tuf er na dusetut ddaiu lo 
 enti em ta dtcset neferu y^er du unu-d dm em pa fat en pa ta ii. diremdu ii 
 suten dbuu en Nes-su-Amen pa an en Aa-perii dn% ufa senb sdp-n na dusetut 
 d fet pa ha en nut p eh set na ymiti 12. en ta het Rd-usr-madt-Amen-meri 12 
 dny^ ut'a senb em per Amen qemi-n set ufa qemi dfau 
 
33z 
 
 THE SPOLIATION OF THE TOMBS. 
 
 ill! 
 
 n "^ A r 1 3 A>v^AA^ 
 
 D 
 
 o W 
 
 -= " 
 
 A 
 
 ^ I 
 
 -=2>- 1=1=1 et, 
 
 
 ■© 
 
 D2y I 
 © ■ 
 
 »=S 
 
 •^ 
 
 CI -I ii„ mii I 
 
 ""2 ® -=—11 c>_ n '^^ i 
 
 \ III <:^ \\ ^ I III i 
 
 '5 
 
 © 
 
 AAAftAA 
 
 ■i am I 
 
 i6 ni^^^^ =^=, 
 
 I AAft/^/^A ^^ Q . 
 
 ra 
 
 I I I AA'^AAA 
 
 [51 \ AAftAW 
 
 I 
 
 j3 em pa fettu-f neb fer petrd i3. «a ;(£/«/;' a^a embah-ten du t'etu pa f_eper 
 jH. 72^3 a>a nefnef re-u qemi na red 14. du bti pui-u ref_ duset neb em ta duset 
 It neferu d t'etu pat kd na mettet eres set su dru dtuu dm set 15. tdu na seru 
 
 ddaiu nifti en na lemti en ta het Rd-user-madt-Amen-meri dny^ utd senb em 
 j6 per Amen er yet en neter hen iep en Amen-Rd suten neteru i5. Amen- 
 
 hetep hru pen dnu-un duti-set em ya en an en t'at. 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
aa 
 
 aa. (read aa) 
 
 V 
 
 aaau 
 
 auu 
 
 apt 
 
 aput (or 
 aptu) 
 
 Do. 
 
 Do. 
 
 aput en mu 
 
 apt 
 
 Apaliusa 
 
 field 117. 12 
 island 228. 12 
 -g-o |^Q\ =; — uncouth, boorish, fool 293. 3 
 
 marshy places (?) 102. 12 
 
 D -? 
 
 ■^^ duck, feathered fowl 56. i3 
 
 D ©-2 I 
 
 ^i¥i I 
 
 ducks, wild-fowl 157. i3 ; 175. ii 
 
 I ducks, wild-fowl 85. i3 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 I Do 
 
 □ ^ 
 
 Do. 
 
 130.8 
 
 D 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAA^ WatCF fOwl I 68. 2 
 
 AAA/V\A 
 
 0' 
 
 .D 
 
 A to flutter 71. 7 
 .2a, Q fl ^ Y Apellaeus (ki:£kXai.oc) 225. 
 
 Apualanites '^ -4 | .Sia ' 
 Xtovi'S-^?) 225. 7 
 
 afa 
 
 n n W ApoUonides ('A™X- 
 
 greedy man, glutton 242. 3 
 22 
 
338 
 
 afa 
 
 am (?) 
 
 amesu 
 
 art 
 
 aha 
 
 aha 
 
 ahu 
 
 aha 
 
 ahet 
 
 ahet 
 
 a/a/, 
 
 asta 
 astat 
 aku 
 aq 
 
 at, at 
 atu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 greediness 241. 7 
 j^ = (1 v\ not 262. 2 
 \\Q.y sceptre 297. 3 
 •-iSv. hair (?) 61. i 
 nn"^^^^^ grief, sorrow, grievous 54. 2 
 
 ra"^"^ " " " 80. i3 
 ra^%=- „ » " 54-2 
 
 ra"^^:^ cow 72. 2 
 
 I I I 
 
 field, fields 4. 2 ; 115. i ; 127. 11 ; 259.2 
 to pray 124. 10 
 
 I \ 
 
 I I flowers, flowering plants 148. 2 ; 
 
 Yy j 160.12; 180. 3 ; 286.11 
 I I J 
 
 to put forth bloom, to flourish 89. 12 
 1 ~^ to bring, to lead, to hasten, 
 \\~^ to haste, haste 139. 7; 141. 2; 289. 9 
 ^K^sx. to become wealj (?) 255.4 
 to diminish, be wanting 245. 2 ; 260. 2 
 
 I moment, [evil] moment 62. 7 ; 203. 3 ; 
 <==3 ( 233. 12 ; 241. 6 
 I J 
 
 to be angry, to reject (?) 242. 6 
 
 m O 
 o o' .mo 
 
ati 
 
 atep 
 
 atep- 
 
 274 
 atef 
 
 atfu 
 
 at 
 
 ati 
 
 at ab 
 
 adit 
 
 adu 
 
 adep 
 
 adet 
 
 adeta 
 
 afa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 339 
 
 %^ backs 180. 10 
 
 0^> y load, to load 8. 2; 150. 10; 224. 4. 
 
 ■/« loaded, laden, occupied with 8.8; 262.4; 
 
 D2 
 10 
 
 aUp atep-nek thou art most certainly laden 
 
 i-=-- -Cr I name of a crown 8g. 10 ; 144. 3 ; 172. 6 ; 
 .^ h^V ( 182. 11; 297.2 
 
 crocodile 59. 12 
 
 0- 
 
 disaster 62. 4 
 to be angry, furious 248. 2 
 
 <r^ 1 beds, cushions 216. 6 
 
 a chair (or couch) bearer 103. 3 
 %\ laden 106. 8 
 j^ chair (or couch) bearer 103. 8 
 
 \ 259.4 
 
 ^^ chip, splinter 37. 10 
 
 \ A. 
 
 , I I, me, my 5. 9, i3 ; 7. 2 ; 10. i ; 121. 7, 
 10; 128. II ; 129. 7; 131. 4; 134. I ; 241. I 
 
 a 1)^, l\^, '^ O, hail! 50.3; 53.7; 58.7; 62. i3 ; 
 
340 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 93-3; 133-8; |)^ ^^^^^ fl^ S| "^ S°' *^ °P^"" 
 
 5- II 
 
 (1 gTj to say, to call out to one 323. i3 
 
 [1 gA he who, that which, that what i. 5 ; 4. 6, 7 ; 24. 
 
 12; 142.9; 146.10; 309.6 
 
 aa meht 
 
 ,°^ 
 
 island of the north loi. 5 
 
 ^v>^^v^ 
 
 i^^H I ... „ 
 
 aauu fs ro ' f islands 132.8; 173.5; 220.12; 223.5 
 
 I 
 © ^ I 
 
 aau, aauu l)"^^!^, ^"^^^1^ °'''* ^S^' ^° g™^ old 244. 9; 
 245.6; 271.7 
 
 aau 
 
 aauf 
 aau 
 aa ui 
 
 aauf 
 
 aauf 
 aaf 
 Aam 
 aaiaet 
 
 , III old age, old man 129. 10; 199.4 
 oTO old 269.7 
 
 1 _^ gli U I ^ to praise, praises 147. i ; 1 78. 8 ; 295. 
 
 <S.^W\ 
 
 rank, dignity, honour 96. 9 ; 
 97- 1; 99-4; 103- 12; 129. 
 9; 172.2; 226. 6; 291. 10 
 
 1MI fl^!T 
 
 ^'^oIS' ^i ^^^'^'' ^"""^^ ^-7; 3-4 
 
 fl^lm """^^ ^59- 11; 165.8 
 
 \ ffl name of a city 106.6 
 \ ffl acceptable 113. 10 
 
aar 
 
 aaru 
 
 aareret 
 
 aaxex 
 
 aas 
 
 aaset 
 
 aat 
 
 aatet 
 
 aat 
 
 aatet 
 
 aateti 
 
 aa 
 
 aa ab 
 
 aaf ab 
 
 aabet 
 
 aarat 
 
 aararet 
 
 aarautet 
 
 aah 
 
 Aahmes- 
 sa-pa-ari 
 
 "^111 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 lock of hair 63. 6 
 
 a fruit 28. 8 
 III 
 
 'Wf' vines loi. i3 
 
 341 
 
 r 
 
 >i\ y I sinews 65. 8 
 i .^®^ III ^ 
 
 to ask for, an asking 250. 6 ; 254. 7 
 
 kS:^' o III 
 
 climes, regions 59.4: 60. i3; 70.9 
 
 I ( backbone, the middle 108. 12; 109. 6; 
 no. 5; 115.21 
 
 dew 296. 2 
 
 O 
 
 ftA~vvs to wash 26. II ; 213. i, 2 
 
 I AAftAAA 
 
 
 to gratify oneself 248. 5; 251. 6; 
 256.7 
 
 || j^lj" offering 113. i 
 
 (1 <=:=> Q P uraeus 90. 2 ; 198. 3 
 
 ^ ^^ O (U\ I I uraei, the serpents on the crown of 
 ^^_J]©o'p^ I ( Ra 158. 12; 172.7; 223.8 
 
 the moon, Moon-god 81. 12; 90. 6 
 
 GEISIISI] 
 
 a king of the XVIIth dy- 
 nasty 314. 2 
 
342 
 
 au 
 
 auu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to praise, praise 213. 7 
 
 > praise 42. 12; 225. i 
 
 AMI 
 
 [1 ^ to be (auxiliary verb). With personal pronouns : — 
 (1 V\ (1 I am 198. i3; 220. 12 ; [1 V> -^3^ thou art 16. i3; 
 (|e J thou art (fem.) 33.7; [| (£ ^^-^ he is 1.6; (j© Hq 
 
 IS AAAAAA r, Q 
 
 she IS 6. 12 ; 9. lo ; (J (g we are 30. 3 ; (I (2 ~wws ye are ; 
 
 to the whole extent 228. 7 ; 229. i3 
 
 I^Pi I 1' ^^ K\\ 3-^'^°! 4-2; (|^| they are 3.2; 178. 
 I. © ^ was one 5. 6; 22. 9; 25. 11; (] V> -^^ being 
 185.4 
 
 au = er (j©, [|^ = <=> to 49. 7; 51. 9; 228. 10; 229. i; 
 for 96.4; fron:i 228.9; against 55.6; more 63.9 
 
 au au ^ er au [1 p "^ 
 
 au her = er her [I (g ■c:^> above 73. 6 
 
 au men = er men 
 
 auaa 
 
 auf 
 
 Aupa 
 
 Aurei 
 
 Ausar 
 
 [1 ^1;;;;^ until 230. 12 
 ^^,Cnx49.4;x63. 13; x66.ro 
 
 (2 (^ 
 
 flesh, meat 59.11; 72.6; 128. i; 242.6 
 
 © 
 
 
 M' 
 
 (Xn a city in Syria 275. 12; 282.2 
 fi a proper name 311. 5 
 Osiris 49.5; 126.6; 130.5 
 
 Ausar xent Amentiu r] i) "^ tt , I ^ "Osiris at the head of 
 those. in Amenti" 78.3; 95. 10 
 
VOCABULARY. 343 
 
 Auset llo^'lloll I Isis 50.2; 53. 3; 56. 8; 63.4; 
 
 Auset (lloOilm ^ queen of Rameses III. 318.4 
 
 auset rL n o, r , r seat, throne, place, position, 
 
 abode, liouse 3. 7 ; 14. 3; 40. i ; 42. 8; 90. 3 ; 103. 9; 117. 2; 
 
 128. g; 180. 6; 227. 7; 250. i; 272. i3. Plur. r 1 duseiu 
 
 I P [r~zi I "^ 1- -J i 
 
 seats 150. 12; f I tombs 317. 2; 318. 8; 319. 6; 320.4; 
 
 331-6 
 
 auset ama/ r '^ (1 .^ -^ a place where honour is shewn 
 to one 274. 6 
 
 auset-a r ^^1 pain, sickness 51.6; 71.10 
 
 ri " I '^ 1 I "the abode of the blessed", 
 
 ■U cr^ <==> ^1 I I . ^, , , 
 ausetneferu > z.«., the tomb 317.4; 320. 5; 
 
 i^ IIW\ I 325.1; 33X. 7; 332.5 
 
 auset re r '^ "place of the mouth", t. e., occasion 
 
 for speech 15. 12 ; 32. 10; 36.7 
 
 auset ret r ^ f f "place of the feet", t. e., accustomed 
 position 211. 4 
 
 auset heh jj|oJ^ | "eternal abode", z. «., the tomb 
 
 auset ent 1 o "^'^ g § 129.12; 134. i 
 
 ausefu en J (^ ^ ,^,^,^ g^ "abodes of peace", i e., the 
 hefep Uoi I ~i .=^=t=. tomb 306.10 
 
 ausetu sutut ^'cr-zi U ^ ^ promenades 162. i 
 Au^ertet ^'^.^[Zr^ ^^^ underworld 299.3 
 Audu Q^^T^lXi ^ country near Tyre 279.8 
 
344 
 ab 
 
 ab 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 "^ P^ the heart 245. 2 ; interior (of a city) 204. g 
 
 '^ minds. 12; 122.6; sense, wisdom, understand- 
 ing, intelligence 43.9; 257.7; 268.11; attention 128.10; 
 intention 6.3; disposition, manner 284.4; will, courage 
 122.10; 245.3; 262.2; wish, longing, desire, lust 6. 11 ; 
 58. 11; 228.9; 241.7; 242.5; self, e.g., "Q* thyself 203. 
 
 91. ^'^ with verbs : — \\ ^ to enrage 248. 2 ; 256.7; 
 
 7K 1 g7\ '^ to desire greatly 68. 3 ; [1 A j "^ to be gracious 
 298.3; (I ^AA^AA "^ to gratify oneself 248.4; 251.6; 252.6; 
 
 '^ to be proud 242. i3; 246. lo; (f^^ to 
 
 rejoice 259. i ; 
 
 to be violent 257. 11; 258.6; 
 
 to hide 255. 7 ; ^^ II '^ to be joyful 
 
 "^ right hearted 246. 3 ; <o "^ 
 I ® D I 
 
 I (J [J Y to please 248. 4 ; 
 A 
 
 D 
 
 261. 11; 267.7; ^ ^"l]; 
 
 to be content 273. i ; fi 
 
 "^ to be master 247.3; I 
 
 attention 260. 1 1 ; y ^\ "i — " 
 
 pl^^ ^ to be distracted 262.3; ^Ha '^ to follow 
 
 ones desires 252.11; ^^^ — ^-^ ^ to vex, to grieve 
 
 264.3; ^^'^ "^ to be haughty 261.5; ^ ^-^ — " "^ 
 
 '^ to confine the 
 I 
 
 to be hard-hearted 298. 4; 
 62. 3; n 
 
 to be hot-tempered 261.9; 
 
 abu "^ ^ hearts 70. 2 
 
 I 111 ' 
 
 abu or abiu '^'^ heart amulets i6s. "i 
 I III ^ ^ 
 
 "O- 
 
 to rage 247. 4 
 
 ab 
 
 ab 
 
 tJ: 
 
 to desire 68. 3 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 AAAAAA t 
 
 f\, T J SA thirst 190.5; 221.10 
 ab, abt 0"^^' O'^'^ ^^"^^ 241.9; 286.4 
 
VOCABULARY. 345 
 
 a& Jp 1 ^T~~Si left hand 64. 3 (see semehi) 
 
 ah f J^; fj^ '■° '^^P^'''^ 68.9; 198.3 
 
 aba (1 J^^^ to dance 117. 6 
 
 abate 1 i) J ^ <^ j ^ servant 283. 8 
 
 ahi TR 1 to come 61. 5 
 
 abu T Jr^ Si) '■° 'W'sh for, to love 3.9; 9.2; 21. i 
 
 abu % I ©Ijl to burn with desire 176.2 
 
 abw Jj^ IsV panther 7.3; 11. 2 
 
 Abhat U TQ ¥\ a country in or to the south of 
 
 Nubia 104. 7 ; 105. 3 
 
 abe^ (or abey^) ¥ j to join in battle 193. 2 
 
 Absaqbu (1 J ,^:^ tai A J ^^^^^ ^ a city in Syria 290. 1 1 
 ab, ab^ ?f, ¥j east, left 65. i; 199. 12; 224.8 
 
 TJI ' IJIq \ east, left 107.5; 108.8; 109.7; 
 
 A n^" A no " ( 303- 1 
 TJvi'TJq-dI 
 
 abtef 
 
 abef .-CT^, ^ , , ^ 
 
 abfef ^ 
 
 — 
 
 month 42. 6 ; 45. 8 ; 82. 12 ; 226. 5 
 
 abef 'vS^ monthly festival 112. 10; 124. 7. The 
 
 Egyptian year contained twelve months of 3o days each, 
 or three seasons IHH , <::^> and aaaaaa , each containmg 
 four months. Compare the following examples of dating: — 
 
 ^ 184.7; 196.8; ^ ^ ^X«M0 306.1; 
 
346 VOCABULARY. 
 
 195- 5 ; JTm ^ 49- 6 ; 76- 8 ; 78. 4 ; 126. 3 ; 130. i ; 
 
 ^ 235.10; "^S 49. 2; 124.6; ^ 
 
 42.6; 232.8; 233.2; --=--w- 105-13; 134-3; 142- i ; 
 
 '^^ — '^ /VWW\A 
 
 124. 7; 230. 12 
 
 -^"^^■^ AAAAAA 
 
 abf tt; jU=^>°^ name of a fish 90. 10 
 
 abt Tf )| left 52.10 
 
 Ab^u f J (3 © Abydos 49. 5; 77. 4; 126. 7 
 
 ap, apu ^, \g X Q7) except 202.5; 206.8; 86.9; 319. 11; 
 320. 2 
 
 ap er ^ except 99. i 
 
 apu her ^ but, except 121. i3; 125.5 
 
 ap _}^ to open 58. 2 ; 132. 9 
 
 u X 
 
 ap renpit a: r new year 232. g 
 
 ap renpit V^ r^3;7 festival of the new year 112. 7 
 
 apf se ^ "the beginning of the lake", i. e., the 
 
 Fayytim 202. 1 1 
 
 ap [I to count, to estimate, to prize 104. i ; 203.4; 
 
 267. 10; [^ jli \\\ thought highly of 265. 12 
 
 apt [I measure, reckoned 104. 2 ; 166. 8 
 
 ap , 
 
 "^^avS^ 74-4; 220. 6; embassy 117. 5 
 
 D-^ 
 
 apu 'J J messengers 198. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 347 
 
 aput 
 
 new 
 
 apt 
 
 aputi 
 
 ap 
 
 api 
 
 % J\ messenger 24. 6 : Plur. ^ % , 
 
 A' 
 
 24.5; 178. II 
 
 
 messenger 224. 4 
 
 °^\'^y\'^ '^"^°^ 255.9; 263.6 
 
 to decree, to judge 298. i 
 
 aput 
 
 apu 
 apiu 
 aptu 
 ap, apt 
 apt resu 
 apt qemat 
 
 1 w' D X 
 
 \ judge 298.4; 302. 10; what is de- 
 creed, adjudged 64. 9 ; 65. 6 
 
 to judge, to enter into judgment with, 
 to declare, to tell 13.2; 14. i ; 21. 
 11; 39.9; message 1.9; 251.3; 
 statement 324. 6 ; information 10. 1 1 
 
 I 1 
 
 V ®; 
 
 ^ commission 320. 12; 321.9 
 D w X 2iJ I ^ 1 
 ^ X V '^^creed 234. 2 ; allotted 240. i 
 
 ^ ^' ^ o \3=i "^^"^"^'"S 42. « ; 303- 7 
 
 a 
 
 "southern dpf\ a quarter of Thebes 
 
 ° "^ Jjf ^ ^51- 10; 195.2 
 
 ¥ I 
 
 Api, Apt, 
 Aptet 
 
 HM 
 
 CZi 
 
 the part of Thebes on which stands 
 the modern village of Karnak 
 77.5; 120. 11; 122.2; 151. i3; 
 189.5 
 
348 
 apt 
 
 apu U I those 95. i 
 
 1 © I 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ , ^ X to open (?j, be opened (?) 49. 8; 52. g 
 
 o r D Q 
 
 Apu [Jd^® Panopolis 129.3; 133.2 
 
 Ap-uat (?) 
 
 K-x l ^^ ^^ "opener of ways", a name of Osiris 
 £5* a ( 60. I ; 65. 8 
 
 V 
 
 o III 
 
 aput 
 
 aps 
 
 apt 
 
 apet 
 
 apt 
 
 aptu 
 
 aft 
 
 a <s.^ I 
 
 I ducks, geese 300. 7 
 
 fl 
 
 ^ .«. to illumine 70. 3 
 
 ^ exudation (?) 90. 1 1 
 
 [ ^ metal vases 217. 2 
 H<=.||| ' 
 
 J/^ brow 299. 8 
 
 D © 
 I I I 
 
 of a city) 193. 12 
 
 planks 37. 4 
 the four cardinal points 56. 3 ; four (sides 
 
 am 
 
 i¥'+: 
 
 -" m^ \¥-\ 
 
 am 
 
 amt 
 
 am 
 
 am 
 
 to eat 2. ta; 3. 5 ; 33. 8; 
 127.5 
 
 i. 
 
 eating 130. 1 1 
 
 I cr~^ 
 
 ^Ik. 
 
 camp 134. 6; 197. 6; 212. i3; 214. i3 
 
 favour 115. 8; acceptable unto 
 
 107.2; 
 298.3 
 
 dm a kind(?) no. 2 ; 
 
 ■& 
 
 dm db gracious 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 349 
 
 am 
 
 amt 
 
 am 
 
 am., amu 
 
 am. 
 
 ami 
 
 ami 
 
 ami 
 
 amu 
 
 \ ornaments, pleasant things 217.5; 
 { 266. 10; 298. 9 
 
 ' ^^~^ 1 not 188.5 ;203. 12 (bis); 
 
 > 206. I ; 264. i3 ; 249. 
 
 >_-n-. 
 
 5; 265.6 
 
 in 6. 10; 14. 3; 51. 5; 233. 2; 201. 
 8 ; dweller in 88. i3 ; of 6. i3 ; 13. 
 7 ; with 22. 8 ; 97. 4 ; among 100. 
 i3 ; loi. 2 ; there 220. i ; thereat 
 251. 1 3 ; thereby 249. 7 ; there- 
 from 318. 12; therein 99. i 
 
 \ 
 
 -j[-^\ cr-D shrine, sanctuary 161. 8; 164.12 
 
 i 
 
 n ^»,. dweller in 299. 5 
 
 title-deeds 155. 3 
 
 I'1j 
 
 those who dwell in, inhabi- 
 tants 67.3,4; 95. 3; 133. 
 8, 9; 212. 6; 225. 4; 228. 
 5,7; 229. 12; 304. II 
 
 amu 
 
 ■Xenu l\-^^\ 
 
 I D I 
 
 I I I 
 master's house 108. i 
 
 I servants who live in their 
 
 amu-y_et 
 
 amtu 
 
 axn-tun 
 
 am-d 
 
 am 
 
 amam 
 
 I those who follow 122. 4 
 
 f/!V A/>AAAA 
 qV\ between two 121. 2 
 
 Jk |l from among, in 230.4; 234.6 
 
 \\ ^\ would that ! 44. 3 
 
 kind, gracious 242. 10 
 
350 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Amam h ^ k^O^C^ name of a country lOo. i 
 
 ama-/_ ' to be held in veneration, honoured no. 8 
 
 one honoured, esteemed 107. 3; 113. 
 9; 270. 2 
 
 1« 
 
 amay^i 
 
 amayi 
 
 amay_u 
 
 amay_iu "^ ^ 1 venerable beings 127.10 
 
 Ammu fflfflffl® ^ sanctuary of Hathor 92.5 
 
 Ametn (1 ^ ®)' a name of the city of Buto 92. i3 
 
 amma (or ametn) U^^>^-=^^^, U ^ give, grant, let I pray, 
 
 > place 3. i3; 24.5; 43. 
 amat (|.=^Jo I 4; 145. i; 188. 10; 
 
 242.12; 267.9; 280.10; (1 ^^v, ^^:^ put us 199.1 
 
 ammu \\c=z^\>^mA boat 119. 3 
 
 r\ 'III''' , j\ ' 1 1 ' I ' I ■ , 
 
 amen (J -wwna, [I /w^«^^ Lj*ig to hide, hidden, hidden one 59. 
 
 8; 89. 8; 297. 11 ; 299. 3 
 
 Amen (1 ff|) | the "hidden" god, Ammon 41. i; 
 
 76. 6; 189. 3; 294. 3 etc. 
 
 Amen-Ra ^® ' ^ Amen-Ra 40. 10; 42. 7; 76. 
 
 1 AAA^A^ Vi aa ^ ; 
 
 Amen-sept-abui [|'^^^J/\^^ "Amen the Two-horned" 77. i 
 Amen-em-ant M "^^^ n A^/ww >o a proper name 319.4 
 
 Amen-meri-Ra-meses (l\^^ OTfliPN R^^ieses XII. (?) 40. 10 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 351 
 
 Amen-em-hiat ( (] ^^ |^°?1 ^ proper name 108. 6 ; 109. 2 
 Amen-ne-^tu u -~^^-^ 
 
 I AAAAAA ^ (^ ^ 
 
 a proper name 321.5; 322. 
 
 i; 325. 10 
 
 Amen-hetep [[j^^^^l J| Amenophis I. 308.10; 309.3 
 Amen-hetep (I ^«l a high-priest 317. 11 
 
 1 AA/VsAA '^ D CU. 
 
 , r\ "I'll t f^ y^ 
 
 Amen-hetepu M ©MTi a cemetery official 321.6 
 
 Amen-xnem-heh j\ J| Q V^^: ko| "Amen the uniter of 
 
 eternity" 148. 12 
 
 Amen-^nem-Hat-sepset ( \\ '— -^ Q =^ ^ '^ 1 Queen Hatshep- 
 set 119. 8 
 
 Amen-qa-a 
 
 axnenit 
 
 anient 
 
 Amentet 
 307. I 
 
 Amenteti 
 
 amentiu 
 
 61. 6; 62. 3 
 
 usef [| '^^^^ ^ T j '^ ^ proper name 77. 4 
 
 e^^ 
 
 perpetuity 146.5; 154.2; 166.2 
 
 w the west 224. 8 
 
 ff the west, the underworld 58.2; no. 7; 
 
 »§£\§; the west, the underworld 315.4 
 
 W I those in the underworld 49.5; S3- 10; 
 
 5^ CHi Q ■<) 
 
 amentet resu t^^^^4j west-south 197.7 
 
 ameru ^^^^ ^° ^^ '^^^^ ^'^^' ' 
 
 amhet fl^iv q "^ ^^^^ "-"^ ^ tomb 212.8 
 
 am-^ent 
 
 \. 
 
 £S 
 
 at the head of, in 236. 7 
 
353 
 Amsu 
 
 Ames 
 
 Amsu-Amen 
 
 Aznsu-fenti (J) 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 , |(?) I the god of generation 77. ii; 
 ; 120.7; 128.2; 129.3; 131. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 9; 133- i; 133-5 
 
 name of a double deity 296. 9 
 name of a city (?) 133. i 
 
 Am-sehti "Jr^v i%. '^^ name of a god 64. 
 
 II 
 
 amt 
 aznt 
 amt 
 Amies 
 
 -^-V\ darling 119. 9 
 
 I abode, habitation 258. 5 
 
 III. 4 
 
 name of a queen 98. 12 
 
 amtu {iov untu) °^©^^i cattle 149.5; 167. i 
 
 an A, A ^AAAA^ to bring, to carry 5.4; 41. 10; to 
 
 close doors 214. 3 ; to add a word to a book 272. 7 
 
 an 
 
 an 
 
 ;.i 
 
 III' JJ ^ 
 
 =0= 
 III 
 
 i 
 
 offerings, tribute 41. 10, 12; 42. 10; 
 48.7 
 
 marks a subject in a sentence, and is a 
 mark of emphasis 4. 6 ; 5. 2 ; 129. i ; 134. 10 ; 136. i3 ; 199. 6 
 
 an 1 interrogative particle. Is it? shall it? is it 
 
 AAAftAA 
 
 that? 190.6; 201.4; 248.13; 1 (]%\ shall it be? 186. 
 11; 197.3; ^ j^ shall then? 197.4; 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 is it that not? 221. i 
 An 
 
 an 
 
 I J| Moon-god 79. 3, II ; 81. 9; 84. 6 
 {■^^^ battering ram 195. i3 
 
VOCABULARY. 353 
 
 an , _n_, ( j not 2. i ; 7. 12 ; 50. 6 ; 51.8; 202. 
 
 9; unless, without 249. i ; [] ^ is not? 59. 10 
 
 an as (11 except, only, not as yet 50. 9 ; 51. 9; 
 
 68. 9 ; 241. 4 ; 248. i ; 258. 7 ; 267. 5 ; _n_ .... [J 1 1 only 
 251.5; 252.7 
 
 an au &;5\ V "^ faultless 248. 10 
 
 an abu — ru-T 1 ceaselessly 127. 3 
 
 an ua I no one 19. i 
 
 an u« 
 
 /V\A/VVA A/*AA/^ 
 
 • there is not 83.7; 105. i3 
 
 an urf <=> AA unceasingly 245. 2 
 
 an maati (?) eyeless, blind 62. 12 
 
 ^n ennu "^^^ blindly 58. 3 
 
 an re 
 
 numberless 149. 2; 158. i; 159. 8; 
 172. i3 
 
 an ra (?) I 
 
 An-reyi "^"^^IM. ^ Proper name 60.7 
 ail rev - unknown (of a god) 8g. 8 
 
 an useyt "^ rH " without Join 124. 4 
 
 ansep ~^ TT^ never 59. 3 ; 60. 8; ^ D 
 
 AAAW« n © -WWVA U U 
 
 (or D^^^^) '^^^^'" before 98.2; 99.5 
 
 23 
 
354 
 an sek 
 
 an setem 
 
 an kat 
 
 an tennu 
 
 ana 
 
 Ani 
 
 anu 
 
 Aneb 
 
 aneb 
 
 anebet 
 
 Aneb resu 
 
 Aneb-hefet 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 I indestructible 94. 10 ; never 
 failing 123. 1 3 ; 214. 7 
 
 
 deaf 62. 12 
 
 I no work 82. q 
 I 
 
 AAAAAA O 
 
 divisionless 124. 5 
 (I [I vl flowers, branches of trees 272. 8 
 
 1 AAAAAft I I I I 
 
 |(]|j^ Moon-god 298.13; 302. i3; 303.6 
 
 m ' A ^^ ' S^^^^^j cemeteries 175. 8 
 
 [1 JH E ® a city near Pelusium 92. 1 1 
 
 ^rjoi'^jo 
 
 :i I I 
 
 AAAAAA -iJ "I I I I I 
 
 walls 91. 9 ; 205. 
 5; 219. 10 
 
 j^ j M "Southern Wall", a part of Memphis 206. 5 
 q-fO" D I "White Wall", a name of Memphis 
 
 ^ 87. 2 ; 185. 7 ; 206. 4, 6 
 A«pu (1 %>J the god Anubis 126.7 
 
 Anpu 
 
 1,7; "5- 3 
 
 Anpu 
 
 f\ 
 
 jl the Nome of the Jackal no. 3 ; 114. 
 
 a proper name i. 2 
 
 
 anemem ]\ \^\^ ^T, skin 73. 7 
 
 anlana 
 
 aner 
 
 I 
 
 I I I I m 
 
 frmn 
 
 ^fl 
 
 nTTm 
 
 oak-tree 276. 9 
 stone 116. 10; 147. 6; 149. 12; 240. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 355 
 
 aner ua M <=> | monolith 124. 4 
 
 aner en ruf n => ~wws g ^x sandstone 147. 6 
 
 1 HUD <-^=^ imTii 
 
 aner hef f]''^^^! limestone (?) 97.10 
 
 aner qenj |l <=> ^^rizD^^mmi black basalt (?) 147. 7 
 
 Anna |\ \\ VOi name of an autlior 40. ■; 
 
 annu H -www ^sx, hairy slcm, hair 30. i; 155. g; 287. 2; 
 
 298. I ; outside of a metal 179. 7 
 
 n /w^AA^ n | n aaawv , offerings, income, produce, 
 annu j]o^||, _J^ 
 
 annuf A^ ^ 
 
 JJo III 
 
 burdens 115. 9 ; 161. 12 ; 
 165. 2 ; 174. 6 ; 178. 3 ; 201. 
 12; 212. 3 ; 219. 6 
 
 Annu ijl On, Heliopolis 90. 7 ; 119. i ; 212. 11 ; 294. 3 
 
 Annu resu m jJ^ Hermonthis 120. 5 
 
 anh d^S^ 1 
 
 1 AAAAAA A I ' ■ ' . I to surround, to enclose 140.7; 
 
 anhu (l^§(a^( ^62.7; 176.8; 276. r I 
 
 [I AAAAAA 1; a to collect, to embrace 52. 7 ; 65. 5 
 
 anqefqefet m aaaaa^ part of a horse's harness (?) 286. i 
 
 f\ Q AAAAA'S 
 
 an^ A^, l\ conduct, the bringing of, lead 97. 10; 
 
 258. lo; Aq V carried off, removed 246. 12; 260. i 
 
 [I ^A«AA cr-zi valley 14. 5 ; 17. i ; 18. 5 ; 19. 7 ; 24. 7 ; 
 
 anuk 
 anq 
 
 anf 
 
 25- I ; 3I9. 9 
 
 Antuf ( )i?r^^l ^ king of the Xlth dynasty 310. i3 
 
 23* 
 
356 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Antuf-Sa ( Jj?^,-^^dlJ ^ '^'"S °^ ^^^^ ■^''^'^ dynasty 311. 9 
 [] ^A~w> f\/\^ valley 224. i3 ; 227. 9 
 
 4 marks emphasis 1. 1 ; 10. 1 1 ; 46. 1 2 ; 188. 7 ; 242. 7 
 
 [1 an emphatic word 125. i ; 230. 8 
 
 ^ l\ n behold if 234. I 
 
 ar en fertu 4 ^~w^A -B* ^ when 10. 2 
 
 ar-^ert 1 ^^ but 112. 11 
 
 ari 1]'^, (j"^^ at, belonging to 57- i, 12; 125. 
 
 9 ; 217. 3 (bis) ; 218. 2 ; 230. 3 ; 231. i o ; 264. 6 ; 300. i o 
 
 antet 
 
 aref 
 
 ar as 
 
 an 
 
 aru 
 
 aru 
 
 aru 
 
 guardian, companion, lover, 
 helpmeet 20.9; 29. to; 57. 
 12; 170. I ; 287. 2 
 
 4 i\rmi 
 
 (I those which are at 42. i ; 96. 7 ; 112. i 
 
 ofl ni 
 
 attribute 51. i, lo ; 53. 2 ; 56. 10 ; 60. 10 
 
 ©J Ul 
 
 ar 
 
 an 
 
 ) 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 .<S:=^ -<S>- 
 
 to make, to do, doer, to be 
 done, begotten of 6. i3; 11. 
 ( I ; 44- 9 ; 96. 6 ; 105. 3, 4 ; 
 ' 107.5; 200.11; to write a 
 book 40. 4 ; to recite a book 49. 4 ; 78. 3 ; 79. 2 ; ^s>- %\ 
 
 one having done 123. 4 ; ^hs- | h working 298. 8 ; matter 
 305. 4 ; execution of work 150. 3 
 
 aru 
 
 © 
 
 to make 85. 12 
 
ari an 
 Ari netert 
 ari Jtiebsu 
 ari hemt 
 ari her 
 ari "/.et 
 ari sexeru 
 ari seka 
 ari fet 
 
 arit setep sa 
 arit 
 
 -<2>- 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to act as scribe gg. 3 
 |q J\ to deify 236. 11 
 
 357 
 
 3 
 
 S III 
 
 to weave clothes i. 6 
 
 ^.D 
 
 ^1 to marry a wife 267. 6 
 ^ -Ti- 
 
 to terrify 24g. 5 
 
 o I 
 
 I to acquire wealth 264. i 
 
 P. 
 
 (2 I 
 
 >i I II 
 
 I to perform duties 4. 7 
 
 PU^^^ to plough 1.8 
 to say 226. 8 
 to protect g8. 9 
 
 , ^Q'^ matter, thmg, something done, 
 
 made of, child of 76. 6; 108. 12; 184. r; 2g8. 8; w^^v 
 
 ■0=^ [ '""" 1 
 handicraft 207. 5 ; 'wv>aa • fine work 163. i 
 
 aritu 
 
 aru 
 
 aru 
 
 arru 
 arret 
 
 ari pet 
 arema 
 
 -<s>- 
 
 © 
 
 ^ %. to celebrate a festival 226. 4 
 t I celebration ig4. 1 1 
 ceremonies 305. 7 
 
 works, acts, deeds 116. 8 ; 184. i 
 
 \\ -ifl "^^ I birds which fly in the air 164. 3 
 
 Qdll''^^^"^ with 308. i3 
 
358 
 
 arimau 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 I 
 
 arp 
 
 arpu 
 
 ArenO 
 
 
 I ( with, along with, 25. 8 ; 315. 
 ( 3 ; 323. 6 ; 331. 8 
 
 ^ 
 
 n ^ I 
 
 D ©III 
 I wine-cellar 308. 12 
 
 wine, vines 26. i3 ; 112. 3 ; 
 132. 1 1 ; 149. 4 ; 153. 9 ; 
 157. i3; 164.4; 308. 12; 
 
 Orontes 141. 8 
 
 Alksentres 
 
 s 
 
 21 
 
 g 
 
 [^^JJ , Alexander 76. 9 ; 225. 6 
 
 Arsenat 
 
 Arsu 
 
 arert 
 
 art 
 
 artet 
 
 ArOet 
 
 Aleksanteres (l\^^\^^] 
 
 ( JS:^\o1 Arsinoe 225. 5, 10; 226. 10 
 [I gA 1 ® I yf ^ Syrian general 169. 1 2 
 
 I <=:;> (J vines 162. 6 
 H Q ^-:¥-||| 
 
 1=4' 1 = =1 
 
 fl->i: ( 
 
 milk 213. 2, 5 ; 132. 1 1 
 
 
 99. i3; 106. 5 
 ahai I) ra^ 
 
 .QyvA] 
 
 ahai 
 
 >ra 
 
 a country in or to the south of Nubia 
 
 O, hail! 52. 10; 57.4; 67.7 
 
 I a sentence of death 321. 1 1 
 
 ahemet ^^^^v ° ^ ^i^d- of incense 303. 3 
 
 ahahai [1 QA ITl^^rQ^^O l] 5[) 1 shouts of joy 172. 3 ; 181. 
 
VOCABULARY. 359 
 
 ahait ^^'^mH'liA:' '^^'^-^J^^' stable, any farm 
 
 outhouse 2. i3; 6. 2; 278. 3. 
 
 ^h [Is silver 217. 2 
 
 a^ ^ I III fi^l'i) pastureland no. 6 
 
 aA ^n , } ox, oxen II. 12; 12. 4; 85. i3; 130. 8 
 
 ah (1 1 cr^ stable 189. 2 ; 216. 8 
 
 ah nu semsem (] K c^^ H^^V stable for horses 200. 12 
 
 ahi ()§(1(|§D to embrace 70. i3 
 
 .,. lATT ^ il I sistrum- bearer 50.7; 52.12; 58. 
 
 km 
 
 7; 61. 4; 62. i3 ; 76. 6 
 
 ahit 'J I ^ 'J '^ yT ^ ' P^°pl^> '^"t>s 252. 3 
 
 abu U V ^^^ decay, senility 244.10 
 
 ahetit 
 
 n: 
 
 throat 78. 8 ; 88. 2 
 
 e 
 
 a^ ^ t^ why? what? what manner of? 6.5; 7. 10; 
 
 14. 10; 136. II ; 245. 9; 246. I ; 323. II ; sign of the optative 
 
 16. 1 1 ; 20. 6 ; 188. 8 ; 271. 1 1 ; 272. i ; 273. i ; V 1] 1] ^_, 276. 
 1,4 
 
 axemu seku h l| * the stars that never set 202. 9 
 
 31 I M A* :k 
 
 a/er h ^^ because 98. 3, 4, 5 
 
36o 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 as 
 
 II ; 233. 12; 
 
 behold, but 2. 2 ; 10. 7 ; 41. 7 ; 124. g ; 221. 2 ; 232. 
 
 asif 
 
 asu 
 
 j but with 223. 9 
 !, asi (|ft [j^jlj^ tomb 107. 9; 116. i3; 118. 4; 126. 9 
 
 K 1 [] (J ,crni tombs, sepulchres 306. 9 ; 308. i3 ; 315. i 
 
 I I I 
 
 Asare 
 
 asut 
 
 asbuire 
 
 asburere 
 
 asbut 
 
 aspada 
 
 asfet 
 
 aser 
 
 i^^;] reward 125.8; 229.6; 231.4 
 (|^ 1(1(1 vj flowers, shrubs 160. 12; 162.3 
 fj^Y \ ^ Assyria 283. 12 
 
 vYy ancient custom (?) 109. i3; 114. 10 
 1 <r> ■; — whip 289. 7 
 
 1 1 ~ throne 170. i3 
 
 V quiver 287. 11 
 
 1& \\ 
 
 I I I n 
 
 (g , "^ thorny growth 285. 
 
 injustice, wrong 109. 8 ; 272. i 
 cornland (?) no. 6 
 
 Assa 
 ask 
 
 (IPPll ^ '^'"S °^ ^^^ ^^^ dynasty 244.7 
 (] n ^zz^ behold 42. 6 ; 43. 8 ; 226. 1 3 ; 232. 1 2 ; 
 
 1 behold moreover 227. i3 
 
 © 
 
 behold I. 9 ; 16. 8, 9 ; 121. 7 ; 134. 5 ; 135. 
 
 ast, astu u I ' "; 
 8 ; 140. 7 
 
 asteb f| P " J ^ throne 136. 7 
 
 Astennu h H «>^ J| a form of Thoth 74. 2 
 
VOCABULARY. 36i 
 
 fl C3SZ) I 
 
 as Ij^ ^ I 204.4 
 
 Aser 
 asta 
 
 aken 
 aqer 
 
 A cis=i .2ai «iXX» ... . T,, , 
 
 M /wwvs a district of Thebes 77. 4 
 
 ^^ 1 persea tree 77. 3 
 
 akebu 'J J (2 Oft ^° '"'^^P ^3- ^ 
 
 (1 AAwwv vessel 241. 8 
 
 A ^ n \ mental or physical strength, 
 
 i<^U [ superiority, able, perfect 3. 
 
 aqert l\A>, Q^flJ I "' 95-4,8; gS.S; 129.2; 
 
 1 Q 1 Q Uvii I 247.3,10; 270.6 
 
 A z] ^^ ^^ 
 Aqertet n a name of the underworld 60. 9 
 
 aqesi, aqeset (| ^ ^ w ^^, () ^ P "^ vile 136. 4 ; 138. i3 
 
 alferu (1 ® J| 1 dwellers in Akerl (?) 89. 6 
 
 Akerbemremet <=> the Heracleum* 235. 10 
 
 Alfert [1 ^ a name of the underworld 142. 5 ; 146. 2 ; 
 
 182. 6 
 
 at ^ fruitless, in vain 319. 8 
 
 ati , %^\\ the destitute 128.4; 302. 12 
 
 atu , ^ V ^^ not, destitution 251. 12 ; 254. 1 1 ; 270. 12 
 
 aturti [1 <=> I the eastern and western horizons 74. 3; 85. 1 1 
 
 1 £i w t^^ I I 
 
 atur (I ^^\5> river, basin of water 90. 10; 158. 5 ; 291. 4 
 
 T M n/^O N~^ = iv Tw 'Hp«!tXE(u> lEpou (Greek text, I. 5 1), 
 
36z 
 
 atur 
 
 atep 
 
 atef 
 
 atfu, atAu 
 
 1, 
 
 Atem, Atmu (I . 
 
 II ; 77. 12 
 
 aten 
 atennu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 /ww^ ^ a measure of length 162. 8 
 
 '^ ^ /V^AAAA I I I 
 
 Sa to be laden 2. 7 
 
 ^Z.t'i 
 
 _1i 
 
 father i. 2 ; 50. 10 ; 116. g ; 
 121. 4; ] "divine 
 
 father", i. e., a liind of 
 priest 246. 5 
 
 fathers, parents 50. 12 ; 
 84.3; 143.8; 257.13; 
 301. 12 
 
 'K 
 
 (S. 
 
 A^AAAA 
 
 O 
 
 AA/SA'VV 
 
 O 
 
 the god Atmu or Tmu 50. 
 disk of the sun 13. 1 3 ; 74. 4 ; 125. 1 1 
 
 I AAAAAA y\ herald Sk. 2 
 
 10 Q ^ 
 
 atennu 
 
 ater 
 atru 
 atru 
 aterti 
 
 \ 
 
 (3 
 
 I\ 
 
 I .- i. AAAA^A I 
 
 ^ AA/WAA 
 
 ' '^ /VWSAA ^ 
 C^ /VAAAAA 
 
 ^ vicar, deputy 77. 7 ; 78. i ; 264. 9 ; 
 [ 265. 3; 266. 9; 267. 6; 330.4 
 
 Nile, river flood, stream, can- 
 al 108. II ; 131. 6; 178. 4; 
 210. 6 ; 300. 7 
 
 I T — r Nile festivals 131. 10 
 
 WW north and south Egypt 226. 3 ; 232. 6 
 
 athu [1 Q Q (3 to drag, to haul, to pull 149. 6 
 
 183. i3; 277. 2 
 
 athu ^ "^ i C2 i m P^P>''''^' P^^"^^ ^93- 4 
 
 Atulma f] ^ fs ^^^ i>Xi a city of Syria 281. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 363 
 
 aten 
 
 adi 
 aOen 
 
 afa 
 atau 
 
 afau 
 
 0^^ 1 
 
 / to act as deputy 241. 10, 11; 243. 2 
 
 I AA/VAAft V— — / 
 
 (1 ij 1| prince 41. 3 ; 61. i3 ; 72. i3 ; 133. i3 ; 302. 2 
 
 A~wv\ disk of the sun 121. 2 
 O 
 
 ^1 
 
 © 
 
 to tal^e, to carry away, to lead, to 
 seize, to lay violent hands on, to 
 drive 3. 8 ; 6. 3 ; 30. 8; 278. 4; 
 318. 7 ; (| ^"^^1 fl seizing 284. 
 10 
 
 Atai 
 
 lili^ll^ a city in Syria .8.. 9 
 
 thieves, plunderers 307. 8 ; 310. 
 i; 311. 10; 312. 4, i3; 314. 
 i3; 316. II 
 
 B 
 
 aaui 
 
 a uart (?) 
 a unbu 
 
 A. 
 
 hand 132. i ; 
 
 ^ 
 
 Aer a forthwith 43. 6 ; 
 
 at once (see under -^ i 
 
 °_ I %\ \\, ^ D 1 the two hands, sides 49. 9 ; 56. 
 
 ""^ -^ *^ ^^ \ 8; 60. 12; 132. 1 ; 247. 3; 259. 
 
 w, -= — dq 
 
 7; 299- 1 3 
 
 I A a going, a travelling 278. i3 
 
 JS "^ a kind of flower 286. 6 
 I I I 
 
364 
 
 a fent 
 
 a meht 
 
 a-en-aspaQa 
 
 a-en-senen 
 
 a-en-ses 
 
 a-en-saka 
 
 a-en-setni 
 
 a resu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 -ww^ P tip of the nose (?) 284. 3 
 
 °^ the side of the north 328. 8 
 I \. I 
 
 V a quiver 287. 11 
 111 ^ 
 
 ^ftA/vvA -wwvv ^ A a journeying, a going 282. g 
 /vwuvA C3SI3 a journeying, a going 284. 9 
 AAAWA 'o' ffl^i- "^=5^ piece of sackcloth 287. 7 
 
 ^ 
 
 A 
 
 a going, a journeying 280. 1 1 
 
 \> 
 
 the side of the south 328. 8 
 
 a ^ at 
 a heqt 
 
 = ^ 1- '"■ 290. 9 
 
 ..^ D 9 zl ^ 
 
 fi „ beer shop 221. 8 
 
 aa 
 
 aaui, aaut 
 
 aa 
 
 aa 
 
 aat 
 
 aat 
 
 aaa 
 
 aa 
 
 aaa 
 
 ■ Miimii iiimiii 
 
 door 115. 12 ; 118. 3 
 
 iMiiiMi imiiiii 
 
 iiimiii , 
 
 iiiiiiiii iiiiiiiii 1 doors 86. 11 ; 104. 11 ; 118. 4; 152. 10; 
 
 IIIIIIIII I I I 
 
 214. I 
 
 I .^^^ wretched, miserable 203. 4 ; 221. 2 
 
 1 cover of a sarcophagus 98. i ; 104. 8 
 
 ii'iiiiii 
 "=> stone 217. 2 
 
 I 
 
 a^ imn 
 
 stones 148. 4, i3; 156. 8; 158. 11 ; 217. 2 
 
 to become or be great 263. i3 
 
 ^Ik 1 g^^^^ (°f ^Se) I- 2 ; 46. 4 ; 108. 
 -^ ( 12 ; 105. 7 ; log. 6 ; 121. 5; 
 
 I -= — c -^ very great 77. i 
 
aai, aau 
 
 aaai 
 
 aaaiu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 N great 49. 5; 198. 10 
 
 365 
 
 3 I great 146. 
 
 =^, great 35. i ; 39. 6 ; 331. 6 
 
 aaait 
 
 aaiu 
 
 aaat 
 
 ^ 1 1 
 
 I great 317. 2; 320.4 
 
 nobles, princes, magnates 135. 2 
 
 I great 46. 11; 59. 5; no. i, 
 ^ 10 ; III. 8 ; 191. 4 ; 302. 1 1 ; 
 
 1 1 ^ > ^ J gi'eat lady 25. 12 
 
 aaa-ab 
 
 242. i3; 246. 10 
 
 •0- 
 
 to magnify the heart, i. e., be proud 
 
 Aa-perti J| Pharaoh 22. 11; 23. i ; 24. i ; 30. 8 ; 32. 
 
 8; 135-4; 139-5; 306.8 
 aa-en-ufa ^~w 
 
 aa-en-per 
 
 I 
 
 chief of the storehouse 308. 8 
 major-domo 307. 3; 309. 9; 
 
 D 
 
 316. 5 ; 330. I 
 
 aa-erz-xen <>-=> -w^^a y^ "large of interior" (of a barge), 
 
 t. e., broad-beamed (?) 98. 1 
 
 aa-en-sa -= — " aa^w V m1 chief of a priestly order 231. 1 1 
 
 aa-en-qetet 
 aaa ner[au] 
 aa neyjtu 
 aa-re 
 aaa hati 
 
 \ mI I chief of the sailors 321. 5 ; 324. 10 
 
 very terrible 296. 5 
 
 © 
 
 very mighty 161. 10 
 
 01 I I 
 
 to speak insolently 128. 5 
 
 ~^TJ Li exceedingly courageous 295. 10 
 
366 
 
 VOCABlh.ARY. 
 
 aaa -fau 
 
 12 ; 302 
 
 aa seps 
 
 aa en seSt 
 
 aai seS 
 
 Saaaiu 
 
 aauit 
 
 aaab 
 
 aaireda 
 
 aanre 
 
 aairre 
 
 Aarena 
 
 aasaq 
 
 Aadaka 
 
 a-iQ) 
 
 Aiina 
 
 Aiina 
 
 au 
 
 au 
 
 au 
 
 a ni 
 
 © 
 
 great or mighty of crowns 298. 
 
 • 9 
 
 most venerable 306. 6; 307. 10; 315.12 
 
 1 vs I fi A " 
 
 ■flv^« 
 
 very terrible 85. 8 ; 89. 1 1 
 
 o-== V asses 178. 3 : 179. 2 
 
 colonnade 122. 12 
 
 1 [^: I offerings, sacrifices 259. 10 
 
 > MAMA ^^^ o 
 
 .1111 III 
 •<==>-£3;. o 
 
 147. 12 
 
 rocks, stones 283. 3; 284. i3 
 
 v\ I I III 
 
 pXi a city in Syria 289. 12 
 
 A X 
 
 to injure 146. 1 1 
 (Xj] a city in Syria 178. 12 
 
 ^^ 1^ a going (?) 309. 5 
 
 mni a kind of stone 163. 2 
 I f^.'^^^ a city in Syria 176. 7 
 hand (?) 250. 11 
 
 © I 
 
 ^^1 jackals, dogs 18.10 
 
 ^ ^ ) 
 
 "^ ( fault, defect, injury, calamity, evil 35. 8 
 
 ^^ I 65. i3; 66. 12; 222. 12; 248. 10; 256. 7 
 III' 
 
aut 
 
 au 
 
 au 
 
 auaa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ^ Y^ "^ calamity 261. 5 
 "T^ ^^ ruin, smashed 311. 6 
 >^, ^Jl heir 68.3; 74.3 
 
 } heir 53. 12; 63. 3; 205.8 
 
 367 
 
 u 
 
 auat 
 
 7 ; "4- I 
 auaat 
 
 ^^ ; I heritage, inheritance 108. i; no. 8 ; in. 
 
 au 
 
 /\, 
 
 f^ 
 
 % I tribesmen 138. 2 
 to make long, to dilate, length 95.2; 
 
 105. 12 ; III. 9; 186. 10 
 
 auu 
 
 ^ 
 
 throughout 245. 4 
 
 au ab D^ V ^° make the heart glad 259. i 
 
 aut ab 'Z' : I "^ joy, gladness 146. 9 ; 299. 5 
 
 au nif ^ I^ a full wind (?) 131. i3 
 
 au hap "" ^ to go quickly (?) 221. i3 
 
 aui 
 
 au 
 
 auait 
 
 auu 
 
 
 to be strong 312. i3 
 
 '•> ! ^ violence 313. 3 
 
 © 
 
 to do work i. 8 
 
 %\%\ ^nS to divert (?), to turn aside (?) 254. 2 
 
 Auapee r^f\^Ll ^ ^°y^^ "^"^^ ^9^" 9 ' ^^^- ' 5 218. 3 
 
 aun ab ^^ <• 
 
 ,=& 
 
 to be violent 257. 1 1 ; 258. 5, 6, 7 
 
368 VOCABULARY. 
 
 aun ab ^^,'i "^ ^^^ violent man 248. i3 
 
 ^^^^ ^^ violence, to be violent 258. 11 
 
 auna '^^ "^ S/\ to decree 321. 10; 325.8; 326.5; 
 
 decreed, condemned 326. 5 
 
 aunt ^^ '^ ^ '^'"'^ °^ '■'^^^ ^^^' ^ 
 
 auur ^^^^ot)J)i to conceive 37.12 
 
 auhanu '^^V. A^AAAA to flood (?) 55. 10 
 
 VL. /^ AAAAAA > " 
 
 ausu &^ Iv,^'^ scales, balance 221.4 
 
 I ^31 I I beasts, animals, quadrupeds 83. 
 
 aut s^^ , . ^ ^ } 3; 227. 2; 295. 4; 299. 10; 301. 
 
 aut \\i=-Sh ^^^ attribute of an animal (?) 241.8 
 
 auti Q. Q plaques 154. g 
 auti (3 o^ register 332. 1 1 
 
 autu '^'^ joy 130. 12 
 
 autu vl' f°o'^ ^32- 7 
 
 3"? S;s\<==^^ 1^0 separate 13.5, 6; 310. 9; see also 
 
 S>S\ betvsfeen 
 
 © A 
 
 ^^t '&;s\X> to put away, to remove 253. 8 
 
 autent 3^ ,ww« ground 12. 10; earth, dust 17. 8 ; 18. 8 ; 288. 5 
 
 ab 'ri'.cHs- court (?) 240. 11 
 
 ^^ - — "J ^ to approach, to meet 59. 9 ; 61. 9 ; 95. i3 ; 221. 5 
 
VOCABULARY. S6g 
 
 gj, -^ \ll' .-^-^ I opposite ii6. 4; the opposite 260. 
 
 3& J 3 body, person 221.7 
 
 3fo [H^, J [&/ 0=0, .= — D J I 1 offering, sacrifice 46. 11; 
 
 47.2; 205. 10; 211. 7 
 
 ab ^jjip, altar 95.6; 132.4 
 
 afe v= — ° J fl ' tables of offerings 153.5 
 
 abtu >=^_Ji \i %-^ offerings 88. i3 
 
 ai) /^ 1) / 1 "^""^ '•° ^^ ceremonially pure, to wash, to 
 
 purify 49.7; 189.5; 290.6; /j^ pure 120. 3; 130.8 
 
 ^ /^ I AAAAAA purification, washing, pure 132. 6; 217.6 
 X~ A.AAAA libation 211. 5; 231.10; 237.8 
 
 I V /VW>AA 
 
 ab 
 
 ab 
 
 libationer, a man ceremonially pure 77. 
 QAAAA^A p j 5; 224.2; 225.6 
 
 /wvw\ 
 
 
 a&u ?e i, / I I 
 
 libation priests 129.5; 211. 3; 299. 
 , 12 ; 226. I, 3 ; 229. 8 ; 230. 4 ; 
 
 abt f\ p ^ meat-offering ceremonially pure 112. 3 
 
 ^,o^Q AAAAAA 
 
 abet f I "^'^ c-=) place of purification 32. 3 ; 33. 2 
 aba 'f'!^,!^ to invade, to harass (?) 266.2 
 
 aba 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 \ to advance to or into 93. 6 
 
 j^5~ 
 
 
 courtyard, hall 145. 7; 151. 
 4; 153- 1,7; 157-8; 159- 
 
 3; 329.5 
 
 
 Q^ 
 
 to fight, battle, battle gear (?), op- 
 position 21. 10; 44. i; 135. i3; 
 137. 10; 189. 7; 261. 10 
 
 Q^H^i fighting men 220. i 
 D^^K strife 22. i3; 23.5 
 
 Jl \ git [ to speak against, to be in oppo- 
 sition 125.5; 189.7; 251.13 
 
 370 
 aba 
 
 aba 
 
 aba 
 
 abaiu 
 abauti 
 
 aba 
 
 abiiprabi) fj (] () V 
 abu (or abu) 5o^ 
 abu 
 abtu 
 
 .ai)l£W III 
 
 abuu {or hemu) f^^^| workman, artisan, artist, skilled 
 
 ^ (3 ( worker 34. 4; 246. 12; 272. 12 
 
 abu (or hemu) Y ^-^-^ I 
 
 a' C^ *-' ^ I 
 abuu (or heiMUu) T MT^ 1 workmen 37. 7 ; 288. 12 
 
 abuf (or hemut) T 1^^ workshops 288. 1 1 
 
 abuu {or hetnuu) \\>\> skilled, learned 268.4 
 
 abuu {or hemuu) f ^ y S|) art, handicraft 260. i3 
 
 abet {or hemt) j ^^ work, art 246.12 
 
 panther 194. 4; 197. 3 
 
 Jm^X? festivals 157.10 
 JTo III 
 
 eo 
 
 festivals 31. 7; 34. 3 
 
VOCABULARY. 871 
 
 abut {or hemut) f^"^ skilful, able, handicraft 43.8; 118. i3 
 Y\ courtyard 310. 5 
 
 abu 
 
 abuu 
 
 
 H j workmen 307. 2, 5, 12; 318. 6; 
 321. i3 ; 323. i; 172. II ; 
 179.9 
 
 cessation 127. 3 ; 129. 8 ; —ru. T 
 
 Abu (or Abu) 
 
 O 
 
 ,[\^y] 
 
 o 
 
 Elephantine 99. 11; 103.5; 
 104. 10; 293. 5 
 
 abu (or abu) 
 
 ceaselessly 127. 3 
 
 abui "W two-horned 77. i 
 
 abut ^ — D JjYi. ; obstacle, opposition 255. i 
 
 abeb (or abeb) ¥ 1 1 to desire 217. 10 
 
 a&e/, abefu (or abeyi) T J ® HA, T J ®^ X to enter, to pene^ 
 trate 43. 3 ; 122. 11 
 
 to fly 64. 5 ; 75. 3 
 
 api 
 
 I I I 
 
 Apenanebhefet A \\\ a city near Per-sept 218.9 
 
 tzi AAA/VAft d_X A ® 
 
 U w 
 
 Q ® a city in the Delta 84. 7 
 U 000 y 
 
 aper 
 
 aperi 
 
 Aper 
 
 aperu 
 
 apereru 
 
 afennu 
 
 to be provided with, accom- 
 panied by 64. 3 ; 82. 8 ; 83. 
 9; 137.8; 151. 2; 246. 12 
 manned by a crew 159. 7 
 
 ornaments, fittings 154.4; 3^5- 10 
 
 tk 5 
 
 to be fettered 318. 8 
 
 24" 
 
373 
 am ab 
 
 a/22 a u 
 
 Amu 
 
 Amu 
 
 amaxnu 
 
 amamu 
 
 amu 
 
 amamu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 \ '^ to hide, to act deceitfully 255. 6 
 
 I . 
 
 (=U) &ii I 
 
 impure men 223. 12 
 
 iiiiimi 
 
 ]^JJJ nomad Nubian tribes 99.9 
 
 an Asiatic 278. 10 
 
 © 
 
 
 to eat, to consume, to swallow 
 16. i; 29. I ; 37. 12; 275. 10; 
 283.9 
 
 to see, to understand, to perceive 
 
 amt 
 
 an 
 
 an 
 
 an 
 
 an 
 
 15.6; 17.4, i3; 32. 8; 143. i3; 278. 6; n. — a y 
 to shew, to instruct 39.7; 169.3 
 
 I SO something eaten 297. 10 
 
 a district in Lower Egypt 185. 6 
 
 
 AAAA«A pleasant, gracious 267.8; 269. i3; 284.4; 293.7 
 
 """^^HVw a man of peace 261. q 
 
 '''ww%, zV to return 7. 12 ; 17. 12 ; 20. 3 ; 30. 4; 51.7; 
 186. I ; to send bacl<; 290.1; ~vw^ turning bacli 305.9; 
 (1 J .^5^ ^/ww. to be seen again 159.4; 180. i ; pT 
 iwwvA to seek again 28.8; /wwa ^^ to repeat 275.2 
 
 ■A ZV 
 
 anu 
 
 to write, writing 230. 2 ; 243. 7 
 to put in writing 99. 3 ; document 322. g 
 
 |S|; 1 titledeeds 109. i3 
 
 <s> 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 373 
 
 anu 
 
 ft (2 
 
 I I I I book, pages of a book, written papers 
 
 (2 ©I 
 I 
 
 40. 6; 76. 8; 316. 11 
 
 anu en per an/ n^ 1 ""0"" hieroglyphic writing 232. 7 ; 238. 
 8 ; 240. 8 
 
 an en ha-nebu (?) Ui «v~v« ^ ^^ Greek writing 240. 9 
 
 an en satet Ji^ f^^^ ^"writingofbooks" (demotic) 240.9 
 
 an 
 
 anuu 
 
 anu 
 
 1^1 
 
 (2 li 
 
 scribe 40. 2 ; 76. 4; 306. 7 (bis) ; 307. 
 3 ; educated, learned 43. 9 
 
 I I scribes 23. i3 ; 159. 12; 240. 
 7; 327-9; 328. I 
 
 an suten 
 an fafat 
 an sat neter 
 anai 
 
 PI' 1 royal scribes 43. 10 
 
 scribe of the municipality 326. 2 
 
 '^ I 
 
 n 
 
 •^ 1 21 1 
 
 sacred scribes 226. 2 
 
 Anep 
 
 anen 
 
 annu 
 
 annu 
 
 annu 
 
 annu 
 
 D © 
 
 
 [1 (1 n7\ to gainsay, to contradict 250. i3 ; 267. 6 
 
 a name of the city Mendes 83. i3 
 /V to take back, to retract 124. i3 
 
 AAAAftA JY to turn back 141. 11 
 -vww^ tablets ISS- I 
 
 AAAAA/. I Stones 107. 10 
 
 Dimiii I 
 
 /wvw ,^^, ^^ :^&z beautiful 52. i3 ; 56. 12 ; 116. 10 
 
374 VOCABULARY. 
 
 anyr 
 
 QAW-AA Q g , j.^^^ ^^ j.^^^ ^j.^^ 10. Ii; 49. 
 
 !r^'^ 3. 53. a; .63.4,5; tqq 
 
 •y ® ) dnxi living one 131. 5 
 
 an/u 
 
 ("> AAAA/NA 
 
 1 ® e^i' 1 .z^^^^cii J 
 
 living men and wo- 
 men 65. 2; 126. 2; 
 129. 4; 146. 6; 169. 
 2 ; 203. 1 ; 228. I ; 
 227. 10 ; 230. 9 ; 
 270. 3 ; "living 
 ones", i. e., the 
 dead 104. 8 
 
 anfet ■ir'^ living one 116. i3; 119. 7; 168.4,5 
 
 anx T'' T '■° S'ws^'^ ^n oath by the life of any- 
 
 one 123.5; 141-11; 194-8; 319-12 
 
 any^ neter TQi) 1 '■^ ^^^^"^ ^^ °^^^ ^J ^°^ 216.8; 222.6, 
 10; n (] f\ (ww-A •¥■ to swear a ten-fold oath 326. 12 
 
 anyi mesut -r [T| V\o living one of births no. 11 
 
 anyi fetta ■¥• ^1 ever-living 244. 7 
 
 aay(_ uta senb T" | ' "life, health, strength" 22. 1 1 ; 23. i ; 24. i ; 25. 
 3 ; 26. I ; 32. 9 ; 33. 2 ; 34. 5 ; 135. 4 ; 269. 10 ; J | P] 307- 4 
 
 afl/ .^e.^ user "T H 1 1 "life, stability and strength" 78. 10 
 
 o incense, flowers 213. 11 
 
 anyu -r^ flowers 213.10 
 
 anyui ■4-H- ^ the two ears 145.2; 245. i 
 
 Jlj I the dwellers in a town 307. 
 
 i; 315- 2 
 
 Awfj-Heru T"^^^ ^ proper name 218.6 
 
Any^et 
 
 ant 
 
 anti 
 
 anti 
 
 anti 
 
 ant 
 
 antiu 
 
 ar 
 
 Sri 
 
 arat 
 
 arit 
 
 arf 
 
 arfet 
 
 arq 
 
 arq renpit 
 
 112. 7 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ® '^ the place of sunset 145. 6 
 
 375 
 
 •1 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 III 
 
 unguent 61.2; 72.12; 92.4; 
 159. I ; 177. II ; 213. s; 
 214. 9 ; 216. 6 ; 2x9. 7 ; 
 303- 4 
 
 Q will' 
 
 AAAAAA %\ I 
 
 /wwvA "'^^ to be without, lacking, lack 258. 9 
 
 1 1 destitute men 189. 10 
 
 £53 to rise up 208. i 
 
 a kind of offering (?) 132. 6 
 • p. uraeus, uraei 74. 9 ; 88. 4 
 
 A 
 '~A 
 
 palace, hall 202. 8 
 ^ purses, bags 179.13; 258.3 
 " to embrace 122. 4 
 
 to conclude 243. 5 
 
 1 ^ festival of the last day of the year 
 
 arqxi 
 
 arqi 
 aret (?) 
 artu 
 
 1 
 
 _ to swear an oath 15.7; 33-6; <==> ' 
 
 to swear by God 36. 12 
 
 O the end of a period 124. 7 
 
 Q I I shrine 98. i 
 
 "^^■^^n shrine 104. 11 
 
376 
 
 aha 
 
 ahau 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 A ' 
 
 © A 
 9; 244.3; 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 I to stand up, to stand still, to 
 *> withstand 5.7; 18. 3; 103.9; 
 
 I 
 
 136. 3; 137-4; 213. i3; 220. 
 
 I opposition 247. 8. For 9 as an 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 auxiliary verb compare: — 
 
 41. 12; no. I ; f )) 9. i3 ; f '° 
 
 ^ ' if A ==>1 I A 
 
 ^^ — D AAAAA^ /^V^|-^3- 140-9; f — 
 
 -r^ 195-7 
 
 5- 7; 
 
 A D 
 
 J A 
 
 5(]a45-9; 
 . raj 187-9; 
 
 aha 
 
 aha 
 
 aha 
 
 ahau 
 
 aha 
 
 ahai 
 
 ■A. 
 
 I \ 
 
 A 
 
 provisions, wealth, wealthy condition, 
 stores III. 12 ; 249. i ; 264. 4 ; 
 319- I 
 
 III 
 
 the stony sides of a mountain 285. 4 
 
 O I I time, period, duration of life 87. 10; 184.4; 
 
 ^^ D [ 265. II 
 
 (3 o I 
 
 S palace 106. 10 
 
 huu c~=i hall 309. 4 
 ahau _| /l^^ boats, barges 178.10; 190. i3; 208.2; 222.4 
 ahai .. | /1 [1 boats 187. i3; 209.10; 214.12 
 
 ahaq 9 zl a kind of food 216. 4 
 
 ^^ ^ P^ "" — ^ ^° spread out 296.8; 301.12 
 
 ay to fly 60. 6 
 
 111 ^ 
 
 axai .^|(]|)^ to fly 48. I 
 
 Aa-yeper-ka-Ra r©|^Ul prenomen of Thothmes I. 122. i3 
 
VOCABULARY. 377 
 
 Sy{^amu ^-^^"^ branches 127.4 
 
 a/em ^tv.ljl^"~^ '■^ quench thirst 190.5; 241.8 
 
 as gl\ to cry out 13. 11; 16.8; 22.7; 238.7 
 
 as, ast ^^ H, csszzi pi to call 137. 10; 189. i; to sum- 
 
 mon 43. 7 
 
 as I— ^Tiffl acacia tree 17.2,6; 18.5; 19.3; 21.9; 
 
 25. I ; 32. 9; 276. 9; plur. gffl 14. 6; 158.6; 176. 11 
 
 asa <:?4v 
 
 bundant 274. 8 
 
 to be abundant 115. g ; #4v^ 
 
 asa 'v^v, ^v 1 overmuch 250. 4 ; a large company 271.5 
 
 asu #^ V^ many 99. 10 
 
 ast '^^ many 42.10; 137.4; "^^^ ^^ 1 very many 
 
 48. 7, 8 ; "^^i X myriads of hundreds of thousands ; 
 
 ^^ III A AAAAAA I I I 
 
 ^^^ .^^ a vast multitude 102. 4 
 
 asta ■^^^k ^ ^ ' ^ company, a public assembly 
 
 241.5; 248.9; 263.6; 272. 5 
 
 asen (or bat) |^ =0= honey 207. 8 
 
 ^ J) (—1 
 
 Aksapu YptL ^ "'^y ^^ ^y"^ ^^°-''- 
 
 ^« - A 
 
 A 
 
 to enter 6.1; 65.6; 126.9; 129.6; 
 131. 3 ; 206. 2 ; to rush on (of 
 soldiers) 140. 3 
 
 aqu ^"a^I ^"S^^'"* 186.5; 193- i3 
 
378 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ I I i' ^1 I I I bread, cakes, food, provisions 
 
 ^^" (s(^ -^ ^(^ ( 3-3; 240.3,4; 271.2 
 
 aqu "^^M* j) I dependants 259. 8, 10, i3; 260. i 
 
 "^"j"!:] to act rightly, just, justice, right 23.9; 
 169.7; 170.5; 258.3; 263.11; 268.11 
 
 aqa 
 
 AAA^A^ 
 
 aqaa \\ *^v aaawv guidance (?) 267. 10 
 
 A -M^ _CE^ AAWWA 
 
 at Q chamber 118. 5; 200.7; 319-4 
 
 atentyet ^ I) summer-houses 150.12 
 
 a^ o, <? limb, member 127.1; 217.4 
 
 af uaf em ai2er ^| ,^ J_,- _^ i) ^ monolith 152.9 
 
 atat to strengthen 289. 4 
 
 Atinini [I [I /JLv jX, a city in Syria 290.12 
 
 af, afi , w firm, safe (?) 59. 3 ; 206. 6 
 
 afi w dirt, filth 52. •; 
 
 c=> III ' ^ ^ 
 
 afu e-==^ dirty grease (?) 9. i 
 
 'y — y 
 
 a.^ef Q ^ftLJ the boat of the setting sun 123. 10; 304. i 
 
 wrong, falsehood, deceit, violence 
 9. 8; 13. 3; 135. g; 331. i3 ; 
 332.6 
 
 af ^ S) child 84. 3 
 
 afau 
 afau 
 
 afau -= — D I ^^ QD I^o speak violently 288. 6; .^ " 
 
 Strong words 292. 5 
 
afau 
 
 afefu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 379 
 
 Sc 
 
 
 robber 9. 2 
 
 young man 6. I ; 7-3; 14. 
 young woman 22. 2 
 
 ^ I. 
 
 J\, 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 1, lU 
 
 A 
 
 to go, to come 10.2; 65.3; 
 81. i3 ; loi. 8 ; 272. i ; com- 
 ing ID. 12; one who comes 
 
 4-3. 00-^_V^^ come! 259.13; a having gone out 
 
 19. 2; A^^ coming 135. 10; 136. 12; \\^, f| || "^ a com- 
 
 w (2 
 A 
 
 w comer 301. 
 
 ing, a going 109.8; 134.10; 243.6; 
 
 11; to come to the end of a book 40.2; 305. 12; as 
 
 an auxiliary AvN | 139.3 
 i-her-sa ll '^ W what comes after, i. e., posterity 229. 4 
 
 la 
 
 ia 
 
 laah 
 
 iui 
 
 itna 
 
 iuma 
 
 lusaaset 
 
 IP 
 
 'Ih'Mj^ o 323.11; 327.10 
 
 \K^ '*■" 
 
 (| (| ^^^_^ ra (X) a city in Syria 281.2 
 
 m^ '»•■ 
 
 e^ 
 
 AAA/W\ 
 
 AAAA/>A 
 
 A- 
 
 □ [X] Joppa (?) 286. 1 1 
 
 sea, nver 21. 5 ; 22.4; 173. 7; 
 177.6; 279. 9 
 
 name of a goddess 143. 4 
 
38o 
 Iretuna 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 (s ^^[Jv] a city in Syria 282.8 
 
 I-betep n 3f ^ proper name loi. 5 
 
 isatiti 
 
 Ikama 
 
 Ikatai 
 
 it 
 
 itf 
 
 
 I trembling 286. 5 
 
 '^-^'m'^ a city in Syria 280. 7 
 
 ^;^^ I evil deeds (?), evil way (?) 267. 5 ; 271. 6 
 I fathers 320. 6; 328. 6 
 
 , (2 U. 
 
 u , v\ I, I they, them, their 2. 10 ; 3. 8 ; 8. 10 ; 96. 4 ; 
 
 136. 2, 10; 137. 8; 307. 12; 318. 6 
 
 un AwvAAj ^ ye, you, they, them, their 96. 2, 3 ; 
 
 143. 12; 169. 3; 321.4, 12; 326. 1,4, II ; 332- II 
 
 Uaua 
 
 Uauat 
 
 uauai 
 
 ua 
 
 ua 
 
 uat 
 
 uat 
 
 m 
 
 A 
 
 a country in Nubia 92. 12; 100. 2; 
 106. 5 
 
 to say (to oneself) 47. 8 
 ■Jo I ^^ to march 188. 7 
 ■jp j £^ way, road 209. 6 
 
 o I 
 
 way, road, path 5. i3; 58. 12; 98. 
 
 9; plur. ^^ 132. 9 
 
 Q n 
 
 a garden walk 162. 2 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 38 1 
 
 uab fi] J "^ '■^ ^^ pleasant 98. 4; 99. 2 
 
 uabi Xl \ w flower, bud 221.6 
 
 Uab 
 Uabet 
 
 in 
 
 the Oxyrhynchite norae 187. 7 
 
 1 1 1 1 1 
 
 (or Uaseb) I 11 Oxyrhynchus 115. i; 195.8 
 
 Xj^^fiYli ^o pu*^ i"^ position, to place, to 
 uah \ set down, to leave, to let re- 
 
 Yx^l I main, permanent 2.10; 25.2; 
 
 129. 10 ; 258. 3 ; to sow seeds 221. 5 ; to plant trees or 
 shrubs 221.6; Y besides, in addition to 230. i; Yfi) 
 
 set in position ; 5 Q- (1^ placed 277.7 Y 
 to grow steadily 83.6; 86.4; 94. 10 
 
 © 
 
 w to increase, 
 
 uah ab 
 
 uahi 
 
 Uasarken 
 
 to apply the mind 273. 5 
 
 wheat 148.5; 150.8; 157.6 
 
 ( -tl ,,.^^ ^ 1 Osorlson 192.4; 214.10; 218.2 
 
 Vast f' f ©' t ®1 ^^^'°^^ '^'•'' 44-5; 45-6; 47-6; 
 
 49. I ; 89. 12; 140. II ; 225. 2 
 
 uas X]^^,c3cii to praise 106. 11 
 
 Uases y I ^sh. .... 1 rJr ' i^^™^ o^ ^ class of people or 
 
 of a nation 173. 7 
 
 Ualf 
 uaf 
 uaf 
 uaf 
 
 
 O name of a festival 131. 8 
 
 I sceptre 238. 3 
 
 Qnni emerald 247. i 
 
 ! , I ^^ to make green, fertile, new, fresh 
 92. I ; 296. 6; 303. 4 
 
382 
 uafuaf 
 
 Uaf-ur 
 
 uafet 
 Uafit 
 Uatit 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 green herbs 63. 12 
 
 I I I 
 
 "Great Green", t. e., the Medi- 
 terranean Sea 159. 6 ; 220. 12 ; 
 228. 12; 301. 8 
 
 green, youthful 119. 7 
 "^^^oS ^ goddess 92.2 
 
 t/affi 
 
 •\,. 
 
 the two serpents over the brow of 
 
 Ra 296. 12 ; 305. 8 
 
 wa 
 
 ua 
 
 uaa 
 
 I I 129. 2; 133. i3 
 A to make an end of 266. 3 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 uaa heh 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 boat 45.6; 95.5; 158.4; P'ur. 
 
 150.9 
 
 I ^ I "boat of millions of years". 
 
 a name of the boat of the sun 88. 7 
 uaauaa C^iJ '^ (I ^^ -^fc^^ to be loose or disjointed 292. 3 
 
 uaan Y\(l ^v '''~~^ to leave, to forsake 187.6 
 
 uapt (or up) V ftA order 197.4 
 
 ^qsj.^H 
 
 <e=i 
 
 
 rr-^ y to depart from, to put aside 
 222. II ; 242. 7 ; 257. 8 
 
 <uo2_ 
 
 _ I „ , I a, one i.i; 45.8; 169.12; 187.7; One, 
 
 z. e., God 52. i3; each 14.7; ^^ w^ws | to speak with 
 one voice 19. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 383 
 
 ua 
 
 one, a man, a person 13.7; 14.7; 252.2 
 
 ua uau I J| I ,5^^ "the only One" 300. 3, i3; 302.11; 
 
 ■(-^ II J. I „ -<-'=^ © -^--^^ 
 
 I <=^ "1-=-- one from another 298. i ; 1^1 one 
 
 on top of another 141. 7; I ^ ^ one by virtue of his 
 
 ^ ^' ...—II I III ^ 
 
 seasons 295. i 
 
 ua neb | ^;z:7 any one, every one 41. 11; 216. 9 
 
 I _ as the indefinite article; — | -\\- \ f^ 
 
 ua 
 
 I one 
 
 I 
 
 , r-,; n r\ AAAAAA 
 
 of the prophets 237. 7 ; | aaaaaa j M .^^^ an evil thing 
 
 10. 9 ; I /WWVN W 
 
 /WWW If /iww\ i^-a a house 10. 6 ; | 
 
 A^AAA^ a Stream 13. 5 ; j /wwv> 
 
 
 <=i X 
 
 ) I any thing 16. 10 ; 
 
 -Sa&i 
 
 a good thing 16. 10; | /wwa^^"^ (1 
 
 ^T-~A 
 
 <1X32_ 
 
 a side 13. 7 ; | ~wwv I www ^*^ a knife 15. 12 ; I 
 
 ^ J^J a woman 20.7; j [www] '"^^ (| %\ ^?^ JU a 
 young woman 24.8; | aaa«w 5=5 )® ^ vessel 18. 2; 
 
 I Aww\ 1 I 'feia a bull 20. 12 ; 
 
 pot 17. II 
 
 .(-'=^ 
 
 ua 
 
 ^r-i; < n? 
 
 uau I 
 
 uau -=.— -D 
 ua-tu I 
 
 Q (3 
 
 <r-i? , 
 
 ua-0a I 
 
 uai 
 
 to be alone, alone 10. 4; 59. 7; 97. 5; 
 265. 10 ; solitary 57. 12 ; only 99. 
 4 ; 300. 3 ; o i§b ® alone by 
 himself 141. 12 
 
 alone 20. i ; 277. i3 
 
 ^^^:& solitude 54. 7 
 
 uatet 
 
 only one (fem.) 119. 9 
 
384 VOCABULARY. 
 
 uaa v\ '"^^ g7\ to curse 206. 8 
 
 uau 
 
 ua Qc9 the opposite (?) 271. i 
 uatQ) ^^==^*" 252.9; 255.8 
 
 to return, to bring back, to recall (?), to 
 understand 2.6; 8.6; 275.8; 293.3 
 
 uafi v\H^=-_ to bind round 173. 10 
 
 w 
 
 uanui >= — n ^^ to kill 141. 5 
 
 uar \, f A to flee, to escape 138.6; 193.4; 212.12 
 
 uart \\ "^ tablet (?) loi. 5 
 
 ^at ^ 1^^ goat 101.3 
 
 ui Vi> \\ mark of the dual; compare: — 'd ^ V ^^ ^^^' 
 
 j3. ra^^vy 267.8; ^^^^^\ 269.12; J^^^^ 
 
 273.8 
 
 uu V V district, region 211. 10 
 
 uu -^ V V borders, frontiers 137. 6 
 
 Uu-en-Ra-nefer \y\> -wv/w^ol® a city near Bubastis 192. 
 5; 218.3 
 
 uben ^J ^ , ^J ^ to shine 13.13; 14.7; 64.2; 
 
 rising and setting 83. i 
 
 "^^ Is^ ^ ^^^ applause, approval 216. 12; 247. 11 
 uSh \ik ^° blaze 52. 10 
 
VOCABULARY. 385 
 
 umet ^ il studded 156. 8 
 
 U^n w^y- the noma of Hermopolis 188.2; 193. 11; 196. 
 
 ~ri 1 1 1 
 I'll' 
 
 11 ; 200. 3 
 Unnu ^^ Hermopolis 193. 10 
 
 A^AAAA 4 
 
 
 to be, to exist, to become 2. 2 ; 
 75.3; 199. I ; 226. i3 ; being 
 II. I ; 238. i3 ; becoming 41. 6; 
 
 ^^ to be 292. 2; -^^ unen being 46. 12; ^^ there 
 
 IS 102.9; ^^"^^ being 107.1. For -^^^ as an auxiliary 
 compare passim. 
 
 unu -^^ \>M$ I I , 
 
 /wAAA _fl 21 I I those who were 113. 2; things that 
 
 unu ^^ j 
 
 uneniu ^^ v ' '^^i^S^ "^ho are 129.4 
 
 unenet ■^^ .-^'^ things which are or shall be 145. i; 300. 
 3; 301. i3 
 
 un ^^, ^", to rise 53.6; 64.7 
 
 > to open 5. II ; 74.5; 186.2; 203.3 
 
 un 
 
 IMUHII 
 
 AAA^^W ' 
 
 un re ^" opener of the mouth 90. 4 
 
 un tnaa 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ■^" ^^ very truth 125. i3 
 
 G 
 (of the god) 153. II 
 
 un-hra ^^ ■; — ^ festivals of the "shewing the face" 
 
 -nniinr I G III 
 
 25 
 
386 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Una ^^ M name of an officer of Pepi I. 107. 3 
 
 Aft/WNA 1 
 
 uni ^^ [1 (1 i^^ place 258. 5 
 
 fiA/\J\/\A 
 
 unbu ^^ C^"^ a plant or shrub 286.6 
 
 AAAA/V\ *=cJ I I I 
 
 unf -^^^ QTV to have pleasure 172. 3 
 
 unf Ab ^^' \\ ' 
 
 I [ to be glad 261. 1 1 ; joy, gladness 
 
 unfetab ^-"[f^j ^'^^ ^' ^ 
 
 unemi, unemet ft V\ , ft right hand 87. i ; 149. 8 ; 199. 
 
 i3; 235. 12 
 
 Un-nefer (-^"iJ)] ^ name of Osiris 63.7; 74. 12; 79. 12 
 
 Unen-nefer f^i 1 i] 1 a name of Osiris 130. 7 
 
 unnut ^^ , -^^ V\ hour 7. i: 104. 3 ; 140. i3 : 
 
 277.12; ^\^^s^^^ * 3t once 38.9 
 
 unnut ^^ M+» I priests who took it in turn to serve 
 
 D Q ■; c Pi I 
 
 in the temple for a certain period 163. 9 
 u«X ^^ ® to dress, to arrange the dress 189. 6 
 
 uny_u ^^^ to arrange (the hair) 10. 5 
 
 unt ^^CttJCt^C^ fortresses loi. 11 
 
 Unt ^^ ^he XVth nome of Upper Egypt no. 4, i e., 
 
 Hermopolis 
 
 untu ^;z7i I calves 200. i 
 
 to be great 112. i3; greatness, size 291.4 
 
 ur 
 
 ur ab ^^ ^ pride, insolence 186. g 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 387 
 
 great 41. 7 ; 165. 1 1 ; superior 247. 1 1 ; 
 
 ~ ■ I 
 
 much 241. 1 1 ; plur. <r:=. great ones 48. 7 ; mighty men 141. 
 
 ur 
 
 urt 
 
 ur 
 
 ur 
 
 ur 
 
 6 ; -^ ^ <=> a man greater than 250. 2 ; worth more 
 than 258.8; 266. i3; ^=* <:=r> ^:z:7 greatest of all 192. 
 1 1 ; ^^^ ^ doubly great 188. 5 ; ^^ exceedingly great 139. 
 4; dual ^^^ urui 120. 12; ^^ ^ \\ 124. i; ^^ urii 122. 12 
 
 , ^^ eldest 98. II ; no. 7 
 
 eldest (fern.) 41. i ; 120. 7 
 
 mighty one (a god) 51. i3 
 
 j^n mansion 142. 5 
 
 a large piece (of meat) 128. i 
 
 mighty willed 296. 6 
 
 ur baiu 
 
 Urti-hekau ^^ ft [ ) "great one of words of power", a name 
 
 of Isis 120. 4 
 
 Ur-Amen 
 
 uri 
 
 1 1*"^^ , 
 
 urit 
 
 urer 
 
 urerer 
 
 ureret 
 
 uriret 
 
 urireit 
 
 u 
 
 V 
 
 a proper name 308. 11 
 chariot 207. 11; 196. i3 
 
 name of a crown 88. 5 ; 198. 4 
 
 ^5 o 
 
 J)^ name of a crown 296. 6, 1 1 
 1 
 
 ^^ > [l [l 
 
 chariot 35. 11 ; 45.7; 48. 5; 
 277. I ; 285. 5 
 
 2S* 
 
388 
 
 urer 
 
 ureret 
 
 urhu 
 
 urhu 
 
 urs 
 
 ursu 
 
 'fes 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ' chariot 35. 1 1 ; 45- 7 ; 48- 5 ; 277. i ; 
 285.5 
 
 ^^ 8 %> 'Q unguent 132. 1 2 
 ^^ 'S smeared with 18. 7 
 
 <:=>© I 
 •==•(3 O 
 
 ^=5 
 
 to pass the time, to occupy oneself 19. 
 I ; 21. 2; 64. 1 3 
 
 ^^ 
 
 urt, urtu <S> (^ '^^, ^==> © |jA to stop (of the heart), to rest 
 62. 10; 150. 9; 301. 4; 302. 4 
 
 Urtu-ab 
 I ; 88. 9 
 
 uh 
 
 uheh 
 
 uhen 
 
 Q. 
 
 "Still-heart", a name of Osiris 80. 
 
 ^' ^ Ji ^° ^^'^ ''°'- ^ ' ^^^- ^ 
 
 rara 
 
 to lack, to fail in 257. 8 ; 259. 9 
 
 V ^sS''* — ° ^° ^^y waste, to overthrow 187. 3 ; 194. 9 
 
 ra 
 
 (3 -n n \\ 
 uhasi |— I ^^^ 1 ^j^^ to diminish, to be careless of 277. 8 ; 
 
 287.8 
 
 uha 
 
 9 ; 221. 6 
 
 uhem 
 
 to quarry stone 105. 
 
 to repeat, see nem. 
 
 w/a ^®|^i^-n portico 117. II 
 
 "/a ^T"^ night 206. 12 
 
 wxa 
 
 an unlearned man, a fool, a 
 
 boor 270. II 
 
u/ai 
 
 uyai 
 
 
 >A 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to let fall 5. 1 3 
 
 389 
 
 I I I 
 
 pillars 150. 5 
 
 >A 
 
 to seek, to search into 17. 8, 9 ; 24. 6 ; 
 
 27. 10; 28.6; 79.8; 274.10 
 
 uxet 
 
 things 318. 5 
 
 USi 
 
 usu 
 
 usr 
 
 Q. I ^ <j. much 280. I ; 292. 3, 4 
 ] t^ feeble 298. 5 
 
 1- 1P = IPS I 
 1PS I 
 
 249. 8 ; to be abundant in 279. 11; \U^ strong one 119. 7 ; 
 
 I prenomen of Ra- 
 
 te be strong, strong, strength, 
 power 40. 9 ; 62. i ; 108. 
 7 ; 126. 8 ; to become rich 
 
 Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-nu-Ra M p 
 meses II. 40. g; 45. 12 
 
 ej> — -o^ 
 I I 
 
 User 
 
 User-hat 
 
 User-xepes 
 
 Usertsen ( I 1 ^^ 
 12; 114. 6 
 
 I 1 A. name of a mountain in Syria 280.6 
 
 1=^^^ name of a boat 158.5 
 
 a proper name 321. 5 ; 324. 9 
 I a king of the Xllth dynasty no. 
 
 f 
 
 ■ Ai:3. 
 
 usex 
 
 ;i 
 
 use-^t, useyrtu ^^ ^ ^, ©P 
 
 open space 241. 2 ; 
 hall 254. 6 ; hall 
 of the universe 
 302. 10 ; breadth 
 105. 12; 301.7 
 
 use-^t en bunre YN I 
 3 ; 312. 6 
 
 I /vwvAA 1 Y\ I I 'I "'"*^ outside hall 311. 
 
ago VOCABULARY. 
 
 use^t retu (^ ^ ^ J j P^^P'^^ '" ^^^ °"^^^ '^°'""'^ °^ ^^^ 
 temple 240. 10 
 
 r\m Y ° \ 
 
 ' '" J collars 154.3; 156.9 
 
 useyrtu © 1 ^ ^-~^ 
 '^ 1 <^ (S 000 I 
 
 useset %>^*^^ to ask, to seek 248.4; 250.7 
 
 ust yy^^^ destroyed 109. 10 
 
 usten ^ Iaaaaaa to lead, to advance 242.2; 255.13 
 
 usden V\ M f ^ to walk 131. i 
 
 us ^ decayed 114. 8 ; effaced ii5. 2 
 
 usa 
 
 (2 TtTtT "^^^ "^^ I to fatten 164. 2 
 
 usausau ©MlI'^MlI^^ to be smashed 277. 10; 288. 2 
 
 useb V\ J X gA to answer 17. 12 ; 20. 4; 30. 5 ; 59. 9 ; 
 
 > IKK. 7 ; 261. 7 ; 266. 2 ; statement, 
 tisebt ^^ J QA I deposition, defence 322. 3 ; 325. 1 3 
 
 usem V lii =0= to be softened, persuaded (?) 265. ii 
 
 user r^^rij v\ <=z> lack of 60. 4 ; 221. 1 1 
 
 uqesqesQ) Y^y"'^^ senile weakness 244.9 
 
 ukas A ^v r~ ^° '^"''' '■° ^P^^*" ^^^' ^^ 
 ut(?) ^==^ 234.11 
 
 Ut-meht ^ [X] ^^, the oasis of El-Bahriyyeh 160. 5 
 
Ut-reset 
 
 uti 
 
 utet 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 391 
 
 (Jy jij the oasis of El-Khargeh 160. 4 
 
 coffins 315. 7 
 
 ^ , ^ (=3) to beget, begotten, begetter 41. 2 ; 
 
 63. 9 ; 120. 7 ; 144. 12 ; 172. 2 ; 301. 10 ; 
 
 engendered 41. i 
 utetsufesef '^'^ I -^^ self-begotten 182. 12 
 
 utu, utui 1 V^» I V^^ '■° ^™'^ ^°^^''' ^° ^^^ °'^'- 43' +5 
 177- 5 ; 179- 5 ; 189. 4 
 
 utui 
 
 utit 
 
 utid 
 
 utu 
 
 utui, utu 
 
 utu 
 utu 
 
 (2 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 expedition 134. 5 ; 276. 4 ; to go 307. 
 i3 ; to escape 194. 7 
 
 |(|||||P| tablet, stele 240.8 
 
 14- 
 
 
 stele, tablet 129. 7 ; 310. 8 ; 311. 1 1 
 
 nrmi t) (S I 
 I 
 
 utu, utut 
 
 121. 
 
 utu tep 
 
 11' idlllDi ( stelae, tablets no. 3 ; 156.11; 
 
 \m I '''■' 
 
 to command, to decree 44. 3 ; 
 184. 8 ; 222. 1 1 ; 248. 8 ; de- 
 creed 41. 5 ; decree 249. 12 ; 
 command 105. 6 
 
 I, I <=='^, 1"=^^ decrees 45.12; commands 
 
 \m 
 
 /I o 
 
 ' i I' il I I 
 
 121. 1 1 ; decrees for the foundation of a temple 155. 3 
 
 ® chief command 261. 3 
 I 
 
 utu I -^Y crown, garland 35. 10 
 
 uteb, utebu 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 
 _ AA/^/^AA 
 
 I ji 000 / 
 
 furrow, furrows 137. 9 ; 148. 6 ; 173. 
 10 ; 292. 2 
 
392 
 
 utennu /wwva 
 
 D (3 ^V ^~ 
 286. 12; 311. 2, 10 
 
 1 to breach a wall, breach, breached 
 
 uthu p^ table 132. 5 
 
 ufhu II =0= ' ^l'^^'"^ ^49- ^ J '^^ drink wine 33. 3 
 
 ut v\ 4_^ to inscribe 42. 4 
 
 ut to shoot out 52. 6 ; 54. 3 ; to cast forth 253. 1 2 
 
 uteb 
 
 uten 
 
 uten 
 
 utennu 
 
 utennu 
 
 utet 
 
 utet 
 
 utet 
 
 u6es 
 
 udeset 
 
 uf 
 
 uf 
 
 Ufa 
 
 A 
 
 to change, movement 232.12; 233. 
 10; 263. 9 
 
 -www to make an offering 194. 1 1 ; 206. 3 
 
 offerings 34. 3 ; 35. 7 ; 181. 8 ; 233. 5 
 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 n p. (J. 
 
 D <S.ii\ I 1 ' 
 
 A/W\AA 
 
 © 
 
 S^v-i — " damaged 311. i 
 
 to shoot out, to depart from (?) 250. 5 ; 331. 5 
 what is decreed 253. i3; 254.4 
 to burn 279. i3 
 s==a'|1 A, _p'T| j I to support, to bear 75.2; 120.2 
 v:> -^ "rj support 122. 3 
 1 ^°^ fl ^° decree 112. 5 
 
 a I boundary stone, landmark 108.10; 
 
 tk^n l^xA I 109-5; "4- ii,i3; plur. log. 12 
 
 amulets 154. 2 
 
 liii JieS- 000 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ufa 
 
 Ufa 
 
 ufai 
 
 ufau 
 
 Ufa 
 ufa 
 ufau 
 ufat 
 
 V 
 
 Ufa re 
 
 ufeb 
 
 ufefa 
 
 ufet 
 
 ufat 
 
 %>l^, i"^ 1 ^° ^^^ °"'^' ^° S° ^°^^^ 45-6; 
 Jr^ ^m i3;i34.9;i99-i3;200.ii;2: 
 
 393 
 no. 
 
 227. 5 ; 
 
 A 
 
 X 39. i3 
 
 e 
 
 to make or be strong, strong, mighty, 
 safe, sound, whole, intact 120. g ; 177. 
 8; 241. I ; 274.2; 288.8; 296.9; 310. 
 2; 311. II, i3; 313.8; 314. I. j^ health 
 229. 7 ; I with -^ P 32- 9 ; 135- 4 ; 269. 
 10; 307.4 
 
 A I storehouses 200.8; stables 200. 12 
 
 Q.!\\\^^ boat 297. 12 
 o I 
 
 © A *C^ " i eyes 64. i 
 
 (s -_3| r— L-| QA I to weigh or judge words 263. 10; (2. ]1 
 condemned 287. 4 
 
 I© 
 
 decision, judicial sentence 284. 8 
 
 Af^ a priestly official 108. 8 
 A 
 
 © ^^^'^] - 1 1 1 ^^^^y^ ^° '^^^^^' tarrying 5. 10 ; 197. 4 
 1 V^Hl 'decree no. 10 
 
 eye, eye of Ra 81. i3; 122. 2 
 
 foa 
 ba 
 ba 
 
 1^ 
 
 J B. 
 
 to hoe Tip, to lay waste loi. 8 
 to mock, to sneer at 253. 10 
 soul 127. 4 
 
 £r 
 
394 
 bau 
 
 ba 
 
 ba 
 
 baiu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 Q.^ soul 284. 12 
 
 divine soul 55. 2 ; 64. 5 
 damned soul 304. 5 
 
 Jll' 
 
 souls, will 84. 2 ; 145. 10 
 Do. Do. 41. 9; 119. 1 ; 121. 5; 
 
 128.9 
 Do. Do. 296. 6 ; 302. 2 
 
 baaa Vi A^ h '^, ^S underwood, bushes 284. 
 
 Baida-Saaare J 
 in Syria 282. 7 
 
 .i 
 
 >l A 
 
 (Jv) a city 
 
 baireka 
 
 I I I I I 
 
 :^U,, 
 I I ill 
 
 tribute 157. 7 ; 183. 9 
 
 baba J ^^ J ^^ ^, to fly 305. 8 
 
 1 ^^^^s ) ^^^ holes of animals, dens 300. 1 1 
 
 baba 
 
 baire 
 
 i3; 177.9 
 
 I I I 
 
 boats, barges 159. 5 ; 176. 
 
 barei 
 
 3. 
 
 boats, barges 279. 1 1 
 
 Barenikat ( <;^y I] (JS^q J Berenice 226. lo; 229. 10; 232. 
 5 ; 234- 10 ; 236. 5 ; 237. 12 ; 238. 2 ; 240. 4 
 
 Bareda 
 
 basanet 
 
 I qX] Beyrijt, a city in Syria 277. 3 ; 279. 6 
 
 o I 
 
 ' chisel, graver 147. 10; 155. 3, 10 
 
VOCABULARY. 395 
 
 basanet ^^ ^ q I graven objects 289. 6 
 
 Bast Y Jf ^^^ goddess of Bubastis 91. 12; 232. 9 
 
 bak (^^ ladder 197.8; 208. 10 
 
 bak (^^ M to work, to do 216. 12 ; to subjugate 
 
 125. II ; wrought 124. i ; resistance 220. 11 
 
 baku 
 
 © 
 
 to toil 4.12; 8.4; to work metal 
 
 (s I works 148. 8 ; products 165. 4 
 
 tribute, service igg. 8 
 
 servant 97. 4 ; 222. i 
 
 156- 5 ; work 312. 5 ; wrought 150. i 
 baku 
 bak 
 bak 
 baku 
 baka 
 
 Bakau 
 
 god 94. 4 
 
 e 
 
 I servants 113. 6 ; 135. 4 
 servant 202. 7 
 
 "Worker", a name of the Sun- 
 
 baket 
 
 baka 
 
 Bakenurenre 
 308.3 
 
 BakenneG. 
 Baqana 
 
 servant 133. 12 
 
 A cleft in the rock, gorge 283. i3 
 
 
 an official of Rameses X. 
 
 
 A' 
 
 a proper name 192. i 
 
 i I r 
 
 h I name or a nation 175. 7 
 
 Baqet 
 Baqet 
 
 ^ Egypt 227. 2; 228. 7; 229. i3; 232. 6; 240. 12 
 
 A^ 
 
 a woman's name 107. 6 ; 119. 5 
 
3g6 
 
 Baqet 
 Batau 
 batenu 
 
 D 
 
 1 1 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 name of an official 119. 6 
 f a proper name i. 2 
 
 . ftAAAAA 6 to be involved in 202. 4 
 ■ (3 ^ — 
 
 Bada-dupaire J 
 Syria 281. 12 
 
 © 
 
 iXi a city in 
 
 baa 
 
 baa 
 
 bat 
 
 baat 
 
 baaiu 
 
 baait 
 
 J ^i^ "^ bushes, plants 59. 8 
 
 i\ 
 
 Q o 
 
 to wonder at 271. 3 
 a wonderful thing 30. g 
 
 ^Wfl 
 
 © I 
 
 I / 
 
 wonders, marvels, wonderful 35. 
 4; 152-4; 158- 6; 177- 10; 178. 
 
 7; 179.9; jO^'''' j! ^~>~w 
 
 most wonderful turquoises 179. i3 
 ba, bat 1(1 -M; 10^^-, Q() honour, credit, worth 243. 
 
 :0 III 
 5; 246. I ; 266. 12; 267. 4 
 
 baat 
 baait 
 baf 
 ban 
 
 M 
 
 mmi 
 
 a kind of stone 176. 8 
 
 Q I 
 
 147-7 ; 149- 11; 161. 2 
 
 J (I to look, to see 52. 9 
 
 'i^^' J(],^i ^H wrong, evil thing 7.4; 247. 
 5; 278.8 
 
 (j^^ displeasing 250.7; evil thing 247. 11 
 
 baflf J (j ^ I evils, vices 258. 2 ; J 
 
 , AAftAAA I 
 
 I 
 
 worst of all, in most evil case 245. 6 
 
 I I I Q 
 
VOCABULARY. 397 
 
 (I M harp 221. 9 
 
 bat (?) ]^ honey 198. 2 
 ^^*^ Ji^ hawk 47. i3; 305. 5 
 
 ba J -.^ — D <dj;:> to be complied with (?), to be obeyed (?) 
 
 183.11 
 
 Bare or Baru J •=> ^ name of a god 143. i3 
 
 J 
 
 bah 
 
 bahu 
 
 1 
 
 J n AA/VNAA 
 A (VwViAA 
 
 J 
 
 to flood 121. I ; 132. 1 1 ; 
 filled to overflowing 
 148. I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 ' AAAAAA 
 AAA/VV\ ■ 
 
 to inundate 61. 12 ; overflowing, 
 abundance 84. 9 
 
 fou 
 
 J (3 not 9. 10 ; 10. I ; 16. 9 ; 24. i3 ; 139. i ; 141. 10 ; 
 146. 11; 179.2; 319. i3; not? 275. II, 12; 276.4,5,7, 12, i3; 
 278. I, 12 ; 279. 5. J (2 ^ there is not 311. 6 ; (] ^ J^ 
 
 n^[|(|;] ^ there was not 319. 3; J^ D^:] ^ there was 
 not 319. 9 ; 1(2 I there is no one 10. i 
 
 bu J, J I, J (S place, wherever 191. 6 ; 210.12; 257.3; 
 
 J ' J_D ^^^' ^ ' ^^^' ^ ^ 
 
 bu neb J v:> kz:^ everywhere 257. i 
 
 bu aqer IMS (]<=■ strength, wisdom 260. 11 
 
 bu an ) <2 '-^^^ ungracious 284. 4 
 
 ® JN ^&^ misery, wretchedness 245. 5 
 
 JJ 
 
 bu nefer 
 
 >i: 
 
 happiness, comfort 130. 12; 241. 10; 245. 
 4 ; prosperity 230. 9 
 
3g8 
 bu-en-re 
 
 JAAAA/ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 "place of the mouth" (or open- 
 
 I I A 
 
 ing), I. e., outside 21. 5 ; 275. 3 ; 311. 4 ; 312. 7. See er bu-en-re. 
 
 bu neb 
 
 bu nebt 
 
 bu nebu 
 
 buaa 
 
 buaa 
 
 buaat 
 
 buaitu 
 
 beb 
 
 Bebi 
 
 bebet 
 bef 
 
 ben 
 
 J 
 
 1 I^^^WiJ'l anybody, everybody 180.7 
 
 J) &r rl I Q I all people, everybody 179. 8 ; 182. 
 [](a,__^ v8i J I I 2; 234. 5; 242. 11; 272. 4 
 
 \\^l\ ^^, [I tj c^;i=i wonder, marvel 31.7 
 
 JJ 
 JJ 
 
 great men 163. 10; 169. 10 
 
 strength 325. 6 
 
 ^^ 
 
 collars, necklaces 217. 3 
 
 J 
 J 
 
 .^S- 
 
 the son of Osiris 70. i3 
 
 depth of a stream 131. 5 
 to see 60. 4 
 
 not 7. i3; 10.7; 129.8; 233.8; 321. 10; 
 
 Behold, was it not when I 
 
 15.2 
 
 benbenet J J q A pyramidion 104. 9 ; 122. 1 1 
 virile 53. 1 1 
 
 benen 
 Benenet 
 
 /\A/VVV\ 
 
 AAAAAA c\ 
 
 ^^ a district of Thebes 77. 2 
 
 JAA/vAAA Q 
 Q IV [fflni emerald ore (?) 247. i 
 
 Jl [1 J j pleasant 162. 2 
 
 benera 
 
VOCABULARY. Sgg 
 
 (I ^ P • palm 298. 7 ; grateful, pleasant 
 130. 9 ; 299. II 
 
 tfl ] 
 
 dauehter ot the Prince 
 ^ w C/f V of Bekhten 43. 2 ; 43. 
 i3 ; 46. I 
 Bent-end-rest U S/^^^ *^~^ C^ ^ 
 
 Be-tat I the place of sunrise i^S. 8 
 
 bey^enu 1 www 1 pylon towers 147. 9 
 
 beyjenti I Law^aa ^ two pylons 122. 12 
 
 be^ennu 1 a~w« ct-zi house 19. 6 ; 27. 5 
 
 Be-ften wiaw a country in Western Asia 41. 12; 42. 
 
 10; 43. 11; 46.2 
 
 Beaten I Laaaaa® the city of Bekhten 44. 8. i3 ; 46. 11 
 
 behu M'^'''*'^ '■^ ^u'^^ ^° ^^^y ^9- ^ 
 
 bebes 1 9 ^''^^ ^^ hunt, to slay 21. 3, i3 
 
 behes 3 Dmi] a kind of stone 149. 7 
 
 Beh-ka 
 
 1ft 1\ ^ ^^^^ name of a dog 310. 
 
 foes 1 ''5r^ '■° '^o™^ forth, to pass 93.8; 146.7; 
 
 230.10; 231.9; 234.11; 270.9; train, following 121. 4 ; 
 
 Jp^i 230.11 
 
 besi J P ^ ^ ^J^ passing 288. 10 
 
 best JP'^^i^ passage 288. 10 
 
 beses J n 5r^ ^° ^^^'^ ^° 256- 3 
 
400 VOCABULARY. 
 
 bes j] [=sszi /^ I drenched, to be steeped in some liquid 
 
 mess g. II 
 
 best I'-'^t^ I revolt 170. II 
 
 besed J '"^^ ^ to revolt 102. 7 
 
 bet 1^ unguent 72. 11 
 
 bet J '^ place, house 45. i3 ; 46. 7 ; 47. 5 ; 235. i 
 
 bef fl " abominable thing 223. i3 
 
 foefa |[^^ evil, wickedness 201.2; 221.3 
 
 betau, J D ^ "^ I evil thing 7. 1 1 ; breach of duty 
 
 betaui []'=>© | i39- 4 
 
 J 5^^= 
 
 betu J^"^^' J^*^^^ accursed 64.8; hateful 
 
 250- 5 
 betu ka J v'^^^^ ^ hateful person 250.5; 251.7; 
 
 _ I 
 betauu '^^ '^^ ^^ ' \ crimes 326. 6 ; 327. 5 ; 328. 3 
 
 252. 1 3 
 betu 1 ^^ to come forth 75. i3 
 
 beti % '^=^ barley 6. 4 
 
 Till 
 
 betennu 1 wwva sore trouble 298. 2 
 
 Jo ©■( a ^ 
 
 betek 1 A 3 rebel 103. 2 
 
 betek J^^#J^^ rebellion, rebels 102.9 
 
VOCABULARY. 4°^ 
 
 bet J ci^ra l| o barley 207. 3 
 
 jl r-T^-i 'm) I to collapse, to sink down ex- 
 
 hQtGS 
 
 n<r-=^ ^ .^^^ I hausted 140. 5 ; 299. 10 
 
 bedennu (?) J^^(?)%i"|J||t enmity (?) 257. 12 
 
 bedet ) ''-'-' to escape 60. 2 
 
 Beq J^ Egypt 228.1 
 
 beqibegu J a\\ A to walk, to travel 265. i 
 
 D P. 
 
 p D the 44. 12 
 
 P-aa = Per-aa (^jl] | Pharaoh (?) 76. 4 
 
 pa house, see per 
 
 pa °^^^^ before 99. 5 ; 113. 7 
 
 pa f^i, ^"^^ ^' ^' ^^'-" ' ^ ^°^' ^ 
 
 ^^ ^^ the 52. II, etc. 
 
 pa '-'^^ *^ 243.7; 249-1; 266.4; with pro- 
 
 nominal suffixes:— ^[j(l^, ^'lU ™^ ^' ^ ' ^' ' ' 
 ,3..,.,..9;^!jlj^tl.y.,..o;Jg(iy 4^7.8, 
 
 ^*~ its, her 11. i3; 149.9; 277.4,5; 309-4; 
 
 our - Jt^ I I I I ~WAAA 
 I I I 
 
 26 
 
402 
 
 8.4; 
 317- I 
 
 e 
 
 pa 
 
 pau 
 
 pau 
 
 paut 
 
 paut 
 
 pautet 
 
 (S 
 
 .© 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 their 155. 6 ; 165. 10 ; 325. 4 ; 328. 4 ; 
 
 pat this 
 those 245. 10 
 
 cakes (of Memphis) 87. i 
 j calces 145. 12 
 
 primeval matter 144. 11 
 
 (2 
 
 I I I 
 
 (S.Q I 
 
 I 
 
 qQ I 
 
 ee 
 ©0 s\ I 
 
 paut 
 
 e e 
 
 ■ Q O \ ) I 
 
 matter. 
 
 I matter 87. 8 
 
 e 
 
 msi 
 
 matter or company 
 
 of the gods 19. 9 ; 41. i ; 54. i ; 55. 5, 6 ; 145. 5 ; 302. 1 1 
 
 pautna 
 
 pautti 
 
 paut 
 
 pai 
 
 Paanyau 
 
 paast 
 
 Pabas 
 
 Pamakare 
 
 Pay(_et 
 
 Pa-ser 
 
 Pa-sera 
 
 
 
 NIC, .S^ 
 
 new moon festival 131. 7 
 Do. Do. 298. i3 
 
 I Mill I II nine 40.9; 41.4; 42. i3 
 w this 7. 10; 33. 9 
 
 \\ wAAAA ..^^ — dVCTi a prophet of Amen 308. 10 
 ^§4^,^^ a kind of pigeon 168. 5 
 
 *^ yf a governor of Kher-aba 219.5 
 
 'S' 
 
 (vAy, a city in Syria 276. 7 
 
 ^^' 
 
 D A5\ name of a deity 108. 8 
 
 ^ a proper name 309.7; 321.4; 323. 5 
 Do. 322. 12; 330. 6 
 
Pa-ser-aa 
 i; 322. 
 
 pasen 
 
 VOCABULARY. 4o3 
 
 ii a proper name 307.9; 308. 
 
 Paka .... 
 
 Pakamen 
 
 Pakakna 
 
 pat 
 
 Padenef 
 
 Paibauk 
 308. 7 
 
 Paibasa 
 
 Pai-neferu 
 
 Pai-nefem 
 
 Pailamna 
 
 Pa/aru 
 
 Pai/arei 
 
 pairefal 
 
 pat 
 
 pai 
 
 Amen-meri 
 
 Amen", 
 
 11 ; 323- 3 
 
 ^l I I 
 
 cakes 127. 12 
 
 I (J^ a city in Syria 289. i3 ; 290. i 
 \ AA/v^ VQi a proper name 330. 10 
 -R (X) a city in Syria 280. 3 
 before, of old 98. 2 ; 99. 5 
 ^wNAAA ^5i a proper name 218.8 
 
 H 'J J H V '^^ ^^ wT '^^"^^ °f ^ scribe 
 
 
 =,1 
 
 a proper name 322. 3 ; 
 326. 3 
 
 I name of a scribe 308. 8 
 
 -2ai* 
 
 .^1 
 
 ^^"■^^r 
 
 a proper name 323. 2 
 
 Philaramon 225. 9 
 
 a proper name 317. 
 7; 330- 8 
 
 I 
 
 e 
 
 I -^ iron weapon 283. 5 
 
 L I III. 
 cakes 112. 3 
 
 D 
 
 the dead of olden time 63. 11 
 
 F'-S"X^ (A^J°TWi "Piankhi, beloved of 
 184.7; 185.3; 194.2 
 
 26* 
 
404 
 pat 
 
 patet 
 pu 
 
 pui 
 
 Puarma 
 
 pui 
 pui 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 D D 
 
 n 
 n 
 
 a class of human 
 beings, dead or liv- 
 ing ii6. 12; 120. 
 6; 144. i; 181. 5; 
 299.2,9; 305.9 
 
 pigeon 168. 4 
 
 , D V^ this, it is 18.8; 19.8; 46.5; 230.9; 241.6 
 
 D © 
 w 
 
 D 
 
 of) 
 
 this 9.10; 311. 6; 81.12; 82. 
 i; 91. I 
 
 nfj' 
 
 a proper name 187. 10; 222.8 
 
 to fly 37. 10; 39.4 
 I birds, fowl 300. 10 
 
 Puirsada 
 
 im 
 
 I a proper name 173. 5 
 
 Punt 
 Puntet 
 
 j^uCiOri) I Arabia or Somali land 71.4; 158. i3 ; 
 
 
 177.7; 294.9; 296. I 
 
 Pepi (a^iji ^ ^^^S of the Vlth dynasty 97. i 
 
 """^ J 1 1 V ® ^ ^'^^^ ^^^^ Memphis 2 
 pef that 206. 12; 221. 10; 304.6 
 
 pefa ^_ "^ that 272. 3, 4 
 
 pe£ H^^ that 91. 5 
 
 Pef-aa-Bast ( ° ^ r~^ 1?l ^ ''^'^^^ "^'"S 201. 12 
 
 II. II 
 
VOCABULARY. 405 
 
 Pema '-'^^^ governor of Busiris 218. 10 
 
 pen , this 43- 11; 97- i3; 233.3; 237.13 
 
 pan ^^<£ /w«A^ this 47.11; 230.5; 232.10 
 
 pens AAMAA overturned, prostrated 80.11; 170.4; 
 
 a story wrongly told 15. 5 
 
 Peni . . . naauaa nu ^m -K Ssv \> - — ' a city near 
 
 Memphis 211. 11 
 
 pennu ^a'ww V mouse <joo. 10 
 
 Pentaurt "^^^^ ^^® a proper name 219. i 
 
 PenObeienet '-' ll J ® a proper name 210. i 
 per grain, wheat, corn 207. 3 
 
 peru <==>, '\jif I corn, seed 221. s ; 228. 10 
 
 000 -^^ I 
 
 pert II o Do. Do. 207. 3 
 
 pertu , <rr> Do. Do. 4.4; 5.4; 6.4 
 
 pertet <=> Do. Do. 120. 
 
 ^ ^ Q III 
 
 per issue 184. 10 
 
 per <=> to come forth 6.5; 19.8; to flow 72. 12; 
 
 <=3>^ outcome 260. 3 ; 00^ coming out 275.6; 
 
 146.2; <=>|l(l coming out, come 4.2 
 
 perer <=> A to come or go out 300. 3 
 
 <z>H?i|, n?i I I those who come out 186. 
 
 peru \ 5; 193.18; appearances 
 
 gi ) 305.10 
 
4o6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 pert '=::=>, <:=> appearance 131. 7 ; rising of a star 
 
 131.9; offspring 120. 3; that which comes forth 108. i3; 
 a coming forth 126. 9 ; 131. 3 
 
 per 
 pert 
 
 crz2 ) 
 O 
 
 Q O / 
 
 the season of the year in which things 
 grow, t. e., the spring ; it contained 
 four months 49. 2 ; 124. 6 ; 233. 9 
 
 per house, house of a god, i. e., temple i. 3 ; 
 
 48. 10 
 
 peru houses 210. ■; 
 
 Per-Ausar-neb-Tettet r H Busiris 191. 10; 218. 10 
 
 Per-Amen ""^ n J] the Amen shrine at Thebes 77. 
 
 6; 151- 5; 308. II 
 
 Per Amen-hetep ^ (Q^] ^ Temple of Amenophi 
 308. 10; 309.5 ; 310.4 
 
 per arp \\ \ wine-cellar 308. 12 
 
 per-aa , <rr>l "S'^^^'^ house", i. e., Pharaoh 96. 
 
 10 ; 201. i3 
 
 n-^ <-=■ 
 per-aa ^_^ a name of the cemetery 308. 3 
 
 ' ' ©- *=■ m Q . <? ^ "governor(orgover- 
 
 permerient Mv flUl '^ ^ 
 
 per mer lent '^^^^f|||l '^ (Mi£)^l 
 
 nors) of the shore 
 I I of Pharaoh" 98. 
 1^ 7; 99-4; 100- II 
 
 persebefxent ^ P| ffjll^^ inspector of the shore of 
 Pharaoh 96. 10 
 
 peru any_ i^^-^c^ the double house of life 43. 5 
 
 peru ur t^^ ^^ cr^ the eastern and western horizons 
 
 91. i3 ; 293. 6 ; 295. i3 ; part of a boat 158. 10 
 
VOCABULARY. W 
 
 Per-ba-neb-Tettet i:r^'^3'^c37UU Mendes 131. 12; 218. 5 
 
 ■ ■ ■ ■^'''' l\iA<^ ® 
 
 Per-Bast ^ Bubastis 192.4; 218. 3 
 
 D 
 
 9 JV the Ptah temple 321.2; 323.8 
 
 Per-Ptah 
 
 peru-ma ^ bowers, summer-houses 151. i 
 
 Per-mafa "^:f ^^ Oxyrhynchus 185.12; 195.9 
 
 Per-nub ^ name of a city 185. 7 
 
 Per-neb-tep-ahet ,5^® Aphroditopolis 186. 3 
 
 Per-neter-tuat 
 
 I 
 
 031 
 
 temple of the "Morn- 
 ing Star" 307. 4; 
 309. 10 ; 316. 6 ; 
 330. I 
 
 Per-Ra-user-maat-meri-Amen (^I^^^PH^^^l 
 
 temple of Rameses III. 152. 2 
 
 Per-Ramessu-heq-Annu ^'^ (^ffiPPflj temple of Ra- 
 meses III. 151. 4 
 
 Per-Hap 8 [ ® Nilopolis 219. 5 
 
 per herat J| 1 womens' apartments 198.7 
 
 peru hef ct^Tc^t] treasury 40.2; 200.0; 201.10 
 
 per hef Aj treasury 199. n; 204.5 
 
 Per-iemennu ^^^ o (a iHl I *^ ^^"^^ ^^^ 
 
 gods of Hermopolis 200. 2 
 
 Per-Ra-%erp-xeper '^^ ("of^j® a city of Upper Egypt 
 185. 12; 202. 12 
 
 Per-%erhebi ""^ /I^ J Q ^ ® ^ '^''^^ "^^'' Sebennytus 218.7 
 
4o8 
 
 Per-sept 
 peru-seref ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Per- Sey_et-neb[t] -reh esaui 
 near Sais 219. 4 
 
 Per-Sey^et-nebt-sa 
 219.4 
 
 Af\ © a city in the Delta 218.9 
 
 the places of sunrise and sunset 295.13 
 *3'^y'^®^^ a city 
 
 .sil <=> All® ^ 
 
 \. 
 
 a city near Sais 
 
 per-sat 
 per-Tehuti 
 
 I 
 
 library 56. g 
 
 ^^ temple of Thoth 200. i 
 
 Per-Tehuti- ap-rehhu c—n 
 i3; 218.6 
 
 per tua (?) 
 Per-^erer 
 Per-pek 
 per-a 
 
 5 ; 259. 3 
 
 per-a 
 per-a-ab 
 
 per-f^eru 
 
 Perses 
 
 Persatet 
 
 pert 
 
 \ \\V® Hermopolis 191. 
 
 the chapel of a tomb 211. 5 
 
 -2^ 
 
 7-r a City m the Delta 218. 12 
 
 cr-3i D 
 
 ttI^ a city near Abydos 192. i3 
 
 cm 1^^, 
 
 "^ I 
 
 strength, power, violence 41. 
 
 1 1 fighting men 282. 3 
 
 <=> ^ brave 289. 10, 12 ; 202. i 
 
 m r?l e [T^l (^) ^^^^""^1 offerings 
 
 I I 
 
 rvi<^! 
 
 D I 
 
 (^ of meat and 
 
 drink 63. i3 ; 
 85. i3; 95.6; 
 112.5; 133-3 
 a proper name 79. i; 84. 12 
 
 c=>'oi^ Persia 227.4 
 
 (T-D !^ 
 
 vigour 71. 1 3 
 
perti 
 pertet 
 peb 
 pehu 
 
 Q W 
 
 A ' 
 A 
 
 Q. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 409 
 
 mighty one 51. 7, 8 
 
 Do. 54. 10 
 
 to arrive at a place or condition, to 
 penetrate 65. 4 ; 128. 12 ; 204. 8 ; 
 249. 10 ; 311. 7 ; 312. I 
 
 peb, pehui — -^, ^,Sl) V^ w the end 249. 4 ; 292. i3 ; the back 
 of the neck 156. g ; the stern of a boat 158. 12 
 
 peb ab — ^ ^ the heart's desire 254. lo, 11 
 
 pebu , — ^-" remote districts, borders, limits 102. 
 
 ■^ • W ' A HI ' ' 
 
 12 ; 174. i3 
 
 pehuu ^=S5^ Vi borders, boundaries 289. 12 ; r-^ 
 
 "ends of the earth" 159. 8 
 
 pehu 
 
 pehiuu 
 
 pehiu 
 
 pebpeh 
 
 pehpeht 
 
 pehtpeht 
 
 189.7,8 
 
 pebti 
 
 A III 
 
 swamps, marshes 41. 10 
 Do. Do. 185. 8 
 
 -^^ revolt (?) 197.5 
 
 ^ l\i} valour, mighty deeds 126.4; 130.2 ; 226. 12 
 Sill 
 
 ll Q fame, renown 236. 4 
 
 t^l\!, — n strength, strong, valour 41.7; 141-5; 
 
 c W ^ 
 
 strong, valour, vigour, strength 6. 
 9; 62. I ; 245. I ; 295. 10 
 
410 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 peyra '"'T'^ "^ to divide, to cut off, to separate, to 
 
 take part in 90. 10 ; 257. 4 ; 292. 5 
 
 n 
 
 peyiarer 
 pe/aref 
 pesset 
 
 A 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 D Q X 
 
 going, conduct 253. 5 ; 254. 11 
 method of procedure 259. i 
 
 peseset 
 
 123. 8 ; 258. 6 ; 266. 7 
 
 lo[jl to bake, to cook 3.2 
 
 divisions, borders, parts of the world 
 
 pest 
 pest 
 pest 
 
 pest 
 
 pes 
 peses 
 peset 
 pet 
 
 III . - 
 
 1 1 1 Q nine 225. 3 ; 230. 12 
 
 -X 
 
 > back, backbone 30. 3 ; 31.2; 41. 11 
 
 to shine, shining one 64. 6 ; 82. 
 5 ; 88. 2 ; 299. 10 
 
 pet 
 pet 
 
 , r—n— I part, place 186. 8 ; to spread out 57. 9 
 
 C3Cd' X a 
 
 ; to divide 108. 11 ; 109.6; 115.2 
 
 r-srn x U 
 
 to divide, division 208. 12 
 
 F=^, F=^^, ^1^; ^ sky, heaven 39.5; 50. 
 5; 51-9; 58. i3.; 149. i3; 233.7 
 
 bow 40. 9; 41. 4; 42. i3; 180.12 ; 275. 7 
 
 foreign sailors 159.5; 169.2; 176. i 
 
 Q I' ^ r 
 
 Q I 2II' Q 
 
 pet paut 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 o I 
 
 CV£\y] 
 
 foreign mercenary troops 85. 
 9 ; 126. 5 ; 130. 3 ; 148. 10 ; 
 157-7 
 
VOCABULARY. 411 
 
 pet masa ^ lyT'^yT' ^°^^^S" bowmen 276.6 
 
 ^^^l"^is (^S^j^ Ptolemy 225. 5 ; 226. 9 
 
 Ptualmxs-anx-fetta-Ptah-meri f^f|;^[||]p | ]g;|° | H ]| "im- 
 mortal Ptolemy, beloved of Ptah" 225.4; 226.9; 229.9; 
 230. 7 ; 232. 4 ; 234. 9 * 
 
 psten '^ these loo. 10 ; loi. 7 
 
 AA/WVA^ 
 
 Pefra ^r^^f"^ ^° ^^^' ^° ^°°'^' behold! 6. 
 
 10; 10.12; 12.7; 135. 11; 136.12; 137.3; 166.3; 274.9 
 
 ^^^* °|'°n'°I|*egodPtahz30.7;M3. 
 
 7; 192.9 
 
 Ptab-nefer-hra ^\^ J^ ^^ "Ptah of the Beautiful 
 face" 171. i3 
 
 Ptah-res-aneb-f ° ^ i =^— J "Ptah of his Southern 
 Wall", a title of Ptah of Memphis 211. 7 
 
 Ptah-aa-qema-aneb-f ° |^ "*"^ ^ jl ^^.=_ a title of Ptah 
 of Memphis 143. 6 
 
 Ptah-hetep | M, a famous writer 244. 6, 8; 246.6 
 
 Ptah-het-ka °^ [""1^1—1 "house of the ka of Ptah", 
 
 t. e., Memphis 211. 2; 212.6 
 
 Ptah-Sekri-Ausar fi ^=3^ ^^ H ti) ^^^ triune god of the Re- 
 surrection 130. 7 
 
 Ptah-Seker 
 
 |J|i^c^i Ptah-Socharis 149.13 
 
 A ' v to stretch, to be wide or spa- 
 •^ • D '"^'^f cious 128. 6 ; 294. 8 
 
412 
 
 Peta-Auset 11 " VSr 
 
 Peta-Auseteta jj M 
 
 Peta-Ausetet ^AJIs 
 
 Peta-Amen-neb-nest-taiu 
 name 222. 7 
 
 Peta-Amen-suten-taiu 
 proper name 76. 6 
 
 Peta-Heru-sazn-taiu 
 
 a 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a proper name 212. 2 ; 216. 3 ; 
 215.4; 220. 2,5 
 
 D n i*^"^ 
 
 ffl 
 
 a proper 
 
 1 AA/\AAA I AA^AA/\ i-i- i—i I 
 
 D 
 
 a proper name 219.2, 
 
 1*^ to lay waste loi. 10 
 
 j^ ' ^ J, byssus 216.6; 219.7 
 
 petes 
 
 pelk 
 
 pejfra a^v some object of metal 289. 9 
 
 Pekuadet T\-k\Vl Canopus 226.8; 235.5 
 
 ^ F. 
 
 f >^^ J '^^ Jv he, his, its 2. 2 ; 34. 5 ; ei passim 
 
 f (^ he, his, its 218. 5 ; 220. i ; 226. 7 
 
 f Sa he, his, its 226. 5 ; 227. 6 ; 228. 6 ; 232. 4 ; 233. i, 6 ; 
 237. 3, 9, 12 ; 238. 2 ; 240. 10 
 
 fa %\ «_ "^ %\ ] ^o lift uP) ^o ^^l^s *!?? '^o ^^^^ 8. I ; 
 
 fa 
 
 Fa-a 
 
 AAAA^A f^vWA. 
 
 '^* \ 12. II ; 77. 12 ; 239. 4 ; to lift down 
 
 ^ A to betake oneself to flight 22. 5 ; 286. 3 
 the god who "lifts the hand" 144. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 4i3 
 
 fa. fena 
 
 [I FS^ = )W(vr)<p6po<; basket-bearer 225. g 
 
 S ^ f + sign of the dual, his 13. 5 ; 123. 11 ; 125. 
 
 4 ; 246. 8 ; 268. 12 (bis) ; 270. 6 ; 296. 4 ; 297. 6 
 
 g7\ to be disgusted 17. 10 
 
 n 
 
 fent 
 fent 
 fex 
 
 fnt 
 
 fekau 
 
 feq 
 
 fequ 
 
 feqau 
 
 feqau 
 
 fet 
 
 fet 
 
 fetef 
 
 ftu 
 
 ftut 
 
 ^ , AAAAAA I 
 
 *L — £S 
 
 ' nose 197.12; 284.3; 145. 11; 245.7 
 
 \ to clothe, to dress 175. i 
 TT garments, raiment 117. 4 
 
 see 
 
 ■ M.^^-^ 
 
 to reward 222. 8 
 
 11' zi Ui 
 
 © XI 
 
 I gifts, rewards 187. 8 ; 220. 4 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 
 © 
 
 I reward, profit 274. 10 
 
 I to endow 229. 6 
 I 
 
 "^^^ disuse, decay 118. i3 
 
 qA to sink (of the courage) 286. 3 
 
 rp garment (?) to dress (?) 264. 1 1 
 
 III, 
 
 four, fourth 28. i ; 75. 2 ; 77. 
 8 ; 232. i3 
 
 Mil, 
 
414 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 M. 
 
 H 
 
 rflA-^^ 
 
 em ^^\ , /■ in, into i. 9 ; out of 53. 6 ; from 2. g ; 
 
 5. 4 ; 126. 10 ; at 45. 7, 4 ; as iii. 1 ; over 92. 4 ; with 64 ; 
 8. 8; 252. 5; against 128. 5; 131. 4; about, concerning 
 194. 2 ; before 204. 11 ; among 53. i ; according to 4. 5 ; 
 108. i3 ; in the form of 299. 9 ; ^^^ | vgj in the position 
 of one 251. I ; in the condition of 191. i3 ; in the capacity 
 of 103. 5 ; introduces a sentence 9. 3 ; 9. 12, etc. 
 
 em 
 
 em 
 
 T in, from 228. 5 ; 231. i3 ; 233. 4 ; 235. 9 ; 240. i 
 
 not, without 5. 9 ; 7. n ; 62. 10 ; 188. 
 
 I ; 189. 7 ; 201. 3 ; 261. 7 ; V\ ^jfr-ir'^v not by any means 
 247. 6 ; V\ W let it not be! 256. 11 
 
 em. amenit 
 164. I 
 
 in perpetuity 157. 4 ; 162. i3 ; 
 
 1 ■ -V ^^-^ 
 
 as a reward for, in return for 
 125. 8 ; 229. 6 ; 231. 4 
 
 J "Y ^1 upon, against 116. 4 
 Y besides 231. 7 
 
 ^ 
 
 em. asu 
 
 em asiu 
 
 ^ \° 
 
 if- . 
 
 em at/ »,ip'n, 
 
 em uah 
 
 em uah her 
 
 em ua 
 
 em unnut 
 
 em nem (or uhem) ^^v f^^. ■ ^ second time 55. 3 
 
 em bah ^\ I before, in the presence of 2. 10 ; 14. i ; 
 
 39.9; 43. 10 
 
 in addition to 230. 5 
 alone 213. i3 
 
 ?ww« immediately 26. 7 
 
 Do© ^ ' 
 
VOCABULARY. 4^5 
 
 em bah a ^^ (<=u) from of old time 215. 5 
 
 ezn pehui ^\ — ^ endwise 234. 2 
 em maut ^\ _^f anew 158. i 
 
 em matet v\ y likewise, thus 4. 3 ; 12. 5 ; 140. i ; 217. 10 
 
 em maqet ^\ U^ in the manner of 185.8 
 
 em merit ^^^^ «wwv daily 6. 11 ; 23. 4, 8 
 
 eiM re pu 
 
 => D 
 I © 
 
 or, on the contrary 16. 10 
 
 em rer ^^ round about 207. 6 
 
 em ha ^^ W "m® ^^^^"^^ 54- 2 
 
 in addition to 154. i ; 158. 2 ; 166. 
 
 em hau 
 
 2 ; 184. 8 ; 199. 9 
 
 em. hat V\ -^^ before, in front of 90. 11 ; 91. 2 
 
 em hra ' ^ on behalf of 229. 4 
 
 em heri v\ ^ above 164. 11 
 
 em heru ^^^^ ^ above 91. 12 
 
 em heru ^^ ^ ^ , ? °"^^'" 285.11 
 
 em her ^^^ '^, ^c^ ^ upon, about 139. 7 ; 146- i3 
 
 em her ab / ^ '^ within 228. 12 
 
 em hetep ^\ successfully, satisfactorily 106. i ; 305. 13 
 
4i6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 em^em ^v ®^\ _/l. without 189.8; 201.9 
 
 81. II ; 320. 7 
 em jennu ^v 3ot within 142. 6 ; 170. 4 ; 319. 9 ; 320. i 
 
 em. fent ^v in 229. 10 
 
 em yent en v^ wj^ in 193. 8 
 
 emy^et ^\. ® "^ after, according to, in the train of 2. 3 ; 
 
 50. 8 ; 96. 6 ; 123. 2 ; 129. 10 ; 200. 10 ; 243. 4 
 
 em fjer ^\ among 95. g 
 
 6122 sa ^^Y ^^ ^^^ ^^"^^ O'' ^''i^ °f) after, following i. 
 
 6 ; 2.4; 36. I, etc. 
 
 ei22 sep ua ^\ I at one time, all together 80. 4 ; 143. 12 
 
 em sehef ^v Ij | evident, plain 11. i 
 
 em se^an ^^ IT suddenly 234.18 
 
 emseseta ^ P^^^l '^^'^'^^ S^" ^" 
 
 emsetut ^ P^^^J rightly (?) 240. 1 3 
 
 em qeb 1 A ] double 127. 10 
 
 em qet ^^i ^ round about 147. 11 ; 162.7 
 
 em tebu ^\ A ,-^-^ in return for 96. 7 
 
 ^^ ^^-P &^ I ^P°"' "'^ '^°P °f 54- II ; 92. 5 
 
 ei22 teti V\ from, at the hand of 328. i3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 417 
 
 em fer "^v -O" when, since, as soon as, because i6. 6 ; 
 
 283. 12 ; 291. I ; 318. 10 
 
 em ferti 
 
 ma 
 
 ma 
 
 raaa 
 
 maat 
 
 maati 
 
 B 
 
 when 27. 8 ; 32. 8 
 
 .<s>- 
 
 -^&- 
 
 to see 43. 4 ; 50. 7 ; 125. 3 ; 203. 
 II ; 275. 8. 
 
 sight 123. I ; ^ 
 
 vision 259. 5 ; 
 visible 121. i 
 
 '^^l?' ^10 ^^^ ^^5-8; 259.5; 318.9 
 
 . ^, 
 
 245. I ; 300. 4 
 
 ■CB>- 
 
 maat nebu , „ ^ 
 
 the two eyes 52.9,13; 93.9; 
 
 I every eye, t. e., all people 158. 9 
 
 maat nebt va i any person 86. q 
 
 maat 
 
 Bjaa seteia (?) ^^^^ 
 
 maauf 
 
 -"*^^V stupidity (?) 265. 12 
 
 the god of seeing and hearing 63. 4 ; 74. 2 
 
 00 1=. 
 
 ^ 
 
 A/W\AA 
 AAAA/V\ 
 
 maut 
 maut 
 mat 
 maau 
 
 © 
 
 rS^: 
 
 radiance '52. 10 ; splendour 60. 
 
 ©or 
 
 ii' 
 
 ;_ -^^ © mi' ^^w" 
 
 ' /h I splendours 64. 3, 5 
 
 ■r^ 
 
 '^^ joyfully 52.8; 61. I 
 ^\(^Z a kind of stone 152.6,9 
 
 I nnni 
 © I 
 
 maau hef ^'^^\^l^ ^ ^^^^ °^ antelope 149.5; 
 
 167.5,6 
 maar 
 
 ^ 
 
 strong 298. 4 
 
 27 
 
J 
 
 418 
 
 maauset _^ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 (^ the two legs 54. 1 1 
 
 maa 
 
 maa 
 
 ^^ a piece of land 127. 3 
 
 /=^ to send, to bring loi. 4 ; 102. 5 
 
 maa 
 
 maa 
 
 I products 224. 5 
 
 , indeed, truly 107. 3 ; 221. 3 ; 
 
 very truth 125. i3 ; ^^ I J veritable 69.9 
 
 right 125. 6 
 
 maau 
 
 maa 
 
 maat 
 
 maat 
 
 maat 
 
 maa 
 
 maau 
 
 maati 
 
 maati 
 
 ma[a] 
 
 maat 
 
 maaferu 
 
 maab/eru ^ 
 
 Maat-ka-Ra 
 120. 10 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■\\ i right, truth, justice, law 13. 3 ; 
 
 14. 2 ; loi. 6; 108. 5 ; xio. 
 i; 111.8; 114. 5 ; 126.4; 
 128. 7; 130. 3 ; 195. 3 ; 
 248. 11; 251. 5 ; 267. 12; 
 :^Qi| ,wvA« 1 ^ J the 
 king's law 274. 6 
 
 ) -. 
 © 
 
 to offer, to pay what is due, to make 
 obligatory offerings, due 125. 12 ; 
 146.4; 153. i3 ; 157. II 
 
 veritable, true 183. 2 
 
 truth 141. i3 
 
 real, actual 133. 7 ; real, genuine (of pre- 
 cious stones or turquoises) 148. i3 ; 
 (^1 I 179-13 
 
 :j: 
 
 "true of word", triumphant (?) 79. i ; 
 107.5,6; 122. i3 ; 198.10; 225.6 
 
 ( 0|§LI j prenomen of Queen Hatshepset 119. 8; 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 419 
 
 maa. 
 
 znaaui 
 
 maau 
 
 ^^ to slaughter 34. 5 
 S^SllO-^ bronze fastenings, staples (?) 176.12 
 
 c-a, 
 
 rank 240. 10 
 
 ^P 
 
 temples 226. 11 ; 227.7 t 229. 
 10; 236. 10; 237.5,6. p^ ^ ^ 
 fHh^ temples of the first 
 
 cr^i temples of the second rank 240. 
 
 temples of the third rank 240. 11 
 
 maaset 
 
 mau 
 
 mau 
 
 mautu 
 
 . mareaa 
 
 Q I 
 
 1 ^ j liver 33. 9 
 ^ /yv\ <2 Qfl to ponder on 228. 8 
 
 .^ m V'l "^^' yo'^'^hful freshness 156. 6 ; 244. 10 
 ,-r-~Si to load, to be laden with 158. 12 
 
 -Sss I 
 
 tnarmar (or meremere) 
 
 official 284. 7 
 
 ■^ I 
 
 A attendant 287. i3 
 
 g7\|M* name of an 
 
 mahu 
 
 Mahef 
 
 mas 
 
 221. 8 
 
 mat, matu 
 
 mat 
 
 mat 
 
 crowns 217. 4 
 
 ■ III r 
 'III' 
 
 the XVIth nome of Upper Egypt no. 3; in. 6 
 -JV to bring 42. 11; q^ mas/u brought 
 
 ,Q (S. 
 
 new III. 3; 117. i3; 289.2 
 
 Jy\f^^ plinth, pedestal 149. n 
 
 _^ granite, the granite region in. 3; 120. 12 
 
 mat rut ^ ^ "granite growing", i. e., living granite 124. 4 
 
 c -O- o 
 
 27* 
 
420 
 
 raatu 
 
 mad 
 
 mad 
 
 ma 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ^C\ \;\ ^\ 1 see under Mertamem 
 
 =sa V\ ignorance (?) 263. 7 
 
 granite 104. 11 
 
 ^^ "^ granite slabs 106. 8 
 s=5 000 
 
 y , y [1 like, as, according to, inasmuch as, since, 
 as well as, together with i. 5 ; 7. 3 ; 40. 8 ; 53. 2 ; 54. n ; 
 75. 8; 125. 4; 243. 8; \1J1||^(| ^ ^g^l gods 
 as well as men 182. i ; U LI J U ^, (liJc^^i^ in marvellous 
 (quantities) 179.9; V (J "^ f^ by hundreds of thousands 
 
 Er\ & I ^^ ^ — III r\ f\ f\ (Si n i 
 
 [1 ||i by tens of thousands 179.4; V ''=^^^- ' 
 
 in the form of, in the guise of i. 5 
 
 O 
 
 man 
 
 ma enti 1/ 
 
 6^ 243. II 
 
 ma re a ^ 1 
 
 ma hru neb U O 'vi; 
 
 daily 59. i ; 67. 8 
 
 like one who, like that which 9. i; 51. 
 
 in proportion to (Gr. /.a-ua Xo-^o-i) 240. 2 
 ' daily 186.6,11; 188. 3 ; 197.7,10 
 
 ma qet 
 ma qetu 
 mait 
 maiti 
 Mai-seraui 
 
 fl \ ^^^^^ \ like, in such wise 21. 7 ; 98. 10 ; 106 
 
 [ 2; 146.3; 170.3; ^[j 
 
 D I 
 
 ■^*"^ way 288. I 
 
 Q W 
 
 likewise (?) 327. 6 
 I (3 w 
 
 EhWSI^^ ^ P^'opsr name 317. 8 
 
 jnatet y , y (I the like, likewise, thus, in this wise 
 
 12. 5 ; 83. 8 ; 96. 6 ; 113. 6 ; 245. 11 ; copy, likeness 152. 3 ; 
 322. 9 ; y —J like the sand (for number) 179. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 w like, as 56. 2 ; 78. 5 
 
 fellow, companion 248. i ; 264. 5 
 
 likeness, pattern 247. g 
 
 421 
 
 mateti 
 
 matu 
 
 maiu 
 
 , ma J^ grant, prithee, with, from, by, by reason 
 
 of 42. i3; 43. 7; 45. I ; 97. i3 ; 181. 8; 199-4; 226.6; 
 
 let be given 239. 12 
 
 247. i; 267. i3; 
 ma ref 
 Maanaqerata 
 
 1q q. 
 
 grant then 206. 7 
 
 
 maat 
 
 sun 214. 2 
 
 maatet 
 
 sun 81. 12 
 
 maa 
 
 tnaai 
 
 mai 
 
 maai 
 maau 
 
 XDC 
 
 Menekrateia 225. 8 
 ^ name of the boat of the setting 
 
 name of the boat of the setting 
 
 fl^'^H 53.7; 
 
 A 
 
 come 6. i3 ; 15. 4 ; 50. 6 ; 
 54.4; 93.1; 275. 
 
 thou 10. 4 
 H A ^ give 81.2 ; 240. 5 
 
 Q ^ hair 5. i3 
 
 (111 -R^ chief 283. i; 291. 8 
 
 0.1 U chariot 289. i 
 
 X) In n ^. v& Moschion 225.8 
 
 mautet (?) ^^aaaa | lake (?), abyss (?) 283. 2 
 
 maireina (or marina) 
 mairekabuOat J^^ w 1 
 
 inab 
 mab 
 
 ,. nnn nnn 
 
 nnn thirty 105. 12; 142. i; 49.2 
 
 nnn£) spear, dart 297.8 
 
422 
 
 Mapu 
 
 mafek 
 
 manen 
 
 mar 
 
 xnareaa 
 
 tnarekabat 
 
 tnarekabudat 
 
 mah 
 
 mahaut 
 
 mabaaut 
 
 znahaire 
 
 mahi 
 
 mahuu 
 
 mahut 
 
 mah 
 
 mak 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 %■ a title of honour (?) 289. 10 
 
 «_ ^ turquoise 41.10; 73.5; 91.3; 179. 
 1^^' 1 10; "turquoise land" [i. e., Sinai) 
 
 92. 1 1 ; _,,, . 
 
 ^ ' J¥^o III 
 
 turquoise 179. i3 
 
 'PI 
 
 real 
 
 "•'^'^ to entwine 238. 5 
 
 \^ to dress, to clothe 226. 2 ; 237. 8 
 
 -2:^ 
 
 ra 
 
 ^^ A groom, servant (?) 278. 5 
 ^ Jl 1^^^^ \ chariot 277. 7 ; 
 
 to hesitate, to delay 121. 5 
 
 ra w 
 
 to hesitate 128. 11 
 
 tribes 174. 2 ; 176. 2 
 278.9 
 
 an official title 275. 
 1,9; 277.6; 279. 
 I ; 280. i3 ; 282. 
 12 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 to tremble 300. 2 
 
 I tribes 135. 2 
 
 OC=^ 
 
 • • • 305-7 
 
 ; verily, behold, grant 138.7; 
 186. 3 ; 203. 3 ; 260. 6, 8 ; 263. 4 ; =^ ^-yT^ mdki 145. 3 ; 283. 2 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 423 
 
 mSket 
 
 tnaki 
 
 makit 
 
 maku 
 
 makha 
 
 makes 
 
 Make a 
 
 makada 
 
 ma-fen 
 
 ma^ent 
 
 mafer 
 
 m.ar/er 
 
 ma-^ferat 
 
 may^et . . . 
 
 mas 
 
 mas 
 
 masi 
 
 mas 
 
 1q 1 1 to protect, protector 57. 10 ; 89. i 
 
 ;© 5 
 
 protected 325. 2 
 protector 181. 4 
 linen 179. 11 
 
 to set aside, to neglect 121. i3 
 ImnD a sacred stone object 297.3 
 (Jj^ a city in Syria 282. 10 
 
 I fl I charms, amulets 73. 3 
 
 > boat 132. 7 ; 209. 12 
 
 , AA/V*AA 
 
 cr~3 
 
 maintenance, sustenance 227. 3 
 storehouse 266. 6 
 granary 5. 11 
 
 ^^ metal objects 289. 6 
 
 I I I 
 
 hair 63. 7 
 
 A 
 
 '* masesetet 
 
 <*=«> 
 
 O <!> 
 
 f A I to bring, to carry away, to trans 
 \ port 52.3; 55. 11; 151. 7; 157 
 J 6; 213. 10; 311. 5 
 
 to carry away 195. i3 
 
 I canal 140. 2 
 
 masa 
 
 ^'s^- 
 
 to cut, to split 168. II 
 
424 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 masa 
 
 masa 
 
 ry^^ 
 
 1^,1 
 
 .A 
 III I 
 
 to march, to travel 27. 4 ; 139. 10; 
 140. 4 ; 280. 9 ; 281. 3 
 
 general of a host, the host gg. 10 ; 102. i 
 
 masa (or 
 men&tu) 
 
 znenfitu 
 
 troops, soldiers 25.4; 100.4; loi- 
 8, 9, 10, 12, i3 
 
 I I soldiers 195. 12 
 
 I s\ I 
 
 menStu ent hetra 
 
 169. I ; 174. 12; 180. 7 
 
 masai 
 289.3 
 
 Masauaasa 
 Masauasa 
 
 maser 
 
 mat 
 
 matennu 
 
 matennu 
 
 matennu 
 
 mat en 
 
 matennu 
 
 I Q 
 
 .m 
 
 horse - soldiers 
 
 \ leather fittings of a chariot (?) 
 
 y; 
 
 ;1 
 
 174- 10; 175- 
 5; 191-10; 
 
 I92.2;ig6. 
 3 ; 204. I ; 
 
 2I2.i;2l8. 
 
 8,9,10,11, 
 12 
 
 g right feeling 257. 9 
 
 
 ;0 <$. 
 
 L AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA y I ^ 
 
 carved, inscribed, written down 
 50. I ; 147. 10 ; 184. 10 
 
 "^ path, road 241. 4 
 
 way, road, path 51.8; 212. 
 12 ; 261. 10 ; 280. 3; 284. 16 
 
matennu 
 
 Matennu 
 
 mat en 
 
 madafasu 
 
 mafai 
 
 mafaiu 
 
 mafau 
 
 2 ; 303- 4, 5 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 • AAAAAA ■?• *> 
 
 425 
 
 
 ways, roads 132. 9 
 '^\ ^"'^ Aphroditopolis 223. 3 
 
 to obey, obedience 181. 9 
 I [1 I 0(2^ leather thongs 289. 8 
 
 % I I the town-guard 307. 9 ; 308. 
 ^ ' 11,12; 3i5.",i3; 316. 
 
 10 ; 320. 10 ; 322. 10 
 
 I ^^, 1 ^ r|| I name of a nation 294. 9 ; 296. 
 
 mafet ^^ '^ |t force, blow 285. 6 
 
 mu 
 
 AA/VVAA 
 
 water, lake, stream, water supply 9. 
 9 ; 87. I ; 109. 12 ; 187. 6 ; 241. 8 ; 279. i, 6 ; essence 24. 3 ; 
 "knowing my water", z'. e., "knowing from 
 
 what I have sprung" 115. 6 ; ^AA/w^ .^^^iz. ''of one water", t. e., 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAftAAA 
 
 ffl 
 
 ^A/^AA.^ 
 ^AA/V\A -^-^ 
 AftAAAA 
 
 of one kidney 192.6; '^ /wwva aaaaaa aaa^^^ water-flood 195.9 
 
 Q AAAA/W AAAAAA 
 
 Mu-pef 
 
 AAftA/V\ 
 AAAftAA 
 AAAAAA I 
 
 AAAAAA , 
 
 mui 
 
 ^ , [X] a proper name (?) 177. 6 
 Aww\ (1 [1 f'=^i) essence, seed 50. 1 1 
 
 AAAAAA 1 I 
 
 2Muf p^'^v^' xS '^°^'^^'' 7- ^ ; 4^- 3 ; 5°- ^3; 242. II 
 
 mu0, n2u0ef ^^5= J], \^'^J) mother i. i ; lo. 7 
 
 © 
 
 Mutet 
 
 the divine mother, the goddess Mut 
 143.2; 144.7; 294.7; 305.3 
 
 mut[ti] a\ ge^ lle^ the two mothers of Egypt, one of 
 
 the North and one of the South 123. 11. 
 
436 
 
 emem 
 
 ig6. i3 ; igg. i 
 
 emma 
 
 tnemu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 , / f\ in, upon, among 124.5; 
 
 with, among 1.4; 23. i ; 51. 7 ; 127. 10; 
 131. 2; 135-2; 137-5; ^'^ — 0*^— - 
 
 with him 1.4; ^i. ^ — " — " — M^ with 
 her 7. 6 
 
 read kesui "the two sides" (of the Nile) 224. 7 
 
 f^'^^ 
 
 men aaaaaa to abide, to be permanent or establislied 53. 
 
 11; 129.12; to persist in, to continue (fighting) 197.8; 
 i)\ established 145.13; 146.5; /I - jl established 
 
 147-5 
 
 men 
 
 men 
 
 
 men ab ' ' '^ to be resolute, harsh 41. 5 ; 243. i 
 
 A/VNAAA I 
 
 AAAAAA to allow (?) 247. 5 
 
 1 1 1 1 1 1 I n 1 1 1 1 I n I n I n I 
 
 AA/VAAA AAAAAA J fsAAAAA 
 
 odd' DDDU' I I I 
 
 II 
 
 ^'■■'11 I n'"" 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 odd' odd 
 
 monuments, buildings, funeral 
 edifice 107.6; 114. 7 ; 117. 
 10 ; 118. 9 ; i27. 4 
 
 ■™^'^ ^^=5,' ^^I '■° P^in, to be diseased, sickness, disease 
 
 43- 3 ; 245.4; 265. 10 
 
 11 I I 11 1 V 111 IIT I , 
 
 I' I 
 
 r""^ 
 
 mena 
 
 menau 
 
 menau 
 
 menanau 
 
 menatu 
 
 \ AAAAAA I I ^ 
 
 1"^^ I 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 © 
 
 to arrive by boat, to land, to 
 bring into port, to die, to 
 moor a boat 106. i ; 190. 4; 
 192. 12 ; 207. i3 ; 208. 2 ; 
 209. i3 ; 244. I ; 249. I 
 
 to arrive in port 178.2 
 punishment by death 326. 7 
 death 94. 6 ; 96. 6 
 ^__^ arrival in port (t. e., death) 40. i 
 
tnenat 
 tnenat 
 
 e^ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ^ a kind of bird i68. 3 
 
 427 
 
 /wvwv Q M nurse 38. 5 
 
 III 1 1 r I p\ ^ ■■ v| ff^ 
 
 Metiat-yufu /ww^qM ( ®Ar-^ ^ I a city in Upper Egypt 
 
 (the modern Beni-hasan) 108. 9 ; 109. 4 
 
 menS 
 
 znenmen 
 
 A^AAA/^ (1 (1 o bracelets 217.3 
 
 m 1 1 1 I 11 1 im 
 
 ^1 
 
 AAAAAA f^AT^AAA ' 
 
 tnenmenut^ wAA^yirn 
 
 AAAAAA (^ Cil I I 
 
 cattle 148. 6 ; 159. 10 ; 163. 12 ; 
 176.6; 294.5; 295.6 
 
 menmen 
 
 mentnen 
 
 mennu 
 
 znennu 
 
 t 1 t t T I t I ^ H I I I 
 
 A to stand 227. 7 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA 
 
 A 
 
 to carry off 95. 12 
 
 D^^ ^ colossal statue of a deity 149.6; plur. 
 1*^"^ fl=1 I J^ 151- 10 
 llj 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 e 
 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 160. 12 ; 162. 8 ; 180. 3 ; 221. 6 
 
 J i monuments 183. i3 ; 324. 8 
 (I , AAAAAA „ n I trees, plantations 148.2; 
 
 mennu 
 mennu 
 
 AAAAAA J 
 
 D (S 
 
 
 I offerings 90. 2 
 
 vigorously 263. 7 
 
 Me«-nefer I A® Memphis 207.2; 209.11; 210. 
 
 AAAAAA U ti 
 
 P 1] [] n name of a deity 205. 2 
 
 Menhi 
 
 AAAAAA ' 
 
 1*^"^ O Q 1 
 
 I flowers 160. 13 
 
 me^x (?) _|Sj[ linen bandages 130.8; 132.13 
 
 :. The variant '^'^^^f^^'^^ — °" P- 3°°- 5- 
 
 A/\AA,>A AAAAAA 
 
428 
 
 f""^ 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to stablish 270. i 
 
 i-u. n 
 
 menv 'wwv^. „qo£J 116. 5; well-doing 128. i3 ; bene- 
 
 ^ ® VU ° ^ - r^ Jl 
 
 ficent 244.3; benevolence 229.3; firm 117. i ; r^Jp'^ 
 
 n© a lasting good 268.7 
 
 ■■■'■II n 
 
 menyet -wvw ' perfect, to perfect, correct 63. 3 ; 66. 
 
 4; 138-5 ; 150-3 
 
 meny^u T|7f benefits 226.11 
 
 '■^jh^l permanent servants (?) 108. i 
 sad, diseased in mind (?) 261. 10 
 
 tnen-y 
 
 mens 
 mens 
 mensi 
 
 ment 
 
 ment 
 
 ementuf 
 
 ementek 
 
 mentet 
 
 ment 
 
 Mend 
 
 MenOu 
 
 f\J\AJS/V\ ■ 
 
 CZSZ] I 
 
 ^^1 , I ship 159.5 ; 177.9 
 
 1"^^ 
 
 MnJ: ships 176. 3 
 III 
 
 Q o 
 
 /wvw\ 
 
 ,Q o 
 
 /w>Aw such and such 3. 7 
 
 i*"^^ 
 
 "^^^ Jwwv^ ^^ to fail iiq. 2 ; disasters 270. i3 
 o I I I '' ' ' 
 
 o I I I 
 
 ^ S he, it I. I 
 '^ thou 32.6; 282.11; 293.5 
 
 e^^^ I , 
 
 '>~vw\ p bosom, breast 305. 7 
 
 -www ^ I breasts 84. 9 
 
 ^i 
 
 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ■ 
 
 A/WV\A , AA/WV\ 
 
 1 
 
 ;]■ 
 
 JJIllXl. -\ ir\ r ■ ' M i .<. ^ /7 ^ 
 
 the god Mentu 41.6; 134. 
 \ 8 ; 140. II ; 220. 10 ; 
 
 WVAAA ll (3 _Jy ^^A/W\ ^^4 
 
 292. 2 
 
 Mendu-hetep ( ^ ] \ ^ ] j) a king of the Xlth dynasty 
 
 314-5 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 429 
 
 Mendu-xepes-f k © ^•''^ xa an officer of Rameses X. 
 
 AAAAAA U ^ -^^ 
 
 308.6 
 
 /" 
 
 mer 
 
 /wsAAA pool, any collection of water 160. 8 
 
 . meru (?) 
 
 aieru 
 
 I ^1 
 
 © 
 
 I cisterns, reservoirs 183. i3 
 
 ^ 
 
 en 
 
 merit 
 
 V port, harbour 279. 9 
 
 river bank 193. 11 
 I quay, river bank or side 23. 6 ; 178. 
 
 5 ; 206. 1 1 ; 209. I r ; 210. i ; 214. 1 1 
 
 ^mer ¥ <^- "^^ to grieve, be sick, sad, dire, deadly 
 
 20.5 ; 33- 12; 257. 12; 280. i; f '^'^|f] sick 9.8 
 
 / 
 
 tner 
 
 ^ 
 
 to die, death, dead 10. 12 ; 
 20. i3 ; 26.7; 194.7; 203. 
 3, 6 ; 204. 12 ; 216. 11 
 
 f K.T. '^^^^h '''■ '° 
 
 ^ 
 
 inert 
 
 mer T W [['^^ tomb 310. 3, 5 ; 311. 7, 12 ; 312. i ; 
 
 313-5,8; 314-4 
 
 I 1 
 
 tombs 306.9; 308.13; 314.6 
 
 zaeru 
 
 mer 
 
 ^mera 
 
 meru 
 
 M 
 
 I I I 
 
 ■^ 
 
 love, will, pleasure 6. 11 ; 93. 10; 254. 10 
 
 ■ ^ ^ friend 202. 4 
 
 I friends 242. 11 
 
 ..r^' 
 
 ^ mer (or meri) to love, to be loved 41. i ; 130. 5 ; 185. 2 
 
 meri (] (] beloved, loving 142. 3 ; 143. 7 ; 306. 3 
 
 ]) darling 123. 6 7>7 5/2e_ i- 'f o 
 
 merixx 
 
 "'^SL 
 
43o 
 
 merit 
 
 meriti 
 
 mert 
 
 merer 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 will, desire 131. 4 
 
 beloved one 107 i; 294.4 
 
 to love, desire, will no. i ; in. 
 
 8; 131. 3 ; 204.12; 217.13 
 merru <=> \y, <=> Q. ! 
 
 to love 107. 4 ; 296. I 
 
 merru 
 
 merert 
 
 I friends 252. 8 ; 263. 4 
 
 love 262. 6 
 
 mertu 
 
 3 ; 255.3; 262. 12; ^^ 
 
 to love, love, loved one 25. lo ; 53. 
 
 Q g; 
 
 greatly beloved 51.2 
 
 mer 
 
 meru 
 
 >, '\ I chief, foreman, superintend- 
 ^ > ent 96.9; 107.4; 119-6; 
 '^ 159- 12; 264.7 
 
 i' II 
 
 governors 138. 2 ; 226. i 
 
 mer per ar 
 
 ber 96. 9 
 
 mer ma 
 
 mer maa 
 
 mer mas a 
 
 mer nut 
 
 244.4; 307- I 
 
 ' V^ ^ superintendent of the cham- 
 
 n 
 
 chief of temple ser- 
 vants 100.8; 240. 6 
 
 \ . ,^1 1 
 
 Wffl inspector of soldiers 186. 10 
 
 => governor 01 the town in. 5; 
 
 mer henu neter 
 
 1!i 
 
 inspector of priests 
 100. 7 ; 129. 3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 431 
 
 zner resu 
 
 mer set abtet 
 lands 108. 8 
 
 mer senti 
 
 mer kat 
 
 meru auaat 
 
 meru maalyi] 
 
 meru set 
 
 mer ah at 
 
 merahait 
 
 10; 315- I 
 
 Meriti 
 meru 
 
 cr> ti<^ governor of the South 103.5 
 =z> (MM5 Tf \ governor of the eastern 
 
 N-^l governor of granaries 132. i3 
 
 I 1^1 clerk of the works 129. 11 ; 190. 10 
 
 chiefs of tribes 138. 2 
 
 I I) temple governors 226. 
 
 <=: W 
 
 Mill I I 
 
 I ^ 
 I I 
 
 governors of districts 139. i 
 tomb 311. 4; 312. 7 
 
 4.^ 
 
 e 
 
 tombs 306. 10 ; 309. 1 ; 314. 
 I I I 
 
 a name of Ra 88. 1 1 , 
 to tie up 265. 12 
 
 Mer ur \J~\ ^^ ^^ Mnevis Bull 227. i ; 236. 3 
 
 1^ I ; 
 
 name of a scribe 40. 4 
 
 Mer-em-aptu g7\ ^^^ (I 
 
 Mer-en-Ra (o^^l prenomen of Pepi I. 103.4; 104.9, i3 
 T<^=> a city in Upper Egypt 116. 9 
 
 Mer-nefert 
 
 merhaire 
 
 merit 
 
 tnerJhet 
 
 Mersabata 
 
 T ra^-^ ^ i huts (?), tents 174. 3 
 1=0= wax 216. 6 
 
 Q I 
 
 =0=1 
 
 I to anomt 259. i 
 
 ■^ 
 
 vCa I name 01 a nation 17s. 6 
 
432 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ ( ■ ftAAAAA \ Q \ 
 
 Merkanes (Ji^^jf' \ 
 
 a proper name 212. i ; 218. 7 
 
 Merkanesu 
 
 tnert 
 
 Merti 
 
 Mertem 
 
 Mertamem 
 
 tnerfa 
 
 merfareaat 
 
 merfamai 
 
 u 
 
 I a class of servants (?) 108. 2 ; 112. 5 
 I a place near Heliopolis 212. i3 
 > a city in Upper Egypt 185. 12 ; 104.7 
 (J^ a city in Syria 281. 3 
 
 \ neighbourhood 280. 4 
 
 1^ 
 
 ,-7~-a 
 
 neighbourhood 276. 3 
 
 D 
 
 metal sheath (?) 289. 7 
 
 meh r^s^, ^~^ cubit 105. 11; 118. 3; 158.5; 183. 
 
 3 ; 284. 3 ; 309. 3 
 
 \ o gems, ewels 150. 2 ; pieces of stone 
 
 000 III ' ^ 
 
 for inlaying 153. 8 ; 156. 8 ; 158. 11 
 
 "filled with stone", i e., inlaid 237. 5 
 
 meh 
 
 meh em aat ' 
 
 meh 
 
 °°\ 
 
 
 1 — ''^ — 1 
 
 meh 
 
 °^ 
 
 mehi 
 
 ■^x^ 
 
 oinnD 
 
 covered (with flowers) 35. 10 
 
 to be full of, filled with 6. 1 1 ; 
 13.6; 19.7; 97.4; 183.9; 
 to carry on or complete work 
 
 8.4; to fulfil (orders) 182.5; °^ | meh-d filled 195.12 
 meh °^I'I fulness 266. i3 
 
 meh 
 
 meh ab 
 
 °°\ 
 
 to seize 316. 12 ; 317. i3 
 
 °°s 
 
 ■O "to fill the heart", t. e., to satisfy 
 
 98. 5 ; 188. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 433 
 
 meh mesfert °^(t|P ^ ^ "to fill the ear", i e., to listen 
 with great attention 279. 2 
 
 meht re q mouthful 241. g 
 
 meh-sa Hp( °8»= SA 1 > 
 
 A I Si) I to have a care for 226. i3 ; 
 
 u °^^^A I 228.6 
 
 meh sekau 
 
 °^ 
 
 ' U ^v'S^ ^° carry out ploughing 4. 5 
 
 AAAA/\A 
 
 iMeh °^ fi AA«AAA to pour out water, to inundate 53. 
 
 4; 57-4; 63.9 
 
 AA/W\ft 
 
 AA/WV\ 
 
 meh ^ S^ ■I'^^a:^ ^A^AM to float 106.8 
 
 A/WAAA 
 
 I22e/2J °<=^. X (] [1 ~«~w inundation 71.12 
 
 meh °=^ a word placed before ordinal numbers 
 
 <r-i? °^=\ °'==\ I I 
 
 °=^ , 237. s; > 237.6; > 325. 10 
 
 meh 
 meht 
 
 
 > north wind 130. 11; 131. i3 
 
 meh °^ (1/ north 99.12; 148.2. -J-J 
 
 o.n. T -^5tlW®SouthTn! 
 
 mehi ^ n m I n ) North 143. 9 ; 160. 6 
 
 mehu ^^P' north 297. 2 
 
 "'•^*^ f"®' °r^' 7^' iT, 1 "°'* 99- 11; 135.7; 
 
 ,„^^ \ 191. 2; 199. I ; 299. 
 
 mehtet , 1 12 ; 309. 5 
 
 meht Amenti °^\ ^\ north-west 136. 6 
 
 ci I I' ^ I 
 
 mehti ^\ northern 108. 11 ; 109. 5 ; 114. 11; 115. i 
 
 Q w I 
 
 mehtet o qi the beings of the north 61. i 
 
 28 
 
434 
 
 mehi ^\ 
 
 °^l 
 
 meht 
 
 Mehennut -wwv^ 
 
 
 roc4Bt;z.xi?y. 
 
 sorrow 54. 5 
 
 to grieve 59. 6 
 
 Mehenut 
 
 o<zi>< 
 
 mebu ^^ 
 
 zae/a 
 
 m[a]xai 
 
 mes 
 
 name of a serpent goddess 236. 8; 296. 12 
 
 (3 X 
 
 ' III 
 
 mesi 
 
 mesut (or njesfu) 
 mesut, mest 
 mestu 
 
 name of a goddess JT. it. 
 crowned 49. 9 
 ch plume 192. 3 
 greatly 228. 6 
 
 balance, scales 210. 9 
 to give birth to, to be born, born of 41. i ; 201. 7 
 
 to give birtii to, to produce, bearer 
 38. 2 ; 246. 3 ; 273. 4 ; 
 
 I I 
 
 birth 291. 2 
 
 ft- i 
 
 birth, born 53. 12 ; 109. i ; 
 no. i3 ; 230. 7 ; 303. 10 
 
 mest 
 
 mesu 
 
 mdsu 
 mesut 
 
 zaesui 
 
 S 
 
 P; 
 
 genetrix 252. i 
 
 
 young boys and girls 96. 
 4; 240. 1 3 children 246. 
 2; 251. 12; 271. II, i3; 
 317- 3 ; 319. I 
 Do. 320. 6 
 
 Do. 163. 10 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 4^5 
 
 mesu 
 
 mesu hemt 
 
 mesu Heru 
 
 mesu seru 
 
 mesi 
 
 emsuh 
 
 emsehu 
 
 mesf^et 
 
 mest 
 
 meses 
 
 meska 
 
 mest 
 
 Mest 
 
 mest 
 
 mestet 
 
 mestet 
 
 mestetu 
 
 mestetu 
 
 mesfem 
 
 mesfer 
 
 iTi 1 J| I divine children 299.3 
 ' I female children 230. 12 
 
 <^ I 
 
 I "^ 
 
 1 1 " ^ children of Horus 86. 2 
 
 itlPj^i fl®^' children of nobles 177. 12; 178.7 
 to carve 148. 11; 156.6; 163.4 
 
 crocodile 251. 11 
 
 <S. I 
 
 I crocodiles 13. 6 ; 16. 7 
 
 =, ribbons, veils 233. 4 
 
 — «— I I I 
 
 [T| Iq to plate (with gold) 123.4 
 
 IpPl^ belt, girdle 287.5 
 
 [T| I v- <i [| QA superabundance (of speech) 260. 
 
 Ill Ic'^^ a kind of goose (?) 168. i 
 rn 1 .j> .j. © a city in Lower Egypt 219. 11 
 IP^. ffl^ to haste 94.6; 241.6 
 ffi I qA hateful, abominable 260.8 
 
 to hate 203. 6 ; 269. 8 
 
 , I enemies, foes 197.2 
 
 I 
 
 :^^ Stibium 132. 12 
 ^ ^ ear 217. 5 
 
 28* 
 
436 
 
 mesferui 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 i^in 
 
 the two ears 268. i3 ; 319. i3 
 
 met 
 
 n ten 157-2; nil = XII 76. 8; 112. 10; ^^^^^ 
 = XV 42. 6 ; 82. 4 ; " = XVII 105. 8 ; " '" = XIX 
 
 T^ ' ^ ' -^ ' ill III 
 
 49. 2 ; III. II 
 
 met sas U "Lady of [the city of] Sixteen", /. e., 
 
 Hathor, lady of Lycopolis 93. i 
 
 met 
 metu 
 
 
 met en auset (www 
 
 met 
 metti 
 metet 
 metet 
 
 mettet 
 
 metet ab 
 emtua 
 emtu'k 
 emtuf 
 
 emtutu 
 
 1=3) 
 
 em:, C^ 
 
 seed 41. 6 ; 126. i 
 (=3) seed, affinity 201. 8 ; 253. 9 
 n a title (?) 100. II 
 
 I]]- 
 11 
 
 ]|c uprightness 128 
 
 111 zm 
 iwi 
 
 IJ; '^ a right disposition 246.3 
 I 17-5 
 
 to regulate, to put right, to 
 be exact, right, truth 124. 
 9; 170.6; 234. 8 ; 241. I ; 
 251.2; 253. 5 
 
 examination 282. 4 ; 287. 
 4 ; 291. 1 1 
 
 Q (S 
 
 thou 4. 3 ; 17. 
 
 o (2 
 
 he 2. 10 
 
 one 18. I ; 26. 2 ; 30. g ; 232. 3 ; 
 234. 3 ; 236. 11; 237. 3 
 
emtun 
 eratusen 
 
 mit Ma-i-^ 
 metet 
 
 meter 
 
 metrit 
 znetmet 
 
 metetet 
 
 metenu petet 
 metu 
 metet 
 meti 
 
 ^ ©I I I 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 I , , we 135.4 
 
 they 139. 7 
 
 437 
 
 ■y'yi ot, ■<.■" «- <-^ 
 
 (- 
 
 
 death, to die 203. 2 ; 257. 6 ; 322. 4 
 death 271. 2 
 
 to give judgment, to put right, 
 judgment 201. 3 ; 273. 2 ; 328. 12 
 
 [l(Jci-| integrity, uprightness 128. 
 
 12 
 
 f^=&f=Qs 
 
 1^ QA to ask questions, to examine 122. 8 
 
 Q Q 1 1 I to see, to look upon 279. 5 ; 280. 
 
 >11 
 
 .£52 
 
 5 ; 281. 1 
 
 courses of heavenly bodies 234. 7 
 
 ^ I 2i' I ^ 
 
 to speak 9. i3 ; 245. 3, 9 ; 250. 6, 7 
 
 ■fl^: 
 
 metm IT 111) I 
 
 m^et, metet 
 
 metut 
 
 metu 
 
 speech 254. i3 ; 260. 12 ; 263. 7 
 
 I word, converse 245. 9 ; 261. i ; 
 \ 242.9; 246. I ; 251.4; 272. 6; 
 122. 7 
 
 ill. i^, 
 
 words, ordinances, speech, 
 something uttered, speak, 
 say 43. 8 ; 80. 12 ; 123. i ; 
 133. II ; 226. 12 ; 234. 6 
 
438 VOCABULARY. 
 
 metuu |c^3%>^^ speech 141. 3; 260. 1 3 
 
 metiu 1(1 I >^^ words 251.6 
 
 I \ 
 
 words 252. 12 ; 297. 12 
 
 mettu ,, „ ^,, . 
 
 znetet aaaiu ^ 1 
 
 274.9 
 
 (1 [1 high-sounding words 
 
 gTj J (I -^^ evil speech 247. 1 1 
 
 metet nefert ^ T<:^ "fine speech", ?'.«., noble thoughts 
 
 expressed in noble language 246. 4, i3 
 
 metet yast ^ — ••— ^^ evil speaking 253. 1 1 
 
 me© ^^s=>^ dead 27.8 
 
 metet V\ ^Hj ^-^^ violence, strength 270. 11 
 
 m.ef JT\ 'w^AA^ to penetrate 202. 3 
 
 mefut jn , JT\ '^ deep, depth, pit 283. 
 
 •2 Q \n © '^^ 
 3 ; 309. 4 
 
 mefut JT\ c~^ caverns, cow-byres 163.13; 207.6; 
 
 301.8 
 
 Mefa ^, I^^CVH] name of a country 106. 6 
 
 mefeh ^^i^^ girdle 96. 8 
 
 mefet C\ ] W ointment 132. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. ^ig 
 
 N. 
 
 en 
 
 ^~wA, Vy, mark of the genitive, for, to, in, by i. i; 
 4.1; 8.1; 9.2; 41.2; 76.8; 133-3; 225.6; ^~w^^ [j 
 among 193.6; v/Y<:z=> in addition to 234.4; "''~^ 
 
 lig. I , ^^~w, <:^:a n^ so 
 
 before 225. g ; A^A^AA 
 
 that 124.2; /wvw K fifi for ever 107.8; -wwaa 'w 
 
 behind 11. 5; 12.8; 136.3; 286.5. '^■"^^ ^^ 140.3; 
 
 I 
 
 /v^AAAA '^ with, by 113.9; '^'■''•'^ ^"1 foi" ^'^^^ ^07- 9 
 
 *^ — -^ <- 1.1 'V. 
 
 n = na ~vww me 105. 5 
 
 12 to turn, to come 6. i 
 A I 
 
 w to come 14. 9 ; 32. 6 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 en 272. 1 3 
 
 n we, US 4. I ; 10. 5 ; 50. 7 ; 51. i ; 133. 3 
 
 I I I 
 
 na 
 
 the (plur.) 16. 6 ; 18. 10 ; 22. t2 ; 23. i, 7 ; 29. 
 
 i; 34-7; 35-12; 135.8,9; 138.2; 147.2; 
 
 173-3,4,5 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA H H O Q | 
 
 na en \ ~wwv these, 'K ''~'^^>. '8 ' these crocodiles 
 
 16.7; \ ^~^ S^'^li "^hese dogs 18.10; ^ 
 
 (Q I ^A^^^^ 
 
 l] n I these garments 22. 12 ; 23. 2 ; 
 
 ^v AAA^A^ 
 
 V^ ^ ^ va I these washermen 23. i ; 
 
 I these people 34. 7 ; \ ""^^ Q ^ 1 these fol 
 
 AA/sA^A AAAAAA 
 
 lowers 140.8; -K those belonging to 138.3 
 
440 
 liai-a 
 nai-k 
 nai-f 
 
 nai-zr' 
 
 a^\ 
 
 ■\\ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 % my 39. 6 ; 145. 3 ; 166. 5 
 
 thy 6. 10; 159. 9; 165. II 
 
 his 1.6; 
 
 I his children 243. 4 
 
 ,.^4>^. 
 
 AAAftA^ /V^A/V\A 
 
 our 135. I 
 
 nai-sen 
 
 ~^'^~^ their 4. 10 ; 26. 3 ; 137. i 
 
 (s 
 
 180. 4; 315. 6; 328. 6, II 
 
 namesiiies 
 148.5 
 
 naha 
 
 284. I 
 
 naha 
 
 Nayi^ai 
 
 ziasaqu 
 
 Nafana 
 
 na 
 
 nas 
 
 house 217. 8 
 : X 
 
 to heap up, to make run over 
 crowded or blocked up behind 
 
 SI I 
 
 vfy a species of plant or shrub 285. 2 
 ^ (J^ a city in Syria 290. i3 
 
 k'o' ^^ breaks, divisions 274. 8 
 I ©■. — 
 
 I ' ^ ' I ^ I, me 5.7; 112. 5; 127. 1,6 
 
 n HI to cry aloud, to invoke, to be invoked 78. 
 
 3 ; 80. 4 ; 132. 2 ; 298. 3 
 nasi flpciSj) to address, cry 242.13; 243.4 
 
 nasbef (?) |1 H J |) ^ to proclaim 34. 2 
 
Nak 
 
 na 
 
 na 
 
 nai 
 
 naru 
 
 nart 
 
 nima 
 
 nimau 
 
 Nini 
 
 VOCABULARY. 44^ 
 
 ^^jjlhli name of a fiend 297. 9 ; 304. 6 
 
 , I A to travel 204.6; 210. 3 ; 287.12 
 
 
 A 
 
 AAAAAA AA/\/\/V\ 
 
 '' . wiv , , ,'=-t;:? to sail 105.9; 190.10 
 
 A 
 
 AA/VV\A 
 
 'e 
 
 A, 
 
 ^=ai^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ travelling, coming, to sail 
 
 75.6; 83.4; 89.4; 
 158.8 
 
 I a kind of fish 16. i 
 
 I sycamore 8g. 12 
 
 AA^/W\ AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 w 
 
 (S, 
 
 who? 9. i3 ; 32. 6 ; 190. 8 ; 
 198. II (bis) 
 
 a proper name 84. 11 
 of 27. 3 ; 39. 12 ; 100. 6 ; 104. i3 
 
 nu ^ |||, V III they, them 150.8; 165.7; 169.7; 176. 
 
 nu 
 
 nu 
 
 ■ nu 
 
 Nu 
 
 nui 
 
 nui (?) 
 
 nub 
 
 I ; 180. 10; 315. 9; us (?) 81. 2 
 
 DDD^ babe, child 51. i3; 70.8 
 000 
 
 .\AAAAA 
 AAA/W\ 
 AAAAAA 
 
 A^\AAA 
 
 A^VAAAA 
 
 000 
 
 sky 2x3. 2 
 
 \> water 148. i ; 158. 7 
 the Sky-god 297. 9 
 I dagger, weapon 11. 3; 12.7; 15.10 
 tools 26. 3 
 gold 30.7; 153-7; 179-8, etc. 
 
 nub nefer ^^°*^ I fine gold 149. 2 ; 151. 8 ; 153. 7 ; 158. 7 
 
 000 
 
442 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nub en sep "jerat A^^AAA "gold of three times", /. e., 
 
 000 III 
 
 much refined gold 179.8 
 
 nub "Golden one", a name of a god 91. 8 
 
 o III 
 
 nub , CT"^ places where gold is smelted (?) 
 
 i^-zi' I H i I I err: '^ ■ ^^ 
 
 156.7 
 nubau r^^lj to fashion, to form 58.5 
 
 nubi rw^ JKl^ljLi^Ki ^° smelt, to work metals by fire 
 
 124. 10 
 
 nubu fwl I moulded 73. 8 
 
 : name of a queen 312. 12; 324.4 
 
 Nub-fas ( rs^n Q 1 
 
 Nub-Y_aa-s i fw^ -^— { 
 
 iVub^ fwn'=> I name of a god 220. 10 
 
 AA/VW\ ^^/^AAA 
 
 nu nej&eh \> | | ^'^®''' everlasting 107. 8 
 
 nuk ^ ', ^ , J) I 46. 6; 53. 3 ; 99. 3; 133.13 
 
 nut of 141. 8 
 
 fluf (?) ®^^t' towns-folk 267.7 
 
 nut town 20. I 
 
 ^ I 
 
 nut 
 
 ® e I 1 
 
 3 III' o| y towns, cities 42.7; 85.8; 100.9; 
 
 ® ®®®f III. 3 
 
 3 ®' I II ) 
 
 nut A pyramid district 97. 
 
 ® 
 nuti (?) double city 237. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 443 
 
 n Q f\ O Q \ 
 
 Nut 
 
 © £2 O 
 
 AAWVSA 
 
 ® C Q 
 
 the goddess of the sky 41-7; 
 52.7; 55. 11; 57.9, i3 ; 72. 
 8; 123.9 
 
 neb ^d^ all, any, each, every, of every sort or kind 
 
 1.9; 2.8; 156.8; 177.10; 207.3; every one 195.12; 
 any, each, every 8. i ; 15. 6 ; 35. 6 ; 95. 11 ; 242. 9 
 
 nebu 
 
 III© III' 
 
 nebut 
 
 all 41. i; 52.4; 121. 5 ; 
 126. 2 
 
 lord 13. 2 ; 50. 3 ; 97. 10 ; 
 neb . "^ ""^ \ 103.4; 104.8; 115. 
 
 1 2 ; ^37 vra a man of 
 
 property, owner 256. i3 ; 259. 3 ; lord 49. 5 ; 51. 3 ; 
 
 62.4; 67.6; plur. ndu lords, owners 315.6 
 
 neb amay^ ^3:7 "» possessor of reverence, i. e., revered one 
 no. 8 ; III. 5 
 
 neb anu ^^zz^ ulicx: "master of books", z. e., an author, 
 
 scribe 40. 5 
 
 neb yr^et ^37 1 "lord of things", t. e., a wealthy man 
 
 251. ri 
 
 neb seta neb aara (?) or smauti }^£ lord of the North and 
 South, or uniter of the North and South 108. 5 ; 109. x ; 
 iio.u; 114. 5 ; 124.4; 130-2 
 
 neb get ^zz^ i O "master of manner", i. e., one who 
 
 knows how to act properly (?) 251. 10 
 
 nebt lady, mistress 91. 1,3,4, ^tc. 
 
 Nebt-Ammu HUffl® ^ name of the goddess Uatchet 92.5 
 
444 
 Nebt-anyr^ 
 
 nebt per 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 D a name of Isis 304. 9 
 
 — 1 
 
 "mistress of the house", z. e., wife, 
 
 married woman 80. i ; 107. 6 
 
 Nebt-het 
 
 Nebt-hetep 
 
 o 
 
 Nephthys 50. 2 ; 77. 10 
 
 a name of Hathor gi. 6 ; 143. 4 
 
 a proper name 312. 8 
 
 a name of Osiris 41. 2 ; 75. 12 ; 
 91. 10 ; 119. 10 ; 122. 3 
 
 flame 68. 12 ; 220. i3 
 
 jnn protector 155.7; 165.10 
 
 y^J^m^^^ Cyprus 228. 12 
 j,,«^^sx. to tie, to plait the hair 5.6 
 
 AAA/V\A I 
 
 ,^s\. I lock of hair 22. 8 
 I 
 
 Nebt 
 
 nebtu 
 neper a 
 nef 
 
 , '^iSK. 
 
 ]^_^ _^ plaited mats 166.9 
 
 name of a cloud 54. 
 9; 55-6; 64.9 
 
 □ II o ^ grain, Corn-god 302. 6 
 
 -' W ^ he. It, him 219. 3, 6 ; 230. 5 ; 237. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 445 
 
 neS 
 neGa 
 
 nefer 
 
 
 ) 
 
 
 foe, enemy, evil one 59. 2 ; 
 60. 2 ; 220. I 
 
 J'^^ n ^ to be good or beautiful, good 
 
 <oU' [ 44- 7 ; excellent 2. i ; beauti- 
 
 l^i— I ?<=> I ^"^ ^^'^'^ 8"^^"°"® 33-4; 
 0<=^' 0' / happy (of days) 33.3; sweet 
 
 (of pasture) 3.6; pretty 286. i3 ; good (look-out) 134.6; 
 happily 40. 2 ; prosperity 181. 12 ; to recover from a sick- 
 J ^ "^^^ good or bad 290. i ; 1 
 
 <=:=> [1 I © II very fine indeed 3. 11; 24.9; T 
 
 the best of all 243. 12 ; T V ^^ nefer-ui 
 
 qI 
 I 
 
 ,1 Q 
 
 doubly good 269. 6 ; 273. 7, 8 
 
 + ^^^ ' t ' t Jl ' \ ^^''^' S°°'^» excellent, love- 
 ,-^-^ 1' 1' Ul' ly, beautiful, beauties 
 
 neferu ( ■ 
 
 iii' i^' i<=>®lji) 8; 70.3; 71.9; 122. 
 
 3 ; 143. 10 ; 183. 6 ; 200. 4 ; 295. 12 ; 299. g 
 
 neferu T Wi 1 "the happy beings", i.e., the dead 317. 4 
 
 neferi 
 
 m 
 
 beautiful one 62. i3 
 
 nefert t^, 1^^, I^^"- ^^^^ ^* S^o^ 3-9; 130-8; 
 
 241. 10 ; 269. 6 ; 294. 6 
 
 nefert T J| 1 fair women 80. 12 
 
 nefertu I ^ pleasant 182. 4 
 
 nefer-rda t '^"'^ jl (1 favourable 4. 2 
 
 ijeferi I ^^ (1 [j ^^ fire 92. 4 
 
 Neferus 1\ ^ "^^"^^ °^ ^ '^'^^ ^^7-3 
 
 Nefer-Tem i'^^^^^J] ^ Sod of Heliopolis 143.7; i49- i3 
 
446 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Nefer-hra 1 j\ "beautiful face", a name of Ra 51. 2 ; 52. ii 
 
 Nefer-hetep I □ A a name of Khonsu 44. 5 
 
 Nefer-hetep-pa-aS T Jl^^"^^^^ Nefer-hetep Major 
 
 77. 8 ^ ^^ 
 
 Nefer-hetep-pa-serel^^ ^ ^ #> | Nefer-hetep 
 Minor 77. 9 
 
 neferi er 
 
 up to, until 49. 6 ; 124. 6 ; 237. 3 
 neferit er 100" <=* I 
 
 "^^^™ ^' I ^ grain 148. 5 ; 150. 7 ; 157- 3, 5 
 
 neferu TV young horses 200. 12 
 
 neferu TT T c-zi door (?) 312.5 
 
 nifu -V^i, -V-^Vi 'W^ ^'r, wind, breath 68.1; 
 
 96.2; 118. 8; 130. II ; 181. 7 ; 300.8 
 
 AftAA/VA ra 
 
 nem /i ^\. "'^^ mistake, error 270. 5 
 
 to repeat 43. i ; 44. 2, 
 7; 109. I ; 151. i3; 
 302.9 
 
 nemt {or uhemt) f^^T"^ to repeat 251.5 
 
 , , s iJw^Sy herald 307. 6 ; 309. 12 ; 316. 
 
 nemu (or uhemu) ^ ^ / > o ^ > o 
 
 8; 330.3 
 _J7 ^ Ij I new 208. 4 
 
 „„„' ^ 
 nem (or uhenj) 
 
 X 
 
 AAA/^A^ *\ n I 
 
 nemau 
 
 Nemared [ ^ ^_^\ Nimrod (?) 187.1; 191. 9 ; 200.7; 
 224. I 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 block of slaughter 51. i3 ; 74. 11 
 
 447 
 
 nemtnat 
 
 nemt stride, walk, gait 128. 6 
 
 A 
 
 nemmat 
 
 nemata 
 
 nemma 
 
 neznau 
 
 ■ couch 64. I ; 80. 10 
 
 nemtnat (or nemtet) steps 294. 8 ; 304. 6 
 
 (1 ^ ^ to stride over 304. i 
 
 AAAA/VA n 
 
 |v |s <vh:^ ^ — " to build, to construct 151. 6 
 ~^~^( ^^^^ yfe^^S^^ boats 102. II 
 
 nemetntau 
 
 nemtet 
 
 nemmes 
 
 kk^: 
 
 
 to stride 56. 2 
 
 ■ Q o I 
 
 Jk A I 
 A 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 steps 254.4; 258.4; 270.9; 274.1 
 
 nemesmes -vw^ 
 
 1-^5- to enlighten 89.9 
 
 AwvAAA to heap up to overflowing 207. 4 
 
 — « A/WAA 
 
 nezHines -wwv^ 
 
 ( ^\ 1^^ a headdress 297. i 
 
 nemmeset |\|v '=^1 libation vases 86.5,13 
 
 I 
 
 enen (?) 
 
 eaen 
 
 
 these (?) 276. 6 
 
 4 — 1-) T T 
 
 I I AA/VW\ 
 
 AA/VW\ 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 this, these 65. 12 ; 121. 3 ; 186. 2 ; 
 208. 12 
 
 enennai 
 
 -| -1 AWWVA 'W^'^^' 
 
 ■j-T-ww^ 'k ^ ^ to delay (?) 79. 9, 10 
 
 enen 
 
 ■t" ]■]- ^ ^ @ broken remains 278. 12 
 
448 
 
 enen-da 
 
 ennu 
 
 ennu 
 
 ennut 
 
 ennu 
 
 ennu 
 
 ennu 
 
 ennuit 
 
 ennuit 
 
 ennuit 
 
 ennuh 
 ennuh 
 ennuhu 
 
 enenem 
 
 nenser 
 ner 
 
 nerau 
 
 A/SA"A/v ^ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 W ^^W broken, useless 289. i 
 
 D to occupy oneself 253. 6 
 
 to bind together 65. 12 
 bond 267. 8 
 
 
 
 AA/vAAA 
 
 
 AAA^'^A 
 
 
 O to look, to see 28. 7 ; 29. 2 ; 58. 3 
 -^&- to look, to see 12. 6 ; 181. 2 
 O time, period 50. 9 ; 64. 2 
 
 -^•^ moment 286. 8 
 D on O 
 
 />AAAAA 
 
 ^^^■(]q. 
 
 to put in good order 288. i3 
 
 to tend, to care for 16. 12; 17.3 
 
 S 
 
 X 
 
 D (3' 
 D (3 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 to tie up, to fasten 51.4 
 
 (S cordage 89. 4 
 
 © 
 
 AA/WV, 
 AA/WA 
 
 AAAAftA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 g I traces, harness 277. 2 
 
 AAAAAA h (3 
 
 t 
 
 error, to act wickedly 253. g ; 254. 
 i; 255. II ; 270.9 
 
 <=!=> q7\ excitement (?) 261. 7 
 to have terror of 190. 6 
 
 to be in terror of, to hold in awe, 
 to vanquish, to defeat, awe, 
 terror 56.12; 70.3; 85.9; 
 220. 9 ; 296. 5 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 449 
 
 nerit 
 
 nerau 
 
 Neh 
 
 ^ to strike awe into 120. 6 
 
 «^M 167.7 
 
 |— , ffl I a district of Athribis 92. 9 
 
 neh 
 
 ra o III' ra 
 
 10 ; 241. II 
 
 nehai 
 
 few, little, small quantity 206. 
 few 318. 5 ; 331. I 
 
 ra k!i-i IliUi'^ ^"^^ 
 
 which produce incense 159. 2 
 
 ra ms^ 
 
 nehaut neter sentra 
 
 I I I 
 
 nehamu 
 nehamu 
 nehareau 
 nehat 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 iAAAA/> 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 (2 
 
 rejoicing 323. 10; 324. i 
 
 -^h 
 
 © 
 
 I people who rejoice 25. 9 ; 30. 10 
 — Q chattels (?), things (?) 278. 2 
 
 :o I I 
 : I. 
 : ^ I 
 
 I. walls 59. 5 
 
 Nehiren r— 1 '^^"'^ Mesopotamia 137.7 
 
 ra W f^/^^ ^ 
 
 nehut 
 neh em 
 Neher 
 
 nehes 
 
 nehet 
 
 neh-tu 
 
 neh 
 
 rae 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ra 
 
 AAAAAft AAAAAA 
 
 ra 
 
 V. 
 
 ra 
 
 AAAA^A A ^1 
 
 ra I il 
 
 little 258. 10 
 to rejoice 47. 7 ; 200. 3 ; 224. l 
 
 Mesopotamia 41. 7 
 
 to wake 48. 2 ; 277. ii ; 278. 6, 12 
 
 ra^f i 
 
 ra^ 
 
 I sycamore trees 127. 5 
 
 diminished 234. 5 
 
 nT\ 9 gT\ to trust in 252. 3 
 
 29 
 
450 
 nehu (?) 
 
 neheb 
 
 neheb 
 
 neheb 
 
 nehebet 
 
 nehem 
 
 nebemu 
 Nehra. 
 
 neheh 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 |<2.1(?) to worship, to pray 235.3 
 Wl'i neck 34-8; ^| J ^ thyself 278. 
 ^y^^ harness 275.4 
 
 AAAAAA Q n V 
 
 Ij^ 9 \ to yoke 189. i ; 196. 12 
 
 J v^ yoke 289. 5 
 
 
 /ViA/v\A V 
 
 to pillage 100. i3 ; to de- 
 liver 45. 2 ; 63. 5 ; 227. 
 6 ; 298. 3 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 to deliver 21.6: 181. 8 
 
 \AAAA |\ 
 
 #> n father of Khnemu-hetep 107.5; 111.5; 113. 1 1 
 wAww X X G, 
 
 OK, 
 
 AAAAAA O AAA/VNA 
 
 eternity, everlastingness 
 
 14. 3 ; 88. I ; 116. 
 
 of II ; 117- I ; 152- 
 
 H ' 5 ; 225. 2 ; 244. 7 ; 
 
 ^^ for ever and ever 124. 3 
 
 ^^AAAA Y f 
 
 neheh henti |o| :^^^ an eternity of ^«z/2, z. e., periods of 
 120 years 129. 5 
 
 neheh 
 
 Nehes 
 
 Nehes 
 
 nehti 
 
 ney[U 
 
 ney^eb 
 
 ne-^ebu 
 
 1 
 
 I to pray 133. 6 
 |piJv) Negro-land 95. 12 
 
 negroes 99. i3 ; 100. i, 2, 3 
 to trust 207. I 
 
 ■1 to support 188. II 
 
 ^ title 42. 4 
 
 ^ J to be described 51.8 
 
neyiebu 
 
 nefjebtet 
 
 Nexen 
 
 neyen 
 
 neyen 
 
 5 ; 206. 6 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ^ ] slaughter, punishment 326. 2 
 
 1 ^ I wickedness 2s8. 3 
 © a city in Upper Egypt 97. 3 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ^ humility 113. 8; 117. 7 
 
 .0 AAAAAA 
 
 3) babe 68. 7 ; 94. 3 ; plur. ® 
 
 iJ AAAAAA 
 
 451 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I 199. 
 
 e 
 
 flail 297. 4 
 
 n — Oj ® Qi; — c strong, mighty, violent, strength, 
 power, force 40.8; 42.6; 122. i3 ; 258.9; victory 134.6; 
 
 AAAAAA (p "\ ^g v.^ AAAAAA ,^_^ ^N- 
 
 ^^=^^ |l strong 152. I ; 160. 11; ^^^^^-^ strongly 
 
 fortified 195. 1 1 
 
 
 © 
 
 «exf 
 
 next 
 
 neftu 
 
 ne-ftu 
 
 nextu 
 
 nextu (?) 
 
 nert-S. ^^ 
 
 9 ; 220. 10 
 
 AAA 
 
 ■Wex^ ^ 
 
 /v AAAAAA 
 
 troops 136. 3 
 
 strength, mighty deeds 41.4,6 
 
 power, force 181. 8 ; mighty one 181. 3 
 
 I troops 188. 10 
 
 -^^ Q_ cm strongly fortified places 173.10 
 
 I forces 140. 7 
 
 strong of arm, t. e., mighty i8g. 
 
 a proper name no. 7; 113. i3 
 
 a proper name 128. 2 ; 129. 
 3, i3 ; 133.2 
 
 29* 
 
452 
 Neytu-em-Mut 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Neyt-Heru-na-sennut 
 name 218. 12 
 
 a proper name 324. iq 
 ^^~v« ffl I V5r a proper 
 
 neyj:u 
 
 nes 
 
 nest 
 
 Q e; 
 
 r;i^ 
 
 proclaimed 55. 4 
 
 tongue 113. 8 ; 268. 11 ; 292. 3 
 
 nes, nesi 
 
 AAAAAA AAAAAA \i 
 < , ^ 
 
 
 
 belonging to 24. 2 ; 73. 5 ; 
 
 nes 
 
 
 124. 4; 253. 7; 255. 6; 
 326.4 
 
 nest 
 
 ^- 1 
 
 
 nesut 
 
 AAAAAA n -PN fV 1 
 
 ^ — ^ V'^T' hastiness 261.8 
 
 Nes-Amen 
 Nesi- Amen 
 Nes-su-Amen 
 
 — H— 1 1 /VAAAAA £_-. 
 
 — M— U AAAAAA C 
 
 — H— 1 I A/>AAA^ ^ 
 
 I 
 
 a proper name 307. 2 ; 
 309.8; 316.4; 317-5; 
 323.4; 329. i3; 331.9 
 
 Nes-Amsu 
 
 
 proper name 76. 5 
 
 Nesnaqeti 
 
 ^V\"t 
 
 a proper name 192.2; 218. 11 
 
 Nes-dent-meh 
 
 ^~r e'l 
 
 a proper name 198. 5 
 
 nesert 
 
 AAAAAA .- -^ /-\ 
 
 ne 65.4 
 
 nest 
 
 So ffi ffl 
 
 1 1 
 
 thr 
 
 one, seat 78.0; 112. i3; 
 
 cr-=i' o' c I 
 
 120. 5 ; plur. Z5fflZ3 40. II ; 42. 7 ; ^ double throne 
 
 146.9 
 
 Q W {^TD 
 
 nes 
 
 I to tremble 29. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 453 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 nes c^ to enter in, to rush upon 258. i ; 267. 8 
 nesu ci|n ^ ^ leaf of a door (?) 34. 9 
 
 AAAAftA 
 
 nesen r-w— i 
 
 neseni n^sza,- disasters 62.7 
 
 'py .^ grief, trouble 262. 7 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 I I I 
 
 nesf.i [is=]l>-:J to rage 170.10 
 
 A/VAAAA 
 
 wc-fe r — [fi wz'ri? 265. 4 
 
 Nekau ^^(1©^ name of a fiend 52. 2 
 
 neken ^3:35 NL to attack 64. 1 1. 
 
 AAAAAA -£y 
 AAAAAA n I 
 
 neiref ^||i things 16. 10 ; 17. 4 ; 18. i ; 30. 6 ; 33. 10 
 
 AAAAAA ,i*n ^^ 
 
 "^^^ ZS ^i to hew 65.9 
 
 nelra -^^ *^^ to open out 75. 5 
 
 \AAA/^ 
 
 ne^a ^ *^a a kind of wood 118. 4 
 
 AAAAAA ^ r^ 
 
 "^^^ ffi ^^ pain 78.8 
 
 AAAAAA ,^ 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 nekeb ^ 1 .^^^ to be destroyed, to come to an end 252. 
 
 i3; 257.4 
 
 AAAAAA P / 
 
 ei2f ^ , Vo of 42. 8 ; 235.10 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 net a thou 7. 1 1 
 
 AAAAAA . 
 
 ei3^ which no. 10 
 
 AAAAAA , '^]^ 
 
 Hef inM!];^ ^° sprinkle 189. 11 
 
 Net .^^t^l) fil the goddess Neith 84. 7 ; 192. 8; 221. 12 
 
454 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 netQ) netu Q) S^"^, cT^^©^ treasurer, chancellor 77.6: 
 97. II ; 104.9; 119- 6; plur. ,^^^1 204.4 
 
 net 
 
 net (or bat) 
 
 net 
 enta 
 
 V 
 
 T yT^ treasurers 100. 5 
 
 king of Lower Egypt 60. 6 ; 62. 10 ; 66. 
 10 ; III. 4 
 
 01 
 I 
 
 AAA/W\ 
 
 I rules, regulations 238. 7 
 "^ rule, custom 41. 8 
 
 entau 
 
 5; 231.9 
 
 ent 
 
 A/SAAAA n I 
 
 Q |i|i litany, prescribed rites 87.6; 171. 5; 211. 
 
 Ul 
 
 ^ I creatures, things which exist 144.13; 182. i 
 
 enti 
 enti 
 
 Ci \\ 
 
 entu 
 
 entuten 
 
 entet 
 
 f\f\AA/^ I 
 
 CI W I 
 
 AAAftAA I 
 AA/SAAA I 
 
 things which are 294. 10 ; 295. 4 ; 300. 
 3 ; 301. i3 
 
 who, which i. g ; 6.6; 9.1; 136.8; 
 
 everything which 243. 7 
 
 
 , © those who 17s. i ; 270.3 
 
 ^ wv/AA ye, you 136. 10 
 
 (VVVVV^ 
 
 ^ he 121. 8 ; 136. 12 
 
 1^ 
 
 god 20. II ; 49. 5 ; 189. 3 ; 195. 5 ; God 
 neter }• 243.3; 249.6; 250.18; 251.8; 252. 
 
 2,4; 233.5; 255.5; 259.9; 262.6; 
 
 264.4; 269.8; 273.12; "^^ ^ 111^' ^°'^ ^"^""S 
 gods 53. 1 3 
 
neteru 
 
 neteret 
 
 neterit 
 
 neter 
 
 netra 
 
 netri 
 
 165.3 
 
 neter er 
 
 VOCABULARY. 455 
 
 inii.m 
 
 gods 19. 10; 41. I ; 51.7; 
 
 "ffl n ' "^ '^ "1 
 ml' 1 1 1 ' 
 
 90. 4; 114. 5; 133. 3; 
 142. 3 ; 226. 2, 12 ; 294. 
 
 =",^i , 
 
 4 
 
 ^, I n goddess 238. 2 
 
 goddesses 88. 1 1 ; 95. i ; 142. 
 3 ; 143.9; 238.5 
 
 ovii ; 
 
 X.\' 1°S 
 
 T 1 ^' 1 <~> ^^'■°"S, divine 41. 6 ; 55. i ; 123. 1 1 
 j I jj divine one 90. 7 
 
 1"^M' I'T^n "^^^'"^ 144-12; 145.4; 
 
 power 121. 7 
 
 neterui tnenyui f\^\ the two divine benefactors, 0ewv 'Eu£p- 
 YSTwv 225. 7 ; 226. 7 ; 229. 10 ; 230. i ; 231. 8 
 
 neterui nefui '°H '=f=' the two divine saviours 229. 12; 
 
 /wwvA iJJ »i^ I __„ ^ I ^^ 1 Vy = Gr. xoT? TtpoYivoi? 0eoT? 
 
 ScoTvipijiv au^eiv 
 
 neterui senui 7\ 7\ the two divine brethren, ©scov 'ASsXfjJWv 
 225. 5 ; 226. 10 ; 229. II ; 230. 7 
 
 neterui het-at Ij | __^ I ^_^ the two divine temples 56. 4 
 
 1l 
 
 JVefer 
 neteru peru 
 
 I cr^ 
 
 a city near Sais 185. 5 
 divine temples 228. 7 
 
456 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 neter mefu ] i divine speech or tradition 129.6 
 
 neter net Q) | cC\)W divine treasurer 77.6; 97. 11 
 
 neter hen I y ' ^ priest 76. 3 ; 97. 2 ; 308. 9 
 
 neter hen tep iff high-priest 128. 2 ; (1 ^^ y 1 Ji priest- 
 hood 230. I 
 
 neter u henu 
 
 neter het 
 
 priests 100. 7 ; 226. 1 
 
 ffliQ;;5i 
 
 temple, shrine 61. i3 ; 112. 
 2 ; 227. 2 
 
 X 
 
 neter sentra , 
 
 I c^Qc^ I I I 
 
 neter het unnut ] J ^^ " ^i priests who serve for 
 
 certain periods in the temple 163. 9 
 
 neter hetep ] 
 
 neter hetepet ] 
 
 neter sender \ 1 <=> 
 
 1 1 000 
 
 neter tefu l*'"^^ "divine fathers", an order of priests 
 
 property or offerings dedicated 
 to a god 133. 3 ; 201. 11 
 
 incense 153. i3 ; 211. 3 ; 213. 
 6 
 
 226. 3 
 neter tua 
 
 1*^ the divine morning star 213.8 
 
 neter atef Ai neter heq Uast COli^Tnffl ""^^ 
 
 "Ai, di^ 
 
 father, divine prince of Thebes", a king of the XVIIIth 
 dynasty 126. 6 ; 130. 5 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 457 
 
 Neter het Anpu [^ J^^ Cynopolis 223. 2 
 Neter-het-Sebek 11 1'^^ Crocodilopolis 185.12 
 
 Neter-yiert 
 Neter y^ertet 
 Neter Septet 
 Neter- 1 a 
 
 Neter-tauit 
 
 Neter-deb 
 entek 
 
 <Jl 
 
 1. 
 
 the underworld 89. 6 ; 107. 
 ZI\ Q Q I 9 ; 126. 9 
 
 lAo^ Sothis 83. I ; 232. 7 
 
 |[\y\^ 
 
 Arabia 41. 11 ; 296. 3 
 
 ;^-" f the lands on each side of the 
 
 Red Sea 72. 12 ; 177. g, i3 ; 
 
 1^ 
 
 1=^^^ "" I 224.6 
 Hi© Sebennytus 218. 7 
 ^ thou 13.2; 146.9; 165.10; 202.6 
 
 AAAAAA P / A/VSA/\A 
 
 enfe^ c^ oJ q' <::, c '^'^°' which 118. 6; 133.5; 
 
 186.10; 191. i3 ; 211. 10; ^ everything which 
 
 is 269. 5 
 
 netes 
 
 AA 
 
 end g. 
 
 AA 
 
 140. I ; 141. 10 
 
 little, low (of the Nile) 227. i3; 228.4 
 of 43. 6 ; 226. 7 
 ||^l horses 136.2; 137.8; 138.12; 
 
 net 
 nefti 
 
 nef 
 neftet 
 
 to avenge 55. i3 ; 68. 2 
 
 To M 
 
 TAAA/V\A 
 ^ intercession 115. 7 
 
 Q O 
 
 avenger 120, 6 
 
458 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nefetre \^ to speak for, to be eloquent 288. 7 
 
 netti ren '\' Qh to proclaim the name of 86. 4 
 
 net hra | o^ ^° honour, to pay homage to 24.4 
 
 net hra 't' g7\ '^ \\ to honour, to pay homage to 52.2 
 I counsellor = pouAeuTYji; 231.4; 240. 1,6 
 
 I r^^ n I©| , 
 
 i temple counsellors 240. i, 6 
 
 °^^ ij ''fe^ subjection 227. 12 
 
 "'^ [I [I ^^^ to be degraded, degradation 248.13 
 
 nefem l^vj ^° '^^ glad, glad, sweet, pleasant 4. 11 ; 
 
 23. II ; 304. 10 
 
 ^efemi 1^ !^ happy, rejoicer 81.4; 93. 4; j^ 
 
 I (O sweet-smelling 94. i 
 
 nefemfem \%^{^f=S> love 51. 3 ; 56. i3 ; 60. 5 ; 67. 7 
 
 nefemet | q love 130. g 
 
 nefnef °^°^ | S() '^° converse 246.11 
 
 flefoefre ^^fj^^f^^^ to justify 332. 3 
 
 aefer fls *=^ to smite 103. i 
 
 AAA/' 
 
 neferu „ 
 
 nefi 
 netit 
 
 work, labour, exertion 262. i ; 267. 
 nefert ^~^ ' 4 
 
 neies ""^^ little 131. 9 
 
nefes 
 nefesu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 child 210. 2 
 
 "'^ "^^^ ^° become weak, to fail 245. i 
 nefesu °^ H % "^ ^ humble men 252. 5 
 nefesu °^ I Yi ^^ lowly condition 264. i 
 
 neftu Irafft broken 277.10 
 
 459 
 
 R. 
 
 er <=> at 2. 7 ; from 13. 3 ; to, into 1.7; 2. 6 ; 145. 
 
 I ; toward 48. 1 ; so as 10. 10 ; against 20. 4 ; 241. 3 ; be- 
 longing to 136. 11; dedicated to 50.2; rather than 263. 
 10 ; so that 98. 8 ; mitil 13. i3 ; more than 
 
 more beautiful than any woman 20. 10 ; 
 
 I thou art greater than the gods 70. 
 
 C3CD 
 
 10; I '^'"^ ^ <^:> ^ — D they were more numerous than 
 I Q III III ^ III ^ 
 
 er amtu 
 er aqer 
 er au 
 er aa ur 
 
 Q III III 
 the sand 163. i3 ; 
 11; 193.5 ; 207.5 
 
 between 122. 12 
 exceedingly 3. 1 1 
 all, entirely 95. 2 
 
 ^^ exceedingly 42. 3 ; 47. i 
 
 (2 
 
 more than any thing 98. 
 
 ^^1 
 
 ©III 
 
 er aut 
 
 er aq 
 
 er bun-re 
 
 ^- 
 
 A 
 
 between 13. 5, 6 ; 310. g 
 
 Y\i exactly opposite 23.9 
 
 JAA/VAAA O Y 
 (SI I i-"-*-^ outside 275. 3 
 
460 
 er peh 
 
 er men 
 231. I 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 _^ to the uttermost 196. i3 
 
 i*^*-^ 
 
 as far as 109.7; no. 6; 115. 3 ; until 
 
 er neheh <c:> -^. fioft for ever 14.3; 94. 11 
 
 straightway, instantly 286. 8 
 
 er ennuit <=r> 1'^- ^ ^ 
 
 O (S^^ o 
 
 er nefer <cz=> I<=> successfully (?) 100. 12, i3 ; loi. i, 3 ; 
 103. i3 
 
 AAAAAA < > 1 
 
 er enti <::=> , a^^w ; so that, because 139.4; 230.6; 
 
 231. 12 ; 234. I ; inasmuch as 323. 3 
 
 er entet 
 erend 
 er ruati 
 er hau 
 er haa 
 er hat 
 er hati 
 er hena 
 er her 
 er her 
 er heri 
 er hert 
 er yi_eft 
 
 according to that which 109. i3 
 
 /wvAAA inasmuch = IttsiSv; 226. 8 
 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 © I 
 
 " I 
 o w 
 
 outside 47. 1 3 
 
 towards 67. 11 
 
 read er hena with 181. 2 
 
 before 8.10; 20.1; 22.5; 138.6; 
 170. I 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 @ w 
 
 ^ 
 
 with 33. 3 ; 284. 6 
 in addition to 87. 6 
 over and above 57. 7 
 
 upwards 48. i ; 163. 12 
 
 opposite, in the face of 84. 4 ; 145. 7 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 461 
 
 er xent 
 er f_er 
 
 6S 
 
 ffl 
 
 er /ef 
 
 10; 330. II 
 
 ^ I 
 
 before 188. 2 ; 193. 10 
 with 258. 9 
 in the following of 139. 2 ; 194. 10 ; 317. 
 
 erk.es 
 
 er saa 
 
 3; 
 
 er fer 
 
 12 
 
 re 
 re 
 
 near 22.3; 35.5; 80.10; 91.10,11; 
 140. 9 ; 145. 10 ; 242. 6 ; 251. 9 ; 318. 
 
 I ; 329-4; ^2. ^^^'^ 
 
 until, unto 146.5; 320. i3; 325. 
 
 A/V\AAA n Q 
 
 > "L fiofi for ever 153. i ; 161. 11 
 
 JB* (s > 
 
 to the utmost limit 4. 8 ; 137. 7 ; 143. 
 I 315-5 
 
 a kind of goose 167. 11 
 
 door, gate, mouth 7. i3 ; 69. 3 ; 115. 12 ; plur. 
 <=:=> reu mouths 115. 11 
 
 re aaui "mouth of the two hands", t. e., actions 
 
 of the two hands 203. 11 
 
 re uat '^"^ "mouth of the way", t. e., neighbour- 
 
 I <^ I 
 hood 288. 12 
 
 I Cwith) "one mouth" 20. i3 
 
 re-tu ua 
 
 I 
 
 re heri ^ "upper mouth", i. e., commander 169 
 
 I < > !> 4 
 
 7; I7I-7 
 
 without number 149. 2 
 
 re 
 
 reaai 
 
 reaa^ 
 
 I AAAA/V\ I 
 
 1 '^ ^^.— a I side 13.8,12; 34.11; 175. I ; 
 .aaiA-n^ '^ I 285. 3 ; 286. 7 
 
462 VOCABULARY. 
 
 reat \\ "^ doorway 149. 9 ; 156. 12 
 
 ra 
 
 ra 
 
 rea 
 
 barracks 180. i3 
 
 "^ '^^ chambers 164. 2 ; storehouses 153. 10 
 
 .&£,■ 
 
 a kind of fish 168. 11 
 
 ra -^ day 271.2; g— d-;^^ daily 245.1 
 
 ra ^^^ tool 137.9; igi- 3 
 
 ra -= — n tools 27. 3 
 
 <=> <=> -^ 
 
 if ra I , -.= — n in very deed, actually, to do, work, 
 
 action ..= — D (<^^ ^ D to work indeed 4. 12 ; 8. 4 ; 
 
 really dead, or in the condition of one dead 27. 9 ; ■¥■ 
 
 I am really alive 32.5; <=> -= — "KoS; 
 
 (2 £!i _E^ I 
 
 <:3=- I ^1 for ever 229. 3, 7 ; 230. i3 ; 231. 3 ; see also 
 14. 12; 263. 7; 311. I 
 
 Reau if^ vs f\/^^ the quarries of Tura 97. 11 
 
 i^a- ";, ^, ^|, |, ^^, Q] the Sun-god X3. 
 
 3; 40.10; 42.12; 64.6; 131. 11; 171. i3 ; 213.2; 295. 
 9 ; n Ra the living one 126. 3 
 
 Ra-aha-em-apu-maat fof I ^(^X^^^R j prenomen of 
 Antuf-aa 311. 8 
 
 Ra-uaf-/eper ft)|^j prenomen of Kames 313.13 
 Ra-user-Maat fo'f^^'="Pj prenomen of Rameses II. 290.10 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 463 
 
 Ra-user-Maat-meri- 
 Amen 
 
 C°1M 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 :i 
 
 («i=»-i^!ii: 
 
 1 AAAAAA 
 
 111 
 
 prenomen of Rameses III. 142.2,7; 144.8; 317.10; 318. 
 4; 319-2 ; 330. II ; 332.8 
 
 of Rames- 
 134- + 
 
 Ra-user-Maat-setep-en-Ra 
 
 ~~0 ^ prenomen 
 ^ww^ es II. 13 
 
 Ra-user-y^aa-setep- 
 en Ra-tneri-Atnen 
 
 fei 
 
 g n^ — - O ntt^ 
 
 n^ prenomen of 
 U Set 
 
 king of the XlXth dynasty 170.8 
 
 nekht, a 
 
 Ra-men-f^eper 
 
 raes III. 312. 8 
 
 187. II 
 
 r©"^^"^ prenomen of Thoth- 
 
 a proper name 
 
 Ra-znessu-merer-Amen ( o 
 306. 3 
 
 1^^ Rameses X. 
 
 
 Ra-m eses-m eri-Amen 
 
 Ra-tneses-heq-Annu 
 144.9 
 
 Ra-nub-y^eper 
 310. 12 
 
 Ra-nuh-kau 
 
 emhat II. 108. 6 ; iii. 6 
 
 Ra-neb-raaat-neyt 
 
 OiiO 
 
 o 
 
 Rameses II. 134. 4 
 f^ii) Rameses III. 142.3; 
 
 ( O fSS^ ^ j prenomen of Antuf 
 
 ( O fwn 1,1 prenomen of Amen- 
 
 
 
 '^ vA a proper name 318. 2 
 
 Ra-neb-xerut (^^^AaJ^ prenomen of Men- 
 
 6u-hetep 314. 5 
 
 ( ® lilil ] ^ princess of Bekhten 42. 4 
 name 307. 6 ; 309. 11 ; 316. 7 ; 330. 3 
 
 Ra-neferu 
 Ra-nefer-ka-em-per-Amen o 
 
 prope 
 
464 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ra-nefer-ka-setep-en-Ra (oJLJ^^l prenomen of Ra- 
 meses X. 306. 2 ; 329. 12 
 
 Ra 
 
 Xa-xeper foQ^l prenomen of Usertsen II. 114. 5 
 Ra-Heru-yiuti 
 
 Ra-y^eper-ka (g^U| prenomen of Usertsen I. 110.12 
 
 Ra-yeper-f^eperu-ari-Maat (0^gii|<E5-| prenomen of Ai 
 126. 5 ; 130. 4 
 
 O fi ^g a ] Ra-Harma- 
 
 I ^ ^^ I chis 13. 1 ; 
 
 ^^^ ^(02^^$\T^\ \ 15-8; 20. 
 
 <=.\\iz^^^l ) 6; 143.4 
 
 Ra-sehetep-ab ( © P =0 ] prenomen of Amenemhat I. log. 
 
 I ; III. 2 
 
 Ra-sey!_em-seset-taiu [ 1 1 ^^ | ■• — ' p*^ ] prenomen of 
 Sebek-em-sa-f II. 312. 2 ; 324. 3 
 
 Ra-seqenen i'^^::^'' — °J J| prenomen of Tau-aa 313. 
 
 5 ; and of Tau-aa-aa 313. 9 
 
 Ra - Set -neyit-mert- Amen -meri (op;;^i)^^d| fl^^i]! 
 Set-nekht, a king of the XlXth dynasty 170. 9 
 
 ruati <rr>X] to come out 47. i3 
 
 rua (1 A to flee, to depart, to travel 12. 2 ; 135. 5 ; 267. 12 
 
 ruaa ^ M^ to carry oft, to steal, to set aside 66.2; 95.13 
 
 <=> l\ w . , 
 
 ruai U to set aside, to remove 289. i 
 
 S 1 A 
 
 reui I ^^1 a kind of goose 149.4; 164.3 
 
 reuit VM'J: ^^^^ °^ ^'^°°^ 98- i 
 
 ruiY <=>^(1(1q^^ slabs, stelae 104.12 
 
ruha 
 
 ruhau 
 
 ruti 
 
 ruti 
 
 ret 
 
 rut 
 
 rutu 
 rutu 
 rutet 
 
 rutu 
 
 Rebu 
 er pa 
 er pat 
 er patet 
 erpu 
 er per 
 
 er peru 
 
 er perut 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 eram^? evening 2.7 
 eram^® evening 321. I 
 w f A decay, ruin 169. 6 
 
 465 
 
 Q. Q 
 
 © ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 portico, porch 293. 6 
 limit, border 174. 11 
 
 
 to grow 34. i3 ; 35. 3 ; 89. 2 ; 
 127. I ; 276. 8 ; vigour 129. 
 
 bushes 285. I 
 
 ^ overgrown with 
 
 >lll 
 
 ■ e 
 
 things which grow 232. 11 
 
 mmi granite 147.4; i5i-7 
 
 ^ 
 
 hard (of granite) 120. 12 
 
 ©< 
 
 e ©> 
 
 1 1 ■! inspectors (?), workmen 158.2; 159. 
 i3 ; 177.3; 306.6; 309.2; 310. 
 
 2; 313-7; SM-S; 316- 1 ; 320. 
 
 9; 331-2 
 
 1 (3 |W^i name of a nation 174.9; 175-5 
 
 D 
 
 the hereditary head of a tribe 
 
 107.4; 108.7; no. 2; 192. 
 
 I ; fern. 39. i ; iii. i ; 171. 
 6 ; 246. 5 
 
 [-, ^ or 237. 7 ; 240. 8 ; 257. i ; 266. i 
 
 I 1 
 
 temple 121. 10 
 
 temples 87.10; 155.4; 165.7; 231. 
 
 3o 
 
 I I II I II 
 
 <=> lo 
 
 I 
 
 n 11® 
 
466 
 
 Re-peh 
 erpet 
 erpet 
 
 erpetet 
 
 i. e. 
 
 ermen 
 ermeni 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ~^=^(X) a city in Syria 291. 3 
 o J| statue 238. II 
 
 D ^ 
 
 D O I statues 238. i 
 Q o5n I 
 
 J] J| the two female counterparts of Osiris, 
 , Isis and Nephthys 55. 8 ; 66. 6 
 
 • tlie two arms 50. i ; arms 86. 12 
 
 <CZ=>,-r— Sil 
 ^^^ A I J 
 
 .i^^jji shoulders 34. 7 
 
 ertnent tli^'=>p I shoulder 6.6 
 
 ermen 
 ermen 
 erment 
 
 
 ■ ^T— ^ 
 
 to carry on the shoulder 278. i3 
 
 ,"""j| ,.»~-Ss passiveness. 247. 7 
 
 ^^^^^^ AAAAAA 
 
 ^ idleness 267. 4 
 
 rem 
 
 ermennut i"^^^ O VN.----^ inactivity 247.9 
 
 AAAAAA —21 I I I 
 
 remi 
 remit 
 
 AA^A^^ 
 
 I AA/VAAA 
 I AAAA/V\ 
 
 to weep 68. i3 ; 80. 3 ; 210. 
 2 ; 27. 8 ; 16. 4 
 
 -^&- 
 
 re«2u 
 
 I I 1' <e=s I 
 
 (2 III 
 
 (S 
 
 fish 168. 8, 12 ; 223. i3 ; 
 224. 3 ; 279. II ; 290. 5; 
 
 300. 7 ; <=: ^ ^ 
 white fish 168. 10 
 
 ren 
 
 /\/\f\AAA ^^^/^AA - 
 
 name 1.2; 52.4; 97.6; 129.8; 
 173. 1 1 ; 230. 1 ; "^"^ *=^ accursed 
 name 54.2; renown 254.13 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 467 
 
 rennu 
 
 renp 
 
 AAAAA/\ J ] 
 
 a 
 
 'i 
 
 I 
 61. II 
 
 i| AAAw ^ I names 303.8; 316. 11 
 
 «^| j^ to grow 50. 9; 51. 11; 52. 
 
 to rejuvenate 
 
 3; 89.5; 133.5; ^f^^/fe. 
 
 renput 
 
 f °' I O' 1 I ° ^^^^ ^^" 9 ' ^-^^ ^^ ' "4- 6 
 
 years 28. i ; 119. 7; 147-5; 169- 7 
 
 festival of the great year 112. 7 
 festival of the little year 112. 7 
 flowers 153. i3 ; 164. 5 
 flowers 127. 2 ; 130. 12 
 
 
 A^AAAA 
 
 D 
 
 renen 
 
 renenet 
 
 renenet 
 
 rer 
 
 rer 
 
 rer 
 
 rer 
 
 err 
 
 reri 
 
 AAftA/V\ 
 
 /VAAAAA 
 AAAAAA VJ 
 
 I heifer i66. ii ; plur. /wwvA^fcj i 149. 4 
 '^^^^ m child, babe 120.4 
 
 l\ virgin 234. 12 ; plur. 237. i3; 238. 10,11 
 A to revolve 51. 9; 53. i3; 55.6; 56. 4; 59. 12 
 circuit 186. 6 
 circuit, disk 87. 9 
 
 general, common, throughout 232.3; 233.9 
 upon 181. 9 
 
 I w 
 ■A 
 ■ w 
 
 'a 
 
 to go round, to be surrounded, to per- 
 vade 150. II ; 159. I ; 320. 9 
 
 3o* 
 
468 VOCABULARY, 
 
 rent to go round 293. 10 
 
 erra (?) <=> besides 233. 5 
 
 ererer (?) '=> again 231. 2 ; 239. 4 
 
 reri M |l O time 233. 7 
 
 rerit (or arif) [1 11 "^ chamber of council or state 254. 3,7 
 
 rertu S^@l dandled 57.7 
 
 rertu ^^ HV out of, outside 227. 5, 9 
 
 reha l \\ h?-^ evening 8. 5 
 
 rti Jies. ^ I 
 
 JSehui X J] Jf the two opponents, t. e., Horus 
 
 and Set 302. 10 
 
 jRehubu ^__ \'^^^ ^ ^^^ ^"^ Syria 282. 7 
 
 i?eiiubure0a « ■ J •=■ ll (Jwj ^ city in Syria 291. i 
 
 Rehent <::> X '>^~ws aaaaw "mouth of the canal", i e., lUa- 
 
 hun 202. 12 
 Rehesau x ■& \\ a town near Letopolis 02. 10 
 
 i?eh« <=>|'^J] J] Isis and Nephthys 56.4 
 
 re-hef T crzi treasury 150. 9 ; plur. 
 
 treasuries 148. 3 ; 151. 8 ; 159. 9 
 
 rex \ ^^ know 6. 11; 16.5; 154.8; to under- 
 
 stand 246.7; to be sensitive to 221.4; being trained 116. 
 2 ; a I knowing 121. 7 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 469 
 
 rex ' knowledge 6. 11; 246.10; 261. 3 ; list 218. 
 
 2; science 234.7; opinion 247.12; 1 j, royal 
 
 kinsman 107.4; ^ i^?- 7 
 
 re-^t i knowledge 268. 8 ; enumeration 160. 6 
 
 rex '■ ^ ^ wise or learned man 125.4; 246.11; 
 
 268. 10 
 
 rey-fet 
 rex tet 
 
 rexi xet 
 reiit 
 
 
 o I 
 
 sage, sages 43. 4 ; 226. 3 ; 272. g 
 
 cunning of hand 289. n 
 skilful (workmen) 37. 7 
 
 I w , sages 23. 1 3 
 III 
 
 1 a class of beings, men and 
 
 women 89.8; 144.2; 169.5; 181. 5 ; 245.12; 297.13; 
 329-7 
 
 >Q| 
 
 r&fit 
 
 m\ 
 
 men and women 120. 6 ; 
 123. I ; 63. II ; 228. 10 
 
 reiti "TT 
 
 Q W 
 
 I washers 22. 11 ; 23. i 
 
 res, resu ^ ? 9s' Ss 1 so^^h, southern 42. 8 ; 99. 10 ; 106. 
 4 ; 108. 10 
 
 reset 3^^^ southern 198. x3 ; ^ "^ | f south, north, 
 
 west, east 223. 4 
 res Q) <=>?^)l^ to exalt (?) 103.3 
 
 res, resu "| -^, "TI ^^^^ to watch, to guard 128. 8 ; 134. 6 ; 
 300. 1 3 
 
470 
 
 Res 
 
 Res (or Ausar) 
 
 resut 
 
 re-stau 
 
 re-statet 
 
 resaau 
 
 resui 
 
 res-ui 
 
 reses 
 
 restu 
 
 rek 
 
 reku 
 
 rekeh 
 
 rekeh aa 
 
 rekeh ur 
 
 rekeh nefes 
 
 rekeh sera 
 
 req 
 
 ret 
 
 Retennu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 "TJ-^B-Jv Watcher, a name of Ra 296.8 
 
 "^ O J| a name of Osiris 142.4; 145.9; 171-10 
 
 <c^ I v\ Q 1 -^s- unveiling 260. 8 ; vision 257. 6 
 
 I 
 
 I v'l I I to reioice 172.4. 
 
 the opening into the tomb 
 90. 2 ; 130. 7 ; 132. 10 
 
 M "P. 
 
 summit 280. 6 
 
 aygT) V\\\ twofold joy 269.12 
 
 ^ 
 
 — =• ds 111 
 
 3SID to be glad, to reioice 148. i3 
 
 ^^^1 '°y 31-7; 151-13 
 
 ©, 
 
 o 
 
 time 180.8; 228.3; 248.11 
 
 5Z76 I time iKQ. A 
 
 X heat 112. 8 
 
 X^ festival of the great heat 112. 8 
 
 X^^S:? ''^ festivalof the great heat 131. 9 
 
 [-^] 
 
 festival of the little heat 112. 
 8; 131. 9 
 
 't 
 
 ,T--.Si^% to revolt from 125.9 
 I, ywi I men 80. 3 ; 128. 3 
 
 .0. 
 
 I I I 
 
 Syrians 165. 2 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 Retenautet ^^ q q Syria 228. 1 1 
 
 AAAAAA r^^^M 
 
 471 
 
 ret 
 
 retet 
 
 ret 
 
 retuui, retui 
 
 ^ wT V^ I ' ^^^ ^^^ women 240. 1 1 
 ^_^J^ foot 157.9 
 
 (B. 
 
 (? feet 12. 7 ; 182. 3 ; 296. 4 
 (f I Jr legs, legs of a vessel 
 
 156.4; 310.9 
 erta, ertat 
 
 •A. 
 
 to give, to place, to appoint, 
 to allow, to hand over, 
 to cause, to make 43. 7 ; 
 97.1; 125. 1 ; 188. 1 ; 244. 
 4 ; <=- [\^\\l\ causing, making 105. 9 ; ^ ^ ^ ^^^ to lay 
 to heart 243.9; a — D[A to turn the back, to yield 228. 
 8. As an auxiliary: — . '^ „ A ^ 44- ^ 5 c^f 98. 10; 
 
 ft 1 jjQ © 
 
 240. 10 ; 
 ertuu 
 
 reO 
 
 A 
 
 186. 5 ; 
 
 A A 
 
 186.5 
 
 t^^ emanations, humours 61.9 
 
 e ©111 ' 
 
 I 
 
 people, inhabitants 8. i ; 
 24. 8 ; 46. 6 ; loi. 4 ; 
 143. II 
 
 red (?) 
 
 re6 qetet ^ 
 6; 324.9 
 
 peoples, tribes 102. i 
 
 \hw\ 
 
 sailors 319.4; 320. lo ; 321. 
 
 ha 
 ha 
 
 ra 
 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 ra H. 
 
 O! 36.3; 277.2 
 
 to come forth 95. 3 ; to advance 198. i 
 
472 
 ha 
 ha 
 ha 
 ha 
 ha 
 ha 
 hai 
 
 Hai 
 hai 
 hai 
 hai 
 hai 
 
 hait 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 1X1^'^ % A. to walk over 296. 2 
 
 ra' 
 
 7 ; acclamation 88. 10 
 
 to throw down 297. 6 
 
 A to descend 127. 7 ; 285. 5 
 
 to fall 141. 6 
 s place 210. 7 
 
 time 228. 5 
 
 \ O, hail 68. 2, i3 ; 81.9; 83. 
 
 O 
 
 ra^[|lj><UJ a fiend 69.12 
 n]'^(](]'°=u)^ husband 7.8; 9.3;25.i3; 61.2 
 rD^^ to come in 98. 12 
 
 ra 
 
 I destruction 318. 6 
 
 A f""'"s ^7.7; 285.9; ra^^^^ 
 
 one to go down 23. 10 
 
 ra' 
 
 A 
 
 fall 26.7 
 
 Haire-Nemmata ra^<=p> ^i^^^^ S ^tL) ^ "^^ °^ ^7" 
 281. 10 
 
 hau 
 hau 
 hau 
 
 hau 
 
 ra^^"^ hail 19.12 
 
 ^^^1j' ra^^^^ time, period 105. 4; 228. 1 
 
 ra ^^ to advance 244. 9 
 
 ra ^\ see er hau 67. 11 
 
 tk S I 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 473 
 
 hau ro^^ I friends, neighbours 251. 9 
 
 hau rn^^^Jjl contemporaries, men and women 
 
 255. I ; 258.8,9 
 hau rC 
 
 ra 
 
 hab 
 
 I I I 
 
 , ra 
 
 A 
 
 destruction 322. 8 ; 326. 11 
 
 y^ to send, mission 15.2; 100. 
 
 3; 251. ^2;rn'^J^ 
 
 sending 5. 2 ; 322. 5 
 
 habu 
 hamu 
 hameznu 
 hamemet 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 e 
 
 to drive off 55. 11 
 
 (5 
 
 I I I 
 
 
 aviaries 164. 3 
 
 one of the four classes of 
 people into which the 
 Egyptian divided mankind 
 120. 9 ; 122. 5 ; 144. 2 ; 
 
 147. I ; 161. 12 ; 181. 6 ; 300. 6 ; 305. 10 
 
 han ra ^^ '''~~^ to press upon the ground 157. 2 
 
 or water 158. 7 ; to assent, to consent 288. 9 ; 293. 12 ; 
 ra *^i. '''~~^ oppressed 292. 1 1 
 
 hana fD 
 
 3; 290.7 
 
 Hasa 
 
 to bow, to submit, to consent 181. 
 
 ra^v"^ lyr' ^^™^ °f ^ nation 175.7 
 
 hi 
 
 hu 
 
 heb 
 
 heb 
 
 hebu 
 
 ra ^^ to come forth 95. 9 
 
 ra^, ra^^ district 192.13; place 224.9 
 raj, raj A to send 41. 5 ; 186. 11 ; 187. 9 
 ra J ^^ -^ messenger 67. 12 
 ra J V|« to harass (?) 266. 4 
 
474 VOCABULARY. 
 
 hebt rp J hy^ ^ granary, storehouse 55.12; 56.5 
 
 hep, hepu^^, '^%>;] law 252.8; 260.8 
 
 hepu ^\^V\ laws 248.12; ^) 
 
 laws 234. 7 
 
 I 
 
 I scientific 
 I 
 
 hep-ui 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 Heni 
 
 ra 
 
 n 
 
 w twice tied 267. 8 
 
 ra rw 
 
 ra 
 
 to invoke 65. 4 ; invocation 6g. 3 
 
 AwvAA to incline (the head) in assent 44. i3 ; 45. 3 ; 46. 9 
 
 ra 
 
 ra 
 
 Ijj— 2^J sarcophagus 104. 8 
 
 Gracious one (?) 69. 10 
 
 hennu 
 
 ni 
 
 I praises 296. 7 ; those who praise 
 
 295. i3 
 
 her 
 her ab 
 heri ab 
 heru 
 
 hlr'lu 
 hru 
 
 ra ra 
 
 peace, rest 241. 3 ; 256. 4 
 
 ''-' 3I "^ to be content 223. i 
 
 ra 
 
 ra e 
 
 I 
 
 rest, quietness 146. i3 ; 155. i3 
 
 gracious 63. 9 
 
 ra day 195.5; 225.10; 230.5; 232.6; 233.3; 234.2,4 
 
 o ra -(k® 
 
 o 
 
 I day 3. I ; 306. 5 ; ^ 
 
 Aru neb 2. 6 ; 
 127. I ; I ^ a happy day 46.9; '^ ^ ^^ unlucky day 
 
 daily 303. 1 1 ; 
 
 202. 5 ; 
 
 D 
 
 . ra ®, — <=>©__ H.;i. ,., ... ra-^o 
 
 O , o .= D I 
 
 v\ the first moment of day 254. 4 ; 263. i3 
 
 hru 
 
 I, ra o] days 3.3; 198.3; ra 
 
 gomenal days 234. 2, 4 
 
 ONI 
 
 the five 
 
 epa- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 475 
 
 herp ab 
 
 hereret 
 
 hert 
 
 hert 
 
 hert fet 
 
 heh 
 
 hetetut 
 
 het 
 
 ra 
 
 het 
 heteh 
 
 rn AAAAiW 
 
 ' . , J> ' AAAAAA 
 Q AAAAAA 
 
 ra 
 
 ra 
 
 •0" 
 
 to be contented with 273. i 
 
 1=^ things which satisfy 128. 3 
 
 rest, peace 249. i3 ; welfare 263. 6 
 ' — ^^ — I 
 
 qA satisfaction (?) 103. i3 
 
 soft speech 261. 3 
 
 flame, fire 220. g 
 
 "-" those who sing praises 303. i3 
 
 "-^ ,1— a to subdue, to overcome 141. 8; 202.2; 
 -0 to vanquish igo. i 
 
 '^ defeat, overthrow ig4. 2 
 
 ''-' "-' panic, terror 193.4 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 ha 
 ha 
 ha 
 
 H. 
 
 O, verily 201. 5 
 
 '^ behind 137.10; 238.4 
 
 ® behind 11. 5; 5°- '3 ; 53-2; 54-2; 60. 
 11; 69.6; 136.3; 181. 2 ; 250. g ; to put behind 264.5 
 
 hai M m'l^'^ to weep 66. 12 
 
 hai ^ ^ 1 1^ papyrus 238. 4 
 
 hai 
 hai 
 
 ~wwv rise (of the Nile) 232. 11 
 
 I I I 
 
 advantage, benefit 227. 9 
 
476 
 hau 
 
 hau 
 
 hap 
 
 hapu 
 
 hap 
 
 hapu 
 
 haput 
 
 hapt 
 
 Hamada 
 
 hanre 
 
 haq 
 
 haqu 
 
 haOatu 
 
 ha 
 
 e 
 © 
 
 □ 5 
 
 D 
 
 ,(3, 
 
 A' 
 
 f 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 part of a chariot 289. 4 
 
 more, increment, addition, besides 
 158. 2 ; 243. 8 ; 252. II ; 253. 11 ; 
 273. 12 ; 291. i3 
 
 / to hide 216. 10 ; 327. 6 
 
 spy 137. i3 
 
 spy 136.8,9 
 \ spy 138. 10 
 
 to embrace 51. i 
 
 pXi Hamath 280. 11 
 
 \ obstacle, opposition 286. 6 
 
 I 
 
 A X 
 
 to capture, be captured 173. 8 
 
 A X. <2 I 
 
 I captives 148. 9 ; 157. 6 ; 175. 10 
 
 e 
 
 rain storms 74. 6 
 
 ■-^ and 225.6; 227.1,10; 228.6; 229.4; 233. 
 5 ; 234. 2, 6 ; 235. 3 ; 237. 10 ; 238. 12 ; 239. 7 ; 240. 7 
 
 hau "Y^ vl flowers 233. 4 
 
 ha 
 
 e' K'i'i'^ 
 
 hat 
 ha 
 
 limb, member, body 43. 3 ; 49. 7, 
 8; Plur. Il^l 51-3; 55-3 
 (see hat) 
 
 before, the front of, first, the beginning 42. i ; 
 49. 4 ; 76. 10 ; 254. 10 (see hat) 
 
VOCABULARY. 477 
 
 JhS -"^ a title of very high rank 103.5; 107.4; 108.7; 
 
 no. 2; fem. "^n III. I 
 
 hau 
 
 haa 
 
 haau 
 
 men holding the rank of hi 
 100.4; 185.10; 186.8; 215. 1 
 
 to rejoice 295. 12; 298. 10; 301. 10 
 
 to rejoice, exultation 64. i3 ; 71. 
 5; 75.5; 181. 2 
 
 © 
 
 © 
 
 baaut I ^ ^ I joy 304. 7, 8, 9 
 
 staff (?) 27. I 
 
 hau 
 
 © 
 
 hauti '=^ , -^^ first, foremost 11. i ; 12.4 
 
 hautii s=^ w J| divine preeminence 178.10 
 hauti "^^ w ^ leader 289. 1 1 
 
 (3 O J||| ^ 
 
 hauti =^ w Vw I leaders, governors 168.14; 175.13 
 
 e Q A 21 I 
 
 hauffi .^^'^ ^^ best, finest 218. i 
 
 hap ^ to hide (?) 221. 1 3 
 
 Hap I ^ ^ Apis bull 227. i ; 236. 3 
 
 f^ap fi D a district near Sais 185. 6 
 
 Hap 
 Hapi 
 
 with 42. 1 1 ; 43. 1 1 ; 44. i ; 45. i ; 46. 3 ; 46. 9 ; 47- 3 
 
 D 
 
 /W\AAA 
 
 □ \v AA/VSAA 
 
 the Nile, the Nile-god 127. i ; 227. i3; 
 298. 6 
 
 han 
 
 AAA^/VA 
 
478 VOCABULARY. 
 
 hat -^^, -^^ the front (of an army) loo. 4 ; brow 305. 
 8 ; front of the neck 156. 9 ; the bows of a boat 158. 12 ; 
 210. I ; -fl-^iv^' *"°"^ those who lived in olden time 
 
 245. 10 ; -"^ of olden time 246. i 
 
 , _,. Q W' Ci w 
 
 ' ^ A 
 
 what is in front, the best, finest 215. 12; 
 
 216. 7 ; -^^ 222. 3 
 
 ' Q ©III 
 
 hat X (? limb, member, body, person 29. 2 ; 181. 4 ; 
 
 277-9; |r^J3 20.9 
 
 hati -=^0, -=^1 heart 4. 11; 17. 5 ; 121. 11; =^0'' 
 heart 28. 9 ; courage 286. 2 ; self : — -^^ '^ *l=^ himself 
 16. 3 ; 28. 4 ; plur. -^^ "^ 300. 2 
 
 hatut °'"'^^Jj J| the two faces of the Sun-god 150. i3 
 
 hada 510,,, niattress 27. 7 
 
 I I I 
 
 hu \ > iin ^° strike, to fight against, to drive away 
 
 13.9; 94.6; 197.6; 248.6 
 
 / Q — ^ AAAAAA 
 
 hu ^ ~^ ^^A^^ to dash water after 22. 4 
 
 ' AAAAAA 
 
 (3 a 
 
 Auauf o';'? ]^^ '^° ^^ ^'"^k, to stink 23.7 
 
 huaut o-Jf]^^ musty (of wine) 26. 1 3 
 
 hu X © I provisions (?) 298. 5 
 
 •&" |%>i^ entirely 106.2 
 
 Hu |g ^^ J| name of a god 75. i 
 
 ■?J"^' iJ rSr ^ proper name 319.5 
 
huire 
 
 hufifa 
 
 hun 
 
 hunnu 
 
 hun 
 
 hunnu 
 
 Ifuna 
 
 hura 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ' flowering trees i6o. 12 
 
 479 
 
 ^=^ w I^N, \ A to hasten 277. 3 
 
 to refresh 123. 7 ; 201. i 
 
 boy, a name of the Sun-god 50. 
 6; 51.9; 295.6 
 
 AftAAAA 
 
 H I 
 
 
 / ,Q AAAAAA \| 
 
 I ^ vS\ I a king of the Illrd dynasty 244 
 
 e I 
 
 to do harm, to destroy, to expel 146. 
 II ; 170. 2 
 
 huru I^^^^^^S]) to curse 203.2; 248.1; 251.13 
 
 huru ab Y^^\^ odious (?), detestable (?) 248. 6 
 ^^^•Si^W^ a proper name 219.2 
 
 Hurebasa 
 
 hurere 
 
 hut 
 
 hut 
 
 hututi 
 
 177.3; 320.9 
 
 hufa 
 
 hufaut 
 
 Hufaina 
 
 =i^ I 
 
 -^•^ I I in I flowers 17.6; 19.4; 21.9; 26. 
 = -23..a^-^Y I 5; 150- i3 ; 162.3; 164.5 
 
 I I 
 
 to smite, to strike 249. 10 
 fi x'^ to fashion 54. 9 
 
 A . w , 
 
 
 I a class of soldier servants 
 
 inlaid, encrusted 153.3,7; 155. 
 3,10; 156.7; 157-1; 163.3 
 
 (X) a city in Syria 290. 7 
 
480 
 Hufare 
 
 heb . . 
 
 heb 
 
 hebu 
 
 heb 
 
 heb 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 jX) Hazor (?) 280. 9 
 266. i3 
 
 ^3:7 '^317 \ 
 O ' G [ festival 42. 8 ; 49. 4; 82. i ; 93. 3 ; 
 I 112.6; 131. 8; 194. 12; 195.1 
 
 ^3:7 
 
 n^37 
 
 Jg 
 
 
 
 I festivals 157. 11 ; 233. 12 
 
 X j '^X? to keep the festival 93. 5 
 
 the book of the festival service 
 
 ^^3:7 
 
 86. I ; 93. i3 
 
 heb apt ^^(1 '^ the festival of Apt 195.1,3; 196.9 
 
 heb ur 
 
 ^^5 
 
 the "great" festival 112. 8 
 
 hebu en fen \ \ 1 1 -www \^ festivals wherein processions of 
 the god formed a prominent part 236. 10 
 
 2 j to play as in a game, to jest 188. 6 ; 
 
 |<r:> AAAww Q , a game, a jest 
 
 J J 
 
 heba 
 
 heberber 
 
 hebs 
 
 hebs 
 
 hebsu 
 
 hebs 
 
 to bow in homage 178.9 
 UP CD festivals 200. 5 
 
 UK\ 
 
 fill 1 1 clothing, to be clothed 132.13; 207. 
 8 ; 260. 9 ; 262. i3 
 
 hebs 5 J ^° cover the walls of a city by throw- 
 
 ing up mounds 197. 8 
 
 clothing, apparel, garments 173. i3 ; 
 216.5; 217.7; 221.12; 278.5; 
 1.6; 7.2 
 
VOCABULARY. 481 
 
 hebs IJP^ the cover of a vessel (?) 156.3,4 
 
 hepu 9^ ^ to disappear 288.5 
 
 bephep |d|da to turn 65. 7 
 
 hept 8 f I' 5 ^° embrace, embrace, arms 57.2; 
 
 71.7; 237.9 
 
 hefennu 
 
 D Sill 
 
 hundreds of 
 \ 148.4; 15: 
 
 thousands 60. 3 ; 
 52.8; 168.7; 172- 
 12 ; 173. 12 
 
 01?). 
 
 > workmen 108. 3 ; 206. 10 
 
 heznu (or abu) 
 
 hemut (or abut) 't\, 
 
 hemt {or abt) Tq the builder's craft 207.5 
 
 hetnu 
 hezni 
 
 hems 
 
 
 ^Vs^V^^Nn rudder 199.2; 261. i3 
 [1 (1 A to go away with 287. 9 
 
 ii) 
 
 hems 
 
 245. i 
 hair 5. 6 
 
 O 
 
 
 J' 
 
 to sit down 2. II ; 221. 8 ; 
 241. 5 ; to be encamped 
 135. 6 ; to dwell 20. 9 ; 
 186. 8 ; o I Q AA sitting 
 
 sitting down to do the 
 
 Ky 
 
 hem.su c 
 hemt 
 
 sitter 93. 12 ; fem. 21.2 
 I dwellers 250. i 
 
 wife, woman 1.4; 2. 11 ; 37. 9 ; plur. 
 ^J I, '^^ I 53- I ; 223. II ; ^ I mares 216. 7 
 hemt "OVi^ _— - Vir coward, knave 190. 8 
 
 (■=3); 
 
 3i 
 
482 
 
 hen 
 
 hena 
 
 hen 
 
 Hen 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 and, along with 202. 7 ; 204. i, 3 
 , I V' with, and 2. 1 1 ; 45- 9 ; 102. 1 1 
 ^ vase 217. 5 
 
 a proper name go. i3 
 A to go in 241. 4 
 /^ to go out 281. 4 
 p= "^^^i to constrain 273. i 
 
 to exhort, to admonish 188. 4 ; 206. 
 
 i3 ; 214. 4 
 
 hen 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 
 hen 
 henu 
 
 admonition 261. 8 
 order, command 262. 2 
 
 • nn 
 
 majesty 24. 9 ; g6. 8 ; 135. i ; 142. 
 I ; 211. 4 ; 227. 5 ; 228. 4; fem. 
 ] heiit 236. 1 1 
 
 slave, servant 46. 6 ; 126. 10 
 
 Ill 
 
 menservants 153. 11 ; 163. 8; 176. 3; 
 
 11 Mil Jlj I servants male and female 46. 5 
 
 hent 
 
 Q R I 
 
 I Slii 
 
 I maidservants 153. n ; 163. 8 ; 247. i 
 
 hen neter U j servant of the god, i. e., priest 46. 10 (see 
 also under neter hen). 
 
 henka [jj^' ^^ P"'^^^ °^ ^"^^ ''^ °^ double 112.4; 
 132. 3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 483 
 
 hent 
 henut 
 
 he nut i 
 henuh 
 hennu 
 hennu 
 hennu 
 Hennu 
 hennu 
 
 D 
 
 mistress, lady 93.1; 104.10; 
 179. 10 
 
 
 © 
 
 labourer 2. i 
 terror 48. 2 
 O measure 6. 2, 3 ; plur. 149. i 
 
 X vl ^ A to run, to journey 5. 3 ; 24. 10 
 
 D (S 
 
 D (S 
 
 3 (^ phallus 15. 1 3 
 
 O j| a name of the Sun-god 61. 6 ; 8g. 5 
 
 
 1- 
 
 henk 
 
 9 ; 160. 10 
 
 henksti 
 
 henksti 
 
 -VVAAA I I ^-^l^ JU I 
 
 to proclaim 155. 5 
 to make an offering, offering 153. 
 
 1 women with dishevelled 
 > hair, i. e., a name given 
 I to the two priestesses 
 
 W •-CvN, d Q i 
 
 hent 
 
 hent 
 
 hent 
 
 henti 
 
 hent 
 
 Henti 
 
 henti 
 
 
 who personated Isis and Nephthys 50. 5 ; 53. 10 ; 58. 7 
 wife, mistress 42. 6 ; 58. 10 
 
 what is ordered by law 249. 3 
 
 to act with violence (?) 258. 6 
 
 ^ ^ severity (?) 266. 7 
 
 c animal emotion (?) 242. i 
 
 M a proper name 244. 8 
 
 A/WW\ I 
 
 , o W 
 
 
 labourers, husbandmen 188. i 
 
 3i' 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 henti 
 
 £5* 
 
 wLT^^'l two periods of 60 years 121. i ; 
 ^^ MM j 122.6; 129.5 
 
 her and 232. 6, 9 ; 236. i ; 237. 2 ; 240. 6 
 
 her " """ to set in array 135. 12; 136.3; 137. 10 
 
 her ^ -TV fear, terror 221. 7 ; 249. 5 
 
 her ^ "^^ plain 227. 10 
 
 her ^ a sign of the infinitive or participle, passim 
 
 her '^ , " , "^~^ at 3. 12 ; 4. 12 ; by 5. i3 ; by way of 
 
 212. II ; on 13. [2 ; upon 26. 6 ; 87. 6 ; for, because of 4. 
 12; 98. 11; 242.13; through 129.7; ill respect of 124. 
 12 ; on account of 43. 2 ; besides 320. i ; v '^^ose on 
 
 99.9; ^ ^ to the north 102. i3 
 
 her ah "s? v" among 262. 10 ; within 215. 4 ; in the 
 
 ' ' ' @, 
 
 o 
 
 opinion of 42. 3 ; 98. 3, 4 ; 250. 7, S ; ^ "^ in my opinion 
 
 her abu T 1, X v interior (plur.) 192. 6 ; 215. 4 
 
 heri-ab ^ w O" within, in 297.12; 299.2 
 
 her a ^ ,= — d at once, straightway, instantly 43. 6 ; 46. 2 ; 
 
 203. 9 ; 205. I ; 238. 2 
 
 her uat ^ -^ j .j, ^ he on the road, i. c, traveller loi. i 
 
 £3=5 
 
 @, 
 
 her hah ^ f=u) before 64. 9 
 I 
 
 her her (or hra) ^ " because of, on behalf of 152.5; 155. 
 7 ; i5o. 2 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 her er re-u ^ <=> I 
 
 her her er re-u ^ ^ <=:> 
 
 her ma ^■^^^ '^y ^23.4 
 
 her kes "^ ' at the side of 263. 7, g 
 
 485 
 
 concerning them, for 
 them 322. 5 , 326. 8 
 
 her Y_eru 
 
 I I 
 
 beneath 127. 5 
 
 her sa ^ ■$ after, moreover 34.6; 169. 11 ; 194. 
 
 11; according to 128.7; by reason of, because of 53.4; 
 69. 2 ; on the back of, t. e., upon 3. 3 
 
 her sa 
 
 ^ $ animals with young 166. 14 
 
 her tep 
 
 # ® 
 
 4 ; before (?) 233. 3 ; y 
 
 "on the head", t. e., upon 80. 7 ; 144. 
 
 I 
 
 by liiraself 141. 2 
 
 above 65. 3 
 " '^ chief, governor 66.2; no. 2; 267.3 
 
 her 
 
 her (or her tep) 
 
 her y^, 
 
 heri ^ <a\ ^ ^^"^^^ ^^^' ^ ' ^^^' ^ ' ^^^' ^ ' ^°^ 
 
 I ; plur. ^ '^ yf yf chiefs 100. 6 
 
 ®' 
 
 chief 86. 9 ; 264. 6, g ; 268. 6 
 
 ^ 
 
 her 
 
 ^ 
 
 heru 
 
 (3 
 
 chief, president, master, captain 
 23- 5; 53-2; 57-8; 63.8; 
 103.4 
 
 captains 159.7; 176. i; 
 
 chiefs of foreign mercenaries 177.2; 
 
 of the transport 311- 5; , ^^A^^^^l 
 
 111 ,.iT\\ Ka rr^ 1 1 I 
 
 of the guard 307-9; 308.1,6; 315- u; , , , 
 
 i (] (]©'l'^ I captains of the guard 315. i3 ; 320. 10 
 
 2 I 
 
 (3 III a I ^I I 
 
 chief 
 w A 
 
 I 
 ^ I captam 
 
 & 
 
486 
 
 heri 
 
 heri ab 
 
 heru 
 
 heru 
 
 hra 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ [|(]f=^ besides, in addition to 281.7 
 ^ — s "^ sanctuary 324. 8 
 
 ^ „ „ except 10. I 
 
 ^ (3^5^ to go away 51. i ; 53. 4 ; S^- 1 1 ; 63.5 
 ^, ^ face 44.11; 263.12; jl^y"^ ^ yel- 
 
 low face 52. 12 ; plur. '^1 59. i3 ; 87 
 
 I 88.4 
 
 # I' 
 
 hra nebt 
 
 hra nebu 
 
 hra nebu neb >/ ' J 
 
 heri '^ (] (J 1 1 terror 70.5; 180.10 
 
 people, every body 240. 
 II ; 293. 9; 301. I 
 
 her it 
 heriut 
 heri sefit 
 
 9 y--r> 
 
 terror 177. 
 
 M 
 
 terror 251. 10 
 
 
 ^ I the terrible one, a name of 
 
 Ra 158. II 
 Heri petemai ^ Ul] X (J ® a city near Memphis 211. 10 
 
 V 9\ _ ^ i\ \ Horus 40.8; 52.2; 56. T, 
 7; 58.5; 61.8; 66. 11; 
 69. 12; 75. 12; 108. 5; 
 no. 11; lem. VX 120.6 
 
 Heru 
 
 Heru-a 
 
 Herui 
 
 Heru-p-Ra 
 
 a proper name 40. 4 ; 330. 4, 5 
 the two Horus gods 123. 8 
 DO J] Horus-Ra 76. 11 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 487 
 
 Heru nub 
 
 109.2; 114. 5 
 
 Heru-^ufi 
 
 Heru--^ent-xated 
 Heru-ient-iaQi 
 Heru-a-serau 
 hert 
 
 rwt^' 
 
 k "Horus the golden" 40. 8 ; 108. 5 ; 
 
 122. 1 1 ; 295. 
 
 heru 
 
 "Horus of the double 
 horizon", /. e., Har- 
 l^^^"]"] I machis 41.2; 172.8 
 
 £P ^ rjlj a proper name 216. i 
 
 ^f), fth a proper name 216.2 
 
 "^^ yr ^ proper name 322. i ; 325. 10 
 
 1^=^ sky, heaven 48. i ; 104. i3 ; 
 
 upper parts 73. 11 ; things ce- 
 
 <> ■0' 
 
 •Q 
 
 © I I I 
 
 lestial 295. 8 
 hert ^ 
 
 her[u] seseta 
 
 a class of priests 226. i 
 
 way 103. I 
 I "those over the mysteries", i. e., 
 
 q. 
 
 u r\/\/ 'i "those who are on the sand". 
 
 heru sa 
 
 hert 
 
 hert 
 
 herti 
 
 heh 
 
 hehi 
 
 heh 
 
 i>^^° 
 
 i. e., the dwellers in the 
 desert loi. g ; 102.7,13 
 
 # 
 
 > AAAAAA 
 
 HT' hall of a tomb 116. 7 
 watercourse 119. 2 
 
 to transport 178.3; 179. i 
 
 A to seek 56. 7 ; 59. 4 ; 248. 9 
 
 A 
 
 to seek 301. i 
 
 O a long, indefinite period of time 60. 6 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 heh fetta gog "^ for ever and ever 64. 8 ; 81. 8 
 
 heh en renput 
 
 hes 
 
 heset 
 
 hes 
 
 heset 
 
 hesti 
 
 hestu 
 
 besiu 
 
 heset 
 
 hesi ab 
 
 hestu 
 
 hesu 
 
 heset 
 
 hesut 
 
 hesi 
 
 ^l| [[[; 
 
 millions of years 88. r ; 147. 
 
 5; ^33;^; 327.3 ^l| 
 
 'wwv> millions of 
 
 © a 
 times 291. 12 
 
 m \ 
 I 
 
 to sing, to praise, to recite 50. 2 ; 
 
 113-7; 
 
 !£ 
 
 hymned 53. 5 
 
 praise, song 241. i ; 273. 4 
 
 <=> I praise 256. 3 
 
 praise, praises 113.4,5 
 
 iiPfli'iiPtil 
 
 o 
 
 [ singers 239.7,9; 3o6. 11 ; 
 f 315-2 
 
 to please, pleasing, to be pleased with 98. 8 
 to please 248. 4 
 
 Q. 
 
 © 
 
 £3 
 I I 1' 
 
 lUfVT- 
 
 favour 184. 2 
 favourable 259. i3 
 
 y favours, graciousness 117. 2; 274.5 
 act of grace 113. 12 
 favoured one 107. i ; 133. i3; 183 
 
 ;plur. J(j(jj 127. io;|J[l; 
 
 3 
 95- 9 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 489 
 
 hes 
 besesi 
 hessu 
 heseset 
 hesai hra 
 
 g7\ I will, pleasure 42. 7 ; 93. n 
 will 250. 10 
 
 V] favoured one 259. 9 
 1^ pleasing things 128.3 
 
 f'^ 
 
 I I I 
 
 fierce-looking, savage, un- 
 
 couth 284. 4 
 hesb Q a measure 6. 7 
 
 hesb Q ; something reckoned or computed ^ C3 ; a~wv\ 
 
 '[■ci=> "the very best or finest language that can be 
 imagined" 246. 8 
 
 J .^ the Xlth nome of Lower Egypt 185. 6 ; 
 ?FFFF 
 
 Heseb-ka 
 192. 3 
 
 hes men 
 hesq 
 heken 
 hekennu 
 
 1 /I o natron 211. 3 
 
 ^^'^'^ to cut off 90. 1 3 
 
 to adore, adored 108. 4 
 ,T\ praise 88. 6 ; 297. 5 ; 302. 3 
 
 heq 1 , [zi; , I to rule, to reign, to take possession 
 
 of, to seize, to take 117. 3; 125.8; 187.12; 193.9; 224. 
 II ; rule 229. 6 
 
 heq 
 
 divine ruler, prince 170.7; 171. i; 
 172.4; 182. 3 ; 323. i3 ; 324. 5 
 
 (HB 
 
 heq i^-^' I^^ P""'^^ 41-3; 60.6; 126.4; 130- 3 ; 
 
490 
 
 heqt 
 
 heqti 
 
 heqa 
 
 heqa 
 
 hequt 
 
 heq het 
 
 hequ het 
 
 heqer 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 governor iii. i 
 
 f ^^^ ' governorship i lo. 8 ; | 
 
 '? (S ® 
 
 I governors of cities 169. 9 
 
 1 ^111 ^ 
 
 m 
 
 princess 226. 10 ; 229. 10 ; 234. 
 1 1 
 
 A ^ 
 
 I II. 7 
 
 governor of a temple 192. 7 
 
 I governors of temples 100. 6 ; 
 ( 185. 10 ; 186. 8 ; 192. 5 
 
 hungry man 128.4 
 
 /i '=' 
 
 heqet 8^ , =0= beer 18.2; 26.12; 112. 3; 132.4; 
 
 149-4; 153-9; 157- i3 
 
 heqet 
 
 het 
 
 het 
 
 misery 221. 9 
 
 c^ I 
 
 s I 
 
 I lands 112. 4 
 
 n 
 
 89.1; 
 
 temple, palace 53.8; 111.2; plur. 
 100. 9 ; 1^ ^1 chapters, 
 
 ^Ti £^ iCi 
 
 d I d L 
 
 hetut 
 Het 
 
 or sections of a book 49. 4 ; 50. 2 
 
 (3 Q 
 
 J ci-t: temple buildings 155. 4 
 J Diospolis parva 76. 4 
 
 het Sat r_jrn'^' '^ "^ "^'''^^'' ^°^^'^"-' palace 56. 
 
 4 ; 89. 3 ; 100. 5 
 
 het at 
 
 223.7 
 
 \^ n 
 
 "great house", palace 68. i ; 
 
VOCABULARY. 49^ 
 
 Het urt hfej name of a city 187. 2 
 
 Het-benben \ ^ J J A ® the temple of the two 
 
 pylons 213. 10 ; 214. 2 ; 298. 12 ; 302. 9 
 
 the capital of the XVIIIth nome of Upper 
 
 Het-bennu 
 
 Egypt 186. 2; 196.5 
 
 Het-Ptah-ka I ] " ° IH ""^ ' "House of the Double of 
 Ptah", i. e., a name of Memphis 143.8; 174. 12 
 
 Het-nub \ 0=O=Ci Alabastronpolis 105.7 
 
 hetu nub [^^ i^~3 smelting houses for gold 161. 6 
 
 I di I I 000 
 
 hetentheh [" ] " ^V^ I _ ([[- "house of mil- 
 en renput I d ct^ o 2i I I I I M III 
 
 lions of years" 329. 12 
 
 Het-Ra-ttsr-Maat-meri-Amen I ] " fo i p [] ^ "==^^1 J| 
 palace or temple of Rameses III. 317.9; 330. 11 ; 331.12; 
 332.8 
 
 Het-Ra-^eper-'ieperu-ari-Maat ogg|-=2>-|^ palace of 
 
 Ai, a king of the XVIIIth dynasty 129. 12 
 Het-hert I ]^<=>Jl Hathor 77. 11 ; 91. 2 
 
 Het-hert \ '^ Pn ' ^^^ Hathor goddesses 20. 1 1 
 
 het sas j 1 " - - the "six houses" 97. 7 
 
 Het-suten- I I "^ 1 "^ J] ^ "^ J)© Heracleopolis89. 11 
 
 Het-se^/em \ y I j| 1 ® the capital of the Vllth nome of 
 
 Upper Egypt 77. 11 
 
 het-ka I 1 [_] a ka temple 116. 9 
 
 beta SJ ^ "^ rags 221. 12 
 
492 VOCABULARY. 
 
 hetau ^ ■'-' i-^ I masts, poles 208. 1 1 
 
 heteb Q c^ j g7\ to lament 70. 9 
 
 hetep Or measure 6. 7 
 
 hetep ^-gt-^ sum total 6.7; 167.4,10; 168.7; 314.9 
 
 hetep "^"~", '^" I peace 40. 2 ; 41. 9 ; contented, happy 252. I 
 
 hetep :i| to repose (of a statue) 148. 11 ; to rest (of 
 
 the heart) 46. 7 ; to lie at peace (of a dead body) 134. i ; 
 to set (of the sun) 11. 9 ; 64. 6 
 
 to be satisfied 242. 5 ; contentment 
 259. 12 ; peace 146. i3 ; 295. 9 ; 
 299-5 
 
 hetepet ' peace 46.4; to be welcome 45. 12 
 
 hetep \ an altar or table for offerings 105.8; 153.2 
 
 s J 
 
 hetepu 
 
 , c. CI© 
 
 hetepu offerings 63. 12 ; 72. 8 ; 73. 12 ; 118. 7 ; 
 
 -^ n I I I ^^^ ,^^ , (3 
 
 127. 2 ; 262. 12 ; ^^ offerings legally due 
 
 i65. I 
 
 heteiM § "1 l\ "^ ^^ ] ,. ■ J . 
 
 Aii_M^Jy* "^ 1 to stop, to be restramed 56.10; 
 
 hetemet |f|c>'^^ i^S- " 
 
 hetemet fi f Vv H^ ' hyaenas 276.10; 283. i3 
 
 .heter 9 ^^ 1 
 
 hefra 
 
 in ^ 
 
 horses 25. 5 ; 36. i ; 169. i ; 216. 7 ; 
 285. 10 ; 286. 2 ; 287. 12 
 
 hefrai | '^ ^^f^ teams for ploughing 4. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 493 
 
 X 1' X ^11 I ^o ^^"^y l^ribute, to become liable 
 
 hetra ^ > to pay tribute 148. 7 ; 158. 
 
 ^£^ J i; 173-12; 199.7; 202.8 
 
 hetrat fi j tax, tribute 228. 9 
 
 hetra S [I j leaves of a door (?) 152. 5 ; 152. 6 ; 
 
 iiii J*^\'"^^ folding doors (?) 161. 3 ; 176.10 
 hetes f^yQ, to celebrate 196.9; 197.4 
 hetet 8 shameful deed i-;. 11 
 
 heteb |c:^:3j to slay 175.7 
 
 hef 
 hefet 
 
 to waste, to destroy 252. i3 ; 265. 7 ; 
 ■iO ^ ( 292. 3 
 
 hef I 7n\ shrine 47. i3 
 
 Aef l^ni' I^Hllii ^° become light, to shine 3. i ; 26.8; 
 to make bright 266. 5 
 
 hef ta I il ^=s^ dawn, daybreak 13. i3 
 
 hefet I ) I *^o illumine 71. 3 ; dawn 84.4; 87.3 
 
 heftu I ^^ ffi I light, splendour 297. 5 ; 298. 9 
 
 bef ?, c2^ I white 97.10; 213.5 
 
 hef 1 white metal, silver 30. 7 ; 73. 8 ; 149. 2 
 
 A 000 
 
 V' ^ — 7 ! white crown, indicating Upper Egypt 88. 4 ; 
 
 hefet 
 
 93.3; 123.7; 142.4; 297.4 
 
494 VOCAJWLARY. 
 
 hefef J^a 1 
 
 ^ ^ radiance, light 74. 6 ; 202. 4 
 
 hefeaflUHa [~-^ -^ to be sad, heavy (of the heart) 292.12 
 hefefu l'^^\^ abominable (?) 248. 5 
 
 €) KH or CH (X). 
 
 ya T thousand 130.8; plur. Ti 217. i 
 
 Xa T|| to weigh, to measure 221.3 
 
 Xa ¥\'^^ — " ^'-' nifi^sure 125. 2 
 
 Xa al^ dead body 65. 12; 78. 7 ; 95. II 
 
 Xa ew an T "^^^^^ foR^^ library, record chamber 332. ii 
 
 Xa en sbaut 1 aaaaaa ^ *^^ chamber of the door 181. 10 
 
 Xaa T V\ to leave, to forsal<:e, to let go, to fall, 
 
 to place, to fall upon 20. i ; 28. 11 ; 141. g ; 169. 6 ; 197. 
 2; to throw 15. i3 ; 18.10; 197.10; thrown aside, left 
 285.7; 315-7; 319-3; l^^lf] thrown aside 285.8; 
 286. I 
 
 Xaamu V\ ^=^ to afflict, to harm 177.7 
 
 xaagu 
 
 
 to cut, to shave, to wound 286. 8 ; 
 292. i3 
 
 /} (3% ap_l 
 
 XaJ 1^1]^^ defeat 191. 4; 192.10; 196. i 
 
Xai 
 
 ytau 
 
 Xau 
 
 jau 
 
 lau 
 
 y_au 
 
 Xaui 
 
 y^aiui 
 
 y^auti 
 
 -faut 
 
 laut 
 
 Xab 
 
 Xabu 
 
 lapui 
 yam 
 yjanaes 
 •/ames 
 
 (3 
 
 VOCABULARY. 495 
 
 to enclose, to shut in 186. 6 "'^^ 
 
 VmW'^ what is hateful 254.8 
 
 T , JQ shadow 59. I ; 67. 8 ; i8g. i3 ; igg. i 
 
 to protect 57. 4 ; 60. i3 ; 67. i ,— -^ 
 various kinds of woods 41. 10 
 o spices made from woods 213. 6 ; 224. 6 
 
 b\^ ^1 mines (of copper) 178.12; 179.3 
 
 'v>¥i altars 189. 11 
 
 altar, altars 131. 10; 233.4; 235. 
 12 
 
 I I I 
 
 o 
 
 «^«T 
 
 :Ti 
 
 I 
 
 ^^ carcase, dead body 304. 5 
 X to bend (?), to bow (?) 264. 10 
 
 a 
 D <$. 
 
 D 
 
 to do homage 183. 5 
 
 ,, I figured designs or patterns 
 
 > in metal work 153.3; 156. 
 I I J i3; 157. I ; 161. 4 
 
 £\ ,-7— s, to let fall 247.3 
 
 l^T—^ to bend, to turn aside 247.4; 264.6 
 
 vl ears of corn 238. 3 ; 239. 5 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 yames 
 
 y.anriefa 
 
 Xar (?) 
 
 Xare 
 
 yare 
 
 'fjareui 
 
 %artet 
 
 yartu 
 
 larti 
 
 il I I 
 
 W & 
 
 <C^ 
 
 I ears of corn 238. 3 ; 239. 5 
 
 jX] a city in Syria 282. i 
 name of a city 84. i 
 1^ I [^ ^y^'^^ 95- 12 ; 180. 12 ; 224. 6 
 Y>, vvL a bynan loq. 12 
 
 y(l[l ]W a proper name 317.8 
 
 
 > boy, child 118. 10; 129.10; 265.4 
 
 I I cliildren 175.12; 176.4; 243.4; 
 I ( 271. 9, 12 
 
 I the two widows, i. e., Isis and Neph- 
 
 X^'^ tfcL^ '^o be lowly, humble, feeble, sick, helpless 16. 
 
 3 ; 252. 3 ; 266. 12 ; an evil thing 210. 8 ; a brute of a 
 man 241. 1 1 
 
 thys 53. 1 3 
 
 %ases 
 Xast 
 Xas 
 y_asa 
 
 y^ak abu 
 
 "^^^ to be in evil case (?) 248. 2 
 ^^ evil 253. II 
 
 I abominable folk 227. 4 
 
 ■■^sx, to rest, to be at peace 255. 4 
 
 rebels 94.4; 170.12; 206.9; 
 
 I ) ' ]] A^^vwN ^ ^^ I yak-en- 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 ^ (3 I i> I 
 
 dbu go. 1 3 
 
 I S I 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 497 
 
 ■^aker 
 
 to decorate 57. 8 
 
 ^13^^° I, '=;z::56'2 5 ) decorations, ornaments 57.8; 
 
 yrakeru """^^^ ' ''^~^' ' ' > i34- 8 ; 140. i ; 172. 9; 
 
 ' ' ' e*— =>o I 6\ 
 
 I jy a name of Ra 62. 3 
 
 Xaf 
 Xaf 
 
 c. I 
 
 ^ sickness, failing 257. 12 
 
 , w— =>, ^ip womb, belly, body 40. 10; 41.4; 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 45.11; 50. i3; 51.3; 130.4; 184.10; 242.1. z]j|y 
 
 coolness, calm demeanour 258. 11 ; p.^^ iJL a man 
 
 heated by anger 260. 4 
 
 tati 
 
 Y-atuma 
 
 y^atbu 
 
 Xafer 
 
 Xaf 
 
 Xaa 
 
 /aau 
 
 Xaa 
 
 [1 J\ a proper name 113. i3 ; 115. i3 
 ^ [Jyi a city in Syria 275. 12 
 
 © 
 
 ;J' 
 
 ^'=^ 
 
 to slay II. 6; 12.2; 13.19; 14.10; 15.9 
 
 decrepitude (?) 244. 10 
 I Vix 1) bread loi. i 
 
 a 
 
 I to be crowned 88. 4 ; 142. 4 ; >= — d crowned 
 ■^^ I one (fem.) 120. 3 
 
 , ^ D I crown 172.7; 237.13; 296.6; plur. 
 
 S^ Q 40. 8 ; 119. 8; 120. 2 
 
 II 
 
 Xaa 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 2 ; 148. i3 ; 
 
 a 
 
 Q 
 
 to rise like the sun 35. 9 ; 64. 8 ; 121. 
 109. 9 
 
 Xaai -^|, -=— "ij^^ "^^'" 9°- 5 ; 150.6 
 
 Xaa-em-Apt 
 
 Q 
 
 kO' 
 
 a proper name 330. 9 
 
 32 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 y_aa-em-Uast .^.Ij ^ J W a proper name 307. 2 ; 309. 
 
 8; 316.4; 317-5; 330.7 
 
 /a-nefer ^lA ^^^ name of a pyramid 104.9 
 
 Xaai 
 
 y;^aai-nu-ra 
 
 faai-en-ra 
 
 S II 11 ' weapons, tools 207. 4 
 
 S 
 
 Q 
 
 I I I I 
 
 faau 
 
 6 ; 180. 12 
 
 (3 I I I 
 
 tools for work 137. 9 ; 
 191. 2 
 
 wooden tools or weapons 27. 3 ; 159. 
 
 /aau 
 
 Xau 
 
 Xaar 
 
 yaara 
 
 Xa . . . 
 
 xaafu 
 
 © I 
 
 ^ •O' I some objects made of leather 288. 4 
 ."^^^ disgraceful, shameful 241.7; 267.4 
 
 2 a 
 
 Q' 
 
 C3s:zi(?) 
 
 S 
 
 to rage furiously, rage 140. 
 
 10; 194. 4 ; 195.7 ; 197- 3 ; 
 
 2og. 2 
 
 a kind of wood 118. 3 
 
 inscribed 86. 12 
 babe, child 51. 8 ; 53. 2, 11 ; 57. i3 ; 58. 
 
 I ; 62. 5 
 
 t,irehaa 
 Y.irebu 
 
 =i, OOT high, exalted 56.4; 176.9; 208. 3 
 >J'^t](J^ I Aleppo 135.6; 137.2; 138. 
 
 fireqaOadat "===^-^^^10 10^^ slippery places 288.1 
 
 X" 
 
 (21 
 
 to protect 85. I ; 200. 6 ; 211. 
 I ; 215.7 
 
VOCABULARY. 499 
 
 X" ^^^nSt)' protecting formulae 86.1 
 
 X"^ ^^ protectress 58. 9 
 
 X" ^^ to shine, to be bright, splendid 267. 2 ; 
 
 good, well 7. I ; excellent 79. i 
 
 X" ^^111' ^^ .., I splendid acts, glorious deeds, 
 
 excellencies, virtues, conspicuous benefits 142. 9 ; 143. 10 ; 
 144. 3 ; 229. 7 
 
 ■"^--^ ® '^\ ® -fl ' ] ^4^" ^^ ' tisnefit, advantage, wel- 
 
 ^*ci' Jj QiJil fare, what is good 115. 11; 246. 
 
 /^L Q I 8; 262. 9; 270. i3; 301. 1 ; cre- 
 
 Jj L^^ > dit, renown 259.2 
 
 fut,-/u6 '^^i '^ I glorious 41.2; 119. 10; 120. 3 
 yti renowned 227. 2 
 
 X« }ii ® ^ ^^^ S^'^ °^ '^^Sht or splendour 64. 3 
 
 X" ^ P I 
 
 Mi 
 
 the glorious or shining disembodied 
 > forms of the dead 63. i3 ; 131. 
 2; 133-3 
 
 /u A J" n I '^i'^i'^s protector 143.7 
 
 XW ^» ^^ rj. a shining serpent 54. i3 
 
 yui V-^ ^ ^ I preserved 325. 2 
 
 yuit L^V\^^ "^™^ °^ ^ goddess 215.7 
 
 Y.ufu-menat f j®^ V J /wwv, ^^ a city in Upper Egypt 
 
 no. 9 ; III. II 
 
 32* 
 
500 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 XUt 
 
 
 horizon 64. i ; 82. 8 ; 121. 3 
 
 Xuti cC^rCbii the god of the two horizons 120.3 
 
 Xuti '-^^^^'I'l double horizon 148.13; 152.12 
 
 y^ut heh -Jj ] KOx "eternal horizon", a name of the 
 
 tomb of Amenophis I. 309. 2 
 
 yut setat '^ =:^?^ ; "hidden horizon", i.e., part of a temple 
 151-3 
 
 yruti 
 
 '^;ii 
 
 > spirit, demon 43. i3 ; 46. 3 ; 47. 4 
 
 Xeb ® J X to diminish (?), to hinder (?) 252. 12 
 Xeba ®J^^,^ '" ^P''^^ °^ 36.5 
 
 defect 271. 3 
 y^eby^eb ®jj®l vase, vessel 216.7; 219.7 
 Xebf ® jUfcss, ^^'^' '^s^ti'^i'^'^ 253. 1 3 
 
 yebtet ® ] ^^ evil deeds 271. i 
 
 Xep 
 
 ®^ to die 52.5 
 
 D 
 
 to happen, being, existing 228. 3 ; 230. 5 ; 231. 
 
 I ; 233.8; 263.6 
 
 ® D I C3 ^ 
 Xepe« ^ I, 1^1 fat 149. 4 ; 164. 3 
 
 Xepera W (j J| | the god of creation 120. 3 ; 170.10 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 501 
 
 ■/.eper 
 
 Xeperu 
 Xeper 
 
 Xepert 
 
 y^eperu 
 xeperu 
 
 D 
 
 (E 
 
 to come into being, to become, 
 to be born, to turn, to revolve, 
 to roll, to transform 3.10; 7. 
 3; 56.2; 105. 5; 106. i; 234.9; 
 
 244- 9 ; ^ „ I fl happened 
 31.8 
 
 something which hath been done, 
 or should be done, or is about 
 to become go. 12; 123. 5; 
 228. 2 ; 252.7; 317. I 
 
 © 
 
 created things 120. 2 ; event 15.6 
 
 e'^^^^ Vff' c4t I living men and women as op- 
 
 posed to n y [^ "those who come after", t. e., posterity 
 229. 4 
 
 xeperu 
 
 Q. J^ I I forms, transformations 30. i3 ; 56. 
 I 11 I 12; 87. 9; 131. 3 
 
 Q created thing iig. 10 ; creator (fem.) 
 
 xepert 
 
 120. 2 ; there arose, it happened 117. 10 
 
 I 
 
 xepert 
 
 events (past or present) circumstances 
 
 243. 3 ; 259. 8, II ; 274. 2 
 xeper fesef M 
 
 " -;^ self-begotten 88.' 9 
 
 Xepereru 
 
 xepers 
 
 Xepes 
 
 (MD I 
 
 I sockets 149. II 
 
 C3C 
 
 1^ helmet 297. i 
 
 xepes 
 
 CSZD CTZi 
 
 190.4; 243. I 
 
 blacksmith's shop 288. 1 1 
 , <A^ strength, valour 40. 9 ; 189. i3 ; 
 
502 
 
 Xef 
 
 Xe« 
 
 Xefti 
 
 Xeffi 
 
 yieftet 
 
 left 
 
 yieft hu 
 
 f^eftu 
 
 lefti 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 ^\ to seize 174. 2 
 
 255.6; 262.8 
 
 ^i-ni 
 
 1 
 
 enemy, enemies, foes 65. 5 ; 
 } 92. 3 ; 146.4; 297.7 ; 303. 
 
 lO 
 
 when, at that time, according to, 
 opposite, before 107.10; 151. 3 ; 
 170. 10 ; 188. 6 ; 216. 8 ; 243. i3 ; 
 260. 6 
 
 conformably 106. 2, i3 
 
 similar 113. 4 fbisj 
 
 when 228. 2 
 
 at, during 44. 4 
 I 
 
 breezes 61. 2 
 
 T_ to be ignorant, not to know, to come to 
 
 an end, to finish 186. 12 ; 201. 4 ; 222. 12 ; 242. 2 ; without 
 wanting 189.8; ignorance, inability 249.11 
 
 tern 
 
 plur. 
 
 Xem xef 
 
 y^emet 
 
 yemu 
 
 © 
 
 Q I I I 
 
 an ignorant man 125. 3 ; 246. 11 ; 
 '246. 7 
 
 3 an incapable man 247. 7 
 
 to disregard 124. 12 ; ob- 
 livion, ignorance 221. 5 ; 
 255. 2 ; 270. i3 
 
 secret places 304. 1 1 
 I I 'I '^ ^ 
 
lf.emennu 
 
 7.eniennu 
 Xemennu 
 f_etnt 
 
 0© I I I I 
 
 1 1 1 
 1 1 1 
 1 1 1 
 1 1 1 
 
 VOCABULARY. 5o3 
 
 the city of Hermopolis 193. 8 ; 197. 7 ; 200. i 
 
 the "eight" gods of Hermopolis 200. 2 
 eight 87. 3 
 
 I three 6. 7 ; 87. 3 ; 
 
 third 76. 4 ; 
 
 I 
 
 em fenit as a third person 317. i3 
 
 n ° -D \ copper, bronze (?) 147. 8 ; 149. 2 ; 152. 
 
 Ill' 000 j 
 
 ^ ii n 
 
 "^ \ ^ \ 8 • "^ 
 000' ij, 000 / ' il 
 
 10; 155.8; 199. 10; 224.5 ; 240. 
 
 <H^ ® r° 
 
 I I M I I 
 
 copper mnies 
 
 178. 12 ; Q -^ \ copper ingots 179. 7 
 
 J EUD o I 
 
 yerati 
 
 yen 
 
 yen 
 
 yeni 
 
 yennu 
 
 
 worker in metals, coppersmith 317.7; 
 318. 7 ; 319. 8 ; 330. 9 ; 331. 11 ; 332. 
 
 insincerity (?) 258. i3 
 
 
 , o 
 
 AAAAAA -^L 
 
 interior, within, inner court 57. 
 II ; 99. i3 ; 117. II ; 118. 6 ; 
 196. 5 ; 241. 2 ; 322. 2 
 
 inner apartment of a house 256. i3 ; 
 the interior of a barge 98. i ; the 
 interior of a city 206. 2 ; an abode 
 249. i3 ; court, palace 104. 2 
 
 porting 171. 10 
 
 to transport 150. 7 ; ^ 
 
 trans- 
 
 yen "^ a periplus 236. 12 ; 237. 2 
 
 yen Ausar ^ fl s^ ^ periplus of Osiris 238. 9 
 
504 
 Xen 
 
 Xeni 
 
 yennu 
 
 yenk 
 
 Xena 
 
 84. I ; 322. 2 
 
 Xenar 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 j\ to cause to advance 261. 6 
 
 A 
 
 AAA/V\A 
 
 (s 
 
 <£? 
 
 to hover, to alight, to flutter 
 over 56. 3 ; 68. ii ; 127. 3 
 
 to be fettered 127. g 
 
 tl , M prison, place ot restraint 
 
 ^ 
 
 X«em 
 
 jnem 
 7.neniu 
 
 Unemu-hetep Q^^J 
 
 shut in 131. 4 
 
 to unite, to be united to, to 
 attain to 55. 3 ; 123. 11 ; 
 127. II ; to build up, to 
 join together 51.5 
 
 Q one who is united to another, spouse 119. 8 
 
 (S. 
 
 5M e: 
 
 the god who formed man 20. 6 
 
 o D 
 
 fuemu 
 
 y^enem 
 
 jenetn 
 
 fenemem 
 
 fenemes 
 
 e 
 
 
 a proper name 107.5; ii3-i2; 
 115. 5, i3 ; 117. 10 
 
 a wooden object in fish-pools 168. g 
 £S smell, odour, stink 197. 12 
 
 to be drowsy, to sleep 277. 11 
 
 ^ Jv I waiting-women 38. 6 ; 93. 4 
 
 the manner and habits of a man 
 of good birth (?), to treat with respect 256. 12; 265.8; 266. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 505 
 
 Xenen3es[u] 
 
 257. I ; 266. 12 
 
 I men of high birth and rank 
 
 
 y^nemet Q q Vs. ~^ '^ well, cistern 176 G 
 ■^eneniu \^ 'Jl] v'^ ^ carriers 133.10 
 
 Xen-enet \^aaaa^^^ Waaaa^a'VI, ^o sweep away 112. 11; 
 
 disturbed, broken 248. 1 1 
 
 yienziu 
 y_ennu 
 %ennu 
 Xennu 
 y^ennu 
 yennus 
 
 yenrei 
 
 ~ww\ gTA to cry out 224. q 
 aaa/>aaV\m2\ priests, prophets, singers 200.4 
 ~^%^ child 117. 6 
 V^^^'' ^ "5^"' ^^^■'"'"^ ^91-1; 206. i3 
 
 O © 
 
 D (3 
 
 AA/\AAA 
 
 I I I I 
 
 I relatives 54.4; 55. 5 
 I a kind of bird 300. g 
 
 reins (?) 275.7; 287.11; 291. 
 i3 
 
 A/VWV\ /WWV\ 
 
 ATI )^ yxj to run away terrified 296. 3 
 
 A to leap towards 305. 9 
 
 Middle Egypt (?) 186. i3 
 
 Isjj name of a god 77. 2 ; 143. 2 ; 144.7 
 
 Y.ensu pa ari sever I I ; | "Khensu the worker of 
 
 plans" 44. 12 ; 45. 5, 6 ; 46. 4 ; 47. 2 
 
 Xensu nefer-hetep 1 I name of a god 44.6; 45.4; 
 
 48. 10 
 
 yenyen 
 yenyen 
 yenyen 
 yensu 
 
5o6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 -/ens -vwws C3 ^ to stink 293. 8 
 
 %ent \^ ^ \ transportation 157. 4 
 
 ■^ent >T^< ^° ^^^^ ^^P ^^^^ river 185.9; i93- 7 > 224.6 
 
 ■jient \^q™ image 120.9 
 
 Xei2^ a country of Western Asia 148. 8 ; 164. 6 
 %ent fjTn a to be shut up, closed 245. 7 
 %ent [jTK court, inner chamber (?) 96. 10 
 
 Xent i£f, [jlT], nTr| before, forward, at the head of 
 
 49- 5 ; 53- 8 ; 54- 5 ; 99- " ; 103. 5 ; 108. 2 ; 120. 11 ; 273. 
 
 9; ^^,w^A 117. 9; /wwv.^ II3.I 
 
 
 acting as chief of 128. 10 ; 228. 
 3 ; 294. 7, 8 ; 302. 12 
 
 Xenfef ^ " 
 
 Y^entet r|T}i first rank or grade 235.12; forerunner 230.8 
 
 y^entu m[\^\A pre-eminence, exalted condition 252.5; 
 
 264. 3 
 
 Xent-nefer ^T© a city in the Delta 219.4 
 
 y.ent-yi_atdi " |1 IJ 11 4 1 ^ proper name 215.6 
 
 /eH^a 1111^1^ T — r, 1 — r lake, reservoir 106. 3, 10 
 
 -lenta -w^v^a [ .-^.^ sepulchres 66. i3 
 
 ^ c> nil I I 
 
 AAAAAA ^ 
 
 Xe^^-"' (f[|l^i?j-^ shrine 153. 6 
 
 lentua (j]|l ,3 ^^^ ^° ^'^'vance 135.8 
 
VOCABULARY. 507 
 
 AAA/VV\ , 
 
 yenti d h "^ ^"^ *^ i . 
 
 'liii ^ J^ I drawing nigh, advancing 50. 
 
 y^entes /www to be fettered 71. 8 ; 72. 3 
 
 /enfes ^a^w. ( i i a kind of tree 158. 6 
 
 •^ent -wwAA y\ to tread, to walk 54. 12 ; 75. 2 
 
 ^ea/' ^AAAA^ ^ steps of an altar 213. 11 
 
 Xent AAAAAA y^ M| dignified walk 128.7 
 
 Y^entu AA^^ ^ A j 
 
 to advance 175.9; 261.9 
 
 A/w^A^ vT 
 
 Xer err: cemetery, tomb 306.6; 307.10; 308.2; 
 
 316. I ; 318. 3 
 
 /er en aha <:3> aaaaaa f I ; i storehouse for funereal appliances 
 
 319- I 
 ^er ^i^ 0, <=> ?^ to subdue, to be subdued 81. 
 
 6; 175-4 
 
 Xer Ai, ^^ to fall down 6g. 12; 135.2, 10; 
 
 262.10; wretched one 135.2,10; 140.8; 141. 3 
 
 xer ^__^ ^ I slain 203. 4 
 
 Xerif ^ " ^^ misery 228. 3 
 
 xer under, in the reign of 96. 8 ; 97. i ; 306. i ; 
 
 y I AAAAAA under the majesty of, in the reign of 126. 3 ; 
 130. I ; 134.3 ; 225.4; 244.7 
 
 ^er by, with, from, now, with reference to 6.10; 
 
 7. 7 ; 42. 2 ; 50. 3 ; 128. 11 ; 168. 14 ; 246. 10 
 
5o8 VOCABULARY. 
 
 fertu Y\ as for, now, with reference to i.i; 49.6; 
 
 138. i3 ; 161. 10 ; 183. 10 
 
 yer ar \ now, then i. 3 ; 170.4; 318.6 
 
 ^ ^ under, with, having 6. 5; 12.6; 19.2; 
 42.10; 121. 7; 179.6; 324.10; for 
 210.8; by reason of 260.7 ; 
 lower (?) 127.5 ; 157- I 
 
 to have, to hold, to possess 83. 8 ; 85. 9 ; 
 one possessed of (a devil) 43.13; w ; 
 
 Xer 
 
 m 
 
 yeri 
 
 < = 
 
 xer 
 
 <- > 
 
 93-2 ; 
 
 ffl 
 
 possessor i. 3 ; with 179. i ; w c::^> having 
 
 gram 4.4 
 
 ., ffi I fQ 
 ler renpit <zz> 1 j yearly 235.1 
 
 <=> © G i that which hath the day, i. e., daily 
 
 ,, ffl 111 I 95-6; 151. 7; 1154. I ; 303.10 
 
 Xeru (3 1 1 things terrestrial 295.8 
 
 y,er-a under the hand, i. e., in charge of 97. 12 
 
 xer hat -"^ before, in front of, formerly, originally 
 
 100.4; 118. 12 ; 144.12; 169.9; 227.8; 230.13; 231.2; 
 238.9 
 
 xer heb ^31? M7^ the man who hath the service book. 
 
 reader, title 01 a priest 50. 4 ; 62. i3 ; 86. 9 ; 
 
 ^ ler heh tep the chief reader 213. 8 ; plur. 1 129.5 
 
 Xerw provisions 239. 12 ; 240. i 
 
 Xer-aba '-'^ a city near Memphis 212.8; 219.5 
 
 Xeraba (?) Cfe^'^*^ — " to fight, to do battle with 304. 1 1 
 
Xeru 
 yeruu 
 
 (Sj 
 
 (3 (S 
 
 © 
 
 VOCABULARY. 509 
 
 gA voice, to cry 72. 2 ; 80. 5 ; 90. 9 
 
 Xerui 
 
 I t I 
 
 ^•^Ti ! l°^-^y'"g lands (?) 114. i3 
 forces 141. 3 
 
 foes, enemy 54.9; 180. 11; 193.8; 
 
 286. 4 ; 278. ID 
 
 lerp 
 
 U 
 
 to rule 227. 10 ; to lay under tribute 169. 
 
 i3 ; to be master or foreman of 108. 2 ; iig. 5 ; to under- 
 take 122. 10; 125. 12 ; to be in front 141. i ; to do more 
 than some one else 41. 11 ; ruler 126.4; 130-2; to offer 
 183. 7 ; <::=> ^ ^ %erp db to be superior 247. 3 
 
 Xerf 
 Xert 
 
 lerti 
 
 yerti 
 
 <::==>■ I affairs, dictates 121. 12 ; 265.10 
 
 <:z> ) I things which belong to, goods, possessions 
 202. 7 ; 258. 7 ; things 87. 3 
 
 ver 312. 5 
 
 provisions 300. 10 
 
 — mason, worker with a chisel or gra- 
 
 fersek 
 
 Xex 
 
 /ex 
 
 xesasa 
 yesbet 
 y^esbetet 
 
 A 
 
 — a to remove 49. 8 ; 57. i ; 71. 9 
 to run 58. II ; 69. i 
 (f throat 94. 7 ; 217. 3 
 
 sew? 
 i^iill 
 
 neck 35. 10 
 
 y to hasten 292. 8 
 
 MA 
 
 000 
 
 J,v, I 
 
 lapis-lazuli 35. 10 ; 216. 4 ; 
 
 real lapis-lazuli 303. 2 
 
 o 
 I I I 
 
5IO VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^Y li — •■■, -^Y A to meet, to come upon some 
 y.^^^^ M A > one 54. I ; 262. 2 ; to go 
 
 ® ' ^Y '^ — ° I with hostile intent, to fight 
 
 against, to be in opposition to 98. 8 ; 243. 3 ; 249. 6 ; to 
 repulse 54.4; 55-7; to be repulsed 248.7; =^q^ re- 
 pulsed 206. 3 
 
 #n> ^ I 
 
 y^esefet > obstacles 265. 5, 7 
 
 Xesef-a ^Y to resist the power of 187. i 
 
 y^esteb — »— J o lapis-lazuli 41. 10 ; 73. 5 
 
 %et , thing 42.3; 187.8; property 201.10; a 
 
 matter (z. e., expedition) 99. 9 ; a trial, a judicial enquiry 
 97.4; 98.11; plur. I, I wealth, property, 
 
 things 8.8; 61.5; 123T5 ; 170.2; 252.8; 253.2 
 
 "/et neter tauit , ^ ^ 1=^=^^ the produce of the lands on 
 
 each side of the Red Sea 177. g 
 
 Xet en ker ^^-^ -wa^ ^ f \\\ thingsofthecemetery 315.9 
 y_et Qetnt ^^-^-^r i vx products of Egypt 177.4 
 
 I I 
 
 fet ^^ to engrave 230. 2 ; inscribed 240. 7 
 
 Xefi a q']'] inscribed 149.9; 152-11; i54- 10 ; 
 
 155- 2; 156-2 ; 164.7 
 
 "jr^et wood, timber 106. 7 ; 168. 9 ; stick, canon 
 
 "^ I 
 261. 2 ; walking stick 319. i3 ; staff (of life) 63. 12 
 
 /ef e« ai3)(u »a«/>a« ■t'^yT-j'I plants which yield life -stuffs 
 
 295. 5 ; 300. 6 
 
 yefu v^:^^ Z^ I masts 208. 1 1 
 
 T 1 1 I I 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 511 
 
 Xetxet 
 let 
 
 A 
 
 
 to retreat 175.8; 194.10; 278.4; to 
 turn back 55. 12 
 
 A to follow 
 
 ■•i 
 
 train of 122. 4 (see ei?i yd) 
 
 I ^ Q I dmu yet those in the 
 I ® A I 
 
 A 
 
 across 299. 8 
 
 let 
 let 
 let 
 yiet 
 y^et aa 
 
 leta ^ n^. 1^ ^ country in Western Asia 135. 3 ; 136. i ; 
 137. I ; 140. I ; 141. 3 ; 275. 11 
 
 <=^ to investigate 122. 6 
 
 fire, heat 52.3; 53.8; 102. i; 199. 3; 219.10; 304.4 
 
 ^A/V^AA 
 
 -wwvA ford 276. 4 ; 277. 5 
 
 a kind of goose 167. 12 
 
 >/3Jg, 
 
 Y^etem 
 
 290. 8 ; 
 
 .i:a^cr- 
 
 CTTi 
 
 e 
 
 /etem 
 
 n III' 
 
 to close, to shut 185. 11 ; shut 202. i3 ; 
 
 Q '=^^ shut 204.13; a shut in 
 
 place, a fort, a citadel 202. i3 ; 223.3; 
 Q a closed in place (?) 290. 2 
 
 y I fortresses 203. 12 ; 205. 7 
 
 y^etem Q, '^Q, to seal 204.4; ring, seal 214.4; 230.3 
 
 yety^et << " to break in pieces 315. 6 
 
 vet Jgr-g to float or sail down the Nile 104. i3 ; 134. 
 
 9; 136.5 ; 140.6 
 
 xet 
 
 ' AAAAAA 
 
 ford 279. 7 
 
 /efer (or /efra) dS^j^^ shame (?) 242.9 
 
512 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 s — t— , I she, her, it 5. lo e^ passim; they 108. 3 ; 
 
 their 127. 2 
 
 s I, I I, they, them, their 108. 3; 127.2; 227.6 
 
 s I ^ I J ^ send health, in ^Y | ' ?■ z*. 
 
 sa I NjA person, one of a number 95. 1 1 ; 250. i ; 
 
 I vA T one thousand men 257.5; fe™- a maiden 42.2; 
 ^ ^ 96. 2 ; plur. ^ ^ I women 49. 7 
 
 sa en aqer | va ^^^wv [I )| a wise man, a man of high 
 
 rank 252. 4 ; 253. 4 
 
 sa en Abu | vA aaaaa^ t J ® a man of Elephantine (as op- 
 posed to a man of the Delta) 293. 5 
 
 sa en athu | sa [-vwwi] [1 '^^ K ^vF vl a man of the papyrus 
 
 swamps, {. e., a man of the Delta 293. 5 
 
 I vA ^:3:^ every one i6g. 6 ; 1 1 | 
 
 sa nefe 
 
 body 96. 5 
 
 any 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 son 41. I 
 
 son 116. 4; 246.10; 270.6; fem. 
 
 ^=oS daughter 42. i ; 45. 2 ; 68. 8 ; c='^ 225. 9 
 
 (|\, 1^^ I "son of the Sun", a royal title 
 Cx^ "daughter of the Sun" 119. 8 
 
 sa Ra 
 
 142. 2 
 
 Sa-Ra-an-aa ( ^^ ifi , , | a royal name 310.3 
 
 sa (?j 
 
 earth 208. 9 
 
sa 
 
 Sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 goose 38. 3 
 Z^ the city of Sais 206. 12 
 I a measure 125. 2 
 
 5i3 
 
 
 to protect 81.7 
 
 I, °MM° protection 45. i ; 80. 10 ; y ' ^ 
 tectors 69. 5 
 
 I 
 
 I sau pro- 
 
 a grade or order of priests 76. 4 ; 78. i ; 230. 4 ; 
 
 231. I 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 /Sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 sat 
 
 sa 
 
 sau 
 sau 
 sauu 
 
 l[Q]]Eir-zi wall-tower 186.7 
 
 mill 
 
 amulet, ornament, spell, charm 46.i;93.9;2i7.4 
 
 'tf back, side, body 58. 8 ; 247. 4 ; 258. 1 3 ; see ^v ^ em sa 
 
 to guard against 251. 3 
 
 to see, to know 259. 11,; to re- 
 cognise 185. I ; recognised 185. 
 I ; divine knowledge 121. 11 
 
 knowledge 249. 9 ; renown 298. 5 
 
 to fill, to satisfy, to be satisfied 
 251.9; 268.9; satiety 262.10; 
 268.7 
 
 to watch, to guard, to pro- 
 tect, protector 120.5^ 
 123.3; 257.2; 287. i; 
 318.9; 325.4 
 
 33 
 
 
 .s 
 
 e e 
 
514 VOCABULARY. 
 
 sau-a %Xf \> weak of arm, t. e., feeble one 189. 9 
 
 sau retui ^ f^ watcher of the two feet, i. e., follower 
 
 185. lo; 187.5; 192.7 
 saaw m\\ "^1 keepers, guards 11. i3 ; 159.13 
 
 sau '"0^ V3f' ^^^^^ 196. I ; 202.12; 208.1; 210.5 
 
 sau 'o'^^St) '■° '-'^ filled with food 180. i3 
 
 sau [^ ^^^ QA surfeit 246. 3 
 
 Sau ^ ''^ the city of Sais 73. i ; 84. 6 
 
 ^ "^^ V J '^ ° 1 '■° ^^^'^^^ ^° instruct, to in- 
 
 saub "^ > form 243. 2 ; 261. 6 ; 263. 
 
 Saaaire 
 
 I 
 
 sa 
 
 sai 
 
 => P<A?> I name 01 a people 174. i 
 uababa VTfl^v^^^^ ^° S*^ round about 283.4 
 
 (J [l-^&- to see 287. 3 
 Sa . . . aire 'S^^^^, <::=>|J^ a city in Syria 290. 11 
 
 sab -^^ judge 97.3; -^^<=3=>©Mi sab dr Neyen a 
 
 judge belonging to the city of Nekhen 97. 3 ; 98. 6 ; 99. 4 
 
 sap "q^^^ ^° '^^S 118. 8 
 
 sara l^iv ^° gather (flowers) 130.12 
 
 •^^^ A[v^.^]' I"""^ '^°'^*^'^ 47-12; platform 203.5 
 
 sam Jj I hair 92. 6 
 
sam 
 
 sam 
 
 sam 
 
 V 
 
 sam ta 
 
 burial 65. g 
 
 VOCABULARY. 515 
 
 .^&- to make clear 58. 12 
 
 phallus 51. 12; 53.9; 60. 5 ; 
 67.7 
 
 to unite 58. 13 ; 123. 8 
 
 ^ union with the earth, z. e., 
 
 samu 
 
 samu 
 
 <?■ ~" 1 
 
 e 
 
 e 
 
 composition 155. 8 
 J to join, to unite 170. i 
 
 Sam-behutet 
 
 saheh 
 
 sah 
 
 Sahu 
 
 sahu 
 
 saq 
 
 ® the XVIIth nome of Lower Egypt 218.7 
 ^'^. loathing (?) 266. 9 
 
 ra 
 ■ fii 
 
 Iq] P ^^I 1^ I passage 285. i 
 
 I 'ill 
 
 I Orion 82. i3 
 
 ri[^|^11^^i neighbours 264. 12 
 
 
 to collect 260. 1 1 ; with ^ to col- 
 
 I 
 
 lect the senses, to confine the attention 260. 11 
 
 n [^ "^^ to act haughtily 266. 2 
 
 'S ''fe^ ^ A to march 282. i3 
 [q'ZS"^^'"^ a piece of sackcloth 287.7 
 Sati, Satet ^^^ name of a goddess 92. i 
 ^l Sais 192.8 
 
 saqu 
 saJ^a 
 saka 
 
 Sat 
 sat 
 
 ground 157. 2 ; domain, estate 163. i 
 
 33* 
 
5i6 VOCABULARY. 
 
 satu %^^^ earth, earth's surface 296. 8; 301. 1 3 
 
 s^f n Q*if*, ^Y* "^ ° I ^° shoot arrows, to send forth 
 
 > to emit rays of light 102. i ; 
 197.9; 245.12; 261. i3; 283. 1 
 
 satetiu *if* V§^ 1 archers 197. 9 
 
 Til 
 
 safi ][ m I 
 
 satuu 
 
 beams of light, rays, radiance 74. 
 7 ; 81. 10 ; 95. 10 ; 121. i ; 163. 
 6; 297.5 
 
 sati iP to emit water 83. 5 
 
 C-T' 
 
 sat Iq J ("=il) 
 
 to sow seed, to beget, to fecundate 
 
 sati X"^ ' ^"-'''^^-'^ 
 
 satet 
 sat 
 
 T 
 
 . j/^ 
 
 yVWAAA 
 
 seed 96. 3 ; 224. i3 ; ^jT" eman- 
 
 ations 57. I 
 sat-tu-f [Iq'T^'^ ^^ ^ ™^" °^ ^ lascivious nature 257. 7 
 
 sata T=^^^ adoration 93.7 
 
 sata X li| I, ^^^ll adoration^ 55- " ; 93-3 
 
 sati /Sm^ |1 I 
 
 I ornamental or festal garments 226. 2 ; 
 
 satet ^e^ [ 237-9 
 
 Satet f^—^Q^^^ Asia 126.4; 130.2; 227.6 
 
 Satetti ^^^1^, Asiatic lands 197. i 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 517 
 
 saG 
 
 sad 
 sabu 
 sabet 
 sap 
 
 q5> 
 
 P^ 
 
 a barge 97. i3 ; 105. 2 
 n fo' ™ to bring (?), to carry (?) 106. 6 
 
 1 .5^^ the making of strife 257. 13 
 [1 to count, to reckon 109. i3 . igg. 8 ; 204. 
 
 sap 
 san 
 san 
 sannu 
 
 sannu 
 
 sas 
 
 ses (?) 
 
 sat 
 
 seaa 
 
 seau 
 
 seauur 
 
 seab 
 
 4 ; to decree 214. 5 ; to provide for 112. 3 ; to examine, to 
 make an inventory of 201. 10 ; 306. 8 ; examination, scrutiny 
 309. I ; 310. I ; 311. 12 
 
 □ ■ ■ o 
 
 visitor 89. 7 
 
 <Oi 
 
 A 
 
 material for sealing 214. 3 
 
 AAAA/NA (^ 
 
 I I 
 
 |A 
 
 to hasten 5. 9 ; 188. 7, 10 ; 222. 5 
 
 to pay for something 287. 5 
 
 six 82. I 
 
 nnn . , 
 
 sixty 105. II 
 nnn 
 
 Pl"^ heap 179.6 
 
 rl -= — D to magnify 183. 6 
 
 PS:;a^d() ^° curse, to cry out excitedly 264.13 
 
 n^_^e^=*AK to make to conceive 58.2 
 
 ) AAAA/V\ 
 
 to purify 170. i3 ; 211. 3 ; 213. i 
 236. I 
 
5i8 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 sab P -.= — n J § 1 1 i ornaments, jewellery 25. 6 
 
 to bring back 25. 5 
 
 seati 
 
 
 seani l-t- , '"T ®^ '^o f^sd, to vivify 63.10; 116. i; 
 
 295. 5 ; 298. 7 
 
 searjx 
 seant 
 
 sear 
 
 sah 
 
 sah 
 
 sah 
 
 seaha 
 
 n' 
 
 to carve a life-like image 149. 8 
 
 P 
 
 25*111 
 
 to break in upon 247. 5 
 
 to be brought 133. 11 
 
 to become ennobled no. i3 ; governorship in. 4 
 
 l„, "o^^^wf nobleman 97.8; plur. 113. i 
 
 P'^^^I^T?^ dignity, honour 116. 6; 263.1 
 
 Pf.P 
 
 A 
 
 to raise up, to exalt 81. 11 ; 244.2; 
 to set up (a statue) 237. 4 
 
 sahu ft Q J|' 8 ^^^ glorified form or spiritual body of 
 
 the dead, mummy 58. 3 ; 64. 5 
 
 seast \\^^ to multiply 53.9; 62.12; 149.3; 157.5 
 
 I ^ III 
 
 seaq M to make to enter 195. 5 
 
 saqhu (or seqhu) T 8 (^ to build 158. 4 ; 176. 11, 12 
 
 sak 1 1 7-^ '^^ to capsize, to overturn 199.2 
 
 su ^^, 1^,1 he, him, it i. 3 ; 15. 5 ; 50. 12 ; 109. 
 
 3 ; 120. 2 ; 186. I ; they 63. 9 
 
 su (esef 1(2 -<^ he himself 144. 12; 213. i3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 seua 
 
 seuat 
 
 
 X Q 
 
 to make to depart, to 
 go to a distance, to 
 be remote 254. 5 ; 
 
 seuah 
 
 263. 12 ; 271. 5 ; to commit an excess 242. i, 4 
 
 n 
 
 seuas 
 
 seuaf 
 suut 
 
 seun 
 
 to be firm, to make to remain 
 or endure 123. 10; 256. 12; 
 259-5 
 
 n T] I ^'-' worship, to adore, to praise 
 
 \ 42. I ; 64. 12 ; 131. 12; 142. 
 
 P iK ^° transmit in a flourishing condition 129.9 
 
 V V " to travel, to walk about 127.2 
 n ^ ^^^ to atone for 260. 8 
 
 I • 
 
 unnu I 
 
 sun 
 
 sunsun 
 
 sear 
 
 sura 
 
 AA^/SAA AAAA/SA 
 
 ©sill 
 
 I blandishment 284. 5 
 
 1 AAAAAA I 
 
 AAAAAA I AA/V^/^A 
 
 to make supplication 220. 7 
 to increase 229. 9, 12 
 
 PS1 
 
 A/NAAAA 
 AAAA/V\ 
 
 surt 
 
 suha 
 
 suht 
 
 suht 
 
 suy^u 
 
 seuseyr^ 
 
 131-5 ; 242.4 
 
 (3 c 
 
 to drink 2. ii; 29.7; 126.10; 
 to build up 165. i3 
 
 n^'^K ^5-=J to frighten 291.7 
 
 P^i'^ egg 4i.5;64.i;i20.3; 185.2; 20i.7;3oo.8 
 
 P®!^ egg 90. 12 
 
 [1^^^ 265.6 
 
 I to widen 173. 2 
 
520 
 
 seusey_-d 
 
 sutut 
 
 sutsut 
 
 suten 
 
 sutenet 
 s'uteniu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 £ n \ walking boldly with long steps i8o. 5 
 
 
 
 to walk about, to frequent, to 
 come 162. I ; 280. i3 
 
 V 
 
 king, king of Upper 
 Egypt 97. 6; III. 
 4; 115- 7 ; 200. 
 7; 202. 6; 211. 6; 
 214.4 
 
 queen 122. 4 
 
 o kings 105.4; 191. 8; 215. i 
 
 ancestors 228. 4 ; 306. 9 ; 314. 6 . 
 
 I royal 
 
 T AAAVy\ 111 I I T A/ 
 
 ©I 
 
 reign, sovereignty 
 40; 8 ; 120. 10 ; 
 
 155- 5; 174- 9; 
 179. 2 
 
 a 
 
 royal harem 97. 6 ; g8. 11 ; 99. 6 
 
 suteni 
 suteniut 
 suten apt 
 suten apt 
 
 suten abu (or hemu) I j ^ — royal workman 34. 4 
 
 uu I ^ s-^yr ""oyal inspector (?) 307. 2 ; 309. 
 
 I'-^J) I women of the royal harem 198. 6 
 
 suten ab-- 
 
 ' AAA/VAA ^^ 
 
 8, II ; 316. 4, 7 ; 317. 5 ; 323. 4 ; 329. i3 ; 330. 2 ; 331. 4 
 
 suten uaa 1 '^ s[]^^^^ royal barge 171. 11 
 
 suten per I , I ir-a royal palace 35.12; 115. 
 
 9 ; 200. 8 ; 223. 12 ; 224. i 
 
 suten mesu 1 " (t|P Vjf*' ^5"^' children 317.3; 319. 
 I ; 320. 6 ; 324. i3 
 
 suten mut 4^^0^i '"°^^^ mothers 317.4; 320.6; 
 
 324. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 521 
 
 suten net (or bat) 1^ king of the North and South 40. g ; 
 
 60.7; i36.5;Vo.3; plur. ^^Ijl^tlli 95-8 
 
 suten reyf^ 1^ » i ^ I royal kinsman (?) 107.4; 
 
 133-7; 215.3 
 
 sutea hemt 1^, 1 '^ J| ^JJ} royal woman, queen 37. 
 
 9; 42.4; 98. 11; 1 "^ Jv Jl^g chief royal wife 312. II 
 
 suten hemt L h L m ' queens, royal women 198. 
 
 5, 6, 8 ; 200. 9 ; 317. 3 ; 320. 6 ; 324. 12 
 
 suten henu Jf v M?^ 1 royal servants log. 7 
 
 I 2j) /wwvv I Heracleopolis 89. ir ; 91. 
 
 Suten benen ] 8 ; 186. 4 ; 191. 7 ; 201. 
 
 Suten het 1 J capital of the XVIIth nome of Upper 
 Egypt 186. 3 
 
 suten sa 1 ^^ royal son, prince 38. 10 ; plur. fem. 
 
 ^^j^i 198.6,9; 200.9 
 
 suten sent ^|^j» ]=|"^| ^°y^^ ^'^^^''^ ^9^- 7' 9 
 
 suteniu sesu 1^ 
 
 sutennu (?) 1 ^a, 
 
 Sute^ 1 ^ name of a god 141. 4 
 
 seufa 'ill' ^I'^Ss' ^° make strong, to keep safe 
 
 and sound 72.5; 165.6; 178. i ; 227.8 
 
 seufa vJZIlTN^ to make happy 227. 11 
 
 I 
 
 royal linen, fine linen 179. 11 ; 216. 
 5; 217-7 
 
522 VOCABULARY. 
 
 siH P'^fJl'V^ son, child 182. l3 ^Y 
 
 y ^ ^^ "^ ' r^ ^\, I ^^^'^ produce, green herbs 
 
 simu > 2.8; 153. i3 ; 160. i ; 
 
 P>4^^ I ^95.5; 300.5 
 
 Sire-uah l<=;=>ro ^f 1^^(11^ a proper name 294. i 
 
 sirei 1 <:=> (J (1 y' v j ^ 1 bearers of fans or fly-flappers 
 
 330.5 
 
 Seb, Sebu'^J^, ^J©^ the god of the earth 53.12; 
 62. 2 ; 171. 6 
 
 Seb 
 
 (?) ^ j Jl ' ' ' "^he god of the earth 68. 9 
 
 seb ~ys~ A, ~7r" to send, to traverse, to march 142. 
 
 6 ; 187. 12 ; 188. 4 
 
 J *> *^^'^ ' ^° teach, to instruct 118.12; 245. 
 
 sba > i3 ; 246.7; 262.8; 268.3; 
 
 P*^^^^ ° instruction 267.3 
 
 sbait.sbaitu PJ^"^(|||^, PJ^"^t]l] ^ ^ wisdom, in- 
 struction, teaching, correction 244. 6 ; 281. 5 ; 326. 7 
 
 sbauu J ^ Vv .-'-^ punishment 329.2 
 
 4; 132- 10 
 
 II- 5 
 
 .W (1J*Vc^ .ioo' 3.9.6 ; PJ^^HI]- 
 
 sebau ^^j' PJ^^i' P^JS ''°°^' 104.12; 116. 
 
 2 ; 203. 5 
 
VOCABULARY. 523 
 
 sebaut PJ%,^ 150.5; 152.6; X6I.3; fl j %^ 
 
 X n I folding doors 163. 2 
 
 crz2 
 
 s.eba {}) gate (?) 211. 5; 213. 9 
 
 
 sebaf (?) cr^ part of a chariot, socket (?) 285. 8 
 
 I 
 
 the Fiend, foes, devils 54. 
 ) 4;55.9;56.5;66.i;2o6. 
 8; 297.8; 304.3 
 
 njll^ hostile (?), rebellious (?) 186.9 
 
 sebad ~7T~ J [1 provisions (?) 229. i 
 
 sebey^tut I J (gCT " 1 pylofts 95.2 
 Sebek-an-^ ^^-y a. proper name 117. 8 
 
 Sebek-em-sa-f T^ss^. ^ k-5?cj£= i '^l ^ "^'"^ °*^ ^^^ Xlllth 
 dynasty 312. 2 ; 324. 3 
 
 sebti 11 IF^ wall, walls, ramparts 147. 11;- 162.7; 
 
 n hItt ( 176.8; 185. 11; 197-8; 205.5; 
 sebtet ' Jl H I 208. 3 
 
 Sep I jv name of a god 212. 12 
 
 n r^WW Sep ftu four times 45.5; 102.6; ^, © ff sep 
 
 tep primeval time 42. 8 ; 121. 5 ; 195. 4 ; 206. 2 ; season 
 
 241.5; period 257.11; time, turn 261. i3 ; occasion, op- 
 portunity 265. 9, 12, i3 ; a case, matter 263. 10 ; duty 263. 
 
 9 ; work 107. 7 ; manner (?) 121. 6 ; fortune, luck, ill-luck, 
 
 — » — t. ■-■' 
 destiny 7. i3 ; 201. 5 ; \ sep ua altogether 173. 9 ; 
 
 D © -^-J^ 
 
 at a blow 175. 4 ; plur. g %. occasions 259. 12 ; I 1 dispo- 
 
524 VOCABULARY. 
 
 © 
 
 sitions 220.3; abilities 115. lo; aaaaaa 
 
 ^ ' ©© n © lu 
 
 in a crushing manner 266. 3 ; I prosperity, success 
 
 268. 6 ; ^ n i favourable opportunity 248. 9 ; 
 
 a\ 
 
 ! ra tko 
 
 sep 
 
 sepi 
 
 sepit 
 
 sper 
 
 speru 
 
 speruu 
 
 sper, speru 
 
 spert < 
 
 sepehu 
 
 sepeia 1 
 
 sept 
 
 the time of the things of the day 253. i 
 
 to leave, to remain 194. 5 
 
 D © 
 
 a © 
 
 m. 
 
 A ' A 
 A (s 
 
 a 
 
 remnant, remainder 175.10; 192. 
 12; 193.4; 194-5; 278.7 
 
 to go or come out, a going forth 
 8. 3; g. 6; 18.8; 43. 12; 55.3; 
 134.9; 136-5; 177-7; 198.4 
 
 P<^^ \ ^ plaintiff 256. 5, 9 
 
 n 
 
 © 
 
 words, utterances 13. 4; 
 115. 4; 133. 12 
 
 <S X 
 
 to drive away 70. i3 
 r to divide, to separate 222. i 
 
 , -mrr nome 57. 5 ; 60. 9 ; 185. 5 ; plur. ^ 
 
 riT'fr : 
 
 sept 
 septi 
 sept 
 septet 
 
 85. 8 ; 93. 8 ; 185. 11 ; 186. i ; 206. 7 
 
 \0 
 
 ^C7^ [un]] 
 ^ I III 
 
 105. 12 
 
 ~, ^^ the two lips 268. 12 ; 272. 12 
 plinths (?), bases (?) 156. i3 
 
 ^ I edge of a vessel, lip, rim 156. 2 
 
 Q I 
 
VOCABULARY. 525 
 
 ^ept n An, A to be provided with 77.1; 181. 11; 
 
 227. 3 ; 241. 3 
 
 septu A VwTV^' ^^'^^^ endowed with things, i. e., the 
 
 wealthy 254. 9 ; 255. 5 
 
 septu A V^ ' things provided (by God) 264.4 
 
 sept A''' rations, provisions 173. i3 
 
 Septet l\2^ ^°^^^^ ^31-9 
 sept hra ~5~ A ; ^ 
 
 sept p^A'l 
 
 septet p^/\,| 
 sef ^fl^O yesterday 245.4 
 
 sef ?['"' 
 
 longsuffering 54. 8 
 
 sefa »v^^^^^^8() '•° ^^ ^'^^^' sl^ck 253.3 
 
 sefat . ^^ .5^;_ disgust (?) 256. 4 
 
 se& P'^^^flfl^ babe 82. 12; 88. 5 
 
 setvL M '^-=— % iP §() to annoy 258. 8 
 
 sefent Iaaaaaa^'^*^ knife, dagger 15.12 
 
 to watch diligently 254. 5 ; 257. 3 
 to set in order 170. 11 ; 171. 2 
 
 to suffer vexation 263. 1 o ; 1 "*° to be 
 
 @ 
 
 sefey^^ 1 to flee, to escape, to put off 59. i; 189. 
 
 7 ; 262. 5 
 
 seft ['^=0= °^^ ^°^' ^ 
 
 sefet I ^'?>-, knife, dagger 287.10 
 
526 
 
 sem 
 
 sem 
 
 semu 
 
 semi 
 
 sem 
 
 semi 
 
 p: 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a kind of priest 192. 8 
 
 1- 
 
 A 
 
 '-, ^^ 
 
 A1 
 
 w 
 A ) 
 
 to lead, to guide, leader, 
 guide, director 75. 9; 
 88.7; 92. I ; 114.4; 
 121. 8; 195.2; 198. 
 II ; 248. 8 ; 281. 5 
 
 1^^11^ leader 255-13; ^|^i 
 
 ra 
 
 a leader of peace, t. e., peacemaker 256. 4 
 
 sma I'^^^^i -^T" ^ — °' N^^ ^ '■^ ^^^y 102.2; 103.2; 
 
 141. 5 ; 193. 2 ; 200. I 
 
 i^^, 1/ 1; j to make an offering or to offer 
 
 ' ^ a sacrifice legally due 112. 2 : 
 
 semaa, 
 setnaa 
 
 semaau 
 
 semaat 
 
 semau 
 
 smam 
 
 semam 
 
 smamu 
 
 smat (?) 
 
 " Os^ " I 170-3 ; 215.7 
 
 IKfjK decrees, something ordered 236.3 
 m S^ ffA I to cry out for justice 13. i 
 
 © 
 
 to make new 271. 9 
 
 to please 253. 4 
 
 to kill, to slay, to break, to cut 
 169.9; 173-4; 220.3; 285.10; 
 
 (^'^ 
 
 P 
 
 a killing 170. 
 
 sma 
 
 sma 
 
 festival of the halfmonth 112. 10; 131. 8 
 
 A Oil' A^Sh ^° report, to declare, to announce, 
 to give an order 139.8; 194. i ; 220.2; 254.6; 255.6; 
 309-7 
 
 X'Jyi)' X^SJ)' SP^^'^I^) word, words 7.4; 8. i3 
 
smau 
 
 smat 
 
 stnai 
 
 (B. 
 
 m- 
 
 sema 
 
 I ; 237 
 
 P: 
 
 VOCABULARY. 527 
 
 Qft speech 56. 7 
 
 W\ utterance 255. 9 
 
 U) report, story 10. i3 ; 307. 11 ; 316. 3 
 
 deputed to do something, charged with 226. 
 
 setnu 
 
 smu 
 
 smui 
 
 semi 
 
 ■1 
 
 i 000' ji^^rw^ 111 
 
 i ooo^M^III 
 
 image 145. 5; 148. 11; 152. 
 
 ii;i56.5;plur.-pa^|| 
 165. II 
 
 fine copper 35. 11 ; 120. 10 ; 
 122. II ; 124. 2 ; 147. 8 ; 
 150. 6 ; 161. 4 
 
 semen 
 
 1 W^AA^ 'ii U AAA/\AA 'H- 
 
 AA/VVAA 
 
 to establish, to make permanent, 
 to found 23. 8 ; 90. 3 ; 108. 
 10; 109. 5 ; 114. 12 ; 146.4; 
 152. i3 ; 170.6; 229.5 ; 234. 
 
 6 ; 241. 10 ; 310. 7 ; 311. 11 ; I hi\\ semen-d established 
 
 161. 8 """^^ 
 
 sement I /www stability 268.9 
 
 semenf^ i""-"^ ® ' to beautify, to set in order 107.7,10; 
 108. 10 ; 114. 7 
 
 seinei2yef I /wwvs ' ornamented 147. 11 ; 152.4; fine actions 
 147.2 
 
 smer Pf ^ ^ ^^^^^ °f '^'S^ ^^"^'^ 97-2; plur. P^^^^^ 
 
 %> M, I 115- 8 ; It w^ NT I y W smer overseer of the pro- 
 phets 97. 2 
 
: .(^cni- 
 
 528 
 
 stner uSt 1 V- 
 
 smer uati I ? 
 
 smeru 
 
 >F^^ 
 
 
 "one (or only) jwer", a title of high 
 rank 98.6; 113. i; 114. 2; 115.7; 
 
 plur. I Y VSrV 
 
 I I Q I 2!i i 
 
 100. 5 
 
 iVCTiuli smers of high rank 100. 7 
 [1 [1 j| I a class of priests 93. i 
 he that dippeth himself 88. 12 
 
 nub [1^ 
 smeri 1 ^ 
 
 \ ^ AAAAAA 
 
 semehi '^vR ' T ^^^^' '"'^^ ^^^'^ '^^"'^ 87.2; 149.8; 
 
 235. 12 ; 283. 6 
 
 setns 
 
 senjsu 
 
 senaeh^ef Tf. left hand (but read dife/) 45. 8 
 
 PM PkPH 
 
 setnsem f'^^rl'k.m ^^'^^^'^ 218.5 
 
 eldest 50. 12 ; 74. i ; 87. 8 ; 
 182. 12 ; 294. ID 
 
 semsezn 
 
 semti 
 
 ¥ 
 
 III 
 
 horses 45. 7 ; 48. 8 ; 
 193. 3 ; 199. 12; 200. 
 12 ; 201. 2 ; 216. 10; 
 218. I 
 
 I II I to inspect, to make a judicial exa- 
 
 \ mination 313. 2 ; 316. i3 ; 318. 
 
 f=ui' 
 
 semti P^^^'^W course of life (?) 268. 8 
 
 semtet 
 
 9 ; 320. II 
 
 sen 
 
 iQ I Si I 
 
 I workmen (?), servants 173. i; 317. 
 
 / 
 
 1 , l/w>A^, Ivy they, them, th 
 
 eir 3. 7 ; loi. 
 
 4 ; 226. 1 3 
 
 sen II two I. I ; II '>aaaaa g:^ the next day q. i : 
 
 © o •' -^ ' Q 
 
 sen/ two 86. 10 
 
sen 
 
 senu 
 
 ■sen 
 
 sen a 
 
 VOCABULARY. 5zg 
 
 „, ^^^ second 77.6; 84.3; ||^ (fern.) 134.6 
 
 ' D 
 
 fellow, neighbour, companion 41. 11 ; 
 100. 12 ; 104. I 
 
 -.P' 
 
 brother i. i ; 58. 10 ; 257. i ; 
 
 senu, sennu 
 
 I ; 258. I 
 
 
 sen-men --= tptXaSsXtpo; 225. 10 
 'v>AA '^ Wi U7i brethren 107.2; 135. 
 
 sena, 
 senat 
 
 sent 
 
 senti 
 
 sen 
 
 sen 
 
 IH' H"5 1 '''^^' '^^'^' "'^^ 57-1,6; 58 
 
 10 ; 109. 10 ; 
 226. 1 1 
 
 7^ n ^A^AA^ 
 
 o 11'' 
 
 !i 
 
 mm 
 
 ci w Til sil I 
 11 M$ thief 278. I, 4 
 
 J\\ to offer, to be offered 237. 11 
 
 sister-wife 
 
 the two sisters, ;'. e., Isis and Neph- 
 thys 51. 5, 10; 65. 10; 81. I 
 
 /WWW 
 
 P 
 
 sen 
 
 sen-ta 
 
 seni-ta (or "~*7" . 
 sensen ta) w £s 
 
 M 
 
 senti-ta "^"^ 
 
 \/\/\AAA 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 to follow in the track of 116. 7; to pass 
 over 232.13; 243.8; passage 251.5 
 
 to smell the earth, t. e., to 
 bow to the ground in 
 homage 43. i ; 178. 8 ; 
 183.4; 223.9; 301.5 
 
 w 
 A 
 
 sena ta (J ir^5ii=r adorer 93. 6 
 
 AAAAAA 1 
 
 34 
 
530 
 
 senan 
 
 senit 
 
 senb 
 
 senb 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to depict, to describe 256. 11 
 
 cabin 196. 11 
 I J il -A to surround 210.5 
 
 n ^^ 11 ] to be in good health, sound, healthy, 
 > 133- 6 ; 206. 6 ; 229. 8. This word 
 senib I J is contracted to 1 in -ipl 1 22. 11; 
 
 23.1; 24.1; 25.3; 26.1; 32- 9; 33-2; 34-5; i35-4; 
 269. 10 ; 307.4 
 
 snef ""'■'^ /'"^ blood 34. 9 ; 175. 8 
 
 seneferi IT<:3> to make happy 78.8 
 
 Seneferu ( PJ^^^l ^ ^^^S of ^^^ IVth dynasty 244. 
 
 senem 
 
 I ^ 1,1 gi'^^f; sorrow 236. i ; 237. 2 
 
 I I I 
 
 seneaieh ~^^^^ 
 
 senemmeh 
 
 senemeh 
 
 n AvsAAA ra n \ 
 
 to entreat, to make supplication 
 197. i3 ; 198. 4, 6 
 
 senen 
 
 senen 
 
 sennu 
 
 seneni 
 
 seneh 
 
 seneh 
 
 ^ X 3) prayer 298. 2 
 A to pass 285. I 
 
 4-4- M "^^^^ 50.10; 51.2; 75-4 
 
 cakes 127. i3 ; 131. 6 
 
 AA/VAAA 
 
 AAAAAA 
 
 AAAAAA Vi 
 
 ra 
 
 senes 
 
 W I chiefs, leaders 283. 10 
 to group, to set soldiers in array 189. i 
 I to bind, to fetter 208. 10 
 ^1 to glorify, glorifications 142.9; 144. 
 
 4; 145- 3; 154. II 
 
sensen 
 
 sent 
 
 sent 
 
 senti 
 
 senti ta 
 
 sentra. 
 
 sentu 
 
 sentu 
 
 sentet 
 
 sendi 
 
 senefexn 
 
 senefemi 
 senfes 
 
 er 
 ser 
 ser 
 ser 
 
 £S 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 to smell, to breathe 67. 1 3 
 
 531 
 
 ^^ to be crowned 233. 3 
 (3o habit, custom 236. 2 
 
 to found, to establish 173. 10 
 ^^in' to establish, or found, the earth 176. 9 
 
 
 
 ^ , — D incense 95.7; 112. 3 
 
 I 
 
 (E 
 
 Q I, 
 
 PIk! 
 
 P- 
 
 to fear 7.5; 135-7; '^^^Sft 
 ft n being afraid 8. 1 2 
 
 fear, reverence, to fear, timid 
 47. I ; 52. I ; 58.6; 197. 
 S ; 252. 7 ; 261. 2 ; 298. 3 
 
 crying out 253. 9 
 
 to sit, to dwell, to make to sit, to 
 encamp 86.11; 122.9; ^36-7; i39- 
 12; 146.8; 172.8; 174.10; 182. 
 10 
 
 making to rejoice 80. 9 ; 88. 2 
 106. 9 
 
 wool 49. g 
 I tambourine, drum 49. 9 
 
 I J, ''^^ to be fettered 56. i 
 g]\ to challenge 191. 7 
 
 34' 
 
532 
 
 ser 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 224. 8 
 
 ncr^jL to dispose, to arrange 41. 4 ; 188. 6, 12 ; 
 
 P- 
 
 ser 
 
 seru 
 
 prince, chief 41. 12; 42.10; 
 44. i; 45.3; 53.7; 82.4; 
 96. 10; 97.8; 99.7; 136. 
 I ; 245.9; 294-9 
 
 |.ft! 
 
 ©. 
 
 chiefs , nobles , elders, 
 
 > princes 39. 6 ; 41. 8 ; 
 
 98. 10; 158-2; 168. 
 
 4 ; 246. 2 7 2477x3 ; 248. 7 ; 263. 8 ; 268. 3 ; 270. 7 ; 273. 2 
 
 seru aaaiu 
 
 enai 
 
 M 
 
 © 
 
 nobles in chief 307. 
 
 7; 309- i3; 316.9 
 
 seru abuu 
 
 (3VfA| 
 
 ! =0= 
 
 I © ©^ 
 
 I chief inspectors 307. 12 ; 
 
 313. I ; 316. 12 ; 320. 8 ; 332.7 
 serf l<=>re the office of governor (?) 104.4 
 
 ser (or feser) to make holy 226. 12; honour 229. 9 ; 240. 1 2 
 
 ser (or feser)-a to hold out the hand to 211. i 
 
 seri (or feseri) \\ exalted 50. 10 
 
 Ser- (or feser)-ka-[Ra\ f ^__^ U J prenomen of Amenophis I. 
 309. 2 
 
 serut 
 
 I 
 
 ^ U ! to make to grow 89. i3 ; 107. 
 7 ; III. i3 ; 180. 2 ; 262. 8 
 
 serer 
 
 serii 
 
 w written 49. 6 
 1 )4^ to write 232. i ; 239. 8 
 
 I (1 n ^^^ kindness, gentleness 259. 3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 533 
 
 seref 
 
 seirex 
 
 serey^i 
 
 seha 
 
 seha 
 
 sehai 
 
 seheb 
 
 seheri 
 
 seh 
 
 seh 
 
 I'^'i^' ^^ warmth, heat 236.2; 294.5 
 ' g7\ to know how to behave (?) 242. 8 
 
 ^ ^ 'J S^ ^^ make to know 266. 8 
 —0 to crush 266. 3 
 
 ra 
 
 Mrn^, A to make to come 105.8; 119. 3 
 
 ra 
 
 ZV making to go 171. 2 
 
 ra J A to send forth 52. 7 
 
 P. 
 
 ra 
 
 ^^, boat 209. 1 3 
 
 PI 
 
 7 ; 260. 10 
 
 ^^ A to travel 52. 8 ; 53.5 
 
 council chamber 129. 2 ; 255. 
 
 cr^2 
 
 seh, sehi 
 
 iJI^ 
 
 counsel 190.4; 260. 1 3 
 
 sehapu ^'Y'^©^ to conceal 59. 9 
 
 seh a a 
 
 sehua 
 
 sehui 
 
 sehi 
 
 seheb 
 
 I R R '•^ m^ke to rejoice 78. 7 
 
 n|%X]a to stink 197. II 
 
 AAAAAA 
 AAAAAA 
 
 ] to collect 143. 12 ; 166. 3 
 
 to mount, to ascend 198. i3 
 
 O 
 10 ; 305-6 (bis) 
 
 sehen ' X^ ^ ^ 
 
 sehen I i 
 
 Q 11 to make to keep holiday or to rejoice 151. 
 
 a thief 95. i3 
 to rule 171. 8 
 
534 
 sehen 
 
 sehentu 
 
 sehen 
 
 seher 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 n S '^ crown 238. 6 
 
 PI '^ ^"^ provided with 216.6; 219.7 
 n§ "^ ^V to make to turn back 281.4 
 n ^ ^"^^ to set on the way 259.4; 261.8 
 
 seher, seherau P^/^, P<^^®'^ 
 seheraut [1 ^ h © ^ " 
 
 to drive away 46. 
 
 4; 53-8; 57. 11; 
 62.7; 85 
 
 A 
 
 seheqer Ifi "^ ^'^ to starve 200. i3 ; 201. i 
 
 sehetep 1 ; to appease, to propitiate, to do good 
 
 to 178.10; 198.9; 259.8; to set (of the Sun) 303.9 
 I 
 
 sehtutu 
 sehef 
 sehef 
 
 sehefennu ab 
 sex 
 
 ■sex 
 
 se^a hra 
 sey^a 
 seyau 
 
 1 1 overseer 96.10; 97.2 
 
 I I ]j to illumine, radiance 163.5; 204. 8 
 r 1"^^^^ ^^ '^ ^° distract the attention 262. 3 
 
 I to be cut off, cast away 221.3 
 
 I to beget (?) 229. 12 
 r vi^ ' ? ^ to be deaf 288. 9 
 
 to remember 122.9; 129. 
 n?1k(2,5^ ( 7; 190.7; 228. 3; 245. 
 
 I ^^ ^ ^ ' i^s'^Pi'y 66. I ; re- 
 
 collection 263. 12; decree, or deed of commemoration 225. 
 10 ; 232. I 
 
 seyai 
 
 328. II 
 
 to remember 16.9; instructions 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 535 
 
 sey^ap I ^ qA to stab, to pierce 297.8; 304.3 
 
 se%anen \\„^M^\s,f. — to throw down, to breach a wall 
 
 I AArtAAA ^^ 
 
 187. 2 ; ig6. I 
 sey^an IT to hasten 234. i3 
 
 n **-=■ '=^ 
 
 **-= to break through 261. 9 
 
 .(3 
 
 to ornament 148. 12 
 
 sey_ar 
 
 n ' 
 
 se^akeru I ' -^ 
 
 se/a 1 ^° make to rise like the sun, to crown one- 
 
 self with splendour like the rising sun 114. 5; 195.1; 
 1 ^ (I (1 making to rise (of a statue) 163.5 
 
 ser/at \\^ — D crowned one (fem.) 120.4 
 
 se/au P ^ I 
 
 295. i3 
 
 seyu 
 
 celestial bodies which rise like the Sun 
 
 to glorify 78.6; 125.13; to do good 
 
 things for 86. 2 
 
 se/w 
 sefun 
 seii 
 seyef 
 
 seyeper 
 sey^eperu 
 
 glorifications 78. 3 
 
 1^ "^i^ slaughter-house 149.6 
 
 I .^3u 1^^ 
 
 n ® [| [| [;=q to scale the walls of a city 195. 9 ; 208. 9 
 seven 17. 9 ; 20. 11 ; 225. 3 
 
 III 
 II II 
 
 M 
 
 to form, to create, to make to be- 
 come, to provide food for 3. i ; 
 4.9; 7.10; 114. 2; 126.5; 
 130.3; 163.10; 201.7; 230.3; 
 252.2; 258.11; 260.7; 305-4 
 
536 
 
 se-/eTn 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 to have or to gain the mastery 
 over any one or any thing 
 92. 2 ; 132. 4 ; to strengthen 
 
 65. 10; master, mighty one 6g. 10; 296.6; possessor 299. 
 5 ; rule 304. i3 
 
 sey^em ab y 
 
 secern f j' f. -'. .^ 
 
 62. 2 ; 295. 6 ; 304. i3 
 
 violent 
 
 _o divine or spiritual form 61. 1 3 
 
 se/eiM 
 
 Lower Egypt 219. 2 
 
 image (?) 237. 4 ; plur. 227. 4 
 
 the capital of the llnd nome of 
 
 sey_emet 
 se/en I 
 
 ^01=- a i_ _) 
 
 shrine 211. 2 
 to hover 54. 9 
 
 sey(_en nU' U °'^currence, event 228.2,4; 230.6; 232. 
 
 12 ; 233.8 ; 234. II ; 235.2 
 
 seient \\ ^ 
 
 se^enti (Ifffjlj^-ff 
 
 se%er I 
 
 se-^eru I 
 sey^er 
 
 df 
 
 (S 
 
 to make to approach, to bring 
 nigh to 65. i3 ; 73. 12 ; 254. 
 8 ; to promote 129. i 
 
 to overthrow 71.2; 91. 
 6; 173- 3 ; 303. 9 
 
 plan, design, intention 138. 2 ; 263. 
 8 ; plan (of a campaign) 100. 10 ; mode of life, behaviour 
 250. 9 ; advice, opinion 255. 7 ; character, education 267. 
 11; act 141. 12; affair, condition 248.10; ® I'll dis- 
 
 ^?i j\ I the scheme 
 
 pensation of God 250. i3 ; 
 
 of human affairs 243. 5 ; 
 affairs of the people 248. 9- 
 
VOCABULARY. 5^7 
 
 sey^eru \\ <==>•] \, I ,1 ; i things, 'matters, plans 
 
 4. 7 ; 174. 8 ; 295. 1 1 ; devices 44. 9 ; schemes, plots 55. 10 ; 
 counsels 245. 10 ; condition i. 5 ; 25. i3 ; traces, marks 
 313. 2 ; documents 230. 2 ; kind, species 30. 2 ; wont, manner, 
 habit 2. 5 ; 9. 9 ; ^ P<^| | ^"^^^ 7- 8 ; 43- i3 
 
 sey^se-/, ' ® I ® to flee 1 2. 1 1 
 
 to capture 249. 2, 3, 9 
 
 seyet 
 
 se/et 1 X defeat 193.5; 197.6; to break 277.1 
 
 c=>\ 
 
 se/e^ ^^^ H^^l field' fiel'l^' meadows 1.7; 71. 
 
 i3 ; 251. 8 
 
 ^exe^ ffl M M ^''^' "4. x^ 
 
 Elysian Fields 127. 11 ; 131. i 
 
 Seyet-hetepet UjJU the Elysian Fields of the Egyptians 
 
 127. 12 
 
 Seyet f Q^o^' T^oB\ n'^^eof^g'^'l'^e^^ 92.4; 143-6 
 
 seyti Y yj the crowns of the North and South 
 
 296. i3 ; 297. 3 ; 299. 7 
 
 sevefvef I /V to repulse 59. 7 
 
 sexefi H ® QQ^i Sends 213.8 * 
 
 ses — » — I once 233.8 
 
 ses IILaww\ to drink 221.10 
 
 H 
 
 ses — "— bolt 213. i3 
 
538 VOCABULARY. 
 
 sesui — " — bolts 163. 4 
 
 ©will 
 
 sesa PP>oid|) to fill with food, to satisfy 128.4 
 
 sesu PP'^° ^^y 225.3; 226.5; 230.8; 232.1 
 
 sesemet OP^vlC^ horses 275.4; 277.2; 278.3 
 
 sesumut P ' y \N;?^ horse 141. i 
 
 sesemut H '2v\V horses 175. n 
 
 sesunnu 11:^^*^^^ to be destroyed 304.5 
 
 seseS I I 1 1 to cleanse by fire 173.6 
 
 sesefet — "— Q7\ ill-mannered 242. 7 
 
 sesen 
 seseni 
 
 /WV\V\ 
 
 > to smell, to breathe 96. 2 ; 245. 7 
 
 
 ) 
 
 sesenet \\\\ breaths 130.10 
 
 seset ' « SI) ' ^o"'!'^ words 271. i 
 
 Sesetsu (nnQl(2j Sesostris 276.2; 290.4,9 
 
 n i u I 
 •ses I =; — to unbolt, to open 205.6; 214. i; 215. 
 
 9; 223. 2 
 seses I ^^ — to unbolt 185. i3 
 
 C3C3 j to pass, to traverse, to follow 129. 7 ; 203. 
 
 ses > 3; 248.12; 285.10; motion 298.8; an 
 
 ^ I entrance 279.12; ^^^^ll] moving 299.8 
 
 ses c^^^scn I courses 82. 8 
 
 X A I 
 
 seset an open way 248. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. ' sSg 
 
 sesau —X— TtTtT "^^ r-^-^ to take advantage 264. 3 
 
 sesa ^ a skilled or learned man 129. 6 
 
 sesebseb 1 1 1 / to vomit 297.9 
 
 sesebet ^ 1 ^=^> (^ "^^ to make to sink down exhausted 
 
 299. i3 
 
 sesep ^t 1^0 shine 64. i 
 
 sesep ^^^°^ I image 184. 9 
 
 sesep ;\N\\ a J| 1 players on tambourines 94. 8 
 
 sesep A\\\ ' to receive, to accept, to take upon one- 
 
 self, what is received 28. i ; 56. 9 ; 127. i3 ; 132. 12 ; 140. 
 II ; 242. 5 ; 262. 9, i3 ; ^Ss=> acceptable 222. 2 
 
 sesepet ^^ chamber (?) 104. i3 
 
 sesen 
 sesen 
 
 0™ to undermine a wall, to overthrow loi. 11 
 I ^A^AA^ to make a way through 132.9 
 
 seseni ^^fe-^"^ lilies 151. 2 ; 160.9 
 
 w I I I 
 
 seses 
 
 In I A to make to follow 252.3 
 sessam , n^ v\, 1 skilful 282.11 
 
 seses css:^! si strum 199. 12 
 seset 1 1 fire 297. 7 
 
 sbseta 
 
 D 
 
 KsJvll confidential matter, secret 97.5; 
 1 ^ a secret of the harem 99. 5 
 
 Seseta R] 
 
 M 
 
 (?) 'T-3 name of a deity 63. i3 ; 70. 9 
 
540 VOCABULARY. 
 
 seset '^^ ^ — 
 
 sesetu c^=^ ^^^^ V I 
 
 to dig 147. i3; 151.2; 181. 6; 183. 
 i3 ; 202. 2 
 
 =^=«5 
 
 sesetet ^'^Sb ^ recitation 243.10 
 
 seset ^^ nf 
 
 sesetu ''^^ © 
 
 sesetet 
 
 =»=*, ^ 
 
 to recite a prayer, to be recited or pro- 
 claimed, to pronounce letters or 
 words 66. 3 ; 86. i ; 87. 4 ; 93. i3 ; 
 116. 3 ; 129. 7 ; to enchant 17. 5 
 
 seset '^'^^ _o to finish, to work out 263.6 
 
 seset I ^^^ opening in a wall, window, cavity 35. 
 
 9; 150. 6; 179. 6; 213. 11 
 
 seset I ^ I 
 
 I '=^> I I diadem, turban 296. 12; 299.6; 302. 
 
 sesetu ' ^ I 
 
 sesethu '^^ X vases 160. 9 
 
 sesetet ^ to dig, to excavate 160. 8 
 
 self (or ask) u^^z^^ behold 234. 8 
 
 sek I? o.» the end, death 194.8 
 
 self 1 1 to drag a boat 210. 3 
 
 sek y\^^ ^^ perish, to fail, to dwindle away, injury, 
 
 defect 94. lo ; 123. i3 ; 202. 10 ; 268. i 
 
 sok — ** — Q I 
 
 Ah — y to fight, to do battle with 180. 
 
 seki (1 I y^ ( "^ '^7.12; 189.3 
 
 seki '1 Q Q Y.^ fl*^' ^^^^^^^^"Sj athletes (?) 282.3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 seka [1^J■^^ 
 
 sekau pU'K'^ 
 
 ^sekau l[ {"Ss^^ i ploughmen 188.2 
 
 seken 
 
 541 
 
 to plough I. 8 ; 3. 12 ; 127. 10; 
 251-7 
 
 glutton (?), greedy person (?) 
 242.6; 257.8. ■^iz:^ (1 ^ 3?) seken-dd to act like a glutton 
 
 AAAAA/. U I try 
 
 251.4 
 
 Seker 
 Sekeri 
 
 the god Seker 87. 6 ; 130. 7 ; 132. 10 ; 
 204.7 
 
 X 
 
 seksek I I I i '^ to cut down, to crush, to destroy 
 26.2; 32.9; 174. I ; 175.3 
 
 to make the courage to fail 256. 6 
 
 seket lat 
 sekti n 
 
 ^ I 
 
 
 sektet ^:^ 
 seqa (or saq) 
 seq V^K 
 
 name of the boat of the 
 rising sun 89.4; 123. 
 10; 158.8; 214.2; 235. 
 9 ; 394- I 
 
 to collect 61.9; 72.7; 252.9 
 
 seqa I 
 
 seqau I 
 
 to exalt 128. 9 ; 144. i3 ; 301. 9 ; 
 303- II 
 
 ^^^Iw} 
 
 s& 
 
 qebeb fl^J Jlv to cool, to be cool 127.5 
 seqem 0,^=3^; to continue 39. 2 
 seqer ^ captive 210. 12 
 
542 
 
 seqer 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 I ^ 
 
 P^Ms 
 
 captives 102.4; IQI- 6 
 
 seqernu I conqueror 54.8 
 
 seqet Ui to turn 262.6 
 
 seqetet I ^ 
 
 1 ^ I 
 
 sailors 206. 1 1 ; 304. 2 
 
 seqetu I V 
 
 sekat y Jz-B ^o carry round 237.9 
 
 selreiien ! ^^aa/v 
 
 TT AAAAAA I 
 
 to make weak 300. i 
 I perfume 23. 2 
 
 self en e« I 
 
 sekerh 1 ^ ^ to pacify, to bring to rest 272.5 
 
 sef \\^ she, it, her 5.6; 18.10 
 
 set 
 
 set 
 set 
 set 
 
 set 
 set 
 
 , ^ they, them, their 3.9; 4.3; 112. 12; 
 
 124.10; 136.5; 178.1,3; also written H, H I, 108. 
 
 3 ; 127. 2 ; 227. 6 
 
 fl'^ to clothe 57. i3 
 I smell 213. 6 
 P^^ babe 63.2 
 
 desert, foreign land, mountainous country, 
 mountain 19. 2 ; 23. 9 ; 24. 5 ; 109. 8 ; 
 118. II ; 178. II ; 301. 7 ; 302. 7 
 
 
 1^^^^ 
 
 ^ 111' Q:£^ I plur. of above 95. 11 ; 100. 9 ; 106. 5 , 
 
 ci I c^t 
 
 107-5; iio. 7; 115. 4, 12; 125.9 
 
VOCABULARY. 543 
 
 ^^*^ o I mJl^^W ^"""^^S" barbarian land 102.9 
 
 setu D£^ m foreign captives 227. 10 
 
 setiu "^ M? ' mountaineers (?) 165.2 
 
 the opponent of Horus 52. 6; 54. i ; 170. 
 
 Set 
 
 [l^^ 
 
 10 
 
 mnn ^ 
 
 sta I „ ^^ ^ , "^ to bring, to be brought 43. 6 ; 
 
 157.9; 200.9 
 
 staiu [lj^[jl|^ bringers 133. 10 
 
 sta I ^^ a mound of earth cast up about a city 
 
 by a besieging host 208. g 
 
 sfa H2U (?) I j=. ^- A^^~w watercourse 160. 10 ; 162. 11 
 
 — P— (?) 
 
 statet ^ 102. 1 3 
 
 stastau ~^ ^ I ^^ rebels 52. 9 
 
 sfau n^^'ti ^° kindle a light or fire 9. 10 
 
 stu ra ^ ^° bring 136.10 
 
 setur ''^ V worked, inlaid 217.4 
 
 setut V'^ 1 '■^ '^ollsct, to gather together 232.10; 
 
 233- 5 ; 238. I ; 239. I 
 seti IciOtlA to convey (?) 292.12 
 
 sti PTiii' P'^H^ ^™^^^' *'^^°^ 22.11; 23.11; 71.4; 
 
 94. I ; 296. I 
 
 sti I /'^^^ sweet-smelling unguent 73. 10 
 
544 
 setebh 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 setepu 
 
 setep en ah s>- 
 
 (S. 
 
 J|: I provided with 159.5 
 setep " ; to choose, to be chosen 120.5; 231.51237.7 
 
 chosen one 289. 10 
 [1 X (^^ the pick of the stable 202. i 
 
 the court, palace 98.9; 103.9; ^12. 
 i3 ; 117. 3 
 
 protected by an amulet 93. 9 
 
 setep sa 
 
 setep sa 
 
 stef 
 
 setem 
 
 set em 
 
 setemet 
 
 setemu 
 
 setemu 
 
 2,3,4; 270.6 
 
 setemu 
 
 setemiu 
 
 CD 
 
 /''^ bubbles in a liquid 18. 3 ; 26. 12 
 
 I 
 
 a priestly title 86. 9, 10 
 
 to hear, to hearken, to obey 
 3.7; 10.7; 56.7; 98.13; 125. 
 4; 138. 7; 263.4; ^o hear a 
 case in court 97.4; ^^i. 
 ~wvw to obey the dictates 
 
 of the body 255. 2 
 
 one who listens, the hearing one 269. 
 
 \ hearers 273. 4, 7 
 
 listeners 115. 10; 245.10; 247. 
 12 ; 272. II 
 
 setennu '"^^[1^! noble, splendid 291.2 
 
 D © n Jf*^ I 
 
 set hemt ^^ J4 woman 20.7; 21.7; 25.5 
 
 setei 1 ]E wall, rampart 291.3 
 
 setet ll'^fc^ to tremble 70.4; trembling 88.3 
 
set 
 
 set 
 
 set 
 
 setu 
 
 seti 
 
 seteb 
 
 seteb 
 
 seteba 
 262. 7 
 
 setebhu 
 setebhu 
 setennu 
 sed (or asd) 
 
 see 
 
 plur. ^ 
 
 seOena I 
 
 VOCABULARY. 545 
 
 I 1; to break open, to pierce 62. i 
 
 P"^' PX^ ^^^^' "^""^P 186.4; 238. 5 
 ^^ to be afraid of 197. i 
 "^^"^ to make evil 251.4 
 
 I w to draw back 213. i3 
 
 Icr^:^ 1k5 ^ portion of the priestly apparel 213. g 
 Rc^i-JI activity 253. i3 
 
 lc=^:3j(lJ, I ci^rs 1 [1 "^^^ endeavour, anxiety 
 
 Ici^s J Q^QI) ^° provide with food 177.4 
 ^aj|(3; I to be alert 279.1 
 
 ~vww Q prince 87. 7 
 
 behold 98.5; 99.4; 100.4; 102. i3; 105. i3 
 izm a libation basin 98.2; 104. 11 ; 
 
 ZZ3 104. 12 
 
 
 
 to be upright 292. i 
 
 sedeben [1 ]j X A 1 to shine with a yellowish green 
 
 colour 162. 3 
 
 sefebu IJl 
 
 I ^s" opposition 68. 2 
 
 sefefau 
 
 .<S.- 
 
 I to provide for 157. 3 
 
 35 
 
546 
 sfer 
 
 sfer 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1 ^ s D to fortify 219. 11 
 
 n B* ® fort, strong place gg. i3; plur. 0,^0 OjJ© 
 
 gg. i3 
 
 sfer P^H'Pb^ 
 
 sferu P ^ "H 
 
 © 
 
 to lie down, to make to 
 lie down 7. i ; ig. 2 ; 244. 
 10 ; 300. i3 ; 301. 3 ; to 
 
 sferi 
 
 sefet 
 
 sefet 
 
 sefetet 
 
 sefet 
 
 sefetu 
 
 put cattle in their stalls for the night 8. 10 ; I -S^ '^ 
 9-7 
 
 ^ (] 1^ , "J^ lying down 47. 12 ; 286. 9 
 
 I A 
 
 babe 117. 4 
 
 to tell, to relate, to describe 123. 2 ; 
 ig4. 6 ; 271.8,10; 27g. 2 
 
 I exhortations 288. 10 
 
 precept 24g. 4 
 
 SH. 
 
 se 
 
 I ^ 
 
 lake, pool 118. 8; 126. i3 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 se {semut) c3ed, jvww; the period of harvest and beginning 
 of the inundation season 42. 6 ; 124. 7 ; 233. 10 
 
 the period when crops grow 4g. 6 
 to begin 124. 5 
 
 to propose 128. 11 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 TtTtT ^^ /Q\ to rejoice 70. 2 
 
VOCABVLAHY. 
 
 54V 
 
 sa 
 saat 
 saa 
 saa em 
 saa en 
 saa neheh 
 
 saa fetia 
 
 saa 
 
 sau 
 
 sau 
 
 Sana 
 
 sauabu 
 
 Mil' 
 
 i±i=.i 
 
 profit, benefit 243. 9 ; 266. 5 
 
 to begin 41.9; 146.5; 290.3 
 from 174. 12 
 
 from 234.4; from when 230.10; until 237.1 
 A for ever 149. 10 ; 165. 
 
 ^ hundred 158. 5 ; 309. 4 
 
 Mil V' property, stuff 216. 10; 219.8 
 quantity (?) 6. 6 
 
 Mll^v~;vi^vci^ name of a mountain 276. 12 
 
 persea tree 34. i3; 35.3; 
 36-2; 37.3 
 
 Sai 
 
 Sairetana 
 
 [1 ® |va I name of a nation 175. 7 
 
 r:r> "^ •^ yr I name 01 a nation 169. 
 I ; 172. i3 ; 180. 8 
 
 Sabtun ]^ m J .J D£i3 ^ '^''^^ ^"^ Northern Syria 134. 
 
 10; 139. II 
 sama 
 
 sanre 
 
 senti (?) 
 
 to worl? out 278. II 
 \s\, to bristle 284. 11 
 
 I I I I w 
 
 a walk or place laid out with trees 
 
 165. 8 ; 286. II ; plur. 162. i 
 
 35* 
 
548 
 sarem 
 
 sarema 
 sares 
 
 Sasu 
 
 Sasu 
 
 Sasanq 
 
 sasat 
 
 saqi 
 
 sat 
 
 sat 
 
 sat 
 
 satiredat 
 
 sat 
 
 satetdat 
 
 sa 
 
 sa 
 
 sa, sat 
 
 sa 
 
 sai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 -a to remove, to carry off 189. 6 
 
 "^^ to lie idle 180. 12 
 
 \ 
 
 A swift 275. 4 
 
 nomad Arabs who lived on the 
 N. E. of Egypt 134. 10 ; 135. 
 8 ; 276. 6, II ; 284. i 
 
 ^iI}|'^^l(S|Xi the land of the Shasu 278.9 
 a proper name 191. 10 
 J" to tread upon 182. 4 
 
 * A 
 
 zlULI o rings 217. 5 
 
 beginning 124. 8 
 
 proposition 121. 6 
 
 to make in primeval times 126. i 
 
 'nTlll ^^^^^' P^^'^^P''^^^ 285.3 
 
 ^>^ 
 
 i_\^_) 
 
 OOO'' o O I 
 
 to dig 106. 3 
 JO cave, rocky cavern 283. 2 
 
 to cut down trees loi. 12 
 
 to hollow out a boat 105. 10 
 I sand 99. g; 137.9 ; 279. 12 
 uncultivable land no. 6 
 >^ letter 274. 8 
 
VOCABULARY. 549 
 
 Sai-qa-em-Annu (1 [1 /l ^ ^\ nl a place near Helio- 
 
 polis 213. 3, 4 
 
 saf '^^^^^^^^j ^ Ij book, letter, writing 40. 2 ; 50. 2 ; 
 
 56. 9 ; 87. 4 ; 95. I ; plur. ^ | ^ 43. 6 
 
 saf -= — D ^ to cut, to cut down 15.13; 17.7; 52. 
 
 4; 287. II 
 
 Su Po5' P^S name of a god II. 9 ; 206. 2 
 
 su [3 v^^^ '•° want, lack of, cessation, emptiness, 
 
 without 70. II ; 249. 7 ; 258. 10 ; 266. 8 ; 269. i ; [)^t^^ 
 |(1 empty 312. 10 
 
 suu [j V V^^^' ^ ^^"^ lacking a quality -242.8 
 
 sua r-TC-i X| ^^^ to be weak, helpless (?) 203. 2 
 
 suua 7vl^\^ - ' beggars (?), mean men 169.10 
 
 sui p()()^^, p©(](]i'^, a few 44. I ; 169. II 
 
 suit P ® Q f] ^ want, lack of 288. 6 
 
 '^"" P ^^ m ^^^^^ ^^^^^' vegetables 241. 9 
 
 suit ^WhZ, shadow 126. 10 
 
 sut d'^^?^! friends (?) 266.11 
 
 suti P '^ IE, PK^ the two plumes 117. 5; 172.7; 296. 
 
 II ; 299. 6 
 
 ieb csaj'^ 57-4 
 
 sebu pieces of meat 127. i3 
 
550 
 sebu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 X 
 
 food 132. 6 
 
 sebeb j j food 288. 7 
 
 J^AAAAA n 
 (S !^ to mingle with, to be united, to join 
 
 oneself to 145. 8 ; 182. 7 ; 278. 8 ; 303. 3 
 Sep j^a^ palm of the hand 118. 5 
 
 sen ^^ what is abominable 220. 8 
 
 sepent □ sickness, disease (?) 267. 7 
 
 seps 
 
 sepsi 
 
 fem. 
 
 sepsu 
 131- 
 
 sepses 
 
 sepset 
 sepset 
 
 sepsti 
 
 and 
 
 august , venerable , sacred , honourable, 
 precious 38. 1 1 ; 83. 2 ; 237. 5 
 
 n I w J Lfj I venerable or sacred being 143. 1,8; 
 venerable, sacred 145. i3 
 
 !, 
 
 2 ; 306. 6 
 
 PP 
 
 I U 
 
 the venerable ones, i. e., the dead 
 
 to honour, honour, sacred majesty, sacred 
 beings 106. 11 ; 267. 1, 12 ; 272. 6 
 
 I sacred, venerable 118. 6 
 
 B' O0\ "'^^'^^'■^'^1^ °"^"' ^ name of Isis 75.12 
 
 S I ^Wi ^^^ ^^° venerable women, /. e., Isis 
 Nephthys 71. 5 
 esc: 
 
 septet |-, ogA words which cause shame 26";. i3 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 551 
 
 seS 
 
 seft 
 seSt 
 
 w 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 w 
 
 
 awe, terror 63. 8 ; 70. 4 ; 82. 3 ; 
 196. i3 ; 204. g ; 295. 10 
 
 I ) 
 
 sefta, seftu ^s^^^ ", ^i^^-^c^^ book, writing 239.9; 243.7 
 
 c= I to go, to march 45. i3 ; 128.6; 
 "^^' ^^ A I 187.5; 191. 6; 200.7; ^^ 
 
 sem 
 
 semu 
 sem re 
 sera ta 
 sema 
 
 
 I 
 
 v\ goer I. 6 
 
 A ! 
 k A- 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 .III 
 
 I advancing hosts 206. 3 
 
 to speak evil of any one 253. 11 
 =f to pilot, to guide 50. g 
 demons, devils 44. 10 ; 46. 5 
 
 sememet c:^:d^\^\ stable 215.13; 217.9; 218. i 
 
 sen Q_ circuit 55- 7 ; 70. 1 3 
 
 senui Q) QQ the two circuits or orbits 60. i3 
 
 y to shut m, to beleaguer a city 193. 12 
 a to treat harshly 259. 6 
 
 sen 
 
 senai 
 
 sena 
 
 senar 
 
 sem 
 
 senit 
 
 A 
 
 9 
 
 mM': 
 
 to turn back, to be repulsed 127. 8 ; 
 132. 10 ; 203. 5 
 
 to be fettered, hindered 265. 2 
 
 men in high positions 85. 10; 
 128. 6 ; the four children 
 of Horus 82. 2 
 
552 
 senbet 
 
 senen 
 
 senenet 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennu 
 
 sennet 
 
 sens (?) 
 
 sent 
 
 sent 
 
 sent 
 
 sent 
 
 sent 
 
 senti 
 
 sentu 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 |-J^ neck, body 154. 5 ; 305- 6 
 I ^ 
 
 
 to cry out, to call 259. 7 ; 265. 9 
 
 ) 
 
 to tell, to relate 10. 1 3 
 to grieve sorely 79. 8 
 T *^ to abuse, to curse 16. 3 
 
 ' ^sx. 
 
 , -5SX. hair 49. 8 ; 65. i3 ; 72. 12 
 
 S,®' evil 
 I 
 
 O Si I I 
 
 AAAAAA r 
 
 D (5111' 
 
 245. 12 
 
 a kind of plant 286. 7 
 
 weariness 254. 5 
 
 ^ 1--='^^ some woven material 198.2 
 
 =^ to surround 262. 4 
 
 (^ a gomg out 98. II 
 
 X i^^W^i princes 113. 10 
 
 X X 
 
 /www AAAAAA miscellaneous 166. i3 : 167. 4. 
 
 1^^ , i^Q^ granary 150.8; 201.10 
 
 mi 
 
 ^ w 
 
 [T-Zi 
 
 double granaries (?) 132.13; 312.8 
 
 (2 
 
 
 granaries 148.4; 157.5; 163. 
 II ; 204. 5 
 
 senti J tresses, hair 22. q 
 
 A w I I I ^ 
 
senti 
 
 sentu 
 
 sentet 
 
 sendi 
 
 SenOit 
 
 sent 
 
 ser 
 
 ser 
 
 sere 
 
 sera 
 
 serau 
 
 ser 
 
 seraut 
 
 sert 
 
 serati 
 
 ses 
 
 4 
 sesu 
 
 sesi 
 
 ses afo 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 to grieve sorely 33. ii 
 
 X ^ the circuit of the sun 125. 11 
 
 AAAAAA C J 
 
 fj;^ things abominable 127. 9 
 Q Q III 
 
 X luU'' — " sadness, sickness, trouble 258.11 
 ^ |[jl|'^J| name of a deity 73.2 
 
 ^°^ acacia wood 105. 11 ; 106. 4 
 *-!&. little 234. I 
 offspring 41. 2 
 
 553 
 
 ODD 
 
 son 76. II 
 
 CZSZD 
 
 
 to wall up, to stop a gap 171. 3 
 
 child, boy, young boy or girl i. 3 ; 
 
 2.4; 325-4; ^l^'^i 24. 
 3 ; 286. i3 
 
 3, <z:> evil 26. 7 ; diminution 274. 3 
 of little value 325. 7 
 
 I ss I Q 
 
 
 I? nose 303. 4 
 
 :^ 
 
 nostrils 160. i3 
 
 ^ n A to follow, to serve 67. 6 ; 94. 4 ; 132. 9 ; 252. 
 287.5 
 
 1 
 
 followers, servants 140.8; 173. 
 I ; 328. 9 
 
 ^P a'^ to follow one's inclination 252.11,12; 253.2 
 
554 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ses anti ^ H a ^^ '^^tl t° perform the ceremony connected 
 
 with the anti perfume 214. 8 
 sesu Heru ^O^J], ^ P ^ ^\ "followers of Horus", a class 
 
 of mythological beings 127.7; 271.7 
 
 ses (?) 
 seser 
 seset 
 
 seta 
 
 setau 
 setai 
 setat 
 
 setat 
 
 setem 
 
 Set-tesert 
 
 ISIS' 
 
 <s 
 
 a kind of stone 125. 2 
 arrow 198. i3 
 
 .DniB Q 
 
 alabaster 105. 7 ; 149. 7 
 
 dSED X 
 
 x; 
 
 i 
 
 secret, hidden, hidden things 50. 
 II ; 61.5; 83.9; 165.5 
 
 hidden one 145. i 
 
 X 
 
 mystery 87. 6 
 
 '■ mystery 145.4; rare, curious 177.10 
 
 D 
 
 X 
 
 shrine, hidden place 86.4; 
 88. 8 ; 206. 5 
 
 261. 4 
 
 iCi I AAAAAA 
 
 ^ I 
 
 "Red pool", a district near Mem- 
 phis 91. II ; 92. 10 
 
 sefet 
 
 q| to dig up 112. 
 
 I ^^ I c ■)) ^ — D ^efei Sa 
 000 
 
 the festival of digging up sand 112. 9 
 
 k 
 k 
 
 ^^ K. 
 
 I 98.8; 99. 1 ; 101.4; 145.4; 288.8; 291.10,12,13 
 thou, thee, thy 5.3 ei passim 
 
VOCABULARY. 555 
 
 k ^^z:^ also 231. 12 ; another 238. 10 
 
 ka ^cr^ *^, thou 242. 3 
 
 ka ^z::z^^\0) word, speech, to say, to cry out, to tell 
 
 7. 2 ; 37. I ; 69. 8 ; 121. 8 ; 203. 9 ; 216. 11 ; 255. 11 ; 291. 8 
 
 ka "^^-^^^Sft then 249. 12 ; verily 17. 12; 222. 5; 242.7 
 
 kat ^:z:;^ '^, QA saying 256. 6 
 
 ka U, LJ^, vi^^ the double 70.11; 78.7; 106. 
 
 i3 ; 127.9; plur. LjU, |y| 119-7; 131-2; person 259. 
 10; 287.1; plur. 262. 5, 8 ; '-'M?i myself 222. I ; LJi^^^_ 
 himself 250.10; ^ <=> ^ a benevolent person 263.4; 
 L-' AAAAA/v Q I I ^ i^^*^ "^^"^ 259- ^2 ! J V"^ ^^^ d|) '"' ^ 
 hateful person 250. 5 ; 251. 7 ; 252. i3. J 1 LJ 
 
 n I I — ' '" ' 
 
 chapels of the /^a 112. i ; ^ '—'by the person of 40.2 
 
 ka LJ l| 
 
 food, provisions 157. 10 ; sustenance 166. 
 
 I ; products 162. 4 ; 164. i 
 
 kaui ^ ' 
 
 e w I I I 
 
 LJ I «-,_^ «^ ] bull 19. i3; 32.12; 34.3; 41.2; 
 ^^ ^m '>B 5,.,o;56.t3; 120.7; 294.3;^ 
 
 ^'^ 1 male 224.12; 225.1; plur. jj,^ 1 
 
 -ney_t-meri-Maat ( ^^„ ■'■^x. t| j a title of Rameses II. 134.4 
 
 Ka-heseb a ''"^¥" the Xlth nonie of Lower Egypt 218. 11 
 1 1 1 1 1 ^-^ ^ 
 
 ifa-geH2 j"- — ^TiTfT ^'^^ '-ity Kochome 214. 12; 215. i 
 
 Ka 
 
 kaut cow 58. 2 ; 225. i ; plur. j^ 1 202. 3 
 
 kauti ^f^ I the two cows, i. e„ Isis and Nephthys 
 
 52- 12; 53. I 
 
u' 
 
 556 
 
 kaau 
 
 kaui 
 
 kaut 
 
 kauisana 
 
 kapu 
 
 KaSr-Marlna 
 281.8 
 
 katnaaail "k 
 
 kaznu ( j 
 
 kamu U 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 name of a country 100. 2 
 
 I 
 I 
 I 
 
 men and women, folk, people 
 180.7; 181. 5 ; 291.7; 293. 
 
 AAAAA ^ — y 
 
 ^ X traces (?), harness (?) 285. 9 
 to be dirty, dark 256. 3 
 
 • I 
 
 (Xi a city in Syria 
 
 =^ "V' camel 283. 8 
 I III 
 
 <S. 
 
 (2 
 
 garden 309. 6 
 
 , u 
 
 bowers 150. 11 ; 161. i3; 164. 4; 287. i; [ j *| 
 
 \r-zi 
 I I I 
 
 gardens, 
 
 '.AAAAA (I "^ vineyards 160.4 
 
 la ©III ^ 
 
 -M^\ I I 
 
 kaxnu 
 
 Karnes 
 
 Kanana 
 
 kar 
 
 kara 
 
 u' 
 
 © I. A I 
 
 I gardeners 160. 7 
 
 fui^ fl Pl a king of the XVIIth dynasty 3i3.-i3 
 ^^3^^^ -= — " ^. nXi a district in Syria 164. 12 
 ^^\^ r\ shrine (?) 118. s 
 
 -y>'] '^^' <y.i^i ^"^""^ 150-1; 152. 3; 154. 
 
 Kaheni 
 kahes 
 
 ; 297. II 
 
 ^''-' a city near Heliopolis 214. i3 
 
 ra 
 
 Pk 
 
 sorrow, grief 242. 10 
 
 kahraka I ]^\ 1=0= laver, vessel 156. 
 
 Kaqemna LJ /^g ' 
 
 an Egyptian writer 244. 4 
 

 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 kat 
 
 u 
 
 *^ p bosom, breast (?) 259. 6 
 
 kat 
 
 %'■ 
 
 to work 124. 6 
 
 kat 
 
 u^ 
 
 ^ workman 104. i 
 
 557 
 
 kat 
 
 \ I ) I, 1 l i ■• ■ ' . I work, labour, building works 
 
 =^ I U r I I 
 
 > 82. g; 121. 8; 129. II ; 152. 5; 
 
 u 
 
 ; I 
 
 I 
 
 183. 12 ; 261. I ; 282. 12 
 
 katu \ I \sv, hidden 15. 11 
 
 katemet LI 'Ov o fine gold 153.3; 154.4; 156- 9, i3 
 
 Q I ,<isKi||| 
 
 kada 
 ku, liua 
 kua 
 ki 
 
 (S 
 
 f A to rush headlong 285. 5 
 I 217. 8 ; thou 30. 2 ; 277. 8 ; 289. i3 
 
 ^f]' ^ ^ io.4;93. id; 121.4; '^^ |(| 24.4 
 
 another 13.8; 21.10; 146. 
 
 12 ; 214. 5 ; 249. 10; ^z:z^ 00^^ ^^Q- ^°> 
 one to another 267. i 
 
 ki fet 
 
 kepu 
 
 Kepuna 
 
 kefa 
 
 kefau 
 
 a (S. 
 
 (f. >^ AAAAAA 
 
 k&fa ab 
 
 201. 3 ; 264. 3 ; 
 
 otherwise said 72. 3 ; 73. 9 
 
 ■i D to hide 284. 2 
 
 fXi a city in Syria 279. 3 
 
 V _^ to spread out, to unfold 202. 6 
 
 ® (NTs 
 
 ^ — ^-^ to reach the end of 290. 5 
 
 V — -^ '^ to harden the heart to do evil 
 
 ,3s^i ^^ ^^5-8 
 
 Keftet 
 
 H.=^ r^\/i 
 
 Phoenicia 228. 11 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 558 
 
 kenkenememti 
 
 of Thoth, or of the moon 89. 2 
 
 kent 
 
 kehabu 
 
 I u 
 
 keraut " T " ^^ shrine 54.3 
 
 "^ a name of the ape 
 
 ^^AA/^A ^ hatred (?) 255. 3 
 Q I I I 
 
 ^^J^ to strike 55. 6 
 
 kerti 
 kes, kesu 
 kesem 
 
 two horns 296. 10 
 
 homage 41. 9 ; 199. i ; 301. 9 
 
 A to turn away 81.4 
 
 Kes, Kest A^ , r-^rn^ Kush (Ethiopia and Nubia) 38. 
 
 II ; 95. 12 ; 180. II 
 
 kek 
 kekui 
 kektu 
 ket 
 
 darkness, night 202. 3 
 darkness 9. 11 ; 287. 12 
 
 ©WO 
 
 z:^'^ flower 89. 3 
 ©111 
 
 another 80.7; 113. 12; 187. 4; 272. 7; 
 
 252.2 
 
 ket-da 
 
 kete-^et 
 
 another 12.4; 13. 8 ; 34. 12 ; 285. 4 ; 326. 3 
 other things 15. 5 ; 149. 2, 10 ; 154. 12 ; 
 
 155.7; 281.6 
 ket ^^ little 43. 3 
 
 ketet 
 ketet 
 ketket 
 
 little, small 241. 6 ; 257. 5 
 an object 251. 7 
 
 to shake 34. 7 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 559 
 
 A Q. 
 
 qa ^^v,| ii^t^'"^'^ disposition 117. 8 
 
 ^a ^^^T' T ' ' T ^° '^^ ^'^^S^i exalted 58. 8 ; height 
 
 80.5 
 
 ga" ^"^T' ^^'^^^ 301.71 
 
 qa afe ^^^T ^° '^^ haughty 261. 5 
 
 qa 
 
 wept his loudest 16. 5 ; I x ^^^ a mighty defeat 193. 
 lie at full length on their backs 180. 10 
 
 qa hefet A * 
 296. 12 
 
 qa suti A 
 
 1\ 
 
 exalted one of the white crown 
 
 exalted one of the two plumes 296. \ i 
 
 qaa ^"^^^ t 1 f°''™'i image, aspect, phase 21. 11 ; 275. 
 
 9, i3 ; 278. 10 ; 285. 12 ; 290. 12 
 
 I /\_ staircase 122.2 
 
 qai /I V 
 
 Qairda-anbu J^^<=>\i\ N^iX) a city of Syria 281. ii 
 
 Qaiqasa A 
 
 jM?i| name of a nation 175. 6 
 
 qab ^"^J^^ to multiply 256. 3^_ 
 
 I dust, mud, ground 315. 8 
 
 qacre 
 
 -I I IV 
 
 Qarbana zi^^ 
 
 qarere 
 
 A' 
 
 I I I 
 
 a proper name 174. i3 
 boats, barges 159. 4 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 .f\ii:7. --^°- 
 
 A^ 
 
 s 151. I 
 ,^5- to look at, to see 147. 9 
 
 (3 o 
 
 560 
 qahaut 
 
 qaqa 
 
 Qakabut A^ 
 
 qafa A * 
 
 Qafairti A ^^ \ ^^ '^~r^ ~^ IJ H I ^ ^^ Assyrian prince 283. 1 1 
 
 Qafada A^^ \ f"^] \\\X, Gaza 291. 5 
 
 H«^J 
 
 I 
 
 ■I I 
 
 a kind of shrub 285. 2 
 
 name of a scribe 40. 3 
 
 qah, qahu 5 ^t— Si, 
 
 263. 3 ; 264. II 
 
 /-r-^Si 
 
 shoulder 132. 2 ; 254. g ; 
 
 quir 
 
 A W 
 
 I boats, barges 150. 7 
 
 gubu (?) PeJiaS shadow 180. 4 
 
 qurt zi v> a first-fruits 239. 4 
 
 qeb A I , i=^ to double, to increase, company 43. 
 
 9; 127.10; 147.3; 166. I ; 184.3; 221.4; 243.6 
 
 qeb = qebh /] j= zl J 9 JU to refresh oneself 126. 9 
 ^^S^ breast 1 1 7. 7 
 zl J J [y to refresh oneself 128. i3 
 a\\\\ lake, place of water 128. i3 ; 199. 4 
 
 nxXJiXA^ to pour out libations 85. 12 
 ro libation 112. 3 
 
 y AA^vsA to refresh oneself, refreshings 264.8; 265.5 
 ^1o|y^^ cool water 17. 12 ; 28. II ; 95. 7 
 
 qebeb 
 
 qebeb 
 
 qebh 
 
 qebh 
 
 qebh 
 
 qebh 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 561 
 
 qebh ab 
 Qebtit 
 qefn 
 qem 
 
 qemi 
 
 •O 
 
 cool of heart, i. e.., appeased 221. i 
 
 sacred bread or cake 240. 4 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^' 
 
 ;, l^iz to find 5.5; 21.9; 209.3; 
 to find a mouth, i. e., to speak 293. i3 
 
 found 310. I ; 311. 9 ; 312. 3 ; 
 
 313.2; 314.3 ; 315.4; 320.8 
 qemit ^'^^^Ofj ^ ^ finding 179.3 
 
 qem, qemt r — 1 
 
 qem 
 
 272-5; 
 
 UTTTTl 
 
 qema, qem.au 
 9 ; 144- 13 
 
 \ omii black stone 147.7; i49- 12 
 
 to abide, to endure igo. 7 ; 253. 2 ; 
 period 45. 8 
 
 qema ^^ ' 1 maker, begetter 229.11 
 
 qema ^^^^ll natural disposition 113. 8 
 
 qemat ^_J^^\| product, products 120. i ; 130.9 
 
 qemam 
 
 qemamu 
 
 e 
 
 to make, to form 295.4; 300- 1 
 hammered on, inlaid 147. 8 ; 150. 
 
 2, 10; 153.2; 154.7 
 
 qetnati 
 
 qema 
 qema, qema 
 
 image, statue, form 296. i3 
 
 qemat 
 
 I Sn I 
 
 south 73.8; 120.12; 143.9; 
 
 160. 6 ; 294. 8 ; -^ 
 
 ¥ I 
 
 I ® ©' ¥ I "*^ 
 South and North, 
 
 i. e., all Egypt 57. 7 ; 89. 7 ; 143. 9 ; 144. 11 
 
 36 
 
562 
 qemau 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 M [ I I r~ 
 
 9«"«" 4^°^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 qeraai 
 qemat 
 
 Qem-ur ' 
 
 qemi ] ^^ 
 
 qemh /ig 
 
 qemhet A^ 
 
 qetnhu A^ 
 
 
 southern 7-3; ii. 3 ; 114. 3 
 
 ladies of the confraternity of Amcn- 
 Ra at Thebes 239. 2, 5 ; 314. 12 
 
 a city in Lower Egypt 216. 2 
 to remove 59. 3 
 
 
 to look, to sec, to shew oneself 
 122. 8; 140. 9; 250. 3, 4; 
 299. 2 
 
 to pant, to breathe laboriously 
 
 qemqem ^^^^[_ , 
 292. 7 
 
 Qemt ^ — I , the black land, Egypt 22. 10; 41.3; 
 
 47.10; 120.5; 125.8; 143. II ; 227.8; 228.11 
 
 qemtu |^^ Q\ ^^ mutilated condition 65. 12 
 strength, valour 190. 6 
 
 qen 
 
 A , 
 
 A/WSAA 
 
 qen v^av* 
 
 202. i3 
 
 warrior, soldier 191. 2; 195.12; 
 
 qen (?) ^ read se^sau skilled, eminent 121. 5 
 
 qen (?) 
 qenau 
 qenau 
 qenu 
 
 AAAA^A refined (of metal) 125. i ; 154. 4 
 ^ (]<2f 1'^ — ° to embrace 29.9 
 "^ U ^ bosom, breast, body 287.3,10 
 
 AAAAAA I ^ £1 -^ ' ' 
 
 A\ A D\ 
 I, XI many, great 226. 11 ; 227.3 
 
VOCABULARY. 563 
 
 qenbet ^ 1| r^ I vSi [P \^ I a class of high officials who 
 
 Stood near the king 43.6; 107.10; 113. 3; 251. 11; 263.5 
 
 qennu aaaam , - . r , niany <!. 3 ; ^q. 3 ; 144. 3 : 147. 4 ; ^^~vv> r^-^, 
 
 ^^^ very many indeed 175. 2 
 ^ 111 
 
 qennu «w^ "''^^ calamity 59. 10 
 
 qennu ^V^^ horses 189.2 
 
 qennu mvw. to vanquish 62. 4 
 
 genqeiJ '^'^ to beat, to hurt, to be beaten 9. 4 ; 319. 
 
 A/\AA/V\ 
 
 12; ^ ^ _^ AM 9.1 
 
 A/'.AAAA /iA/%AAA ^ 
 
 ,M 
 
 ^ ^ I 
 
 qentet ^aa/^^ to be angry, to rage 291. 9 
 
 qenttu a~wva ^Qgry, wrathful 7. 4 
 
 qerau (1 „ bolts 176. 12 
 
 qerer <=^\\ burnt-offering 235. 11 ; 238. 12 
 
 qerh x=0= vase, vessel 168.8 
 
 qeres 
 
 I to bury, burial 319.3 
 
 qeres k ["^ sarcophagus 97. 10 
 
 qeres I cr^ burial chamber 312. 9 
 
 OeAeo' _^l'^i name of a nation 172. i3 ; 180.9 
 lu I ^I I 
 
 qehqeh ^ fi zl X to hammer, to cut with a hammer and 
 
 chisel 154.10; 155.2,8; 156.3 
 
 qes /] 13 body 245.4 
 
 36* 
 
564 VOCABULARY. 
 
 qesu^ fill' I m ^°''^^ ^^"^ 
 
 I AA/W^ zzi AAAA/NA 
 
 Ibad, evil 55. 11 ; 72. i ; 201. i ; 
 261. 1 ; despair 228. 2 ; un- 
 pleasant, detestable 248. 5 ; 255. 
 _ 9 ; 264. 9 
 
 ^ 
 
 qesert q 1 i^- canon 268.2 
 
 qesqeset Q ^^^ curse, evil 246. 9 
 
 qek t, a to stril?e (?) 253. 11 
 
 1^1 ST) ^o ^^^ 223. 1 3 ; 224. 2 
 
 leqet ^_^^ boat 45.7 
 
 qet a ra, a ra ■; -o to build 19. 6 ; 117. n ; 147. 1 1 ; 
 
 150. 13 ; to fashion a human being 20. 6 ; 3 ra ^i a i 147. 5 
 
 qetu I en*^' builders 206. 11 
 
 qetau 3 m to build up 72. g 
 
 (the like, manner of, form, quality 
 2.2; 21.7; 104.4; 118. 8; 121. 
 10; 251.2; 265.8; 267.4; 295- 
 ,-_..--- 11; 297.13 
 
 qet, qeti i^"^^, i ^^ 1 '•° S°' ^° walk, to go round 
 
 > about 22. 2 ; 147. 11 ; 162. 7 ; 
 
 qet i -^^3- heavy sleep 277. 11 
 
 qetiti fl -^^ sleep 287. 8 
 
 Qetes M |Jv) Kadesh on the Orontes 134.7; 136.4; 
 
 137.10; 140.3; 276.5; 281.9 
 
 1. On pp. 221. II ; 277. 10 for kesu and kesen read qesu. 
 
 2. In a few places this word has been wrongly transliterated Iceseii. 
 
qetet 
 
 Qetet 
 
 qetet 
 
 qetet 
 
 qettut 
 
 Qeteti 
 
 qeteter 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 I weights 221. 4 
 
 pXi name of a district 177. 6 
 
 565 
 
 A 
 
 \ 
 
 266. II 
 
 \m.\ I sailors 159.7; i77- i ; 319-4; 320. 
 ^©,A ! I 10 ; 321. 6 ; 324. 9 
 
 1 
 
 Q w 
 
 name of a district 137. 7 
 ^ dirty, filthy 9. i 
 
 ffi K. 
 
 ^a 
 
 ffl\^a' 
 
 D (3 
 
 kai 
 
 kaire pet 
 kairepu 
 kabui 
 
 i to mend 285. i3 
 
 mountain pass, a defile, road 
 
 ^^^:a. to remove, to be empty 53.6; 197. 12 
 kaaubey^... ffl'^(|^J|^ = '« Kiv.-<5/Jua 238.9 
 kauatennu S 
 
 ■n (5 oq\>| [ 284. I ; 285. II 
 
 Z5'^(|(|=0^ vessel 28. 10; 29. 9 
 
 S"^ <=> ^ "^^ a kind of pigeon 168.6 
 
 ■51 WD© 
 S ^s^'==^==' '^o hammer together, to bolt 289. 2 
 
 ^'m. J ^W %^ flreary, wretched 277. i3 
 
 kanen 
 
 ffl' 
 
 /V\AAAA 
 . AA/VS/V\ 
 
 X 
 
 <;v^ to faint, to drop with ex- 
 
 haustion 29. 4 ; 283. 7 
 
 kahu 
 
 ffl^l 
 
 @ 
 
 rest 88. 7 
 
566 
 
 kahsi 
 
 kasa 
 
 kat 
 
 ku 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ZS"^ I P ^ ' ^ species of gazelle (?) 149. 5 ; 167. 8 
 ^^^ mourning, grief 18. 11 
 
 S"^ "^ ^^ poverty 264. 2 
 
 ® ^ to destroy 60. 7 
 
 kua 
 
 Kutut 
 
 to besiege 186. 3 ; 187. 4 ; 
 188. 2 ; 197. 7 ; 208. 8 
 
 J^ "''^^ name 01 a city 175. 2 
 
 kebkebet ffl 1 ffl J J^ ilead bodies 141. 7 
 
 kep 
 
 a 
 
 /wvAAA flood, storm 195.9; 209.9; 210. 11 
 
 U AAAAA^ 
 
 kemhu ^^vl V-Cl ^ stone object connected with a 
 
 shrine (?) 98. 2 
 
 to abuse, to harass 256. 5, 9 
 
 
 
 ^ei2 
 
 icennu 
 
 D 
 
 4ce22x^P^^ (^) □ ^ a kind of bird (?) 300. 8 
 
 AAAAAA ^ "^ 
 
 A-anf 1 time 232. 3, 4, 10 ; 233. 10 ; H always 
 
 226. 12 ; plur. ^ I 233. i3 ; ^ I ^ — d times of old 233. i3 
 
 ker, kert , <^ but, moreover 106.9; 112. 11 ; 232. r 
 
 ker 
 
 2 ; 272.4; 273.4 
 
 zs 
 
 I I I 
 
 fraud, deceit, treachery 14. 11 ; 
 36. 4 ; 269. I 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 567 
 
 ^er, ^eru 
 
 ffl 
 
 ker 
 
 ker 
 
 to have, to hold, to possess, to 
 
 take possession of 4.1; 19.8; 136.3; 175.13; 258.12; 
 property 253. i 
 
 1 possessor 251. 10 
 
 ^ possession 263. 3 ; ^ _l_| ' fittings of 
 
 a place 315. 9 
 
 ffi 
 
 to be or to keep silent 128. i3 ; 186.12; 
 
 242. 12 ; silence 263. 3 
 keru V 9() silence 241.2 
 
 kerb ^ V ^ ' night 28. i3 ; 188.5; 195-3; 277.13; 
 
 <:!=■ aO I 
 
 278. 4; to pass the night 250. 11 
 kerk ® ffl f to dig (?) 119. 2 
 
 kes 
 
 side, half, part 109.7; i^S- 3 ; 120. i3 ; 124. 
 
 II ; 201. 4 ; 285. 6 ; 311. 2 ; 
 
 two sides (?) 99. 12 
 
 ^esu (?) 
 
 kesa 
 kesa 
 
 /■ ' 
 
 n I^^JiTI a class of men, artisans (?) 100.8; 
 / p I 201. 4 
 
 Z5 I (qI "^x '^=\x. to be troubled 263. 11 
 
 ^ I] 3 a dagger or knife 15. 12 
 I w I IN 
 
 - T. 
 
 Q, J] thou, thee 9. i3 ; 21. 6 
 
 t = temt all 207. i 
 
 / 
 
 ta 
 
 I 
 q"^ the 3. 7 ; 5. 5 ; 129. i i ; 307. i, 8 ; 309. 2 ; o 
 
 = thou 36. 3 
 
568 
 fa 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ Q 
 
 taui 
 
 
 taiu 
 
 land, earth, country 2. 2 ; 67.9 
 
 the two lands, i. e., Upper and 
 Lower Egypt 40. 9 ; 56. 8 ; 182. 
 10; 210.10; 226.4; 229. 6; 232. 
 6 ; the whole empire of Egypt 
 66. 3 ; 82. 8 
 
 ■s;\>^^l,, , , , ,, 
 
 >s, I all lands, the world 70. q ; 83. 
 
 II ; 125.9; 171-7 
 
 tauu (?) 
 taiu 
 
 ta meht 
 
 taui meht 
 
 Ta-mera 
 
 .0^ 
 
 lands, districts 192.6; 215.3 
 I the people of a land 227. 12 
 
 land of the north gg. 12; 191. 2, 8; 
 192.8; 193.5; 195.3; 197.5 
 
 the two lands of the North 195. 6 
 
 the lands of the Inundation 155.4; 
 165. 6 ; 172. ro ; 180. 5 ; 283. 10 
 
 © 
 
 Ta-mert ^ ^ Egypt 225.4; 226.12; 228.5; 229.8; 232. 
 3 ; 233.9 
 
 Ta-netert p=is=f c^^ "the divine land", ;. e., Egypt 220.2 
 Ta-ser^ '■" r^y^^ 
 
 .[y\y] 
 
 Ta-sert^ 
 Ta-sertet ^ 
 
 I. Or t'esei: 2. Or t'esert. 3. Or t'esertet 
 
 
 "the holy land", t. e., Egypt 60. 
 
 8 ; 130. 5 ; 142. 6 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 Ta-qebb 5^5Ff rO a proper name (?) 213. i 
 
 Ta-datn 'r^^ t=>\^\j^:[^ name of a country 100. 3 
 
 569 
 
 ta, tau 
 
 
 Q I 
 
 i'- 
 
 ) \ I ) 
 
 bread, cakes, food, meat 85. 
 i3 ; 112. 3 ; 127. 2, 5 ; 132. 
 4, 5 ; 221.9 ; 241- 6; 249.7; 
 266. 7 
 
 D 
 
 -© 
 
 ^ to be of a fiery disposition 261. 9 
 to burn 59. i 
 3 name of a city 218. 4 
 Taa-Ra Q) ^^^ A O | ^ proper name 218.5 
 
 ta ab 
 
 tau 
 
 Ta-an 
 
 Tau-aa 
 Tau-aa-aa 
 
 (§1^,1 1 j} ] a king of the XVIIth dynasty 313-6 
 Ci^lTffl] ^ ^'""S of the XVIIth dynasty 313-9 
 
 Tauhibit '^'^f ^ '^ J(] '^ a city near Memph: 
 
 D 
 
 IS 211. II 
 
 tauset 
 tai 
 tai-a 
 tai-u 
 
 ; I boundaries, confines 282.2 
 rrr-ixUl 
 
 ^"^ this 24.2; 31.8; 138.9; 321-9 
 
 my 5. i3 ; 141. 9; 181. i3 
 
 their 324. 12 
 
 Taiufait ^ 
 tai-f 
 tai-sen 
 tai-k 
 
 \.\WiWQ a city in Upper Egypt (?) i85.: 
 (](]'';-=— his 2. II ; 8. I 
 
 fS f\ r\ WAAAA 
 
 (](j<=3?* thy 274.8 
 
57° 
 Tait 
 
 Tafneytd 
 
 Tarut 
 ta hef 
 Ta-y(_aa-aa ^ 
 tas 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 U^Si name of a goddess gi. 5 
 
 a proper name 185. 5 ; 186. 
 i3 ; 192. 9 ; 196. 3 ; 204. i ; 
 220. 6 
 
 ^ "^ J\ a proper name 84. 1 1 
 to dawn 3. i 
 
 l\ a proper name 79. i 
 
 D 
 
 i; 175.9; Pl^^-5^ 
 Ta-sere o \ 
 Ta-qahti <=. \ 
 
 boundary 109. 11; no. 3 ; 114. g ; 115. 
 I 173.2 
 
 X 
 a proper name 76. 7 
 
 y name or a city 153. 1 
 
 tat aat ^ M7^ 1 ^ the great council, chief governors of 
 
 a town (?) 329. 4, 8 ; 330. i3 
 
 Ta-tenen W^^ ,.j^ Ji an ancient god 75.1; 172.7; 182. 11 
 
 "'"' I AA/SArt/V 
 
 Ta-tehen q 
 
 taa, taat 
 
 tat 
 
 tarn 
 
 tu 
 
 tu 
 
 tu 
 
 /wvw, ma 
 
 a fortress near Memphis 195. 11 
 emanation 82. i3; 83.2; 119. 10; 
 
 iO,-.~~Si hieroglyphics (?) 116. 3 
 1 ^ — ^ 
 
 , — to put on 239. 3 
 
 '^' ^ ^'^°"' *^^ 51- 5 ; 80. 3 ; 250. 8 ; 251. 2 ; 263. 4 
 
 
 one 31. g ; 326. 10 
 
 Si 
 
 ] their (?) 170.8; 174.3,4 
 
tu 
 
 tu-a 
 
 tui 
 
 tut 
 
 tup 
 
 Tubaxet 
 
 tun 
 
 e 
 
 VOCABULARY. 571 
 
 sign of the passive 10. 2 
 
 I, me 6. 10; 17. 3; 21.7 ; 291. 10; 325. 12 
 that 64. II 
 
 II II 
 
 I I I 
 
 thou 7. 7 ; 35. 5 
 
 a species of cattle 167. 2 
 
 3 (Jv^ a district in Syria 276.5 
 we 136. II 
 
 Tunep ^\> '-' ^ city in Northern Syria 135. 7 
 
 turpu (^^ a species of goose 167. i3 
 
 tut QV:>ot to assemble 226.7; to establish 161. 12 ; 
 
 to form 59. II ; customary 235. i3 ; 'cVNcth 'p, w doubly 
 
 established 125. 6 ; t _^ to look fixedly 65. i 
 
 Ci J 00 
 
 image, statue, form, likeness 40. 
 8; 54.6; 83.9; 202.8; 215. 
 
 tut 
 
 qY\o. qV\q 
 
 in 
 
 1 1 ; 300. 2 ; 310. 7 ; plur. S (j 1 1, 
 
 I . 
 
 q^XqTO I images, statues 112. i ; 149.10; 153.4; 154-7 
 tutu ^, ^V\qVJ> one 30.6; 315.9; likewise, more- 
 
 tebui 
 
 tebha 
 
 tebt 
 
 tepa 
 
 tephet 
 
 over 138. 7 ; 230. 11 
 
 "J! 18^ sandals 183.4 
 
 o J nil^^ ^~^^^ name of a fiend 51. 12 ; 52. 5 
 
 Q 1 brick, ingot 179. 7 
 
 JlttM) 
 
 (l <£r breathing 131. 12 
 
 fi cavern, hole 130. 10 
 
 D 
 
57Z VOCABULARY. 
 
 ( ': 
 sence (?) 63. 10 ; 67. 5, 6 ; 83. 5 
 
 tef ^ , " '^ father 42.7; 107. 15 124.2; 134.8; 140. 10 
 
 tef f '^^^^ J| divine emanation, watery abyss, es- 
 
 :=^ C2i 
 
 teftef Ml to be profuse with 260. 12 
 
 :l ■=> V^ ^ (I I all, whole, the whole, en- 
 „ „-, / tire 54. I ; 65. 3 ; 71. 
 
 feiM, temid ^ 
 
 ^emfu, temd ^^^, ^1^^^ ^| H | 6 ; 72. 7 ; 125. 3 
 
 tern " , ^^^, a not, without 9. 8 ; 10. 6, 10; 20. 
 
 ^~ \ 7; 66.1; 135. 12; 139.5; 247. 
 
 fei22t .sT-I^TI J 6; 265. 10; 293. 7 
 
 ^nnim 
 
 temit . (1(1 so that not 5. 12; ,^ kj^ ,wwv> ^ , 
 
 the non-existent, /. e., the dead 173.8 
 
 temu ^ftcn: v\ ^5^^^^^,^ to come to an end 245.3 
 
 temu '^ yr 5^1 ' iiiortals 305. 4 
 
 temt °^~ the base of a statue, sledge 237. 6 
 
 <=■ I 
 
 ^^^ s ]; V=°^ I name of a god 40.8; 111.8; 141. 
 
 12 ; 171. 2 ; 184. 10 ; 214. 3 
 
 Q a (3 ff\ 
 Temu '^ J" name of a god 297. i3 
 
 TeiMU-iferu-xu« ^1^ J ^ J '^ '^^ Tmu-Harmachis 
 301. 2 
 
 Tei22u-xepera :i:^^^^'T^^ Tmu-Kheperd 214.9; 
 
 305-5 
 ten "^ this 50. 3 ; 103. 12 
 
 ^ej2 ^A^AA^ you, your 43. 7 
 
 *^" ^.L^W|' ]i^ ^° distinguish, to be distinguished 
 
 297. i3 ; to tarry 47. 11 ; where (?) 137. i 
 
VOCABULARY. . 573 
 
 tena ^ Q Ik ^^turity 244. 9 
 
 t^"^^^'^ ^^^' ^JS^^ '° ^'^'■^ back, to tread, 
 to depart 59. 4 ; 60. 2 ; 121. 10 
 
 name of a god 50. 10 ; 51.2 
 
 
 Tenen 
 
 ten 
 
 tennu aaaaaa 
 
 abundant in 295. 11 
 
 _.,^j, g^l^ll great, how great!, how many 
 50. 12 ; 53. 1 1 ; 193. 3 ; 196. 2 ; 279. 7 ; 280. 7, 10 ; 281. 4 ; 
 
 
 very great one 54. 12 ; /^w^a 
 
 ^ I I 
 
 very numerous 55. 2 
 tennu ^?'^~^ U^' QA perfect 256.1; 270.9; 273.6 
 
 
 tennu 
 
 D S III' D (2 
 each, every 2. 7 ; 232. i3 
 
 ^612 rzu 
 
 Tennu 
 
 teni 
 
 tent en 
 
 tenfat 
 
 tra 
 
 AAA/VVA 
 
 D (3 
 
 AAAA/VA 
 
 D el 
 
 I of every sort and kind 216. 5 ; 
 :3 
 
 weakness, failure 245. 8 
 
 I I I 
 
 name of a nation 293. 10 
 
 AAAAAA MV\ ; 
 
 /V>AA/V\ yW\AAA 
 
 each 153. 10; 154. 5 
 strength 66. 2 
 _y\ throne 172.8 
 
 G, ^ fji® '•™'^' season 3.12; 32.7; 58.8; 
 64. 2 ; 127. 2 ; 221. 5 ; 222. i ; 321. i ; at the time, when 
 241. I ; ] ' ^rdhi (?) the two seasons or times, t. e., the 
 
 rising and setting of the sun 51. g ; plur. 1 131. 11 ; 
 
 ^ ' Q A r^2:7 ^ . , . <=-Diii 
 
 234.6; II j festival times 157. 11 
 
 O 
 
 tra neb 
 tra en ruha 
 
 J 
 
 always 227. i 
 
 [1 \ o '^^•^^ I V^ '=ri=' ' eventide 8. ■; 
 
574 
 trat 
 
 teh 
 
 teha 
 
 teha 
 
 tehai 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 [1 \ p toe, claw 284. 3 
 
 ^S 
 
 III 
 
 ra 
 ra 
 
 A 
 
 to attack, to invade, to transgress, 
 invasion, invader 17. i3 ; 146. 
 12; 173.3; 180.6; 222.11; 241. 
 4 ; 1^ ^ A ^ ;] to transgress 
 an ordinance 253. 10 
 
 — D to break into 309.13; 312.4; 
 314.9; 315.5; 324-2 
 
 ^ \ y\ transgression 246. 9 
 
 ^-'— ^ to appoint to a rank or dignity 25. 11 
 
 to drive cattle 3. 4 
 
 to dedicate 161. 11 
 the god Thoth 40. 7 ; 81. 10 ; 303. 11 
 O festival of Thoth 131. 8 
 
 tehet 
 
 tehan 
 
 tehem 
 
 teheni 
 
 Tehuti 
 
 Tehutit 
 
 Tehuti- em-heb 
 
 ra' 
 
 ra, 
 
 ram' 
 '^^ra 
 
 
 teyiu 
 
 tey_enui 
 
 te/tex 
 
 te^tex 
 
 Tes 
 
 tes 
 
 a proper name 43. 10 
 ® "^ to be filled vs'ith drink 180. i3 
 
 a wine- bibber, a heavy drinker 242. 5 
 two obelisks 120. 12 ; 122. 10 ; 124. i 
 
 ^5 
 
 confused chatterings 292. 5 
 to be hard or difficult (?) 293. 3 
 Aphroditopolis 257. 5 
 
 QQ X 
 
 nr 
 
 X A 
 
 to depart 50. 8 
 
VOCABULARY. 575 
 
 teken ,^^ y^ to enter into, to walk 257. 2 ; 264. i3 ; 
 
 CIS 
 
 265.9; 266. 10; goer in 163. 12; ^^^^^ 
 a going in 265. 3 
 
 AV^AA^ 
 
 tekeni 
 
 CIS lO 
 
 fef (or fu^) likewise 233. 3 
 
 Tefa (q^J '^ '^'"S °^ '■'^'^ ^^''^ dynasty 96.9 
 
 taar ^z^^^^M »^ s a restraint, to be held in check 
 
 241. 7 ; 247. 7 ; 264. 12 
 
 Taanauna c^s^ ^ 0® 'V I'dr' name of a nation 173.4 
 
 taau cz^^"^^:^^ c=3 breadioi.2 
 
 fab cr^^'^Jfl) fig tree loi. 12 
 
 tabi <:^>yJ(|(|'Y' wolves 276. 10 
 
 , ^ — c, to give, to let, to allow, to cause, 
 
 to hand over, to permit, to put, to place 5.7; 49. 3 ; 108.6 
 
 ta anx tet usr A T H | giver of life, stability, and power 1 14. 
 6. As examples of A used as an auxiliary compare <=> 
 
 7-13; ^ |I^H 8. 10; ^ y 10. 10; ^ 
 
 ■^ fT 135- 12; /^S^'^^ 194- 10 , 
 
 tata AA' IZj s'^e A' ' — ° "^■^' ^21.9; 127.6; 
 
 187. 8; 197. 5; 262.5 
 
 tat to give, to allow, giver, act of giving, gift 
 
 3. 3 ; 10. 10; 36. 5 ; 87. 10; 262. 12 
 
576 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 gift 17. 9; 47. 9 ; act of giv- 
 
 ing or making 5. 10 
 tatat o to give, act of giving, gifts 130.9; 249.13 
 
 taf-em-ab 
 
 fa met 
 
 ta-nif 
 
 tat rex 
 
 ta-sa 
 
 tu 
 
 tut 
 
 O 
 
 to set in the mind 235. 3 
 
 A 0(^=31 1 1 to correct 234.8 
 
 ii Di2-i to spare tlie life of any one 332.7 
 
 A Q i\ to inform 191. 8 
 
 A 1 1^ to give the bad?, i. e., to yield 189. 10 
 
 C^:3 Cir3 C=0 I mountain, quarry 65. 9 ; log. 7 
 I \>' omD 1' Pirrnn 
 
 C:=^ 
 
 124.8; 147.5; 176-8; 276.12; 
 Stone 123. 4 ; plur. i49-7 
 
 Tut-Heru-nub j^ \/} ,, "Mountain of the solden Hon: 
 
 107.7 
 
 Tut-en-yer-aba a^waa lj^--^ name 01 a place 212. 11 
 
 tu 
 
 tut 
 
 
 evil, harm, calamity, accident, sor- 
 ry plight 51. 6 ; 55. g ; 82. 9 ; 177. 
 8 ; 257. II ; evil one 55. 9 
 
 tua 
 
 I I 
 
 , -k five 6. 7 ; 45.7 ; 232. i 
 
 tua heru renpit ||||| *^ V> j'^^::5:^ the festival of the five 
 epagomenal days 112. 9 
 
 tua ^^, ^"^ 
 
 ©\<2 
 
 tuau 
 
 tua 
 
 tua 
 
 ^ 
 
 to praise, praise, to sing hymns to 
 70.11; 128.9; 142-9; 294.8 
 
 compliment 258. 8 
 
 O 
 
 to rise early, to watch 128.9 
 
VOCABULARY. 577 
 
 t^^ "^O, ^^^ I dawn, daybreak, sunrise, morn- 
 
 ^ r, ^ ^ \ ing 4- 5 ; 64-6; ii53. 10; 
 
 .^uau, fuaut ^^^ , ='«'^. p, I ^93- ^ ' to-morrow 259. 11 
 
 tuat tuat ® ^ ^ f]'=^fl ] *^ underworld 62.4; 67. 
 
 I' '::^n' C^^llim I 4; 83.9; I32.II; 133-9; 
 
 tuaut *^®"J ^42.7; 203.2; ^^|)()^ 
 
 159- I 
 
 t^n ^^wwvaHL/^ to slay, to sacrifice 215.9 
 
 tun ^^ {>) to employ oneself 250. 1 1 
 
 I AAAA'V* 
 
 tuni _^ w to lift, to ascend 288. i 
 
 ti <j. ^ <j, , £55 to wait, to stand still, to remain 
 
 13. 12 ; 20. I ; 48. 4 ; 54. 4 ; 55. 3 ; 195. 7 
 
 ti zneh 2^°=^, to stand full of 207.7 
 
 Tiauasa c=^5 [1 (1 ^^ -J^ ] '$ the month Dios 226. 4; 230.8 
 
 Teb c=^> °^y^ © name of a city in Upper Egypt 84. i3 
 
 tebu U/© Mfi I leather workers 288.12 
 
 tebu A Vi^=tt:=, A J to equip, to provide with 
 
 172. 9 ; 222. 4 
 tebu A ^, A i % II payment, reward 96. 7 ; 229. i 
 
 tebui AJ®fJ^'^~^ wooden sarcophagus 315. 7 
 
 .febiuf ^==^J ^ ^ 1^ wheels 289. 3 
 
 teben ~wv\a to revolve 69. i3 
 
 A 
 
 tebh """^^JI ^ ' """^^Ji^^ ^° P''^^' ^° beseech, 
 
 prayer 42. 2 ; 288. 6 
 
 37 
 
578 
 
 tebhetet 
 
 tep (?) 
 
 Tep 
 
 tep 
 
 tep 
 
 I 
 
 n 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 prayer ii8. 6 
 measure 157. 2 
 m a sacred lake at Thebes 189. 6 
 
 ^ } ' to taste, taste 195. 6 
 
 I taste, the sense of taste 245. 5 ; 277, 
 
 6 ; 286. 10 
 
 tep 
 
 head 45. 3 ; 51. 7 ; 73. 1 1 ; 74. 9 ; plur. 
 
 @? 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 tep 
 
 go. i3 ; 
 book, chapters 279. 12 
 D 
 
 as one man 183. 11; ® 1 heads of a 
 
 I I 
 
 I' I 
 
 D, 
 
 beginning, at the beginning 82. 
 
 12 ; no. 1 3 ; 131. 10 ; first [born] 77. i ; first 42. 8 ; 78. 2 ; 
 107. 7 ; 118. 4 ; 121. 5 ; 128. 2 ; the best, tiie finest 121. 1 1 ; 
 
 189. 2 y '^^ ^AAAAA 
 
 finest (horses) of the stable 215. 12; 
 the best of every thing 217. 7 ; '^ J\ the chief or 
 
 best wife 71. 1 1 ; 
 
 I 
 
 J, 
 
 of the highest consideration 
 
 254-7; T^^l """^ 11 Qh X"^—-^ '^he very finest speech 
 
 that can be imagined 246. 7 ; ^^^ the very best (metal) 
 120. i3 
 
 @ 
 
 tep 
 tep 
 
 D 
 
 U I 
 
 i the best things 217. 1 3 ; ® '^ prime, fine (trees) 35. i 
 
 ® ^ chief, governor 34. 4 ; 206. 1 3 ; 264. 2 ; ^ J^ j 
 captive chiefs 227.10; ® 'p chief in command 272.1 
 
 tep- a 
 tepau 
 tepu-au 
 tepu-a. 
 
 
 of old 58. I 
 
 t\: 
 
 ancestors, those who lived in 
 olden time 116. 5 ; 184. 9 ; 274. 
 
 5 
 
tepu-a 
 tep per 
 
 tep renpit 
 
 tep tuaut 
 
 tep 
 
 tep ta 
 
 tep tu 
 
 tep tu-f 
 
 Tep-ahet 
 
 tep-re 
 
 tepi-re 
 
 tept-re 
 
 tept ret 
 
 Tepur 
 
 tephut 
 
 tept 
 
 tefa 
 
 tew. 
 
 temaznu 
 
 tetnau 
 
 ® 
 
 -w 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ancestral dwellings ii8. 1 1 
 
 579 
 
 first month of the peri season 225. 3 
 
 "^zsy 
 
 festival of the beginning of the year 112. 
 6 = Ta YsveOXia birthday festival 226. 4 
 
 ;*f^\ the earliest time of day 178. 10 
 ^ upon 120. 8 ; ^ /epu those upon 129. 4 
 ^ ^ t,i6 f he that is on the earth, z'. e., the living 112. 10 
 @ Ci£l he that is on the mountain, i e., the dead 112. 1 1 
 
 
 he on his mountain, i. e., Anubis 126. 8 
 
 ® A^ name of a city (Aphroditopolis) 71. i3 ; gi. i 
 
 1 w I SiJ I 
 
 I ^ I 
 
 I J| 1 1' I . 
 
 Ill 
 
 I ) 
 
 rule, law, decree, ordinance, 
 manner of acting 75. i ; 
 108. 1 3 ; 113. 5 ; 121. 9 ; 
 183. 1 1 ; 208. 6 ; 249. 7 ; 
 290. i3 ; 293. 12 ; 300. 4 
 
 D (s I 
 
 D Q 
 
 jXj a city in Syria 281. 9 
 cavern, hole, chamber 83. 4 
 boat 123. 1 1 
 
 overflowing, benevolent 242. 10 
 to declare, to proclaim 132. i 
 I a class of men 163. g 
 
 (3 '^ choirs of singing men and women 239. 6 
 " ' 37* 
 
 §.© 
 
58o 
 
 tern a 
 
 temait 
 
 tern at 
 
 temau 
 
 temu 
 
 temseb (?) 
 
 temt 
 
 temtu 
 
 temt 
 
 temt 
 
 temti 
 
 ten a 
 
 ten a 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 ^ I 
 ^® 
 
 (5 
 
 town, city, village, homestead 5.4; 
 8. 11; 30. II ; 31. 11; 46. 5; 134. 
 10; 196. 10; plur. c^iagq^^, 
 
 174. II ; 281. 6 
 to join, to unite 183. 3 
 
 ^ ^''^^ to slaughter, to massacre 175. 10 
 J 239. 9 
 
 V 
 
 I v\ ^''5>~. slaughter 20. 1 3 
 v\ -^5^ to sharpen a knife 11. 3 
 Y;l total 114. 1 3 
 
 all, entire 165. 4 ; 171. 8 ; 185. 9 ; 192. 6 
 
 (^ a share 231. 8 
 
 1^^^ basket 225. g 
 
 festival of the first and last quarter 
 
 D 
 
 tenat 
 
 of the moon 299. i 
 
 
 tennu a'-aaaa i|| i 
 
 D (2lJl 
 
 tennu 
 tenh 
 
 teneset 
 
 I each and every, number, many 175. i3 ; 177. i 
 division 124. 5 
 —M wing 174. 5 ; 175, II 
 
 tensmen ^1 J; heavy, weighty 286. 2 ; 292. 11 
 
 1 n Ti nun 
 I i,,,,;^'^ weight (?), to burden oneself 324.6 
 
 ter 
 
 to harvest 251. 8 
 
VOCABULARY. 581 
 
 ter aS"^ — ° ^° ^^ injured, thrown down 310. 6 
 
 i — ■=^ 
 ter >, to beat into shape 296.8; to destroy 80. i3; 
 
 94.2; to lay waste a country 102.6,12; subduer 40.9; 
 conqueror, destroyer 126. 4 ; 130. 2 
 
 ferp <=>, <==■ |X to make an offering 206. 4 ; to pour out 
 a libation 211. 2 
 
 t^^^" [U !k^ to salute 38. 10 
 
 tehen fm yl) ^o praise 113. 4 
 
 teheni r—. aiii' to dedicate, to inscribe 171. 6 
 
 teha c^> I [1 ''^ cringing 261. 6 
 
 ^eher „ ^>^_^ fear, terror 221. 1 1 
 
 teyut nfflD rough stones 283. 3 ; 284. i3 
 
 • ■^ ® (Sill 
 
 I AAAAAft ff\ I 
 
 teyien J\ 1 tambourines 94. 9 
 
 tes ' ^^^^ =0= a vessel full of drink 127. 1 2 
 
 fes ^=='^'=>^ stone knife 304.4; plur. <z=^ I 1 241.3 
 
 — H — nniD I ^>-~ I 
 
 tes '^^^ self 187. 3 ; 194. 9 ; 214. 4 
 
 tes ' — ^ ^ I fiends 55. 8 
 tes "^ \ to pierce (?) 275. 5 
 
 tesert c:zsaQ>/ the red crown 123.8 
 
 tesert 
 
 • 1^/^ 
 
 > the red, sandy desert 41. 3 ; 125. 8 
 
582 VOCABULARY. 
 
 teka "^"^ '^ t° Pl^"^ ^^°- ii; "^o t.^ planted with 
 
 trees 148. i ; to overlay with gold, inlaid 156. 12 ; 158.7; 161. 2 
 
 teka "^1\ 'o" plants 150. 12 ; 153-18; ^SS- i ; fruit, 
 
 branches 162. 2 ; blossoms, grapes 164. 5 
 Tekar '^'^^^ a city in Syria 280. 12 
 Tekareaaire "^"^^Q^^^t^ a city in Syria 280. 12 
 tekas "^ '^P I A to pass through 276. 7 ; 279. 5 ; 290. 4 
 
 teku '^\^ to be hidden 246. 1 3 
 
 tet ^ Ij "4- 10 
 
 tet ""^^ hand 9. 9 ; 230. 3 ; plur. 300. i 
 
 tet "T^, ^ I chariot pole, axle (?) 285.8, 11 ; 289.2,4 
 
 ^e^ hand 217. 3 
 
 tet to give 100. 12 ; 103. i3 ; 
 
 tet,tetu f|^==^|i ^° t)^ fi™^' stable, stability 78.10; 
 
 108. 6 ; 116. 12 
 Tet 1 E I rfi ^'^^ stable one, name of a god 74. 12 
 
 tettet ] H F to be established 40. 8 ; 1 E 1 E I established 93. 6 
 
 Oj-^ T-r ^-=^ . a name given to the cities 
 (3 ©' Lt^ © I Busiris and Mendes 75.7; 
 
 Tettet 00^ Ji «3.i3;84.2;yg4 
 
 ±J:±±c. ©U ' the celestial Tattu 93.6 
 
 c:^5>a o ,,. 
 
 tetetn V\ seedlmgs 162. 4 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 583 
 
 damenti 
 
 da-^isa 
 
 das 
 
 dau 
 
 Qu 
 
 Ou 
 
 duG 
 
 dut unsau 
 
 TH(0) 
 
 6 5='> (1 thou, thee 46. 4 ; 50. 7 ; 68. 5 
 
 daireaa | (| <==. ]\ '^'^^ door 34. 1 1 ; 35. 5 
 
 daire-qaire \ \\ <=> ^^. <=> jj^ a city in Syria 282. 7 
 IG^^ a city in Syria .81. 9 
 I Q "S |Jvi a city in Syria 281. 8 
 to sit 54. 6 
 (3 ^ to run 12. 1 1 
 (3 QA to declare 39. g 
 to mount 141. I 
 
 papyrus plants 162. 4 
 
 a species of plant 285. 2 
 door 147. 7 ; plur. 
 
 © A 
 
 © will 
 
 direaa \'^\ 
 
 151. 7 ; 152. 5 
 
 didi 
 
 debut 
 
 debt 
 
 debt 
 
 def 
 
 den 
 
 '^ '. 
 
 1\- 
 
 ■Ml 
 
 to dispute 323. 6 
 
 sandals loi. i ; 103. 8 
 
 sandal-bearer 103. 4 
 to move about excitedly 278. 3 
 course 231. i3 ; 233. 11 
 
 I I I 
 
584 
 den 
 
 den 
 
 denu 
 
 dennu 
 
 Oen 
 
 dennu 
 
 dennu 
 
 denre 
 
 ° ' this 234. 12 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ye, you, your 43. 8 ; 123. 3 ; 129. 9, 10 ; 189. 4 
 
 
 
 
 a each loi. 7 ; 102. 7 
 each 41. 8 
 
 1 
 
 A^AAAA 
 
 o 
 
 AAA^AA 
 
 
 
 to distinguish, to be distinguished 
 108. I ; 113. I ; 114- 4 ; "7- 9 
 
 i how great ! 191. 4 
 
 l\ I to work diligently 6. 10 ; mighty deeds 
 
 142. 9 ; 144. 3 ; 156. 10 ; 292. 7 
 den-tu ^^ £^%> weight, quantity 125. 3 
 
 dent-remu f/^f^j^ 
 Oent-reti \ 
 
 ^=111 
 
 S name of a city 218. 4 
 a proper name 78. 10 
 
 dent-hetra -vwwv 
 denden 
 
 /VWVW /WVAAft 
 
 eer 
 dereri 
 derOer 
 dehen 
 
 V cavalry 25. 5 ; 188. 9 
 
 A to flee, to run 286. 3 
 
 W conqueror 189. 8 ; 224. 10 
 
 [1 (1 mounds thrown up round a city 197. 8 
 
 earthworks 208. i3 
 => III 
 
 \AAAAA 
 
 to meet ig. g 
 A 
 
 dehen, dehin ll fi ° 1 H """^ yellow-coloured, crystal (?) 52. 
 12 ; 86. 1 3 
 
 Q IQA I name of a nation 188. 12 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 585 
 
 Oehehut £=> i^ J? "".tJ-t) i divine beings who rejoice go. 12 
 
 ees 
 
 dehent 'rffr' yellow-coloured 126. 4 ; 130. 2 
 
 ^~~^ 1 "'^^s. to lift up, to pardon 201. 6 ; 222. 2 
 
 'i ^ A ascent 277. 4 
 
 I 
 
 to be exalted, to mount up, 
 to ascend, to climb, high 69. 
 i3; 196.12; 202.12; 213. 
 II ; 229. I ; 276. 12 
 
 Oes 
 
 desi 
 
 desu 
 
 I 
 
 ; I statements 292. 4 ; proverbs. 
 
 precepts 246. 4 ; 268. 1 
 desu te»p=3 1 — I canals (?) 105.13 
 
 n 
 
 96. 8 ; 154. 4 ; 213. 9 ; 289. 
 
 des 
 
 ees 
 Oes 
 
 Best 
 
 des xas 
 
 desu 
 
 desemu 
 
 desem 
 
 desemet 
 
 \ to tie, to tie on, to bind 72. 6 ; 
 
 to set in battle array 187. 12 
 
 '' I 
 
 C=«>=3 ^S— =■ 
 
 t=a>==l di 
 
 captain 187. 10, 11 ; igo. 8 
 
 companies of men, sol- 
 diers, troops 97. 12 ; 
 100. 8 ; loi. 7 ; 102. 2, 
 7 ; 191. I ; 210. 8 
 
 ^^^:& of a disgusting nature 257. 7 
 
 y\ to come, to arrive 254. 12 
 
 :i I I 
 
 ^ dog 310. 9 ; plur. _^ ^■^ I ^^5- 10 
 
 ^ I towers on a wall, bastions 176. 
 10 ; 207. 5 ; 208. 4 
 
586 
 
 deset 
 
 desti 
 
 dek 
 
 dekans 
 
 det 
 
 det 
 
 det per anx 
 
 det en hra 
 
 Oetu 
 
 Betet (?) 
 
 Oetetu (?) 
 
 deted 
 
 dettaa 
 
 det-taui 
 
 dedhehtu 
 
 ^"wlll 
 
 U I © 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 a country in or beyond Nubia 102. i3 
 
 teeth 73. 9 
 
 vzz:^ thee, thou 182. 4 ; 215. 7 
 
 a city near Oxyrhynchus 185. i3 
 
 ^N writing, boolc 43. 5 
 c to remove, to omit a word 272. 6 
 
 tl scribes or autliors of books 2^0. 8 
 I T 
 
 t=jp ,wAAAA ^ to carry on in front (?) 186. i3 
 
 
 
 II 
 
 leather sandals 27. 2 
 
 Q o i] 
 
 to plunder loi. 2 ; to carry off, to 
 take possession of 82. 3 ; 299. 
 > 12 ; something stolen log. 10; 
 to undertake to do something 
 266. I ; vanquisher 41. 4 
 
 to reverse 106. 1 1 
 
 name of a district 185. 8 ; 205. 5 
 
 <^A I 
 
 I rejoicings 70. 2 
 
 "^ TCH. 
 
 fa /^ governor, mayor of a city 215. 2 
 
 fa ^^ ^^^i; — phallus, male, male child, son 51. 2 ; 
 
 53. I ; 68. 7 ; begetter, to impregnate with seed 67. 10 ; 75. 
 
 1 1 ; plur. ff^ males, men 239. 7 ; male horses 
 
 H-i^ III III 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 587 
 
 stallions) 216. 7 ; 3 \ men and women 258. i (bis) ; 
 
 S'°"=^i>.A I 
 
 I 
 
 I men 181. 6 
 
 I 
 
 fai 
 
 38.3 
 
 fa ab 
 
 fa 
 
 fai 
 
 fa meht 
 
 fa sab fa 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 fa 
 
 fai 
 
 faau 
 
 faau 
 
 fa as 
 
 (^=31 M^ husband 258. 2 ; j?^ 
 "^ to fly into a rage 247. 4 
 
 -=3) 
 
 
 to carry away, to lay hands on 
 violently, to grasp, to hold 140. 
 12; 163.9; 275-7; 283.4; 291.12 
 
 plume-bearer 192. 3 ; 215. 2 
 
 title of a supreme judge 97. 5 ; 98. i3 
 
 Ufa q. V. 
 X to direct, to turn 200. 10 
 ^siS^ a boat 209. 12 
 
 j to sail, to cross a stream, to set out 
 ;■ on a Journey by boat i5. 5; 82. 10; 
 I 97- II ; 132-7 ; 140. 2 ; 192. 12 
 
 (3 1^^ crane 167. 14 
 \ Vis [J passage 282. 8 
 
 faasu 
 
 i\r. 
 
 247. 2, 8, 1 3 
 
 fauiu 
 faut 
 
 .© 
 
 off, plunder 278. 11 
 
 to argue 265. 11 
 ^ va a litigious or contentious man 
 
 —0 to plunder 264. 11 
 i\ to hold 258. 2 ; something carried 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 faut 
 taut 
 faut 
 
 fait 
 
 fai 
 
 faire 
 
 Taire 
 
 Taireau 
 
 Tairepuda 
 
 faba 
 
 fam 
 fam 
 
 to be engraved 147. 10 
 
 wrong 260. 7 
 
 nn twenty 39. 12 ; twenty-two 42. 6 ; 49. 6 
 
 twenty-six 44. 4 ; 49. 6 
 
 iW^ 
 
 iniquity 249. i 
 
 A to traverse 277. 4 
 
 l'^'=r="^ g"''*^ 284.6 
 ^p-cij Tyre 279.9 
 
 ''^ '^ — ° ~i . . „ . 
 
 =P=" <2 iX) a city in Syria 279. i3 
 
 w a 
 
 I [X] Sarepta 279. 6 
 
 soldiers 284. 6 ; 289. 12 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 I 
 
 ^K\ f=iii foreskin 117. 5 
 
 sceptre 266. 11; 1 1 sceptre of the Nortli 
 
 and South 103. 4 
 Tarn I ^^0£i^ name of a country 100. i 
 
 fam 
 
 I 
 
 famu 
 
 e 
 
 young men, young 
 people, raw sol- 
 diers I 8. 10; 152. 
 
 famaau 
 fan 
 
 7 ; 172. 10; 173. II ; 189. i3 ; 243. i 
 
 ry papyrus 166. 8 
 
 governor 244. 4 
 
fanna 
 
 far 
 
 Tare 
 
 fare/ 
 
 fareinat 
 
 fart 
 
 fakaire 
 
 Takire 
 
 AAAA^A AAAAAA 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 A 
 
 ■^, ^s\. despair 284. 1 1 
 abomination, horribleness 221. 3 
 I tX) Tyre 276. i 
 (1 (1 mason 330. 9 
 
 Pv o lance (?) 140. 12 
 "' '" to be strong 65. 7 
 ^^^<cz=> sliutters, lattices 147. 12 
 
 w I m?^ I name of a nation 17?. s 
 
 589 
 
 Tab, Taha | ^ ^ 1 1^'^ ^ a country in Syria 134. 5 ; 148. 
 
 ; 164. 10 
 
 fat 
 
 I' 
 
 fQ^a captain, officer, governor 139.7; 
 243.4; 246.6; 306.7; 307.2; 308.8; 309.8; 316.2; 318.2 
 
 fat i sound, firm 248. 1 1 
 
 Q X 
 
 fat 
 fafa 
 
 fa "rN s- tia 
 
 8 ; 284. II 
 
 fafat 
 
 fafaui 
 
 fafat 
 
 fa 
 
 fau 
 
 far 
 
 passage, course 254. 3 
 ^ head, the top 17. 6 ; 18. 7 ; jg. 3 ; 21. 
 
 I divine chiefs 211. 2 
 
 Q I 
 
 II ] E walled places, walls 176. 9 
 
 I — I — I ' — ^ 
 
 ® suburb, district 161. 7 ; plur. 
 
 ^Jl -C-i breath, air 259. 5 
 
 ^) TZH whirlwind, storm 2715. ■; 
 
 — 3| I y^ to seek out, to seek after 265. 8 
 
 165. 6, 12 
 
5go VOCABULARY. 
 
 Tituna ^ ^ \ ck Sidon 279. 6 
 
 Titipuda "^^^^^^IQiX) a city of Syria 281. 1 3 
 
 feba III fingers 43. 9 ; 195. 6 
 feba 
 
 ten thousand 157.2; plur. Ill, 99.10; 102 
 
 3 ; 148. ID ; 173. I 
 
 febat jl sealed 214. 3 
 
 "I— !^ (2 I 
 
 febu j| I boards of a chariot 289. 6 
 
 febt A name of a chamber 96. 10 
 
 fef °'' "^ 
 fefa 
 
 ^ fm ^^°^^ ^^' ^ 
 
 fefau 
 
 fefef 
 
 fen 
 
 fer 
 
 ■III 
 
 ■ to feed 262. II ; fed 255. i 
 
 food 63. 7 ; 132. 2 ; 145. 12 ; 296. 
 
 7 ; 305- 2 
 
 ^°^^^ pupil of the eye 75. i3 
 
 
 round about, near 279. 8 
 
 from, since, whilst, when 52. 10 ; 54. 8 ; 58. 
 11; 68.10; 80.4; 138.7; 159.4; 221.10; 231.2; 243.6; 
 
 B 
 
 263. 12; 
 
 .(3 
 
 I'hen 10. 2 
 
 fer ^ , ^ ; all 2. 2 ; 49. 7 ; 243. 12 
 
 ferau 
 
 fer-a 
 
 B A^l 
 
 wholly, thoroughly, completely 318. 
 
 9 ; 319- 8 ; 325- 5 
 
 a 
 
 at once, instantly 50.6; 61.4; 79.7; 179.2 
 
VOCABULARY. 59i 
 
 fer-bah -^ f=S) from olden time 99.6; 103. 12; ^ ^k.''^^ 
 55-4 
 
 fer-enti ^ because 232. 10 
 
 fer-entet ^ because 223. 12 ; 224. 2 ; 232. 10 
 
 fer, feru ^, ^ "^SzgS: limit, boundary, bar 68.3 ; 246. 12 
 
 teruu ^Wff^ 
 
 limits, borders, boundaries 
 125. 11; 173. 2 ; 208. 12 ; 
 215. II 
 
 feru -f^ outside (of a building) 311. 3 
 
 a. (3 (g 
 feru ■"" o o grams 166. 8 
 
 ferti e^s*^ (J j| 41 I ancestors, a name given to Isis 
 
 and Nephthys 32. 8 ; 49. 4 ; 306. 1 1 ; 315. 2 
 
 fes )1 own, self 252. 8 ; 254. 12 ; va ^^ W^ for my 
 
 own self 249. 2 ; M^ || I Wi my own name 117. i3 ; 
 
 I ^°1^1 themselves 249.13; -^, fP} '^^=^ himself, 
 
 itself 72. 12 ; 88. 9 ; 109. 9 ; 122. 4 ; 248. 3 
 
 feser (or ser) , W-^ 
 
 feseri, fesert <=>, <=>a | 
 
 to venerate, to make holy, holy 
 82. i3 ; 86.8; 145.6; 154.6; 
 214. 2 
 
 Tesert the "holy land", i. e., cemetery 314. 5 
 
 fet ^H) body 55. i ; 56. 9 ; the shaft of an obelisk 124. 
 
 II ; plur. °^^|, °^^J)] 125. 10; 223.6 
 
 fetta 
 
 ^1, XI I ever, eternity 49.3; 106.12; 306.5 
 
592 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ■w -w n I \ to speak, to say 3. 6 ; 7. 6 ; 93. 10 ; 
 
 '=>v =IUi I ^HIIh having spoken 12.5; ^^ 
 
 fetiu ^Sl) ^ I ^^,^/>A I to speak unanimousyl 
 
 19.12; "^OvlIQ to make a report 24.12; 25.2; ^|, 
 
 2^ 79. I ; 84. II ; 229. i3 ; 232. 7 
 
 fef ^ word, speech 3. 7 ; 247. 5 ; plur. J| | 1, 
 
 ^|lj 50.4,5; 53.9; 58.7; 62. 12 
 fetetet ^S^ q something said 270. 7 ; plur. 182. 6 
 Tet-Amen-af-an-i ^^ {] i? T" ^ proper name 191. 1 1 
 
 Tet-Amen-af-an-f^-a ]) [J ^1 -V- ^ proper name 218. 4 
 
 tetfet '^'"'^ UH reptiles 83. 3 ; 300. 10 
 
 fetbu °^J^I1 torch 280. I 
 
 fetna I 'K X ^ '^"-"^ °^ cloth (?) 287.. 6 
 
 fethu ^Hl fi " ^° imprison, prison, restraint 316. 1 3 
 
 Tet/iiau j M V ^ m^ ^ proper name 219. 4 
 
 fettu ^=1 A^ I olive trees 162. 6 
 
 Words of unknoavx reading. 
 
 AAAAAA p_ ^ . ^ ^^ 
 
 ZS\ 89.7; (^-— S9.Ii; i ^101.6; ^^ 101. 
 
 ^C^ yj • J AAAA/V\ ^^--y 
 
 2 ; l^k^ 105. 2 : \\\\ 245. 12 ; rr^^ 296. 8 ; 298. 11 
 
ERRATA. 
 
 On p. 57, 1. i8, p. 58, 1. 15, p. 59, 1. 19, etc., for mdhm read 
 Sem; p. 58, 1. 12 for .;. „ read ^ ^ ua^; p. 80, 1. 17 for Aer/ read 
 
 /4(?/ «r; p. 98, I. 2 for £^ read i-M ; p. 102, 1. 16 for ermaa read 
 er mad ; p. 107, 1. 16 for nu neheh read en nuhek ; p. 1 12, 1. 3 for '0' 
 read =0=; p. 118, 1. 20 for ubui re.s.A abut ov hemut ; p. i23, 1. i 
 for c^ ^, I read ^^^1 reyit ; p. i23, 1. ig for mutm read muti ; 
 p. 124, 1. 16 for fa read kat ; p. 125, 1. 14 for ya new, read ya- 
 nd em sa (?) ; p. 125, 1. 17 for em du read em dsu ; p. 129, 1. 16 
 for hentui read henti ; p. i33, 1. 8 for (] W read O ^ ; P- i35, 
 1. 14 for emnai-n read em nai-n ; p. 148, 1. 18 for seyeperu read 
 seyjperu-d ; p. 165, 1. 14 for J^-Za read ^A' or &zA'j^ / p. 176, 1. ig 
 for seqhu read sdghu ; p. 191, 1. 19 for Saidnq read ^aianq ; 
 p. 207, 1. i3 for II o read U-^^-^ II o ; p. 210, I. 4 for — |-'' 
 read - 9 fi ; p. 242, 1. 4 for ird-s yem-nef read /rd seyem-nef ; 
 
 p. 244, 1. 15 for Tuait read Sbait ; p. 258, 1. 14 for /&// (?) read 
 fait hemt (?), in both places ; p. 267, 1. 15 for s-a read sba ; p. 278, 
 1. 10 for I \\ Q7\ read | (N Wi ; p. 292, 1. 11 for AA~w^ I \ 
 
 read I (1 ! P- ^95) ^* ^9 ^^^ maqet-f read ;«a ^f/-/^ 
 
 ftAAA^A I AAAVNA 
 
 I I 
 
 p. 2g6, 1. 6 for ; i <=> read 
 
 <= n 
 
 o D